Availability of Funds and Collection of Checks, 16862-16976 [2011-5449]
Download as PDF
16862
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM
12 CFR Part 229
[Regulation CC; Docket No. R–1409]
RIN No. 7100–AD68
Availability of Funds and Collection of
Checks
Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System.
ACTION: Proposed rule, request for
comment.
AGENCY:
The Board of Governors
(Board) is proposing amendments to
facilitate the banking industry’s ongoing
transition to fully-electronic interbank
check collection and return, including
proposed amendments to condition a
depositary bank’s right of expeditious
return on the depositary bank agreeing
to accept returned checks electronically
either directly or indirectly from the
paying bank. The Board also is
proposing amendments to the funds
availability schedule provisions to
reflect the fact that there are no longer
any nonlocal checks. The Board
proposes to revise the model forms that
banks may use in disclosing their fundsavailability policies to their customers
and to update the preemption
determinations. Finally, the Board is
requesting comment on whether it
should consider future changes to the
regulation to improve the check
collection system, such as decreasing
the time afforded to a paying bank to
decide whether to pay a check in order
to reduce the risk to a depositary bank
of having to make funds available for
withdrawal before learning whether a
deposited check has been returned
unpaid.
SUMMARY:
Comments on the proposed rule
must be received not later than June 3,
2011.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments,
identified by Docket No. R–1409 and
RIN No. 7100–AD68, by any of the
following methods:
• Agency Web Site: https://
www.federalreserve.gov. Follow the
instructions for submitting comments at
https://www.federalreserve.gov/
generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.cfm.
• Federal eRulemaking Portal: https://
www.regulations.gov. Follow the
instructions for submitting comments.
• E-mail:
regs.comments@federalreserve.gov.
Include docket number in the subject
line of the message.
• FAX: 202/452–3819 or 202/452–
3102.
• Mail: Jennifer J. Johnson, Secretary,
Board of Governors of the Federal
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
DATES:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
Reserve System, 20th Street and
Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington,
DC 20551.
All public comments are available
from the Board’s Web site at https://
www.federalreserve.gov/generalinfo/
foia/ProposedRegs.cfm as submitted,
except as necessary for technical
reasons. Accordingly, your comments
will not be edited to remove any
identifying or contact information.
Public comments may also be viewed
electronically or in paper in Room MP–
500 of the Board’s Martin Building (20th
and C Streets, NW.) between 9 a.m. and
5 p.m. on weekdays.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Dena L. Milligan, Attorney, (202/452–
3900), Legal Division; or Joseph P.
Baressi, Financial Services Project
Leader (202/452–3959), Division of
Reserve Bank Operations and Payment
Systems; for users of
Telecommunication Devices for the Deaf
(TDD) only, contact 202/263–4869.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Regulation CC (12 CFR part 229)
implements the Expedited Funds
Availability Act (EFA Act) and the
Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act
(Check 21 Act).1 The Board
implemented the EFA Act in subparts
A, B, and C of Regulation CC. The EFA
Act was enacted to provide depositors
of checks with prompt funds availability
and to foster improvements in the check
collection and return processes. Subpart
A of Regulation CC contains general
information, such as definitions of
terms. Subpart B of Regulation CC
specifies availability schedules within
which banks must make funds available
for withdrawal. Subpart B also includes
rules regarding exceptions to the
schedules, disclosure of funds
availability policies, and payment of
interest. These provisions implement
specific requirements set forth in the
EFA Act. The provisions of subpart C
were adopted by the Board pursuant to
the authority granted to it in §§ 609(b)
and (c) of the EFA Act.2 Section 609(b)
directs the Board to consider requiring
that depository institutions and Federal
Reserve Banks take certain steps to
improve the check-processing system,
such by taking steps necessary to
automate the check-return process
(§ 609(b)(4)).3 Section 609(c) grants the
1 Expedited Funds Availability Act, 12 U.S.C.
4001 et seq.; Check Clearing for the 21st Century
Act, 12 U.S.C. 5001 et seq.
2 12 U.S.C. 4008 (b) and (c).
3 Section 609(b)(4) states that ‘‘[i]n order to
improve the check processing system, the Board
shall consider (among other proposals) requiring, by
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Board authority to regulate any aspect of
the payment system and any related
function of the payment system with
respect to checks.4 Subpart C includes
rules to speed the collection and return
of checks, such as rules covering the
expeditious return responsibilities of
paying and returning banks,
authorization of direct returns,
notification of nonpayment of largedollar returns, check indorsement
standards, and same-day settlement of
checks presented to the paying bank.
Subpart C’s provisions presume that
banks generally handle checks in paper
form. Since the provisions were adopted
in 1988, however, banks have largely
migrated to an electronic interbank
check collection and return system.5
This migration was facilitated by the
Check 21 Act,6 which became effective
in October 2004 and is implemented in
subparts A and D of Regulation CC. The
Check 21 Act permits banks to use a
properly prepared substitute check in
place of the original check, which
enables banks to take the original check
out of the collection and return process
and to handle check images for much of
the check collection and return process
without having to retain the original
check. The Check 21 Act has been a
catalyst for rapid growth in banks’
electronic handling of checks over the
last 5 years. For example, at year-end
2005, the Reserve Banks received about
4 percent of checks deposited with them
for collection in electronic form and
presented approximately 28 percent of
their checks in electronic form.7 In
December 2010, the Reserve Banks
received about 99.7 percent of checks
deposited for forward collection
electronically, and presented about 98.4
percent of checks electronically. In
addition, at the end of 2005 virtually all
returned checks handled by the Reserve
Banks were sent to and from the Reserve
Banks in paper form. By December
2010, the Reserve Banks received 97.1
percent of returned checks
regulation, that * * * the Federal Reserve banks
and depository institutions take such actions as are
necessary to automate the process of returning
unpaid checks.’’ 12 U.S.C. 4008(b)(4).
4 Section 609(c)(1) states that ‘‘[i]n order to carry
out the provisions of this title, the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall have
the responsibility to regulate—(A) any aspect of the
payment system, including the receipt, payment,
collection, or clearing of checks.’’ 12 U.S.C.
4008(c)(1).
5 Certain provisions, such as the same-day
settlement provisions in § 229.36(f), were adopted
at later times.
6 Public Law 108–100, 117 Stat. 1177 (codified at
12 U.S.C. 5001–5018) (2003).
7 Prior to the Check 21 Act, the Reserve Banks
presented about 20 to 25 percent of their check
volume electronically, primarily under MICRpresentment programs.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
electronically, and delivered about 76.7
percent of returned checks to depositary
banks electronically.8 Based on
information from banking industry
sources, the Board believes that these
trends with respect to checks handled
by the Reserve Banks are representative
of trends nationwide.9
Overview of the Proposal
I. Amendments To Encourage
Electronic Check Clearing and Check
Return
As a general matter, the Board
believes that electronic check-clearing
and check-return methods improve the
efficiency of the check system.
Electronic methods are faster and more
resilient, and, at the same time, they are
less costly and less error prone. Despite
the increasing number of checks
presented and returned electronically,
some banks continue to demand paper
returned checks or present paper checks
for same-day settlement under
§ 229.36(f) of Regulation CC. The full
benefits and cost savings of the
electronic methods, however, cannot be
realized so long as some banks continue
to employ paper-processing methods.
Accordingly, under its authority
provided in § 609(c) of the EFA Act, the
Board is proposing amendments to
subpart C of Regulation CC to provide
incentives for depositary banks to
receive, and paying banks to send,
returned checks electronically. The
Board also is proposing amendments to
the same-day settlement provisions to
promote electronic presentment of
checks. Further, based on experience
since the Check 21 Act became effective,
the Board is proposing minor
amendments to subpart D of Regulation
CC with respect to substitute checks.
A. Expeditious-Return Rule
1. Current Rule
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Regulation CC currently provides that
if a paying bank determines not to pay
a check, it must return the check in an
expeditious manner, as provided under
either the ‘‘two-day/four-day test’’
(§ 229.30(a)(1)), or the ‘‘forward8 The proportion of returned checks the Reserve
Banks delivered electronically to the depositary
bank increased from 28 percent in June 2009 to 76.7
percent in December 2010. The proportion of
depositary banks to which the Reserve Banks
deliver returns electronically, while lower, has also
increased, from 8 percent in June 2009 to 52 percent
in December 2010.
9 The Electronic Check Clearing House
Organization (ECCHO) collects data from various
check-clearing intermediaries, including the
Reserve Banks, to estimate the percent of interbank
checks that are presented electronically. See https://
www.eccho.org/check_ps.php.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
collection test’’ ((§ 229.30(a)(2)).10 To
meet the two-day/four-day test, a paying
bank must send a returned local check
in a manner such that the check would
normally be received by the depositary
bank not later than 4 p.m. local time of
the depositary bank on the second
business day following the banking day
on which the check was presented to
the paying bank. For nonlocal checks, a
paying bank must send a returned check
in a manner such that the check would
normally be received by the depositary
bank not later than 4 p.m. local time of
the depositary bank on the fourth
business day following the banking day
on which the check was presented to
the paying bank. Because there now is
only one Federal Reserve Bank checkprocessing region, there are no longer
any nonlocal checks, and the four-day
test applies to a null set of checks.11
The forward-collection test is satisfied
if a paying bank sends the returned
check in a manner that a similarly
situated bank would send a check (i) of
similar amount as the returned check,
(ii) drawn on the depositary bank, and
(iii) deposited for forward collection in
the similarly situated bank by noon on
the banking day following the banking
day on which the check was presented
to the paying bank.12
When these tests were adopted in the
late 1980s, the expeditious-return
standard presumed that banks could use
the same modes of transportation for
returned checks that they used for
forward-collection checks. Delivering
returned checks in the same time and
manner as forward checks would satisfy
the regulation’s expeditious-return
requirements. Today, by contrast,
forward-check collection is almost
entirely electronic, and the dedicated air
and ground transportation for paper
checks has largely been discontinued.
Some depositary banks, however,
continue to require that returned checks
be delivered to them in paper form,
making it difficult for paying banks and
returning banks to meet the expeditiousreturn requirement. Accordingly, the
full benefits and cost savings of
electronic check-return methods cannot
be realized if paying banks and
returning banks must incur substantial
10 Section
229.31(a) sets forth similar tests for
returning banks.
11 A local check is a check drawn on a paying
bank located in the same check-processing region
as the depositary bank. 12 CFR 229.2(r). A nonlocal
check is a check drawn on a paying bank located
in a different check-processing region as the
depositary bank. 12 CFR 229.2(v).
12 The forward-collection test is satisfied if the
paying bank ‘‘returns a check by means as swift as
the means similarly situated banks would use for
the forward collection of a check drawn on the
depositary bank.’’ See commentary to § 229.30(a)(2).
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16863
expense to deliver returned checks to
the banks that continue to require that
paper checks be returned. Moreover, as
technology has improved, the Board
understands that the initial
implementation and ongoing costs
incurred by a depositary bank to receive
returned items electronically have
decreased substantially. For example,
the Reserve Banks now provide
electronic copies of returned checks in
.pdf files to small depositary banks,
which can use the .pdf file to print
substitute checks on their own premises
if necessary. Compared to alternative
means of receiving electronic returns,
this approach involves only minimal
upfront costs to a depositary bank, such
as the purchase of a printer capable of
double-sided printing and magnetic-ink
toner cartridges.13 After printing the
electronic copies, the depositary bank
can process them in the same way it
processes paper checks that are
physically delivered to it.
2. Proposed Expeditious Return
Requirement
The Board believes that a fullyelectronic check-return system benefits
the nation’s payment system, as well as
consumers and businesses.
Additionally, the Board believes that
electronic check return substantially
reduces risks to the check system and
that the costs to a bank to receive
returned checks electronically have
markedly declined. Therefore, the Board
believes that it is appropriate for the risk
of non-expeditious return to rest with a
depositary bank that chooses not to
accept electronic returns. Accordingly,
to encourage depositary banks to agree
to receive returned checks
electronically, and to avoid imposing
increased cost on paying banks to return
checks expeditiously to depositary
banks that do not accept electronic
returns, the Board proposes to amend
Regulation CC to provide that a
depositary bank would not be entitled to
expeditious return unless it agrees to
receive electronic returns directly or
indirectly from the paying bank
returning the check.14 The Board
proposes to define a new term,
13 Prior to developing the capability of providing
the electronic .pdf copies, it may have been
necessary for a depositary bank, or its processor, to
develop systems capable of automated processing of
incoming electronic data files (e.g., X9.100–187
files) representing returned checks and to integrate
these systems with the bank’s other existing
systems, such as the bank’s demand-depositaccount systems that maintain the bank’s customer
balances.
14 The paying bank initiating the return would
still be subject to the midnight deadline for all
returned checks. See Uniform Commercial Code
(UCC) § 4–302.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16864
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
‘‘electronic return,’’ and to establish
requirements for an item to qualify as an
electronic return.15 Under the proposal,
an electronic return would be treated as
if it were a check for purposes of
subpart C of the regulation (See § 229.33
in the section-by-section analysis).16
Sections 229.30(a) and 229.31(a),
respectively, would continue to set forth
the general expeditious return rule for
paying banks and returning banks.
Proposed §§ 229.30(b) and 229.31(b)
would set forth the exceptions to the
expeditious return requirements, one of
which would be a new exception: There
is no expeditious return requirement if
the depositary bank has not agreed to
accept the returned check electronically
as described in proposed § 229.32(a).
Under proposed § 229.32(a), a
depositary bank may agree to receive an
‘‘electronic return’’ from the paying bank
so as to be entitled to expeditious
return: (1) Directly from the paying
bank; (2) directly from a returning bank
that holds itself out as willing to accept
electronic returns directly or indirectly
from the paying bank and has agreed to
return checks expeditiously under
§ 229.31(a); or (3) as otherwise agreed
with the paying bank, such as through
a network provided by a clearing house
or other third party.
The Board proposes to delete the
forward-collection test for expeditious
return from §§ 229.30(a) and 229.31(a).
This test was originally included
because paying banks and returning
banks were in some cases (such as that
of a remote depositary bank) not able to
meet the two-day/four-day test, and the
forward-collection test provided that in
these cases paying banks and returning
banks nonetheless satisfied the
expeditious return requirement so long
as the returned check was delivered to
the depositary bank in the same time
and manner that a forward-collection
check would be delivered to the bank
(in its role as paying bank). Given that
under the Board’s proposal, however, a
paying bank or returning bank must
satisfy the expeditious return
requirement only if the depositary bank
agrees to receive electronic returns, a
paying bank or returning bank should
always be able to satisfy the two-day test
with respect to a depositary bank to
which the test applies. Specifically,
geographic remoteness of a depositary
bank from the paying bank should not
preclude an electronic return from
reaching the depositary bank within two
15 See proposed § 229.2(v) (definition of
‘‘electronic return’’) in the section-by-section
analysis.
16 See proposed § 229.34 in the section-by-section
analysis for warranties made with respect to
electronic returns.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
business days of a check’s presentment
to the paying bank. Accordingly, the
Board believes that the forwardcollection test is not necessary in light
of the Board’s proposal.
Additionally, because there are no
longer nonlocal checks (see the
discussion below in section III), the
four-day test for expeditious return of a
nonlocal check no longer applies to any
checks, and the Board proposes to
eliminate that test as well. Under the
Board’s proposed rule, the two-day test
for expeditious return will be the only
test in §§ 229.30(a) and 229.31(a).
Therefore, a paying bank or returning
bank would have to send the returned
check expeditiously such that the
depositary bank would normally receive
the check no later than 4 p.m. (local
time of the depositary bank) on the
second business day following the
banking day on which the check was
presented to the paying bank.
3. Alternate Approaches Considered
The Board requests comment on
alternate approaches to revising the
expeditious return rule to encourage
electronic returns. One possible
alternate approach would require a bank
that holds itself out as a returning bank
to accept an electronic return from any
other bank that similarly holds itself out
as a returning bank. This approach
would ensure that even if the paying
bank and depositary bank had electronic
return agreements with different
returning banks, the electronic return
could reach the depositary bank. This
approach, however, may be costly for
returning banks to implement, because
they would have to establish electronic
return connections and agreements with
every other returning bank. A second
alternative would require an electronic
return to be returned through the
forward-collection chain (essentially
reverting to the pre-Regulation CC rule).
Some depositary banks, however, have
arrangements under which returned
checks are delivered to a different
location than that from which the
depositary bank sends its checks for
forward collection.17 The second
alternative might impose barriers to
these arrangements. Both of these
alternatives therefore appeared to be
more operationally complex and costly
than the proposed approach.
17 For example, a depositary bank may collect
checks through a correspondent bank or processor,
but have returned checks delivered directly to the
depositary bank itself. Conversely, a depositary
bank may arrange with another bank to apply the
other bank’s indorsement as the depositary-bank
indorsement, such that depositary bank’s returned
checks are handled by the other bank. See
§ 229.35(d).
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Nonetheless, the Board requests
comment on the desirability of these
and other alternatives to the Board’s
proposal.
B. Notice of Nonpayment Requirement
Under current § 229.33(a), if a paying
bank determines not to pay a check in
the amount of $2,500 or more, it must
provide notice of nonpayment such that
the notice is received by the depositary
bank by 4 p.m. (local time) on the
second business day following the
banking day on which the check was
presented to the paying bank. Return of
the check itself satisfies the notice of
nonpayment requirement if the return
meets the timeframe requirement for a
notice of nonpayment. The current twoday timeframe for notice of nonpayment
is the same as the two-day timeframe for
expeditious return set forth in proposed
§§ 229.30(a) and 229.31(a). Accordingly,
because a depositary bank should
receive the returned check within the
current notice-of-nonpayment
timeframe, the Board proposes to delete
the notice of nonpayment provision as
unnecessary.
Under the Board’s proposal, a
depositary bank that does not agree to
receive electronic returns from the
paying bank, as specified in § 229.32(a),
will not receive expeditious return or a
notice of nonpayment. The Board,
however, believes that the proposed
changes give depositary banks a strong
incentive to make arrangements to
receive returns electronically. The
Board requests comment on whether the
notice-of-nonpayment requirement
should be retained for banks that do not
agree to accept electronic returns in a
nearly all-electronic environment.
C. Same-Day Settlement Rule
Section 229.36(f) requires a paying
bank to provide same-day settlement for
checks presented in accordance with
reasonable delivery requirements
established by the paying bank and
presented at a location designated by
the paying bank and by 8 a.m. (local
time of the paying bank) on a business
day. Prior to the Regulation CC sameday settlement rule, which became
effective in 1994, private-sector
collecting banks sometimes (1) did not
obtain settlement from the paying bank
until the day after presentment or (2)
were charged ‘‘presentment fees’’ by the
paying bank, which the paying bank
would deduct from the amount it paid
in settlement of the checks presented to
it.18 By contrast, under §§ 13(1) and
16(13) of the Federal Reserve Act and
§ 210.9(b)(1) of Regulation J (12 CFR
18 57
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
FR 46956 (Oct. 14, 1992).
25MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
part 210), the Reserve Banks obtain
same-day settlement at par for checks
presented to a paying bank before its
cut-off hour, which is generally 2:00
p.m. or later.19 To reduce the
competitive disparity between the
Reserve Banks and other collecting
banks, and to more equitably balance
the bargaining power between collecting
and paying banks, the same-day
settlement rule (1) required a paying
bank to provide same-day settlement to
a private-sector collecting bank,
provided that presentment was made by
8 a.m. in accordance with reasonable
delivery requirements established by the
paying bank and (2) prohibited the
paying bank from deducting fees from
the amount of its settlement for checks
presented in accordance with the terms
of the rule.20
As noted above, the Check 21 Act
facilitated substantial changes in the
manner in which checks are collected in
the United States. In December 2010,
the Reserve Banks received about 99.7
percent of check-collection volume
electronically, and presented about 98.4
percent of their volume electronically.
Many paying banks that receive check
presentments electronically have
indicated that they prefer to receive all
of their interbank check presentments
electronically, so that they can
streamline their back-office operations
and eliminate the costs associated with
processing paper-check presentments.
Some collecting banks, however,
continue to present paper checks to
these paying banks under the Regulation
CC same-day settlement rule.
19 Times are stated as local time of the paying
bank.
20 In April 1988 the Board requested comment on
a proposal requiring paying banks to settle on the
day of presentment for checks presented by any
bank prior to 2 p.m., i.e., the same timeframe as is
applicable to the Reserve Banks. (53 FR 11911 (Apr.
11, 1988)) The overwhelming majority of
commenters, however, objected to the proposed 2
p.m. deadline because they believed that it would
severely disrupt corporate cash management and
controlled disbursement services, as well as paying
banks’ operations. See 57 FR 46956, 46957 (Oct. 14,
1992).
Further, in March 1998, the Board requested
comment on the effect of the same-day settlement
rule, and on whether remaining legal discrepancies
between the Reserve Banks and private-sector
collecting banks, such as the 8 a.m. versus 2 p.m.
presentment time for same-day settlement, should
be further reduced (63 FR 12700, Mar. 16, 1998).
Most commenters did not believe that the six-hour
difference in presentment deadlines or other
remaining legal disparities were a significant
impediment to the ability of private-sector
collecting banks to compete with the Reserve
Banks. See 63 FR 68701, 68703 (Dec. 14, 1998). The
Board concluded that the costs associated with
reducing the remaining legal disparities would
outweigh any payments system efficiency gains,
and therefore decided not to propose any specific
regulatory changes.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
To encourage the banking industry’s
ongoing transition to fully-electronic
interbank check clearing, the Board
proposes to allow a paying bank to
require checks presented for same-day
settlement to be presented electronically
as ‘‘electronic collection items.’’ A
paying bank, however, must have agreed
to receive electronic collection items
from the presenting bank under
proposed § 229.36(a). Similar to
electronic returns, the Board proposes to
define a new term, ‘‘electronic collection
item,’’ and to establish substantive
requirements for an item to qualify as an
electronic collection item. Under the
proposal, the timeframes, deadlines, and
settlement methods for same-day
settlement presentments of electronic
collection items would be the same as
those currently in effect for same-day
settlement presentments of paper
checks. The proposed definition of an
electronic collection item and the ways
by which a paying bank agrees to accept
electronic presentment items from a
presenting bank are discussed more
below in the section-by-section analysis
of proposed §§ 229.2(s) and 229.36(a),
respectively.
The proposed rule would not
preclude interbank presentment of
checks in paper form; settlement for
such presentments would be subject to
the UCC, § 229.36(d) if the paying bank
has not specified that checks presented
for same-day settlement be presented as
electronic collection items, or
Regulation J.21 The Board requests
comment on the proposed modification
to the same-day settlement rule.
16865
requirements of the Check 21 Act and
Regulation CC.22 As a practical matter,
a bank (including perhaps the
depositary bank) receiving an
electronically-created item cannot
distinguish the item from any other
image of a check that it receives
electronically. The bank, nonetheless,
may transfer the image as if it were an
electronic collection item or electronic
return, or produce a paper item that is
indistinguishable from a substitute
check (although not a valid substitute
check because the item never existed in
paper). A bank that transfers an image
as if it were an electronic collection
item or electronic return may be liable
under the proposed new warranties (see
proposed § 229.34) related to electronic
collection items and electronic returns,
or may be liable for breach of the Check
21 Act’s warranty that a substitute check
accurately represents all of the
information from the original check as
of the time the original check was
truncated. In order to protect a bank that
receives an electronically-created item
from another bank from potential
liability, the Board proposes that any
bank transferring an electronicallycreated image and related information
as either an electronic collection item or
an electronic return would make any
warranty the bank would make if the
electronically-created item were in fact
an electronic collection item or an
electronic return (in other words, as if
the item were derived from a paper
check). As discussed in the section-bysection analysis of proposed § 229.34,
the proposal would apply the same
warranties to electronic collection items
II. Electronic Items Not Derived From
and electronic returns that would apply
Checks
had those items been handled as paper
The Board is aware of industry
checks (including remotely created
practices in which an electronic image
of a ‘‘check’’ is created, but a check never checks) or substitute checks.
As a result of these proposed new
existed in paper (‘‘electronically-created
warranties, a bank receiving a warranty
items’’). For example, payees collect
claim related to an electronic collection
payment by means of electronicallyitem, electronic return, or a
created items (i.e., items that never
nonconforming substitute check could
existed in paper form) that resemble
pass back its liability for the item to the
images of remotely created checks.
bank from which it had received the
Similarly, the drawer’s bank (the paying
electronically-created image and
bank) might supply a smart-phone
information. Although in some
application through which the drawer is
instances the first bank to make the
able to execute a ‘‘handwritten’’
warranty also may not know whether an
signature on the phone’s screen, and
image and information came from a
through which the signature is attached
paper instrument, the Board believes
to an electronic ‘‘check’’ that the drawer
that that bank is in the best position to
sends via the Internet to the payee, for
the payee’s subsequent electronic
22 Under the terms of the Check 21 Act, a
deposit with its bank.
substitute check is a paper reproduction of an
An electronically-created item is not
original check that contains an image of the front
and back of the original check. Regulation CC
derived from an original paper check,
and therefore it cannot be used to create defines original check as ‘‘the first paper check
issued with respect to a particular payment
a substitute check that meets the
transaction.’’ In the case of an electronically created
21 See
PO 00000
UCC 4–213 and 4–301.
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
item, there is no original check of which a
substitute check can be a reproduction.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16866
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
know and to protect itself contractually
against the risk that it did not.
As noted above, a bank often cannot
distinguish between electronic items
derived from paper checks and
electronically-created items. Therefore,
under the proposal, banks might treat
electronically-created items as if they
were electronic collection items or
electronic returns. The Board requests
comment on whether, in addition to the
proposed warranties discussed above, it
should in the future consider making an
electronically-created item subject to
subpart C of Regulation CC as if it were
a check. Such a change would result, for
example, in the paying bank to which
the item is presented being subject to
the regulation’s expeditious-return
requirement. The Board emphasizes that
the proposed warranties, as well as
making electronically-created items
subject to subpart C as if they were
checks, would not necessarily affect any
future determinations by the Board or
the Bureau of Consumer Financial
Protection as to whether such
electronically-created items are
electronic fund transfers subject to
Regulation E (12 CFR part 205).
The Board proposes that the existing
warranties related to remotely created
checks be extended to electronicallycreated items that resemble images of
remotely created checks. As a general
matter, the Board is not aware of reliable
data regarding the prevalence of
remotely created checks and similar
electronically-created items.23 The
Board requests comment on the
frequency of use of these types of checks
and items, the rate at which they are
returned unpaid, and the extent to
which payees have valid reasons to
obtain payment by means of these items,
as opposed to using an ACH debit
transaction or other means.
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
III. Amendments Related to the
Elimination of Nonlocal Checks
In response to the continued
nationwide decline in check usage and
banks’ rapidly increasing use of
electronic check-clearing methods since
the Check 21 Act, as well as to meet the
cost recovery requirements of the
23 Banks cannot readily differentiate remotely
created checks and electronically-created items that
resemble remotely created checks from regular
checks, which makes data regarding these items
difficult to obtain.
In March 2008, the Reserve Banks published an
estimate, based on visual inspection of a sample of
about 35,000 checks, that about one percent of all
checks in 2007 were remotely created. See page 33
of the Reserve Banks’ 2007 Check Sample Study:
https://www.frbservices.org/files/communications/
pdf/research/2007_check_sample_study.pdf. The
study’s definition of the item in question was
somewhat different than Regulation CC’s definition
of a remotely created check.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
Monetary Control Act of 1980, the
Federal Reserve Banks have ceased
check-processing operations at all of
their check-processing offices except
one.24
The EFA Act’s and Regulation CC’s
funds-availability schedule
differentiates between ‘‘local checks’’
and ‘‘nonlocal checks,’’ which are
defined in terms of which ‘‘checkprocessing region’’ the paying bank is
located in relative to the depositary
bank.25 The EFA Act and Regulation CC
define a ‘‘check-processing region’’ in
terms of the geographical area served by
a Federal Reserve Bank checkprocessing center.26 The Reserve Banks’
office closures have had the effect of
reducing to one the number of checkprocessing regions. Accordingly, there
are no more ‘‘nonlocal checks,’’ because
all paying banks and depositary banks
are located in the same checkprocessing region.27
Because there are no more nonlocal
checks, certain provisions in the
regulation can be substantially
simplified. Specifically, the Board
proposes to delete the definitions in
subpart A that relate to distinguishing
local from nonlocal checks (specifically,
the definitions of ‘‘check-processing
region,’’ ‘‘local check,’’ ‘‘local paying
bank,’’ ‘‘nonlocal check,’’ and ‘‘nonlocal
paying bank’’), as well as the related
portions of appendix A to the
regulation. The Board also proposes to
streamline the funds-availability and
24 In 2003, the Reserve Banks had 45 checkprocessing offices. Cleveland became the sole
remaining Reserve Bank check-processing office on
February 27, 2010. Historically, appendix A to
Regulation CC identified each Federal Reserve Bank
check-processing office and listed under each office
the first four digits of the routing numbers of the
depository institutions served by that office.
Appendix A thereby helped depositary banks
determine whether a deposited check’s paying bank
was local or nonlocal. In conjunction with the
Reserve Banks’ cessation of check-processing
activities at each office, the Board published
conforming amendments to appendix A so that the
appendix accurately reflected which institutions
were served by each remaining office. With
Cleveland now the sole office, all paying banks’
routing symbols are listed under it.
25 12 CFR 229.2(r) and 229.2(v). A ‘‘local check’’
is one that is payable by a bank located in the same
check-processing region as the depositary bank. By
contrast, a ‘‘nonlocal check’’ is one that is payable
by a bank located in a different check-processing
region than the depositary bank.
26 Section 602(9) of EFA Act defines check
processing region as ‘‘the geographical area served
by a Federal Reserve bank check processing center
or such larger area as the Board may prescribe by
regulations.’’ Section 229.2(m) defines check
processing region as ‘‘the geographical area served
by an office of a Federal Reserve Bank for purposes
of its check-processing activities.’’
27 A deposit of a ‘‘local check’’ receives two-day
funds availability under the regulation, whereas
nonlocal checks received five-day availability. The
elimination of nonlocal checks therefore has
improved funds availability for banks’ customers.
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
disclosure provisions in subpart B and
to update the model funds-availability
forms set forth in appendix C to the
regulation.28 The Board proposes that a
bank basing its disclosures on the
models currently in the appendix would
continue to receive a safe harbor for
doing so up to 12 months after a final
rule becomes effective, provided that
the disclosures accurately reflect the
bank’s policies and practices. Finally,
the Board proposes to update the
preemption determinations, with
respect to states’ funds-availability laws,
that are set forth in appendix F to the
regulation.29
IV. Dodd-Frank Act Amendments
A. EFA Act Dollar Amounts
Section 1086 of the Dodd-Frank Wall
Street Reform and Consumer Protection
Act of 2010 (Dodd-Frank Act) amends
the EFA Act by increasing from $100 to
$200 the amount of deposited funds that
banks must make available for
withdrawal by opening of business on
the next day.30 The effective date of this
provision of the act is the ‘‘designated
transfer date,’’ which the Secretary of
the Treasury has determined to be July
21, 2011.31 This provision of the EFA
Act is implemented in
§ 229.10(c)(1)(vii). Additionally, the
model disclosure forms set forth in
current appendix C reflect the
requirement that a bank must make
$100 of the deposit available on the next
business day. When the Dodd-Frank
Act’s increase to $200 becomes
effective, banks should ensure that their
disclosures reflect the new fundsavailability schedule and that customers
are notified of the changes in policy in
accordance with § 229.18(e).
Specifically, effective July 21, 2011, a
bank basing its funds-availability
disclosure on current model C–3, C–4,
or C–5 must ensure that its disclosure
indicates that the first $200 (rather than
$100) of a check deposit will be
28 The proposed updates to the model forms in
appendix C are based on consumer testing of the
forms, and are discussed in more detail in the
section-by-section analysis below. A detailed report
regarding the consumer testing is available on the
Board’s public Web site, https://
www.federalreserve.gov, along with this proposed
rule.
29 See Regulation CC § 229.20 and EFA Act § 608.
A state’s funds-availability law must have been in
effect on or before September 1, 1989, to not be
preempted by the regulation.
30 See § 1086(e) of the Dodd-Frank Act, Public
Law 111–203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).
31 See § 1062 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The
designated transfer date is subject to an extension
to up to 18 months after the Dodd-Frank Act’s date
of enactment.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
available on the next business day after
the day of deposit.32
Section 1086 amends the EFA Act to
require the Board, jointly with the
Bureau of Consumer Financial
Protection (Bureau), to update the dollar
amounts to reflect inflation every five
years after December 31, 2011.33 These
amounts include the amount of funds a
depositary bank must make available
from a deposit of a check not subject to
next-day availability
(§ 229.10(c)(1)(vii)), by cash or similar
means (§ 229.12(b)), and under the newaccount and large-deposit exceptions
(§§ 229.13(a) and (b)). These amounts
also include the EFA Act’s damage
limitations (§ 229.21(a)). To facilitate
future amendments to the regulation in
this regard, the proposed amendments
minimize the number of references to
specific dollar amounts. For example, in
the future, the $100 (which increases to
$200 as of the transfer date) mentioned
above would be considered ‘‘the
minimum amount of a deposit that must
be made available on the next day.’’ The
Board plans to seek comment on
proposed methods of indexing the
amounts to inflation jointly with the
Bureau at a later date.
B. Rule-Writing Authority
Section 1086 also amends the Board’s
rule-writing authority under the EFA
Act by making certain rule-writing
authorities joint with the Bureau.
Specifically, as of the transfer date, the
Board’s authority to implement the EFA
Act’s provisions (EFA Act § 609(a)),
reduce hold periods (EFA Act
§ 603(d)(1)), establish exceptions to the
funds-availability schedule (EFA Act
§ 604(f)), and publish model disclosure
provisions (EFA Act § 605(f)(1)) will
become joint with the Bureau.
Accordingly, after the transfer date, any
rules promulgated pursuant to these
authorities will be done so jointly with
the Bureau.
C. Administrative Enforcement
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
The Dodd-Frank Act eliminates the
Office of Thrift Supervision as of July
21, 2011, the ‘‘transfer date’’ provided in
§ 311 of the Dodd-Frank Act, and
transfers enforcement authority for
insured savings associations under § 8
of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act to
the Office of the Comptroller of the
32 Per § 229.18(e), a bank must provide a changein-terms notice to existing consumer customers by
August 21, 2011.
33 The amounts are indexed to the Consumer
Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical
Workers (CPI–W), as published by the Bureau of
Labor Statistics (BLS), rounded to the nearest
multiple of $25. See § 1086(f) of the Dodd-Frank
Act.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
Currency.34 Accordingly, as of the
transfer date, compliance with part 229
will be enforced by the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency in the case
of savings associations with deposits
insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation. The
administrative enforcement provisions
are contained in § 229.3.
V. Other Proposed Amendments
The Board proposes other
amendments to the provisions of
Regulation CC and its commentary.
These proposed changes are discussed
in the section-by-section analysis below.
Section-by-Section Analysis
Paragraph citations in this section-bysection analysis are as proposed to be
renumbered, unless otherwise explicitly
stated. Sections not discussed below are
either unchanged or have only technical
or conforming amendments. The Board
requests comment on all aspects of the
proposed rule.
I. Subpart A
A. Section 229.1—Authority and
Purpose, Organization
The Board proposes to add to
§ 229.1(b) descriptions of the
appendices to the regulation, as well as
amendments to conform § 229.1(b) to
amendments proposed in this notice.
B. Section 229.2—Definitions
The definitions of terms in § 229.2
were incorporated into the regulation at
different times and are not currently in
alphabetical order. The Board proposes
that the paragraphs in this section be
renumbered so that defined terms are in
alphabetical order. Similarly, the Board
proposes to renumber the paragraphs in
the commentary to reflect the proposed
renumbering.
1. Section 229.2(b)—Automated
Clearinghouse (ACH) Credit Transfer
Because the regulation uses the term
ACH only within other definitions, the
Board proposes to delete the definition
of the term ‘‘automated clearinghouse’’
and replace it with a new defined term,
‘‘automated clearinghouse (ACH) credit
transfer.’’ This phrase is used in the
definition of electronic payment
(§ 229.2(t)) and in the commentary to
§ 229.10(b), which requires a bank to
make funds received for deposit by an
electronic payment available for
withdrawal the next day. The Board
intends no change to the regulation’s
34 The transfer date is subject to an extension of
up to 18 months after the Dodd-Frank Act’s date of
enactment. See § 311 of the Dodd-Frank Act.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16867
substance by this proposed clarifying
definitional change.
2. Section 229.2(c)—Automated Teller
Machine or ATM
The Board proposes to clarify that an
automated teller machine (ATM)
includes only those devices at which a
person may make deposits by cash or
paper check. For example, a remote
deposit capture device would not be
considered an ATM because a bank’s
customer would be depositing an image
of the check, not the paper check, into
the account. The Board proposes
conforming amendments to the
commentary of this section.
Additionally, the Board proposes to
provide an example of the ‘‘other
account transactions’’ that may be
performed at an automated teller
machine (ATM); specifically, making
cash withdrawals from an account.
3. Section 229.2(r)—Depositary Bank
The Board proposes to clarify that a
bank that rejects a check submitted for
deposit is not a depositary bank. The
rationale for this proposed change is
discussed in more detail below in this
section-by-section analysis under
§ 229.52.
4. Section 229.2(s)—Electronic
Collection Item
The Board proposes in new § 229.2(s)
to define the new term ‘‘electronic
collection item’’ as an electronic image
of and information related to a check
that a bank sends for forward collection
and that a paying bank has agreed to
receive under § 229.36(a), and that is
sufficient to create a substitute check.35
Under the proposed definition, the
image and information must conform to
American National Standard
Specifications for Electronic Exchange
of Check and Image Data—X9.100–187,
in conjunction with its Universal
Companion Document, (hereinafter
collectively referred to as ANS X9.100–
187), unless the parties otherwise
agree.36 If an electronic collection item
satisfies the requirements set forth in
proposed § 229.2(s), then, as stated in
proposed § 229.33, the provisions of
subpart C would apply to the electronic
collection item as if it were a check.
(See proposed commentary to
35 The agreement to receive an electronic
collection item could be in the form of a Federal
Reserve Bank operating circular or a clearinghouse
rule.
36 X9.100–187 is available from https://
www.x9.org. The UCD for X9.100–187 is available
at https://www.checkimagecentral.org/pdf/
UCD_X9_100-187-2008_Version_1.2.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16868
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
§ 229.2(s)).37 Some electronic
presentment agreements, however, may
not require an image of the check.
Electronic items presented under these
agreements would not be electronic
collection items because they are not
sufficient to create a substitute check,
nor would they be treated as checks for
purposes of subpart C. The proposed
commentary also explains that an
electronic collection item that contains
an image of the front and back of a
substitute check (as opposed to an
original check) would be an electronic
representation of a substitute check, as
that phrase is defined in proposed
§ 229.2(hh) (current § 229.2(xx)). Not all
electronic representations of substitute
checks, however, would qualify as an
electronic collection item, because, to be
an electronic collection item, an
electronic representation of a substitute
check must contain sufficient
information to create a substitute check.
The Board believes that ANS X9.100–
187 is the most prevalent industry
standard for electronic images and
information that will enable the
receiving bank to create a substitute
check. The Board recognizes, however,
that certain banks may use a different
standard and that, as is the case with
many technology standards, the
standard likely will evolve. To the
extent that banks use a different
standard, the proposed definition of
electronic collection item would permit
parties to agree to a standard other than
ANS X9.100–187 and still have the item
qualify as an electronic collection item
that is treated as a check for purposes
of subpart C, provided that the item is
sufficient to create a substitute check.
The Board requests comment on the
proposed standard for an electronic
collection item and whether any other
standard should be specified in the
regulation.
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
5. Section 229.2(u)—Electronic
Presentment Point
The Board proposes in new § 229.2(u)
to define electronic presentment point
as the electronic location that the paying
bank has designated for receiving
electronic collection items. This point
may be either an e-mail address or other
electronic address. The Board requests
comment on whether this definition
provides enough specificity.
37 For example, a paying bank receiving
presentment of an electronic collection item would
be subject to the regulation’s expeditious-return
requirement, provided the depositary bank has
agreed to accept electronic returns from the paying
bank under § 229.32(a).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
6. Section 229.2(v)—Electronic Return
The Board proposes in new § 229.2(v)
to define the new term ‘‘electronic
return’’ as an electronic image of and
information related to a check that a
paying bank has determined not to pay
and that a depositary bank has agreed to
receive under § 229.32(a), and that is
sufficient to create a substitute check.
The image and information must
conform to ANS X9.100–187, unless the
parties otherwise agree. The proposed
commentary explains that if an
electronic return satisfies the
requirements set forth in § 229.2(v), then
the provisions of subpart C apply to the
electronic return as if it were a check
(See proposed § 229.33).38
The proposed commentary to
§ 229.2(v) explains that a depositary
bank’s agreement with a returning bank
to accept .pdf files that are sufficient to
create substitute checks would be one
example of banks varying by agreement
the regulation’s requirement that an
electronic return conform with ANS
X9.100–187. By agreeing with a
returning bank to accept an electronic
return in the form of a .pdf file, a
depositary bank would thereby be
entitled to expeditious return. The
Board requests comment on the
proposed standard for an electronic
return and whether any other standard
should be specified in the regulation.
7. Section 229.2(w)—Electronic Return
Point
The Board proposes in new § 229.2(w)
to define electronic return point as the
electronic location that the depositary
bank has designated for receiving
electronic returns. The proposed
commentary notes that an electronic
return point may be an e-mail address
or other electronic address that a
depositary bank has designated as the
place to which electronic returns must
be delivered. The Board requests
comment on whether this definition
provides enough specificity.
8. Section 229.2(hh)—Paper or
Electronic Representation of a
Substitute Check
The Board proposes to modify the
commentary to the definition of this
term to note that an electronic
representation of a substitute check may
also be an electronic collection item or
electronic return if the electronic
representation contains sufficient
information for creating a substitute
38 Like an electronic collection item, an electronic
return may be an electronic representation of a
substitute check, but not all electronic
representations of substitute checks would qualify
as an electronic return.
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
check and conforms to ANS X9.100–
187, or another format to which the
parties agreed.
9. Section 229.2(pp)—Routing Number
The Board proposes to add to the
definition a new subparagraph
providing that the term also includes
the bank-identification number
contained in the electronic image of or
information related to a check. Further,
the Board also proposes to move the two
introductory paragraphs in appendix A,
which provide general information
about routing numbers, to the
commentary to the definition of routing
number.
10. Deleted Terms
Check-processing region, local check,
local paying bank, nonlocal check, and
nonlocal paying bank. Because there is
now only one nationwide checkprocessing region, there are no longer
any nonlocal checks, and the definitions
in the regulation implementing the
distinctions between local and nonlocal
checks are no longer necessary.
Accordingly, the Board proposes to
delete from the regulation the
definitions of ‘‘check-processing region
(current § 229.2(m)), ‘‘local check’’
(current § 229.2(r)), ‘‘local paying bank’’
(current § 229.2(s)), and ‘‘nonlocal
paying bank’’ (current § 229.2(w)), and
the commentary thereto.
Similarly situated bank. The only
place the current regulation uses this
term is in the forward-collection test for
expeditious return. Because the Board
proposes to delete that test from the
regulation (as discussed below in this
section-by-section analysis under
§§ 229.30(a) and 229.31(a)), the
regulation’s definition of similarly
situated bank is no longer necessary and
the Board proposes to delete current
§ 229.2(ee).
II. Subpart B
Throughout subpart B and the
commentary thereto, the Board proposes
to eliminate all references to ‘‘checkprocessing regions,’’ ‘‘local checks,’’
‘‘local paying banks,’’ ‘‘nonlocal checks,’’
and ‘‘nonlocal paying banks.’’
A. Section 229.10(c)—Next-Day
Availability of Certain Check Deposits
1. Section 229.10(c)(1)(vi)
Given that there is only one
nationwide check-processing region, the
Board proposes in § 229.10(c)(1)(vi) to
delete the phrase ‘‘if both branches are
located in the same state or checkprocessing region.’’ As a result, the
subparagraph would require a
depositary bank to provide next-day
availability for a check deposited in a
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
branch of the depositary bank and
drawn on the same or another branch of
the same bank.
2. Section 229.10(c)(1)(vii)
Section 1086(e) of the Dodd-Frank Act
increases from $100 to $200 the
minimum amount of funds deposited by
check or checks on a given business day
that a bank must make available by
opening of business on the next
business day pursuant to § 603(a)(2)(D)
of the EFA Act. That provision of the
EFA Act is implemented in
§ 229.10(c)(1)(vii) of Regulation CC, and
the increase is expected to take effect on
July 21, 2011, regardless of whether the
Board and the Bureau have amended
Regulation CC. Accordingly, the Board
proposes to amend the commentary to
§ 229.10(c)(1)(vii) to facilitate future
amendments to the minimum amount of
a deposited check a bank must make
available on the business day following
the banking day of deposit. Specifically,
the Board proposes to replace references
to ‘‘$100’’ with references to ‘‘the
minimum amount.’’ The Board proposes
to make this amendment throughout the
commentary, as well as in the model
forms.
3. Section 229.10(c)(2)
The Board proposes to delete current
§ 229.10(c)(2), which states that a
depositary bank shall make funds
available by the second business day
after the banking day on which a check
is deposited in the case of a check
deposit that meets the requirements of
§§ 229.10(c)(1)(ii), (iii), (iv), or (v),
except the check is not deposited in
person.39 In the absence of nonlocal
checks, the checks described
§ 229.10(c)(2) are subject to the same
rule as the general rule set forth in
proposed § 229.12. Section 229.10(c)(2)
is therefore no longer necessary.
B. Section 229.12—Availability
Schedule
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1. Proposed § 229.12(a)—In General
The Board proposes to delete current
§ 229.12(a). It specifies the effective date
(September 1, 1990) for § 229.12 and is
no longer necessary.
The Board proposes that new
§ 229.12(a) set forth the general fundsavailability rule for deposits of checks:
Unless subject to one of the enumerated
exceptions, funds from a check deposit
must be made available for withdrawal
by the second business day following
39 These checks include U.S. Postal Service
money orders, checks drawn on Federal Reserve
Banks or Federal Home Loan Banks, checks drawn
by state or local governments, or cashier’s checks,
certified checks, or teller’s checks.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
the banking day of deposit. Proposed
new § 229.12(a) is derived from current
§ 229.12(b), which sets forth local check
availability. In the absence of a
distinction between local checks and
nonlocal checks, current § 229.12(b)(1),
(2), (3), and (4) are subsumed within
this general rule, and the Board
proposes to delete them.40 Similarly,
current § 229.12(c) applies to nonlocal
checks, which is now a null set, and the
Board proposes to delete § 229.12(c) and
commentary thereto.
2. Section 229.12(b)—Withdrawal by
Cash or Similar Means
Section 229.12(b) implements the
EFA Act’s permissive adjustment to the
funds-availability rules for withdrawals
by cash or similar means. In part, a bank
may delay availability for withdrawal by
cash or similar means by one business
day, provided that the bank makes $400
of the deposited funds available for
withdrawal not later than 5 p.m. on the
business days on which the funds must
be made available under the fundsavailable schedule. Like other amounts
specified in the EFA Act, this $400 will
be adjusted every five years for
inflation. In order to facilitate future
adjustments to the amount, the Board
proposes to amend the commentary to
§ 229.12(b) by replacing references to
‘‘$400’’ with references to ‘‘the cash
withdrawal amount.’’ The Board
proposes to make similar amendments
throughout the commentary and model
forms.
3. Section 229.12(d)—Deposits at
Nonproprietary ATMs
As indicated in the EFA Act’s
legislative history, Congress adopted the
five-day maximum hold on
nonproprietary ATM deposits to match
the five-day maximum hold on a
nonlocal check deposit, because the
depositary bank did not know the
composition of a nonproprietary ATM
deposit (that is, whether the deposit
consisted of cash, local checks, nonlocal
checks, etc.).41 In the absence of
nonlocal checks, however, there is no
longer any class of check that is subject
to a maximum five-day hold.
EFA Act § 603(d)(1) states that ‘‘The
Board shall, by regulation, reduce the
time periods established under
subsections (b), (c), and (e) to as short
40 Current § 229.12(b) states which checks are
subject to second-day availability. These checks
include local checks and checks that meet the
requirements of §§ 229.10(c)(1)(ii), (iii), (iv), or (v),
except the check is not deposited in person.
41 The EFA Act conference report states that
‘‘nonproprietary ATMs today do not distinguish
among check deposits or between check and cash
deposits’’ (H.R. Rep. No. 261, 100th Cong., 1st Sess.
179 (1987)).
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16869
a time as possible and equal to the
period of time achievable under the
improved check clearing system for a
receiving depository institution to
reasonably expect to learn of the
nonpayment of most items for each
category of checks.’’ The statute’s
legislative history recommends a
quantitative benchmark for the Board to
use to determine whether to reduce
these hold periods: a receiving bank
could reasonably expect to learn of the
return of two-thirds of the checks in a
given category before a bank must make
the deposited funds available for
withdrawal at the opening of business.42
As mentioned above, in December
2010 the Reserve Banks received about
99.7 percent of deposited for forward
collection electronically, presented 98.4
percent of their checks electronically,
received 97.1 percent of returned checks
electronically, and delivered about 76.7
percent of returned checks to depositary
banks electronically. Thus, about 73.0
percent of checks cleared and returned
through the Reserve Banks complete the
roundtrip from the depositary bank to
the paying bank and back again in
electronic form. It is reasonable to
expect that a check cleared and returned
entirely in electronic form would
complete this roundtrip in three
business days. For example, if a check
is deposited on Monday and collected
electronically, the check would
generally be presented to the paying
bank on Tuesday. The paying bank
would generally send the return
electronically to a returning bank on the
night between Wednesday and
Thursday, which would electronically
deliver the returned check to the
depositary bank on Thursday.
The Board therefore proposes to
reduce in proposed § 229.12(d) (current
§ 229.12(f)) the maximum hold period
for nonproprietary ATM deposits from
5 business days to 4 business days. Four
business days will provide the
depositary bank with reasonable
opportunity to learn of the nonpayment
of a check deposited at a nonproprietary
ATM before it must make the funds
available for withdrawal.43 In the
example above, the depositary bank can
reasonably expect to learn of an unpaid
electronically returned check on
Thursday, and will be required under
the proposed 4-business-day hold
period to make funds deposited by
check at a nonproprietary ATM
42 Conference Report on H.R. 27 (H. Rept. 100–
261), 100th Congress, 1st session, 179 (1987), pp.
H6906–7.
43 Section 229.19(b) requires that funds be made
available for withdrawal by the opening of business
on the day on which funds are required to be made
available for withdrawal.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16870
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
available for withdrawal at the opening
of business on Friday.44
As mentioned above, Congress
recognized in the EFA Act legislative
history that depositary banks generally
do not know the composition of
deposits made at nonproprietary ATMs
(that is, whether the deposit consisted of
cash, local checks, nonlocal checks,
etc.), and therefore adopted a five-day
maximum hold on nonproprietary ATM
deposits to match the five-day
maximum hold on a nonlocal check
deposit. Currently, however, all cash
deposits not made in person to an
employee of the depositary bank and
check deposits must be made available
for withdrawal by the second business
day following deposit. The Board
requests comment on whether the
funds-availability schedule’s distinction
between deposits to proprietary ATMs
and deposits to nonproprietary ATMs
continues to make sense in an
environment where all in-person cash
deposits and check deposits must be
made available for withdrawal by the
second business day following deposit.
C. Section 229.13—Exceptions
1. Section 229.13(b)—Large Deposits
Section 229.13(b) sets forth an
exception to the funds-availability
schedule for the aggregate amount of
deposited checks totaling more than
$5,000 on any one banking day to the
extent the aggregate amount exceeds
$5,000. Like other amounts specified in
the EFA Act, this $5,000 threshold will
be adjusted every five years for
inflation. In order to facilitate future
adjustments to the amount, the Board
proposes to amend the commentary to
§ 229.13(b) by replacing references to
‘‘$5,000’’ with references to ‘‘the largedeposit amount.’’ The Board proposes to
make similar amendments throughout
the commentary and model forms.
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
2. Section 229.13(d)—Repeated
Overdrafts
Section 229.13(d) provides the
depositary bank with an exception to
the general availability schedule in
§ 229.12 for a check deposited into an
account that has been repeatedly
overdrawn in the preceding six months.
The exception relates not only to
overdrafts caused by checks, but also
those caused by, for example, debit card
44 The Board is proposing to follow the analysis
it set forth in 1999 that it would reduce the
availability schedules in Regulation CC only after
determining that the depositary bank can
reasonably expect to learn of an unpaid check on
the business day before the day on which the bank
must make funds available for withdrawal at the
opening of business. See 64 FR 37712 (July 13,
1999).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
transactions. The Board proposes to add
a new paragraph, § 229.13(d)(3),
clarifying that the exception does not
include an attempted debit card
transaction for which the depositary
bank declined the authorization request,
because in that case no debit card
transaction has occurred.
3. Section 229.13(e)—Reasonable Cause
to Doubt Collectability
Section 229.13(e) provides the
depositary bank with an exception to
the § 229.12 general availability
schedule if the depositary bank has
reasonable cause to believe that the
check is uncollectible from the paying
bank. The commentary currently states
that a depositary bank cannot invoke
this exception simply because a check is
drawn on a bank in a rural area and the
depositary bank knows it will not have
the opportunity to learn of the
nonpayment of the check before funds
must be made available. If a check is
collected and returned electronically,
however, the rural location of a paying
bank will not affect the time required to
collect and return the check. The Board
proposes to update the example in
paragraph (4) of the commentary to
§ 229.13(e). Specifically, a depositary
bank may not invoke this exception
simply because a paying bank demands
paper presentment and the depositary
bank believes it is unlikely to receive
the return prior to the time by which it
must make the deposited funds
available.
3. Section 229.13(g)—Notice of
Exception
A depositary bank must provide
notice to its customer when it invokes
one of the exceptions in § 229.13 to
apply an extended hold to a deposit.
Section 229.13(g)(1)(i) sets forth the
information that the notice must
include. Currently, the notice must
include the amount of the deposit that
is being delayed. During consumer
testing of the model forms, however,
consumers were more readily able to
recall the deposited check for which the
funds were being held when the notice
included the total amount of the
deposit, rather than only the amount
being held. Accordingly, the Board
proposes to require that the notice of an
exception hold contain the total amount
of the deposit, in addition to the amount
of the deposit being held. Additionally,
consumers more readily understood
when funds would be made available if
the notice stated the day on which the
funds will be made available, rather
than explain availability in reference to
the date of deposit. Therefore, the Board
proposes to require that the notice
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
specify the day funds will be made
available instead of ‘‘the time period
within which’’ the funds will be
available for withdrawal. The Board
proposes conforming changes to
proposed model notice C–9.
Section 229.13(g)(1)(ii) states that if
the notice is not given at the time of the
deposit, the depositary bank shall mail
or deliver the notice to the customer as
soon as practicable, but no later than the
first business day following the day the
facts become known to the depositary
bank, or the deposit is made, whichever
is later. With the elimination of
nonlocal checks, depositary banks must
generally make check deposits available
by opening of business on the second
business day following the banking day
of deposit. The Board believes that it is
desirable for a customer to learn that its
bank is extending a hold before the
customer would expect the funds to
become available under the bank’s
generally applicable availability policy.
Further, it has become more feasible for
banks to provide notices to their
customers electronically, which results
in near instant receipt of the notice to
the customer. The Board therefore
proposes that, if the customer has
agreed to accept notices electronically,
the depositary bank is required to send
the notice such that the bank may
reasonably expect the customer to
receive it no later than the first business
day following the day the deposit is
made or the facts become known to the
depositary bank, whichever is later. For
example, the bank could e-mail notice
of the hold to the customer. The Board
requests comment on whether providing
a notice in this fashion is practical.
Finally, § 229.13(g)(4) describes the
notice that a depositary bank must
provide when it applies an emergencyconditions hold. The Board proposes to
update the commentary to § 229.13(g) to
explain that a depositary bank may
provide notice via postings to the
depositary bank’s website or through a
directed e-mail.
4. Section 229.13(h)—Availability of
Deposits Subject to Exceptions
If a check deposit is subject to an
exception hold, § 229.13(h)(4) provides
that a reasonable period for a hold
extension is one business day (for a total
of two) for a deposit of on-us checks,
five business days (for a total of seven)
for local checks, and six business days
(for a total of eleven) for nonlocal
checks and deposits into nonproprietary
ATMs. The Board proposes that the safe
harbor for the reasonable hold extension
for a deposit of on-us checks remain one
business day, and that safe harbor for
the reasonable hold extension for other
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
checks be reduced to two business days
(from five or six business days), for a
total of four business days for all other
checks.45
Section 229.13(h)(4) would continue
to permit a bank to apply a longer hold
extension than this, but the bank would
have the burden of establishing that the
longer hold extension is reasonable. The
Board is proposing conforming changes
to the commentary to § 229.13(h).
In adopting Regulation CC’s
permanent availability schedules, the
Board stated that the reasonable
extended-hold periods are ‘‘designed to
provide adequate time for the depositary
bank to learn of the nonpayment of
virtually all checks that are returned.’’ 46
If a check is cleared and returned
electronically, the depositary bank
should receive the returned check in
three business days. Checks that are not
cleared and returned entirely in
electronic form, however, will typically
take longer to be returned to the
depositary bank. The Reserve Banks,
however, project that by year-end 2011,
97 percent of their checks will be
cleared and returned entirely in
electronic form, which the Board
believes is representative of the industry
as a whole.47 Therefore, depositary
banks will receive virtually all returned
checks by the third business day after
the day of deposit, with the depositary
bank making funds available at opening
of business on the fourth day. Although
the proposed reasonable extended-hold
period of two business days (four
business days total) may increase risk
for a depositary bank that does not
accept electronic returns, the Board
believes that the reduction in the
exception hold safe harbor is warranted
given that it will provide faster
availability for depositors as well as an
incentive for depositary banks to take
advantage of electronic check-return
infrastructure.
If the paying bank does not return
checks electronically, the time required
for a check to be delivered from the
depositary bank to the paying bank and
back again may be greater than three
business days. A paying bank that does
not send returned checks electronically,
however, generally will not meet its
expeditious return requirement, and the
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
45 As
described above, the Board proposes to
reduce the generally-applicable hold period for
nonproprietary ATM deposits from five business
days to four. The proposed reasonable hold
extension of two business days would therefore
provide a total of six business days for
nonproprietary ATM deposits.
46 See 55 FR 21848, 21850 (May 30, 1990).
47 See the Board’s Federal Register notice
announcing its approval of the Federal Reserve
Banks’ 2011 fee schedules for priced services, 75 FR
67740 (Nov. 3, 2010).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
depositary bank may have a claim for
any losses it incurs due to the failure of
the paying bank to send the returned
check expeditiously.
D. Section 229.15—General Disclosure
Requirements
1. Section 229.15(a)
Section 229.15(a) sets forth the form
requirements for disclosures under
subpart B. In general, there are two
types of disclosures under subpart B—
funds-availability policy disclosures
and delayed availability notices. Both
types of disclosures must be written and
in a form the customer may keep. The
Board proposes to amend § 229.15(a) to
clarify that the form requirements apply
to both funds-availability policy
disclosures and delayed availability
notices required by subpart B.
2. Section 229.15(b)(1)
Section 229.15(b) states that ‘‘[i]n its
disclosure, a bank shall describe funds
as being available on ‘the _____ business
day after’ the day of deposit.’’ The
Board’s consumer testing of the model
disclosures in Appendix C (discussed in
more detail below), however, indicated
that consumers may more readily
understand alternative formulations of
statements of when deposited funds will
be available for withdrawal. The Board
therefore proposes in § 229.15(b)(1) to
provide banks with more flexibility
regarding this description.48 The
proposal requires a bank in its
disclosure or notice to specify the
business day on which funds are
available for withdrawal by describing
that day in relation to the banking day
on which the deposit is received, and to
use in this description language
substantially similar to that set forth in
proposed § 229.15(b)(1). Under the
proposal, for example, the banking day
of receipt may be described as ‘‘the same
business day,’’ and the business day
after the banking day of receipt may be
described as ‘‘the next business day,’’ or
described using either cardinal or
ordinal numbers, such as ‘‘2 business
days’’ or ‘‘the second business day.’’
E. Section 229.16—Specific Availability
Policy Disclosure
1. Section 229.16(b)(2)
Because the Board is eliminating
references to local and nonlocal checks
throughout the regulation and
commentary, the Board proposes to
48 Under the Board’s proposal, a bank that bases
its availability-policy disclosure on the models
currently provided in Appendix C will continue to
receive a safe harbor for doing so. See the
discussion of Appendix C below in this section-bysection analysis.
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16871
delete the requirement that banks that
distinguish between local and nonlocal
checks in their availability policy
disclose that a check payable through
one bank (the bank whose routing
number appears in the MICR line) and
payable by another bank would be
considered local or nonlocal on the
basis of the location of the bank by
which the check is payable. In the
absence of nonlocal checks, that
disclosure requirement is obsolete.
2. Section 229.16(c)(2)
Section 229.16(c)(2) sets forth the
information required in a notice when a
bank invokes a case-by-case hold. These
information requirements are similar to
the information requirements for
exception-hold notices under
§ 229.13(g). Consumer testing
demonstrated that consumers are both
able to recall the deposit to which the
hold is being applied if the notice states
the total deposit amount and able to
understand more readily the day on
which funds will be made available if
given a specific date. Therefore, the
Board proposes to amend the case-bycase notice requirements in
§ 229.16(c)(2)(i) to require that a caseby-case notice include the total amount
of the deposit and the specific date on
which funds will be made available.
Further, in the absence of nonlocal
checks, the case-by-case hold period is
so short that a paper notice of the hold
sent through the mail may not reach the
customer until after the hold has been
lifted. The Board therefore proposes to
amend § 229.16(c)(2)(ii) and the related
commentary to provide that, if the
customer has agreed to accept notices
electronically, a bank that invokes a
case-by-case hold after the time of
deposit be required to deliver the notice
such that the bank may reasonably
expect the notice to be received by the
customer not later than the first
business day following the banking day
of deposit. For example, the bank could
e-mail notice of the hold to the customer
on the business day after the banking
day of deposit. The Board requests
comment on whether providing a notice
in this fashion is practical.
In addition, the Board requests
comment on the extent to which banks
continue to find it useful to apply caseby-case holds to check deposits and on
whether the regulation’s provision for
case-by-case holds should be deleted. In
the absence of nonlocal checks, the
extra hold period that a depositary bank
may obtain by applying a case-by-case
hold is generally not sufficient for the
bank to learn that a deposited check has
been returned unpaid before making
funds available to the depositor.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16872
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
F. Section 229.19—Miscellaneous
1. Section 229.19(e)(2)
Section 229.19(e)(2) limits the ability
of a depositary bank that cashes a check
for a customer to place a hold on other
funds of the customer. The Board
proposes to amend § 229.19(e)(2) to
clarify that a depositary bank that
cashes a check for a customer over the
counter may place a hold on funds in
an account of the customer only if the
check is not drawn on the depositary
bank. In contrast, if a depositary bank
cashes a check drawn on itself, the
check is considered finally paid when
cashed under the U.C.C.49 The Board
intends no change to the substance of
this provision.
2. Section 229.19(g)(2)
The Board proposes to delete as
obsolete the provision regarding mergers
between July 1, 1998, and March 1,
2000.
G. Section 229.21(g)—Record Retention
Current § 229.21(g) requires a bank to
maintain records evidencing
compliance with subpart B’s
requirements for not less than two years,
and states that a bank may store records
using, among other media, ‘‘microfiche,
microfilm, [and] magnetic tape.’’ These
listed examples in § 229.21(g) of the
types of media on which a bank may
store records are obsolete, and the Board
proposes to replace them with a more
general provision that a bank may store
records using ‘‘electronic storage
media,’’ among other media.
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
H. Appendix A—Routing Number Guide
to Next-Day-Availability Checks
In the absence of nonlocal checks, it
is no longer necessary to retain the
portion of appendix A that lists under
the single remaining Reserve Bank
check-processing office (the head office
of the Federal Reserve Bank of
Cleveland) all banks’ four-digit routing
symbols. The Board proposes to delete
this portion of the appendix, as well as
the reference to the Federal Reserve
Bank of Cleveland. The Board proposes
to retain in the appendix the lists of
nine-digit routing numbers associated
with certain next-day-availability
checks.50 The Board also proposes to
49 See UCC 4–215 and commentary to Regulation
CC § 229.19(e).
50 Treasury checks, postal money orders, and
checks drawn on the Federal Reserve Banks and
Federal Home Loan Banks can be identified by
routing number, and these routing numbers will
continue to be listed in appendix A. Next-dayavailability checks such as cashier’s, certified, and
teller’s checks cannot be identified by routing
number, however, and are not listed in the
appendix.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
16:03 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
delete certain listed routing numbers of
the Federal Reserve Banks and Federal
Home Loan Banks that have been
retired.
I. Appendix C, Model Availability-Policy
Disclosures, Clauses and Notices
1. Consumer Testing Process
The model availability-policy forms
in appendix C of Regulation CC include
numerous obsolete provisions related to
nonlocal checks. Additionally, the
model forms were first published over
20 years ago, when Regulation CC was
first promulgated. More recently, the
Board has tested with consumers the
model forms included with its other
regulations.51 In this instance, the Board
used ICF Macro, a research and
consulting firm that specializes in
designing and testing documents, to
conduct consumer testing to help the
Board’s review of the model availabilitypolicy forms proposed in this notice.
ICF Macro prepared a detailed report of
the results of the testing, which is
available on the Board’s Web site
(https://www.federalreserve.gov) along
with this proposed rule.
The consumer testing consisted of two
rounds of in-depth interviews with 9
consumers in Alexandria, Virginia, on
August 19 and 20, 2010, and 11
consumers in Denver, Colorado, on
September 13 and 14, 2010. Consumer
participants were recruited to ensure the
selection of a range of participants in
terms of gender, education, ethnicity,
and checking and savings account
balances.52 While the interview protocol
varied slightly between rounds, the
general structure and most of the
questions were the same.
Prior to the first round of interviews,
Board staff and ICF Macro
collaboratively revised the forms from
those currently found in appendix C.53
For example, the format was
substantially modified; provisions
related to nonlocal checks were
eliminated; and language was added
regarding a bank’s right to charge back
a customer’s account if a deposited
check is returned unpaid. Based on the
results of each round of interviews, the
forms were again revised. The Board
plans to conduct additional consumer
testing of the forms in response to
51 See Interim Final Rule on Mortgage Disclosures
(Regulation Z), 75 FR 58470 (Sept. 24, 2010).
52 A sample of the screening instrument used to
recruit interview participants is included as
Appendix A to the ICF Macro report. Appendix B
to the report provides a summary of the
demographics of the interview participants.
53 The sample forms used during the consumer
interviews are included as Appendix C to the ICF
Macro report.
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
public comments received on this
proposal, as appropriate.
2. Model Disclosures Generally
Citations below are to the forms in the
appendix as they are proposed to be
renumbered, unless otherwise explicitly
stated. Forms not discussed below are
either unchanged or have only technical
or conforming amendments.
In the absence of nonlocal checks, the
Board proposes throughout appendix C
to delete all references to the nonlocalcheck and local-check categories.
Instead, the Board proposes that the
forms, as applicable, specify the types of
check deposits that receive next-day
availability, and then state the
availability that will be provided for
checks ‘‘other than those specified.’’
The Board proposes to modify the
format of the model disclosures from a
mostly narrative form to a more tabular
form. For example, the Board proposes
that the portions of the model
disclosures specifying funds availability
for deposits to established accounts and
for deposits to new accounts (accounts
open for 30 days or less) be presented
within tables. The Board’s testing on
forms under other rules has consistently
indicated that consumers more readily
understand information presented in a
tabular form.54
The Board is not proposing any
changes to the model substitute-checkpolicy disclosure and notices in the
appendix.
i. Format of Banks’ Funds-availability
Disclosures and Notices
The Board proposes to add to the
commentary to appendix C a new
paragraph A(4) discussing banks’
formatting of disclosures and notices
based on the proposed model fundsavailability disclosures and notices in
the appendix. Specifically, although the
regulation does not require banks to use
a certain paper size for their fundsavailability disclosures and notices, the
proposed model funds-availability
policy disclosures are generally
designed to be printed on an 81⁄2 x 11
inch sheet of paper with black text on
a white background, so as to increase
their readability for consumers. Further,
§ 229.15(a) requires that banks generally
provide disclosures and notices in a
form that the customer may keep.55 The
proposed commentary notes that a bank
that provides a disclosure or notice
54 See 75 FR 58539 at 58542 (September 24, 2010)
and ICF Macro report, p. 4.
55 The commentary to § 229.13(g) indicates that
notice of an extended hold should be provided in
a form the customer may keep. The proposed
commentary to § 229.16(c)(2) indicates that notice
of a case-by-case hold should be provided in this
form as well.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
electronically to a customer would
comport with the formatting
specifications of the proposed model
disclosures and notices by providing a
disclosure or notice in a file format,
such as a .pdf file format, that
electronically represents an 81⁄2 x 11
inch sheet of paper with black text and
a white background. In addition, a bank
may vary (either enlarge or decrease) the
font size of the model forms. As
explained in the proposed commentary,
a bank that uses too small a font may
not be in compliance with § 229.15(a)’s
clear-and-conspicuous requirement.
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
ii. Charge Back After Making Funds
From Check Deposits Available
Paragraph 5 of the commentary to
appendix C states that banks may add
information related to funds availability
to the model forms. One of the examples
currently provided is that a bank’s
disclosure may state that although funds
have become available and the customer
has withdrawn them, the customer
remains responsible for deposited
checks that are returned unpaid. The
Board believes that all banks reserve the
right to charge back a customer’s
account if a deposited check is returned
unpaid.56 The Board proposes to
incorporate language to this effect
within the model availability-policy
disclosures themselves and to delete
this as an example from paragraph A(5)
of the commentary and add a provision
to paragraph B(1)(a) describing the
charge-back statement in the proposed
model disclosures. The Board requests
comment on whether this proposed
revision reflects the practice of most
banks.
iii. Reference to Day of Availability
The Board is proposing model
availability-policy disclosures that in
many cases would use cardinal
numbers, instead of ordinal numbers, to
describe the business day on which
funds will be available in relation to the
day on which funds are deposited. For
example, the Board proposes in many
cases to use ‘‘2’’ in place of ‘‘second,’’
because consumers readily perceived
that formulation. In addition, the Board
proposes that the disclosures refer to the
‘‘next’’ business day after a deposit,
rather than the ‘‘first’’ business day. The
Board proposes to modify paragraph
B(1)(b) of the commentary accordingly.
Notwithstanding the language used in
the proposed model forms, use of
56 See § UCC 4–214, which generally permits a
collecting bank that has made provisional
settlement with its customer to revoke the
settlement (e.g., charge back the amount or obtain
a refund) if the bank itself fails to receive
settlement.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
ordinal numbers would continue to be
permitted (see proposed § 229.15(b)).
iv. Inclusion of Optional Information
The Board proposes model
availability-policy disclosures that
would reflect certain provisions of the
regulation that apply only to certain
banks, depending on the banks’ policies
and practices. For example, the
proposed model disclosures would
include language about use of special
deposit slips as a condition for next-day
availability for certain types of check
deposits (see § 229.10(c)(2) and language
similar to the appendix’s current model
clauses C–6 and C–7 related to check
cashing, immediate availability, and
holds on other funds (see § 229.19(e)).57
The text of these portions of the
disclosures would be enclosed within
brackets to indicate that a bank should
include it in the bank’s disclosures only
if it is applicable given the bank’s
policies and practices. The Board
proposes that paragraph B(1)(c) of the
commentary to appendix C be modified
accordingly.
v. Same-Day Availability
Although § 229.10(a) of the regulation
requires next-day availability for cash
deposits, and § 229.10(b) requires nextday availability for electronic payments
(as defined in § 229.2(t)), the model
availability-policy disclosures in
appendix C include clauses that state
that funds from electronic direct
deposits are available on the day the
bank receives the funds. As indicated in
paragraph B(1)(b) of the commentary to
the appendix, this is because U.S.
Treasury regulations and ACH
association rules require that
preauthorized credits, such as direct
deposits, be made available on the day
the bank receives the funds.
During the Board’s consumer testing,
many consumers expressed surprise that
the sample disclosures indicated that
funds from cash deposits and wire
transfers (defined in § 229.2(bbb)) would
not be available until the next day.
When the models in Appendix C were
first published over 20 years ago, most
banks updated their demand-depositaccount systems on an overnight basis,
such that a cash deposit or incoming
wire transfer would not be reflected in
the receiving customer’s account
balance until opening of business the
next day. The Board believes, however,
that most banks now provide same-day
57 Because the Board proposes to incorporate the
information set forth in current model clauses
C–6 and C–7 as bracketed information within the
model disclosures, the Board proposes to delete
model clauses C–6 and C–7 from the appendix.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16873
(if not immediate) availability for cash
deposits and wire transfers.
The Board therefore proposes that
model funds-availability disclosures
C–1 through C–3B, which are designed
for banks that generally make deposits
available by the next day (and are
discussed in more detail below), be
modified to indicate that funds from
cash deposits and wire transfers will be
available for withdrawal on the same
business day that the bank receives the
funds. The proposed commentary states
that a bank basing its disclosure on one
of these models should modify its
disclosure to indicate that funds from
cash deposits and wire transfers will be
available the next day if that reflects the
bank’s practice.
In contrast, proposed models C–4A
and C–4B, which are designed for banks
that hold funds from deposits to the
statutory limits, indicate that funds from
cash deposits and wire transfers will be
available on the business day following
receipt. The proposed commentary
states that a bank that bases its
disclosures on one of these models but
that makes funds from cash deposits
and wire transfers available the same
day they are received—i.e., a bank that
places holds to statutory limits only on
check deposits—should modify its
disclosures accordingly.
3. Model C–1—Next-Day Availability
Proposed model C–1 may be used by
a bank that has a policy of making funds
from all deposits available by the first
business day after a deposit is made, but
not reserving the right to invoke the
new-account and other exceptions in
§ 229.13. The Board requests comment
on whether any banks have such a
policy and on whether model C–1 can
be deleted from Appendix C.
4. Model C–2—Next-Day Availability
and § 229.13 Exceptions
Proposed model C–2 may be used by
a bank that has a policy of making funds
from deposits available by the first
business day after a deposit is made, but
reserves the right to invoke the newaccount and other exceptions in
§ 229.13.
5. Model C–3A—Next-Day Availability,
Case-by-Case Holds to Statutory Limits
Without Cash-Withdrawal Limitation,
and § 229.13 Exceptions; and Model C–
3B—Next-Day Availability, Case-byCase Holds to Statutory Limits With
Cash-Withdrawal Limitation, and
§ 229.13 Exceptions
The Board proposes to include in the
appendix two versions of model C–3.
The first version, proposed C–3A,
would be used by a bank that, when it
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16874
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
delays availability on a case-by-case
basis, does not impose the cashwithdrawal limitation permitted by
§ 229.12(b). The second version,
proposed C–3B, would be used by a
bank that does impose this limitation
when it delays availability on a case-bycase basis. The additional text that is
included in proposed C–3B, but not
C–3A, related to the cash-withdrawal
limitation, derives from current model
clause C–10, modified to promote
consumer comprehension on the basis
of the Board’s testing.58 The Board
proposes that this text be structured as
a bulleted list, because the Board’s
testing indicated that consumers better
noticed and understood the cashwithdrawal limitation (and the
distinction between other uses of funds)
when it is in this form rather than in a
text paragraph.59
Proposed models C–3A and C–3B
include in brackets language similar to
current model clauses C–6 and C–7,
related to check cashing, immediate
availability, and holds on other funds,
modified on the basis of the Board’s
testing to promote consumer
comprehension. A bank that bases its
disclosure on proposed model C–3A or
C–3B would need to include this
bracketed text in its disclosure only if
the text corresponds to the bank’s policy
and practice. A bank that has such a
policy would include the proposed
bracketed text in the same location as in
the proposed model. Testing indicated
that consumers notice and retain the
information presented in these clauses
better if the location of the clauses is
early in the disclosure.60
Banks that base their availabilitypolicy disclosure on model disclosure
C–3A or C–3B and whose availability
policy necessitates incorporation of one
or more of the proposed appendix’s
remaining model clauses (proposed
C–6, C–7, and C–8; current C–9, C–11,
or C–11A) would append those model
clauses to the end of the second page of
proposed model C–3A or C–3B. The
appendix’s remaining model clauses
pertain to a bank’s funds-availability
policy for deposits at ATMs (proposed
C–6), a credit union’s interest-payment
policy (proposed C–7), and the
58 Because the Board proposes to incorporate into
C–3B and C–4B (discussed below) the information
set forth in current model clause C–10, the Board
proposes to delete model clause C–10 from the
appendix.
59 See p. vii of the ICF Macro report.
60 The Board proposes to take an identical
approach in proposed model disclosures C–4A and
C–4B. Specifically, a bank that bases its disclosure
on proposed model C–4A or C–4B would include
the bracketed text in its disclosure only if the text
corresponds to the bank’s policy and practice.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
availability of funds deposited at other
locations (proposed C–8).
6. Model C–4A—Holds to Statutory
Limits on All Deposits Without CashWithdrawal Limitation; and Model C–
4B—Holds to Statutory Limits on All
Deposits With Cash-Withdrawal
Limitation
The Board proposes to remove current
model disclosures C–4 (holds to
statutory limits on all deposits (includes
chart)) and C–5 (holds to statutory limits
on all deposits), because those models
are no longer necessary in the absence
of nonlocal checks. The Board proposes
to add new model disclosures C–4A and
C–4B for a bank to use if the bank’s
policy is to hold funds on all deposits
up to the statutory limits.
Proposed model disclosure C–4A
would be used by a bank that delays
availability as allowed under § 229.12
but does not impose the cashwithdrawal limitation permitted by
§ 229.12(b), whereas proposed model C–
4B would be used by a bank that delays
availability as allowed under § 229.12
and does impose the cash-withdrawal
limitation permitted by § 229.12(b). The
Board proposes the position of the text
related to the cash-withdrawal
limitation in C–4B because the Board’s
testing indicated that consumers better
noticed and understood the information
when placed at the proposed location
and in the proposed format within the
disclosure. Banks that base their
availability-policy disclosure on
proposed model disclosure C–4A or
C–4B and whose availability policy
necessitates incorporation of one or
more of the proposed appendix’s
remaining model clauses (proposed
C–6, C–7, or C–8) would append those
model clauses to the end of the second
page of proposed model C–4A or C–4B.
7. Proposed Model Clauses
The Board proposes to delete current
model clauses C–6 (holds on other
funds (check cashing)), C–7 (holds on
other funds (other account)), and C–10
(cash-withdrawal limitation), all of
which the Board proposes to be
incorporated into other model forms.
The Board also proposes to delete
current model clause C–8 (Appendix B
availability (nonlocal checks)) because it
is obsolete in the absence of nonlocal
checks. Within current model clause C–
9 (Automated Teller Machine Deposits
(Extended Hold)) (proposed C–6), the
Board proposes to change ‘‘fifth business
day’’ to ‘‘fourth business day’’ to conform
to the changes in proposed § 229.12(d),
discussed above in this section-bysection analysis.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
8. Proposed Model Notices
i. Format
As with the proposed model fundsavailability policy disclosures, the
Board proposes to modify the format of
the model notices, where appropriate,
from a mostly narrative form to a more
tabular form. For example, the Board
proposes to convert current model
notice C–18 (notice at locations where
employees accept consumer deposits
(case-by-case holds)) (proposed C–14) to
a table.
ii. Proposed Model C–9—Exception or
Reasonable-Cause Hold Notice
Current models C–12 and C–13 each
include a checklist of reasons for which
a bank may apply an exception hold.
The Board’s consumer testing on other
disclosures has found that consumers
may be confused by a listing of reasons,
even though only one reason is checked
and the others do not apply to the
consumer’s situation.61 The Board
therefore proposes model notices that
describe only one reason for the hold,
instead of a checklist of reasons. A bank
using proposed model C–9 would insert
the reason for the hold that is applicable
to the consumer’s situation in the
location designated by ‘‘(reason for
hold).’’ The checklist of reasons that is
included in the current model would be
moved to the proposed commentary,
with proposed revisions for clarity. The
proposed commentary also states that a
bank may insert, in place of ‘‘(reason for
hold),’’ a reason other than those listed
in the commentary.
Current model C–12 (proposed C–9)
indicates that a bank’s notice of an
exception hold should refer to the dollar
amount being held from a deposit.62 The
Board proposes that proposed models
C–12 also refer to the dollar amount of
the deposit from which funds are being
held. During the Board’s testing,
consumers more readily understood this
approach and thought that the amount
of the deposit would be more helpful in
remembering the deposit in question.63
iii. Proposed Model C–12A—Case-byCase Hold Notice Without CashWithdrawal Limitation and Proposed
Model C–12B, Case-by-Case Hold Notice
With Cash-Withdrawal Limitation
Current model C–16 (case-by-case
hold notice) states that the day on
61 See 75 FR 58539 at 58560 (September 24,
2010), discussing the results of the Board’s testing
of model forms related to the suspension or
reduction of a home equity line of credit. See also
the ICF Macro report, page viii.
62 Specifically, the model reads ‘‘We are delaying
the availability of $(amount being held) from this
deposit.’’
63 See ICF Macro report, p. ix.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
which funds will be available for
withdrawal may be ‘‘([subject to our
cash-withdrawal limitation policy]).’’
The limitation is material to the length
of the hold, and, without additional
inquiry, consumers may not know what
the limitation is. Accordingly, the Board
proposes to include in appendix C two
versions of a model case-by-case hold
notice: proposed C–12A may be used by
a bank that imposes a case-by-case hold,
but does not have a policy of imposing
the cash-withdrawal limitation, whereas
proposed model notice C–12B may be
used by a bank that imposes such a hold
and does have such a policy. Each of the
two proposed versions would
incorporate the specific days by which
funds would be available.
Current model C–16 indicates that a
bank’s notice of an exception hold
should refer to the dollar amount being
held from a deposit. The Board proposes
that proposed models C–12A, and C–
12B also refer to the dollar amount of
the deposit from which funds are being
held, because consumers thought that
the amount of the deposit would be
more helpful in remembering the
deposit in question.64
iv. Proposed Model C–13—Notice at
Locations Where Employees Accept
Consumer Deposits and Proposed Model
C–14—Notice at Locations Where
Employees Accept Consumer Deposits
(Case-by-Case Holds)
Current models C–17 and C–18
(proposed C–13 and C–14) are notices
that are designed to be posted, for
example, on a wall near a teller window
in a bank branch, and set forth a brief
summary of a bank’s funds-availability
policy. Current model C–17 may be
used by a bank that has a policy of
placing holds to statutory limits on
deposits, whereas current model C–18
may be used by a bank that has a policy
of placing case-by-case holds on check
deposits.
The Board proposes to modify current
model notice C–18 (proposed C–14) to
indicate that funds from cash deposits
and wire transfers will be available for
withdrawal on the same business day
that the bank receives the funds.
Therefore, a bank with a case-by-case
availability policy that makes cash
deposits and wire transfers available the
next business day would modify the
notice accordingly. By contrast, current
model C–17 (proposed C–14) indicates
that funds from cash deposits and wire
transfers will be available on the next
business day. A bank that holds check
deposits up to the statutory limits but
that makes funds from cash deposits
64 See
and wire transfers available on the day
they are received would modify the
notice accordingly.
A bank using either notice that
imposes cash-withdrawal limitations
under proposed § 229.12(b) would
indicate that funds from check deposits
will generally be available by the third,
rather than second, business day after
the day of deposit, by replacing
‘‘(number)’’ in the lower-right-hand box
of the tables in the proposed models
with ‘‘third,’’ rather than ‘‘second.’’
J. Appendix F—Official Board
Interpretations; Preemption
Determinations
Section 608 of the EFA Act provides
that any state law in effect on September
1, 1989, that provides that funds be
made available in a shorter period of
time than provided in Regulation CC
will supersede the time periods in the
Act and regulation. Section 229.20 of
the regulation implements § 608, and
§ 229.20(e) sets forth the procedures by
which a state may submit to the Board
a request for a preemption
determination. In response to states’
requests, the Board issued
determinations specifying the
provisions of the funds availability laws
in California, Connecticut, Illinois,
Maine, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New
York, Rhode Island, and Wisconsin that
supersede the EFA Act and Regulation
CC. These determinations are contained
in appendix F to the regulation.
Since September 1, 1989,
Connecticut, New Jersey, Rhode Island,
and Wisconsin have repealed all statespecific funds availability provisions.
California has repealed the funds
availability provisions applicable to
credit unions. In addition, the
elimination of nonlocal checks under
the EFA Act and Regulation CC affect
the regulation’s preemption of states’
laws. The Board notes that the DoddFrank Act’s increase from $100 to $200
of the minimum amount of check
deposits that banks must make available
by the next business day may affect the
EFA Act and Regulation CC preemption
of state law. The Board therefore
proposes to update the preemption
determinations in the appendix. The
proposed determinations would
supersede any previous determinations
made by the Board.
ICF Macro report, p. ix.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16875
III. Subpart C
A. Section 229.30—Paying Bank’s
Responsibility for Return of Checks
1. Section 229.30(a)—Expeditious
Return of Checks
i. Section 229.30(a)(1)
Section 229.30(a)(1) sets forth the
proposed test for expeditious return of
a check by the paying bank. The current
rule provides that if a paying bank
determines not to pay a check, it must
return the check in an expeditious
manner, as provided under either the
two-day/four-day test or the forwardcollection test. For the reasons
discussed above, the Board proposes to
eliminate the forward-collection test
and the four-day test for expeditious
return of a check by the paying bank. As
a result, the Board proposes that the
two-day test for expeditious return be
the only test for expeditious return in
§ 229.30(a)(1) (and § 229.31(a)(1)). In
general, the paying bank may satisfy any
expeditious return requirement by
sending an electronic return if the
depositary bank has agreed to receive
electronic returns from the paying bank
under proposed § 229.32(a), a paper
check or a notice in lieu if the check is
unavailable. The exceptions to this
general rule, including where the
depositary bank has not agreed to accept
electronic returns from the paying bank,
are set forth in proposed § 229.30(b).
ii. Section 229.30(a)(3)
The Board proposes to amend
§ 229.30(a)(3) to clarify that a paying
bank may send a returned check to any
bank that handled the check for forward
collection if the paying bank is unable
to identify the depositary bank.
iii. Section 229.30(a)(6)
The Board proposes to move current
§ 229.36(a), which states that a check
payable at or through a paying bank is
considered to be drawn on that bank for
purposes of the expeditious-return
requirement of this subpart, to proposed
§ 229.30(a)(6).
2. Section 229.30(b)—Exceptions to
Expeditious Return of Checks
i. Section 229.30(b)(1)
The Board proposes to group together
the exceptions to a paying bank’s duty
of expeditious return in § 229.30(b)(1).
Currently, the requirement does not
apply if a paying bank is unable to
identify the depositary bank or if the
depositary bank does not maintain
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16876
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
accounts.65 As described above, the
Board proposes that a paying bank have
a duty of expeditious return only if the
depositary bank has agreed to accept
electronic returns from the paying bank
under proposed § 229.32(a). The Board
proposes to set forth this rule as an
exception to the general rule stated in
proposed § 229.30(a)(1). Accordingly,
proposed § 229.30(b)(1)(i) states that a
paying bank need not return a check
expeditiously if a depositary bank has
not agreed to accept electronic returns
from the paying bank under § 229.32(a).
Although not imposing an expeditious
return requirement on the paying bank
in this situation will expose the
depositary bank to risk, the Board
believes that risk should rest with the
bank choosing not to take advantage of
an electronic infrastructure that
provides expeditious return.
The proposed commentary to
§ 229.30(b)(1) includes an example of
when the paying bank’s duty of
expeditious return would and would
not apply. For example, assume that a
depositary bank has not agreed to accept
electronic returns directly from the
paying bank, but has agreed to accept
electronic returns from Returning Bank
A, which has agreed to handle returns
expeditiously under § 229.31(a). If
Returning Bank A has not held itself out
as willing accept electronic returns
directly or indirectly from the paying
bank (e.g., the returning bank has not
published electronic return service setup guides), the depositary bank has not
agreed to accept electronic returns from
the paying bank under proposed
§ 229.32(a). If a check is presented to the
paying bank on Monday, the paying
bank would not need to send the
returned check such that the depositary
bank normally would receive the
returned check by 4 p.m. (local time of
the depositary bank) on Wednesday.
The paying bank, however, must
comply with any deadlines under the
Uniform Commercial Code, Regulation J
(if sent through the Reserve Banks), or
§ 229.30(c).
Under the proposed approach, a
paying bank that returns checks in
paper form would be subject to the
expeditious return requirement if the
depositary bank has agreed to accept
electronic returns from a returning bank
that holds itself out as willing to accept
electronic returns directly or indirectly
from the paying bank and agrees to
return checks expeditiously. The Board,
however, notes that if the returning
bank from which the depositary bank
has agreed to accept electronic returns
has either not held itself out as willing
to accept electronic returns directly or
indirectly from the paying bank or has
not agreed to return checks
expeditiously, then the paying bank
would not be subject to the expeditious
return requirement under the proposal.
ii. Section 229.30(b)(2)
Proposed § 229.30(b)(2) addresses the
situation in which the requirement to
return a check expeditiously does not
apply because the paying bank is unable
to identify the depositary bank. In most
cases in today’s predominantly
electronic check-clearing environment,
the depositary bank’s indorsement will
accompany an electronic check as an
addenda record associated with the
check, and the paying bank will be able
to route an electronic return to the
depositary bank in a highly automated
manner.66
In some cases, the depositary bank’s
indorsement may not be in the
accompanying addenda record, and the
paying bank will be unable to rely on
purely automated returns. The Board
proposes to clarify in the commentary
that a paying bank is not ‘‘unable’’ to
identify the depositary bank where the
depositary bank’s indorsement is not in
an addenda record associated with the
electronic image, but is legibly included
within the image of a check presented
electronically to the paying bank. In
these cases, the paying bank may
visually review the image of the check
to determine the identity of the
depositary bank and create an electronic
return addressed to the depositary bank
or a returning bank agreeing to handle
it on the basis of that indorsement
within the image. Provided the
depositary bank accepts electronic
returns (directly or indirectly) from the
paying bank under § 229.32(a), the
expeditious-return requirement would
apply in this situation.
In other cases, however, the
depositary bank’s indorsement may not
be in an addenda record associated with
an electronic image, and also may be
absent from or illegible within the image
of the check that is presented to the
paying bank. In these cases, the paying
bank may be unable to identify the
depositary bank and the expeditiousreturn requirement would not apply to
the paying bank. If the paying bank has
an agreement to send electronic returns
66 As
65 In the current regulation. these exceptions to a
paying bank’s duty of expeditious return are set
forth, respectively, in §§ 229.30(b) and 229.30(e).
The exceptions to a returning bank’s duty are in
§§ 229.31(b) and 229.31(e).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
is discussed below under § 229.35(a) and
appendix D, the Board proposes to require a
depositary bank that transfers an electronic
collection item to apply its indorsement in
accordance with ANS X9.100–187, unless the
parties otherwise agree.
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
to a bank that handled the check for
forward collection, the paying bank may
under § 229.30(b)(2) send the electronic
return to that bank, subject to that
agreement. Such a bank may be better
able to identify the depositary bank. In
general, the paying bank must advise
the bank to which the return is sent that
it is unable to identify the depositary
bank. The Board proposes to clarify in
the commentary that, in the case of
electronic returns, the paying bank
meets this requirement by inserting the
routing number of the bank to which it
is sending the return where the paying
bank otherwise would have inserted the
routing number of the depositary bank.
The Board requests comment on
whether the regulation and commentary
provide the appropriate level of detail
with respect to paying banks’
preparation and addressing of electronic
returns in cases where it is unable to
identify the depositary bank.
3. Section 229.30(c)—Extension of
Deadline
The Board proposes amending
§ 229.30(c), which extends the paying
bank’s deadline to initiate the return of
a check. The current rule generally
extends the deadline to the time at
which a paying bank dispatches the
return, if the paying bank uses a means
of delivery that ordinarily would result
in receipt by the bank to which the
return is sent on or before the receiving
bank’s next banking day following the
day of the applicable deadline by the
earlier of the close of that banking day
or a 2 p.m. cutoff hour (or such later
time as set by the receiving bank under
UCC 4–108).67 The provision allows the
paying bank an extension, provided that
the paying bank sends the return such
that it would ordinarily be received by
the depositary bank within the
timeframes mandated by the
regulation’s current tests for expeditious
return.
As discussed above, the Board
proposes to eliminate the forwardcollection test and the four-day test for
expeditious return of a nonlocal check,
such that the two-day test for
expeditious return would be the only
remaining test. Correspondingly, the
Board proposes to simplify the
extension in § 229.30(c): The paying
bank’s deadline for return would be
extended to the time of dispatch if the
paying bank sends the return such that
67 The current paragraph provides a further
extension if the paying bank uses a ‘‘highly
expeditious’’ means of return, or if the paying
bank’s deadline for return falls on a Saturday that
is a banking day for the paying bank under the UCC.
(Saturday is never a banking day under Regulation
CC.)
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
it reaches the depositary bank by 4 p.m.
on the second business day after the
banking day on which the check was
presented to the paying bank; i.e., such
that the return would ordinarily reach
the depositary bank within the time
required by the two-day expeditiousreturn test. The proposed 4 p.m.
deadline would correspond to the
expeditious return deadline in proposed
§§ 229.30(a). As noted in the proposed
commentary, a paying bank may rely on
the return schedules of a returning bank
in determining whether the returned
check or electronic return would
‘‘ordinarily’’ reach the depositary bank
by 4 p.m. on the second business day
after the banking day on which the
check was presented to the paying bank.
Alternatively, the Board requests
comment on whether a paying bank that
sends a returned check to a returning
bank and relies on this extension should
bear the risk that the returning bank
may not return the check expeditiously.
Specifically, the Board requests
comment on whether it should modify
the extension such that the return must
actually reach the depositary bank
within the two-day timeframe for
expeditious return in order for the
extension to apply. Such a modification
to the extension might further encourage
paying banks to initiate return of a
check in a timely fashion.
4. Section 229.30(d)—Identification of a
Returned Check
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
i. Placement of Reason for Return on a
Substitute Check
Section 229.30(d) currently states that
‘‘[a] paying bank returning a check shall
clearly indicate on the face of the check
that it is a returned check and the
reason for return. If the check is a
substitute check, the paying bank shall
place this information within the image
of the original check that appears on the
front of the substitute check.’’ When
current § 229.30(d) became effective in
2004, the placement on substitute
checks was consistent with the industry
standard for substitute checks,
American National Standard
Specifications for an Image Replacement
Document—IRD, X9.100–140 (ANS
X9.100–140). Under the terms of the
revised industry standard, however, the
reason for return of a substitute check
must be placed above a substitute
check’s image of the original check—
i.e., not within the image of the original
check that appears on the front of the
substitute check, but nonetheless within
the portion of the front of the substitute
check that is ‘‘clipped’’ when an image
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
of the substitute check is captured.68
The change to the standard is intended
to make it less likely that the returnreason information will obscure
underlying data from the original check,
such as the name of the payee or the
amount of the check, while continuing
to ensure that the reason for the return
is retained in any captured image of the
substitute check, as well as on any
subsequent substitute check.
The current commentary explains that
§ 229.30(d) specifies where to place the
return-reason information on a returned
substitute check in order to ensure that
‘‘the information is retained on any
subsequent substitute check.’’ The
revised industry standard, ANS X9.100–
140, is consistent with this purpose.
Accordingly, the Board proposes to
modify the § 229.30(d) to state that ‘‘[i]f
the check is a substitute check or
electronic return, the paying bank shall
place this information [the reason for
the return] such that the information
would be retained on any subsequent
substitute check.’’ Further, the Board
proposes to amend the commentary to
state that the requirement to place the
return-reason information such that it is
retained on any subsequent substitute
check could be met by placing the
information (1) in the location on the
front of the substitute check that is
specified by ANS X9.100–140 or (2)
within the image of the original check
that appears on the front of the
substitute check. The Board believes it
is necessary for the regulation to
continue to permit this latter possibility
in order to encompass situations in
which a paying bank presented with a
previously-created substitute check opts
to physically stamp the reason for the
return on the substitute check.
ii. Refer-to-Maker Reason for Return
Current commentary to § 229.30(d)
states that ‘‘refer to maker’’ may be a
permissible reason for return in
appropriate cases but does not elaborate
as to which cases may be appropriate.
The Board, however, does not believe
that ‘‘refer to maker,’’ by itself, is an
appropriate reason for return in any
case. ‘‘Refer to maker’’ is an instruction
rather than a reason for return. Alone,
it does not provide the depositary bank
with sufficient information to determine
whether it should represent the check.
Accordingly, the Board proposes to
amend the commentary to § 229.30(d) to
state that ‘‘refer to maker’’ is insufficient
68 In addition to the image of the front of the
original check, the portion of the front of the
substitute check that is clipped includes the area on
the check above the original check image and the
routing number of the truncating bank to the left of
the image.
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16877
as a reason for return, because ‘‘refer to
maker’’ is an instruction to the recipient
of the returned check and not a reason
for return (e.g., insufficient funds). A
paying bank may use ‘‘refer to maker’’ in
addition to the reason for return. The
Board requests comment on whether
there are circumstances in which it is
appropriate to use only ‘‘refer to maker’’
when returning a check.
5. Section 229.30(e)—Notice in Lieu of
Return
Section 229.30(f) currently states that
if a check is unavailable for return, the
paying bank may send in its place a
copy of the front and back of the
returned check, or, if no such copy is
available, a written notice of
nonpayment containing the information
specified in current § 229.33(b).
Historically, notices in lieu of return
were used when an original check was
lost or destroyed. Following
implementation of the Check 21 Act,
however, the unavailability of an
original check does not prevent return
of the check, provided that an image of
the check sufficient to create a
substitute check is available. The Board
therefore proposes to revise the
§ 229.30(e) commentary to provide that
a bank may send a notice in lieu of
return only where neither the check
itself nor an image of and information
related to the check sufficient to create
a substitute check is available.
The commentary states that notice by
electronic transmission, other than a
legible facsimile or similar image of
both sides of a check, does not satisfy
the requirements for a notice in lieu of
return. The Board proposes to amend
the commentary to § 229.30(e) to
provide that, if no image of both sides
of the check is available, the notice in
lieu of return may be sent by means of
an electronic transmission, so long as it
contains the required information. For
example, the notice may be sent by ACH
payment record if permitted by
applicable ACH rules, or by an
electronic check record if permitted by
applicable rules and standards. These
records are similar to the currentlypermitted written notices of
nonpayment where legible copies of
both sides of the check are unavailable.
The Board requests comment, however,
on whether a bank would ever have the
information necessary for a notice in
lieu of return if it had neither the check
nor an image of both sides of the check.
As under the current rule, notice by
telephone or other similar oral
transmission would not be permitted.
Because notice in lieu of return must
include the information required for a
notice of nonpayment, and the Board
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16878
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
proposes to eliminate the notice of
nonpayment requirement, the Board
proposes to move the information
requirements for a notice in lieu of
return from current § 229.33(b) to new
§ 229.30(e)(2). The Board proposes that
the information requirements for a
notice in lieu of return remain
unchanged.
Currently, a notice in lieu is not
required to contain the check’s original
MICR line. The Board understands,
however, that a depositary bank can
often use the data from the original
MICR line of a returned check to find in
its computer systems an image of the
item, which the depositary bank
captured when it took the check for
deposit, and which the depositary bank
can either re-clear or charge back to its
customer’s account.69 The Board
requests comment on whether the
information-content specifications for a
notice in lieu of return should be
modified to reflect these capabilities by
requiring that a notice in lieu of return
include the check’s original MICR line.
As an alternative to the proposed
approach, the Board requests comment
on whether the regulation’s provision
for notice in lieu of return should be
deleted. Specifically, the only factual
scenario in which a notice in lieu of
return may be necessary under the
proposal is where a paper check is
presented to the paying bank and the
paying bank loses the check, but has
access to a copy that is not in the proper
format to permit creation of a substitute
check or electronic return. Forward
interbank check collection, however,
including presentment to the paying
bank, is almost always electronic, and,
furthermore, paying banks initiate
almost all check returns electronically.
Given the overwhelming prevalence of
electronic presentment and electronic
initiation of return, the paying bank
almost always will be able to return an
electronic collection item that was
presented to it. Therefore, it may no
longer be necessary for paying banks to
use notices in lieu of return.70 The
Board requests comment on whether a
69 If the depositary bank chooses to re-clear a
check on the basis of an image of the check it
captured when it took the check for deposit, it
should ensure that the re-cleared check reflects the
fact that the check has already been returned one
time.
70 If an electronic collection item presented to the
paying bank contained an illegible image of the
check and the paying bank decided to return the
item (perhaps for an unrelated reason, such as
insufficient funds), the paying bank could return
the electronic collection item as an electronic
return, instead of initiating a notice in lieu of
return.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
provision for notice in lieu of return
continues to be necessary.
6. Section 229.30(f)—Reliance on
Routing Number
The regulation currently provides that
a paying bank may return a check based
on any routing number designating the
depositary bank appearing on the check
in the depositary bank’s indorsement.
The Board proposes in § 229.30(f) to add
that the paying bank may also rely on
any routing number designating the
depositary bank in the electronic image
of or information related to the check.
B. Section 229.31—Returning Bank’s
Responsibility for Return of Checks
1. Section 229.31(a)—Expeditious
Return of Checks
i. Section 229.31(a)(1)
For the reasons discussed above
under § 229.30(a)(1), the Board proposes
to make conforming amendments to
§ 229.31(a) and eliminate the forwardcollection test and the four-day test for
expeditious return of a check by the
returning bank, such that the two-day
test for expeditious return would be the
only test in § 229.31(a)(1). Further, a
returning bank would be subject to the
expeditious return requirement if it
agrees to return checks expeditiously.
The Board proposes to amend the
commentary to § 229.31(a)(1) to explain
that a returning bank may condition its
agreement to return checks
expeditiously on receiving an electronic
return from the paying bank or returning
bank. The Board also proposes to amend
the commentary to § 229.31(a)(1), by
removing as an example of when a
returning bank agrees to return checks
expeditiously a returning bank handling
a returned check for return that it did
not handle for forward collection. While
the Board intends a paying bank to
continue to be able to send a returned
check to a returning bank that did not
handle the check for forward collection,
the Board does not believe that a
returning bank that receives such a
check should be deemed to agree to
handle the returned check
expeditiously. Under this proposed
change, for example, a returning bank
may accept a paper returned check that
it did not handle for forward collection,
while not being deemed to have agreed
to handle it for expeditious return.
ii. Section 229.31(a)(3)
The Board proposes to clarify in
proposed § 229.31(a)(3) (currently in
§ 229.31(a)) that if the returning bank is
unable to identify the depositary bank
with respect to a returned check, it may
send the returned check to any bank
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
that handled the check for forward
collection if it was not a collecting bank
with respect to the check, or to a prior
collecting bank if it was a collecting
bank.
iii. Section 229.31(a)(4)
The substance of proposed
§ 229.31(a)(4) (currently in § 229.31(a))
currently provides that a returning
bank’s time for expeditious return under
the forward-collection test and its
deadline for return are extended by one
business day if the returning bank
converts a returned check to a qualified
returned check.71 This extension does
not apply to the two-day/four-day test,
and it does not apply when the
returning bank sends the check directly
to the depositary bank, because in that
case qualifying the check does not
expedite its handling by the bank to
which it is sent.
The Board proposes to eliminate this
extension. The extension does not apply
to the two-day test for expeditious
return, which the Board proposes to be
the sole test. Further, the extension, if
retained, might benefit returning banks
that choose to qualify and send paper
returned checks destined for depositary
banks that have agreed to accept returns
electronically; a result that is
inconsistent with the policy of
encouraging electronic return of checks.
In addition, if a returned check is
destined for a depositary bank that does
not accept returned checks
electronically (i.e., if the returned check
is one to which the proposed two-day
test does not apply), the Board believes
that a returning bank’s midnight
deadline affords it sufficient time to
process and send the returned check,
irrespective of whether the returning
bank qualifies the returned check or not.
A qualified return check is prepared
for automated return by placing the
check in a carrier envelope or placing a
strip on the check. According to current
industry practice, however, such
envelopes should be used only in
situations in which the check has been
mutilated and cannot be imaged or
handled by automated check-processing
equipment. Therefore, the Board
requests comment on whether the
regulation should continue to allow a
bank to prepare a check for automated
return by placing the check in a carrier
envelope. Further, in today’s
predominantly electronic check-clearing
environment, qualification of paper
71 A qualified returned check is ‘‘a returned check
that is prepared for automated return to the
depositary bank by placing the check in a carrier
envelope or placing a strip on the check and
encoding the strip or envelope in magnetic ink.’’
Current 12 CFR 229.2(bb).
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
returned checks happens only rarely
and it is not clear that qualification
continues to be a means of expediting
returned checks’ delivery to the
depositary bank because carrier
envelope’s inhibit check imaging. The
Board requests comment on whether the
regulation’s provisions for qualifying of
paper returned checks by paying banks
and returning banks should be deleted.
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
2. Section 229.31(b)—Exceptions to
Expeditious Return of Checks
The Board proposes changes to
§ 229.31(b) similar to those discussed
above under § 229.30(b). Specifically,
the Board proposes to group together the
current exceptions to a returning bank’s
duty of expeditious return in
§ 229.31(b)(1) and to provide that, in
addition to the exceptions currently
provided in the regulation, the returning
bank’s duty of expeditious return does
not apply if the depositary bank has not
agreed to accept electronic returns from
the paying bank under § 229.32(a).
A returning bank does not have a duty
to expeditiously return the check if the
returning bank is not able to identify the
depositary bank with respect to a
returned check. Section 229.31(b) of the
regulation currently provides, however,
that if a paying bank is not able to
identify the depositary bank with
respect to a returned check and sends
the returned check under the terms of
§ 229.30(b) to a returning bank, but the
returning bank can identify the
depositary bank (for example, on the
basis of its records from the forward
collection of the check), then the
returning bank must thereafter return
the check expeditiously to the
depositary bank. The Board proposes to
remove this requirement from the
regulation (proposed § 229.31(b)(1)(iv)),
because it may be difficult for a
returning bank to meet the two-day test
for expeditious return where the paying
bank likely sent the return as if the
return was not subject to the
expeditious return requirement. In the
absence of an expeditious-return
requirement, the UCC would
nonetheless require a returning bank in
this situation to use ordinary care when
returning the item.72
3. Section 229.31(d)—Charges
The Board proposes to clarify in
§ 229.31(d) that a returning bank may
impose a charge for handling a returned
72 UCC § 4–202 states that a collecting bank
exercises ordinary care ‘‘by taking proper action
before its midnight deadline following receipt of an
item, notice, or settlement. Taking proper action
within a reasonably longer time may constitute the
exercise of ordinary care, but the bank has the
burden of establishing timeliness.’’
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
check on the bank that sent the returned
check to it, rather than another party.
4. Section 229.31(e)—Notice in Lieu of
Return
The Board proposes to make
amendments to § 229.31(e) to conform
with proposed amendments to
§ 229.30(e).
5. Section 229.31(f)—Reliance on
Routing Number
The regulation currently provides that
a returning bank may return a check
based on any routing number
designating the depositary bank
appearing on the check in the
depositary bank’s indorsement or in
magnetic ink on a qualified returned
check. The Board proposes to add that
the returning bank may also rely on any
routing number designating the
depositary bank in the electronic image
or information included in an electronic
return.
C. Section 229.32—Depositary Bank’s
Responsibility for Returned Checks
1. Section 229.32(a)—Acceptance of
Electronic Returns
i. Section 229.32(a)(1)
The Board proposes in § 229.32(a)(1)
three different circumstances under
which a depositary bank would be
deemed to have agreed to accept an
electronic return from the paying bank.
The depositary bank must accept an
electronic return in at least one of these
ways so as to be entitled to expeditious
return under the Board’s proposal. The
first way in which a depositary bank is
considered to have agreed to accept
electronic returns from the paying bank
is by having a direct contractual
relationship with the paying bank under
which it agrees to accept electronic
returns from the paying bank (proposed
§ 229.32(a)(1)(i)).
Secondly, under proposed
§ 229.32(a)(1)(ii), a depositary bank
could have a direct contractual
relationship with a returning bank to
accept electronic returns. In turn, that
returning bank must hold itself out as
willing to accept electronic returns
directly or indirectly (e.g., from another
returning bank) from the paying bank
and must have agreed to handle
returned checks expeditiously under
§ 229.31(a) in order for the depositary
bank to have agreed to receive electronic
returns from the paying bank under
§ 229.32(a). The proposed commentary
to proposed § 229.32(a) provides an
example of such an arrangement. The
Board proposes to provide examples in
the proposed commentary to proposed
§ 229.32(a) of how a returning bank
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16879
holds itself out as willing to accept
electronic returns directly or indirectly
from the paying bank. Specifically, a
returning bank would be considered to
hold itself out as willing to accept
electronic returns if it published
information about its generally available
electronic return service, such as
information about signing up for the
service and fees. The Board requests
comment on whether it should provide
more specificity as to under what
circumstances a returning bank is
deemed to hold itself out as willing to
accept electronic returns directly or
indirectly from a paying bank.
Third, a depositary bank may have
otherwise agreed with the paying bank
to receive an electronic return. The
proposed commentary indicates that
one example of such an agreement
would be where the depositary bank
and paying bank are both members of
the same check clearing house, through
which the depositary bank has agreed to
accept electronic returns from the
paying bank.
ii. Section 229.32(a)(2)
Proposed § 229.32(a)(2) establishes
that a depositary bank receives an
electronic return when the return is
delivered to the electronic return point
designated by the bank or, by
agreement, otherwise is made available
to the bank for retrieval or review. For
example, if a depositary bank designates
an e-mail address as its electronic
receipt address, the depositary bank has
received the electronic return when it is
delivered to that e-mail address. In
contrast, if the depositary bank has an
arrangement with a returning bank
whereby the returning bank sends the
electronic return to its storage device
and then provides the depositary bank
with access to the storage device for
retrieving electronic returns, the
electronic return is received by the
depositary bank when the returning
bank makes the electronic return
available for the depositary bank to
retrieve or review from the storage
device in accordance with the
agreement between the depositary bank
and the returning bank.
iii. Section 229.32(a)(3)
Proposed § 229.32(a)(3) would permit
a depositary bank to require that
electronic returns be separated from
electronic collection items. This
proposed rule is similar to the
undesignated paragraph in existing
§ 229.32(a) (proposed § 229.32(b)(2))
that permits a depositary bank to require
that returned checks be separated from
forward-collection checks.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16880
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
3. Section 229.32(e)—Charges
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
2. Section 229.32(b)—Acceptance of
Paper Returned Checks
The Board proposes to clarify that
current § 229.32(a) (proposed to be
redesignated as § 229.32(b)) is limited to
setting forth the locations at which a
depositary bank must accept paper
returned checks. Further, because there
are no more nonlocal checks, the Board
proposes to delete current
§ 229.32(a)(2)(iii) from the regulation,
which states that if the address in the
depositary bank’s indorsement is not in
the same check-processing region as the
address associated with the routing
number in its indorsement, the
depositary bank must accept returned
checks both at a location consistent with
the address in the indorsement and at
an office associated with the routing
number.73 Under the proposal, a
depositary bank that includes its
address in its indorsement is required to
receive paper returned checks at a
location consistent with the address
(proposed § 229.32(b)(1)(ii)(A)) and at a
location, if any, at which it requests
presentment of paper checks (proposed
§ 229.32(b)(1)(i)). Moreover, the
depositary bank may structure its
operations such that these two locations
are the same, i.e., such that the
depositary bank accepts paper returned
checks at only one location.
The Board proposes that a depositary
bank is entitled to expeditious return
only if it agrees to accept an electronic
return under § 229.32(a). The Board
anticipates that virtually all depositary
banks will agree to do so, and that a
depositary bank that accepts electronic
returns will generally prefer to receive
all returns in electronic form. Further,
return of a paper check to such a
depositary bank should be rare, because
under the Board’s proposal a paper
returned check must be delivered to the
bank within the two-day timeframe for
expeditious return, and delivery of a
paper check within that timeframe is
generally difficult and costly. The Board
believes it is therefore appropriate for a
depositary bank to be able to limit to
one the number of locations at which it
must accept returned checks. If the bank
specifies a location for delivery of paper
returned checks that is difficult to reach,
and the depositary bank has not agreed
to accept electronic returns from the
paying bank, the risk of any delay falls
mainly on the depositary bank itself.
73 The Board also proposes to delete the second
sentence of paragraph 8 of the commentary to
§ 229.35(a), which states that if the address in the
indorsement is not consistent with the routing
number, then the depositary bank must accept
returned checks at a branch or head office
consistent with the routing number.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
In § 229.32(e), the Board proposes to
clarify that a depositary bank may not
impose a charge for accepting and
paying the check on the bank returning
a check to it, as opposed to other parties
on which it is permitted to impose
charges.
4. Section 229.32(f)—Notification to
Customer
Current § 229.33(d) states that if the
depositary bank receives a returned
check, it must provide notice of the facts
to its customer by midnight of the
banking day following the banking day
on which it received the returned check,
or within a longer reasonable time. The
Board proposes to redesignate current
§ 229.33(d) as § 229.32(f). The
commentary to this section is proposed
to be revised to remove outdated
provisions.
D. Current § 229.33—Notice of
Nonpayment
For the reasons discussed above, the
Board proposes to delete the
requirement in current § 229.33 that a
paying bank provide notice of
nonpayment of a check in the amount
of $2,500 or more. Further, the Board
proposes, where appropriate, to delete
references to notices of nonpayment
throughout subpart C.
E. Section 229.33—Electronic Returns
and Collection Items
The Board’s proposal defines two new
items: electronic returns and electronic
collection items. The proposal permits
paying banks to send electronic returns
to depositary banks that have agreed to
receive them, either directly or
indirectly, from the paying bank; the
proposal also permits paying banks to
require that items presented for sameday settlement be presented as
electronic collection items. Because
such items are intended to take the
place of original paper checks or
substitute checks, proposed new
§ 229.33 provides that electronic
collection items and electronic returns
are subject to the requirements of
subpart C as if they were checks, unless
the subpart provides otherwise. For
example, if a paying bank receives
presentment of an electronic collection
item and returns it unpaid, it would be
subject to the regulation’s expeditiousreturn requirement, provided the
depositary bank has agreed to accept
electronic returns from the paying bank
under § 229.32(a). Similarly, a
depositary bank that receives an
electronic return must so notify its
customer, as required under § 229.32(f).
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
F. Section 229.34—Warranties and
Indemnities
1. Section 229.34(a)—Transfer and
Presentment Warranties With Respect to
an Electronic Collection Item or an
Electronic Return
Proposed § 229.34(a) sets forth the
warranties that a bank makes when it
transfers or presents an electronic
collection item or electronic return and
receives consideration. The Board
proposes that the bank warrant that (1)
the electronic image accurately
represents all of the information on the
front and back of the original check as
of the time that the original check was
truncated and the electronic information
contains an accurate record of all MICR
line information required for a
substitute check under § 229.2(rr) and
the amount of the check; and (2) no
person will receive a transfer,
presentment, or return of, or otherwise
be charged for, an electronic collection
item, an electronic return, the original
check, a substitute check, or a paper or
electronic representation of a substitute
check such that the person will be asked
to make payment based on a check it
has already paid. Each bank that
transfers or presents an electronic
collection item would make the
warranties to the transferee bank, any
subsequent collecting bank, the paying
bank, and the drawer. Each bank that
transfers an electronic return would
make the warranties to the transferee
returning bank, any subsequent
returning bank, the depositary bank, and
the owner of the check.
These warranties are similar to the
warranty that the transferor of a
substitute check or paper or electronic
representation of a substitute check
makes under the terms of the Check 21
Act and § 229.52 of Regulation CC.
These warranties would, for example,
protect a bank that may need to create
a substitute check from an electronic
collection item or electronic return that
it receives. The proposed warranties
would not apply to electronic items
transferred or presented pursuant to an
agreement that does not require the
items to include an image of the check,
because such items would not purport
to meet the proposed definition of an
electronic collection item or electronic
return and the receiving bank would not
expect to be able create a legally
equivalent substitute check from the
item.
2. Current § 229.34(b)—Warranty of
Notice of Nonpayment
Because the Board proposes to delete
the regulation’s provision for notice of
nonpayment, the Board proposes to
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
delete the warranty applicable to such
notice that is set forth in current
§ 229.34(b).
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
3. Proposed § 229.34(b)—Settlement
Amount, Encoding, and Offset
Warranties
The Board proposes that the encoding
warranty in current § 229.34(c)(3)
(proposed § 229.34(b)(3)) be extended to
information encoded after issue as
electronic information. For purposes of
this paragraph, information encoded
after issue includes any information in
the electronic information of an
electronic collection item or electronic
return.
4. Proposed § 229.34(c)—Transfer and
Presentment Warranties With Respect to
a Remotely Created Check
Under current § 229.34(d), a bank that
transfers or presents a remotely created
check and receives settlement or
consideration for it warrants that the
person on whose account the remotely
created check is drawn authorized the
issuance of the check in the amount
stated on the check and to the payee
stated on the check. The Board proposes
to amend the commentary to proposed
§ 229.34(c) to clarify that under
proposed § 229.34(e), the warranty
would apply to an electronic image and
information that purport to be derived
from a remotely created check, even
were they not in fact derived from a
paper check. For example, a depositary
bank transferring an electronic image
and information that, upon inspection,
appear to be derived from a check that
meets the regulation’s definition of
remotely created check would make the
warranty of authorization for a remotely
created check even if no original check
existed with respect to the transaction
in question. Further, a paying bank
receiving presentment of such an item
would receive from the presenting bank
a warranty that the item was authorized
by the person on whose account the
item is drawn.
Currently, a bank that transfers a
remotely created check makes the
current § 229.34(e) warranty to the
transferee bank, any subsequent
collecting bank, and the paying bank.
The Board’s proposed warranties with
respect to electronic collection items
(which could be derived from remotely
created checks) extend to the drawer;
similarly, the current notice of
nonpayment and returned check
warranties extend to the owner of the
check. The Board requests comment on
whether the remotely created check
warranties should extend to the person
on whose account the remotely created
check is drawn.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
5. Section 229.34(d)—Warranties With
Respect to a Returned Check
Proposed § 229.34(d) contains the
warranties set forth in current
§ 229.34(a). The Board proposes to
delete from these warranties the
warranty of return of a check within the
deadline specified in Regulation J. The
Regulation J warranties apply only to
those returned checks subject to the
terms of that regulation, and need not be
specified in Regulation CC.
6. Section 229.34(e)—Electronic Image
and Information Transferred as an
Electronic Collection Item or Electronic
Return
Under proposed § 229.34(e), a bank
that transfers or presents an electronic
image and related electronic
information as if it were an electronic
collection item or electronic return
would make all the warranties in
§ 229.34 as if the image and information
were an electronic collection item or
electronic return. In turn, because
electronic collection items and
electronic returns would be treated as if
they were checks or returned checks
under § 229.33, a bank also would make
the warranties in § 229.34 as if the
images and related electronic
information were checks or returned
checks. This proposal protects
recipients of these items that likely will
not be able to distinguish them from
similar items that originated as paper
checks and therefore meet the
definitions of ‘‘electronic collection
item’’ and ‘‘electronic return.’’
In order for a substitute check to be
the legal equivalent of the original
check, the image and information
contained in the substitute check must
be of a paper check. Accordingly, the
Board proposes definitions that require
electronic collection items and
electronic returns be derived from an
item that existed as paper. In some
cases, a bank may receive an electronic
image and electronic information that
looks like an electronic collection item
or electronic return, but is neither,
because it was originally created
electronically and there was never a
paper check. Banks that receive such
images and related electronic
information usually cannot differentiate
them from actual electronic collection
items or electronic returns. Nonetheless,
a bank that unknowingly receives an
electronic image and related electronic
information not derived from a paper
instrument may nonetheless transfer the
image and related electronic
information as if it were derived from a
paper instrument. Therefore, the Board
believes that electronic images and
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16881
related electronic information
transferred as electronic collection items
or electronic returns should be subject
to the same warranties as electronic
collection items and electronic returns,
and therefore, the same warranties as
checks and returned checks (see
proposed § 229.34(a)).
G. Section 229.35(a)—Indorsement
Standards; Appendix D—Indorsement,
Reconverting-Bank Identification, and
Truncating-Bank Identification
Standards
Section 229.35(a) requires a bank
(other than the paying bank) that
handles a check to indorse the check in
a manner that permits a person to
interpret the indorsement. Since
implementation of the Check 21 Act,
banks have increasingly complied with
this requirement by associating their
electronic indorsements with items that
they handle electronically.
In appendix D, the Board proposes to
require a depositary bank that transfers
an electronic collection item to another
bank to apply its indorsement to that
item electronically in accordance with
ANS X9.100–187, unless the parties
otherwise agree.74 Similarly, the Board
also proposes to require a collecting
bank that transfers an electronic
collection item, or a returning bank that
transfers an electronic return, to another
bank to apply its indorsement
electronically in accordance with ANS
X9.100–187, unless the parties
otherwise agree. In general, the Board
believes that inclusion of banks’
indorsements as addenda records
accompanying electronic collection
items and electronic returns will
facilitate the automated handling of the
items by subsequent banks. In
particular, inclusion of the depositary
bank’s indorsement as an addenda
record accompanying an electronic
collection item will facilitate the
automated routing of electronic returns
by paying banks and returning banks.
H. Section 229.36—Presentment and
Issuance of Checks
1. Section 229.36(a)—Receipt of
Electronic Collection Items
i. Section 229.36(a)(1)
Proposed § 229.36(a)(1) sets forth two
circumstances in which a paying bank
is deemed to have agreed to accept an
electronic collection item from the
presenting bank. First, a paying bank
may agree to accept the electronic
74 This new requirement would not alter the
flexibility provided by § 229.35(d) to a depositary
bank to arrange with another bank to apply the
other bank’s indorsement as the depositary-bank
indorsement.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16882
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
collection item directly from the
presenting bank. Second, a paying bank
may have otherwise agreed with the
presenting bank to accept an electronic
collection item. The proposed
commentary indicates that one example
of such an agreement would be where
the paying bank and presenting bank are
both members of the same check
clearing house, under the rules of which
the paying bank has agreed to accept
electronic collection items from the
presenting bank.
ii. Section 229.36(a)(2)
Similar to proposed § 229.32(a)(2),
proposed § 229.36(a)(2) sets forth when
a bank is considered to receive an
electronic collection item. A bank
receives an electronic collection item
when it is delivered to the electronic
presentment point designated by the
bank or, by agreement, otherwise is
made available to the bank for retrieval
or review. For example, if a paying bank
designates an Internet protocol (IP)
address as its electronic presentment
point, the paying bank has received an
electronic collection item when it is
delivered to that address. In contrast,
the paying bank may have an
arrangement with the collecting bank
whereby electronic collection items are
received by the paying bank when the
collecting bank makes the items
available for the paying bank to retrieve
or review from a storage device in
accordance with the agreement between
the collecting bank and the paying bank.
iii. Section 229.36(a)(3)
Similar to proposed § 229.32(a)(2),
proposed § 229.36(a)(3) permits a paying
bank, for ease of processing, to require
that electronic collection items be
separated from electronic returns.
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
2. Section 229.36(b)—Receipt of Paper
Checks
The Board proposes in § 229.36(b)(2)
that a paying bank be permitted to
require that forward-collection checks
be separated from returned checks. A
similar provision in current
§ 229.36(f)(1) is limited to checks
presented for same-day settlement and
permits a paying bank to require that
paper checks presented for same-day
settlement be separated from other
forward-collection checks or returned
checks. The Board requests comment on
whether a requirement that paper
checks presented for same-day
settlement be separated from other
checks presentments remains necessary.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
3. Section 229.36(d)—Same-Day
Settlement
For the reasons discussed above in the
overview of the proposal, the Board
proposes in § 229.36(d)(2) to permit a
paying bank to require that checks
presented for same-day settlement be
presented as electronic collection items
to a designated electronic presentment
point.
4. Section 229.36(e)—Issuance of
Payable-Through Checks
Current § 229.36(e) requires a bank
that arranges for checks payable by it to
be payable through another bank to
print conspicuously on the face of the
check the name, location, and first four
digits of the routing number of the bank
by which the check is payable. The
purpose of this provision is to alert the
depositary bank receiving a check for
deposit that it could not rely on the
routing number in the MICR line of the
check to determine whether the check
was local or nonlocal. Because there are
no longer any nonlocal checks, the
Board believes that § 229.36(e) is no
longer necessary and proposes to delete
it.
I. Section 229.37—Variation by
Agreement
The commentary to § 229.37 provides
examples of situations where variation
by agreement is permissible. The Board
proposes to amend the commentary to
§ 229.37 to include as an example of
permissible variation by agreement the
situation where a depositary bank and a
paying bank or returning bank agree to
send electronic returns even where the
item is available for return. Similarly,
the Board proposes to amend the
commentary by adding an example that
permits a presenting bank and paying
bank to agree that presentment takes
place upon receipt of an electronic
collection item.
J. Section 229.38—Liability
Section 229.38(d)(2) makes drawee
banks liable to the extent they issue
payable-through checks that are payable
through a bank located in a different
check-processing region and that
circumstance causes a delay in return.
Because there is now only one checkprocessing region, this liability
provision is obsolete and the Board
proposes to delete it.
K. Section 229.40—Mergers
The Board proposes to delete as
obsolete the provision in § 229.40(b)
regarding mergers consummated on or
after July 1, 1998, and before March 1,
2000.
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
L. Section 229.43—Checks Payable in
Guam, American Samoa, and the
Northern Mariana Islands
The Board proposes to modify
§ 229.43 to reflect how the proposed
warranties for electronic collection
items and electronic returns in § 229.34
would apply to checks payable in
Guam, American Samoa, and the
Northern Mariana Islands. Specifically,
a bank that handles Pacific island
checks in the same manner as other
checks may transfer electronic images
and electronic information as electronic
collection items or electronic returns
derived from Pacific island checks.
Accordingly, such a bank would make
the warranties in §§ 229.34(a) and (b)
with respect to Pacific island checks.
IV. Subpart D
A. Section 229.52—Substitute-Check
Warranties
Sometimes a check submitted for
deposit is subsequently ‘‘rejected’’ by the
bank that receives the check. For
example, a bank’s customer might
submit a check at an ATM that captures
an image of the check and sends the
image electronically to the bank. In turn,
the bank may provide provisional credit
to the customer and review the item. For
various reasons, the bank’s review of the
item might result in the item being
rejected—for example, the bank might
determine that the item is not payable
to the customer who submitted it for
deposit. It is costly for the bank to
obtain the check from the ATM to
provide it back to the customer;
moreover, the check may have been
destroyed. Accordingly, banks
sometimes provide the rejected item to
the customer in the form of a substitute
check. In such a scenario, the bank
would be both the reconverting bank
(the bank that created the substitute
check) and the truncating bank (the
bank that truncated the original check).
Under the terms of § 229.52(a), a bank
makes the Check 21 Act warranties with
respect to a substitute check when it
transfers the substitute check for
consideration, as the terms ‘‘transfer’’
and ‘‘consideration’’ are defined in
current § 229.2(ccc) (proposed to be
redesignated as § 229.2(tt)). However, a
bank may not have received
consideration for a substitute check it
provides to its customer after it has
rejected an original check submitted for
deposit.
As noted in the commentary to the
definition of transfer and consideration,
the Check 21 Act contemplates that a
nonbank person that receives a
substitute check from a bank will
receive warranties and indemnities with
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
respect to that check. Therefore, in order
to prevent a bank from being able to
transfer a check that the bank truncated
and then reconverted without providing
the substitute-check warranties and
indemnity, the Board proposes to add to
§ 229.52(a) a new subsection stating that
a bank that rejects a check submitted for
deposit and sends back to its customer
a substitute check (or a paper or
electronic representation of a substitute
check) makes the warranties in
§ 229.52(a) regardless of whether it
received consideration for the substitute
check. Because the bank would make
these warranties, the substitute check
would be the legal equivalent of the
rejected original check, provided that
the substitute check meets the
requirements for legal equivalence set
forth in § 229.51(a).75 If the substitute
check does not meet the requirements
for legal equivalence, then the substitute
check recipient would have a Check 21
warranty claim against the bank.
Because the bank is both the
truncating bank and the reconverting
bank with respect to the check, the bank
must identify itself on the front of the
substitute check as the truncating bank
and on the front and back of the check
as the reconverting bank, in accordance
with the terms of § 229.51(b). The bank
is not, however, a depositary bank,
collecting bank, or returning bank with
respect to the check, and the Board
proposes to add a clarifying statement to
that effect in proposed § 229.2(r)
(current § 229.2(o), the regulation’s
definition of depositary bank).
Moreover, the bank’s identification of
itself on the back of the check as a
reconverting bank does not constitute
the bank’s indorsement of the check. To
address this latter point, the Board
proposes changes to the commentaries
to §§ 229.35(a) and 229.51(b), and to
paragraph 3(ii) of appendix D.
The Board also proposes to modify
the commentary to reflect the fact that
a bank that transfers and receives
consideration for an electronic
collection item or electronic return that
is an electronic representation of a
substitute check makes the warranties in
§ 229.52.
B. Section 229.53—Substitute-Check
Indemnity
In addition to imposing the substitute
check warranties on a bank that rejects
a check for deposit, the Board similarly
75 These requirements are that the substitute
check (1) accurately represents all of the
information on the front and back of the original
check as of the time the original check was
truncated; and (2) bears the legend, ‘‘This is a legal
copy of your check. You can use it the same way
you would use the original check.’’
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
proposes to add to § 229.53(a) a new
subsection stating that a bank that
rejects a check submitted for deposit
and sends back to its customer a
substitute check provides the indemnity
set forth in § 229.53(a) regardless of
whether the bank received
consideration. The Board also proposes
to modify the commentary to reflect the
fact that a bank that transfers and
receives consideration for an electronic
collection item or electronic return that
is an electronic representation of a
substitute check is responsible for
providing the indemnity in § 229.53.
Other Requests for Comment
I. Effective Date
The Board proposes that the revised
subparts A and B take effect 30 days
following publication of the final rule.
The Board recognizes that some banks
may wish to use the model forms soon
after the rule becomes effective, as part
of their normal reordering or reprinting
cycle for their funds-availability
disclosures. In order to minimize the
compliance costs, the Board proposes
that banks would have 12 months to
comply with the amendments to subpart
B and the model forms in appendix C.
The Board proposes that the
amendments to subparts C and D
become effective six months following
publication of the final rule. As
discussed above, these amendments
provide, among other things, that a
depositary bank must accept electronic
returns in order to be entitled to
expeditious return. The time required
for depositary banks that currently
accept paper returned checks to
implement the operational changes
necessary for receiving electronic
returns generally should not be
significant. Many of these depositary
banks are small and receive a small
number of returned checks.
Accordingly, receiving returns as .pdfs,
for example, should not require
substantial changes. The Board does not
expect that other changes to subpart C,
such as the proposed provisions for
electronic same-day settlement, would
impose a significant transition burden
given that almost all checks are already
presented electronically. Further, under
the proposal a collecting bank may
continue to present paper checks under
the terms of the UCC and Regulation J.
II. Potential Future Changes To Reduce
Risks to Depositary Banks
Given that there are no longer any
nonlocal checks, a depositary bank must
make funds available to the depositor
for withdrawal by the second business
day after the banking day of deposit,
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16883
unless one of the time-period
adjustments in § 229.12 or one of the
exceptions in § 229.13 is applicable.
Even assuming that banks collect and
return all checks electronically,
depositary banks will in many cases
nonetheless be required to make the
funds represented by a check deposit
available for withdrawal before learning
whether the check has been returned
unpaid. The Board therefore requests
comment on whether this risk is
significant and whether there are
feasible means to help reduce any risk
to depositary banks. For example, the
deadline in the UCC by which a paying
bank must initiate return of an unpaid
check is generally midnight of the
banking day following the banking day
of receipt of the check by the paying
bank, except as the deadline may be
extended by § 229.30(c) of Regulation
CC. As delivery of forward-collection
and returned checks becomes
increasingly electronic, this amount of
time (typically about 36 hours) afforded
to the paying bank takes up a substantial
portion of the total time required for a
check to be sent from the depositary
bank to the paying bank and back again.
The Board requests comment on
whether it would be desirable to reduce
the amount of time afforded to the
paying bank to decide whether or not to
pay a check that has been presented to
it. The Board also requests comment on
whether there are other, preferable,
ways to reduce this risk to depositary
banks.
Paperwork Reduction Act
In accordance with the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C.
3506; 5 CFR part 1320 Appendix A.1),
the Board reviewed the proposed
rulemaking under the authority
delegated to the Board by the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB). The
collection of information that is
proposed by this rulemaking is found in
12 CFR 229. The Board may not conduct
or sponsor, and an organization is not
required to respond to, this information
collection unless it displays a currently
valid OMB control number. The OMB
control number is 7100–0235.
The EFA Act, as amended, and the
Check 21 Act authorizes the Board to
issue regulations to carry out the
provisions of those Acts (12 U.S.C. 4008
and 12 U.S.C. 5014, respectively).
Because the Federal Reserve does not
collect any information, no issue of
confidentiality arises. However, if,
during a compliance examination of a
financial institution, a violation or
possible violation of the EFA Act or the
Check 21 Act is noted then information
regarding such violation may be kept
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16884
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
confidential pursuant to Section (b)(8)
of the Freedom of Information Act. 5
U.S.C. 552(b)(8). This information
collection is mandatory.
Regulation CC applies to all banks,
not just State Member Banks (SMBs).
However, under the PRA, the Board
accounts for the burden of the
paperwork associated with the
regulation only for entities that are
supervised by the Federal Reserve. The
Board accounts for the paperwork
burden only for SMBs and uninsured
state branches and agencies of foreign
banks. Other Federal financial agencies
are responsible for estimating and
reporting to OMB the total paperwork
burden for the institutions for which
they have administrative enforcement
authority.
The current annual burden to comply
with the provisions of Regulation CC is
estimated to be 202,396 hours for the
1,060 institutions supervised by the
Federal Reserve and that are deemed to
be respondents for the purposes of the
PRA.
As discussed above, the Board
proposes to amend model disclosures,
clauses, and notices, in appendix C that
banks may use in disclosing their fundsavailability policies to their customers
and to update the preemption
determinations in appendix F to
incorporate content requirements
prescribed by section 1086 of the DoddFrank Act.
The Board estimates that the proposed
rule would impose a one-time increase
in the total annual burden under
Regulation CC. The 1,060 respondents
would take, on average, 80 hours (two
business weeks) to update their systems
to comply with the proposed disclosure
requirements addressed in 12 CFR part
229. This one-time revision would
increase the burden by 84,800 hours.
The Board estimates that, on a
continuing basis, the revision to the rule
would have a negligible effect on the
annual burden. The total annual burden
for the Regulation CC information
collection is estimated to increase from
202,396 to 287,196 hours.
Comments are invited on: (1) Whether
the proposed collection of information
is necessary for the proper performance
of the Board’s functions; including
whether the information has practical
utility; (2) the accuracy of the Board’s
estimate of the burden of the proposed
information collection, including the
cost of compliance; (3) ways to enhance
the quality, utility, and clarity of the
information to be collected; and (4)
ways to minimize the burden of
information collection on respondents,
including through the use of automated
collection techniques or other forms of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
information technology. Comments on
the collection of information should be
sent to Cynthia Ayouch, Acting Federal
Reserve Clearance Officer, Division of
Research and Statistics, Mail Stop 95–A,
Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System, Washington, DC 20551,
with copies of such comments sent to
the Office of Management and Budget,
Paperwork Reduction Project (7100–
0235), Washington, DC 20503.
Regulatory Flexibility Act
In accordance with section 3(a) of the
Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), 5
U.S.C. 601–612, the Board is publishing
an initial regulatory flexibility analysis
for the proposed amendments to
Regulation CC. The RFA requires an
agency either to provide an initial
regulatory flexibility analysis with a
proposed rule or to certify that the
proposed rule will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities. In accordance
with section 3(a) of the RFA, the Board
has reviewed the proposed regulation.
While the Board believes that the
proposed rule likely would not have a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities (5
U.S.C. 605(b)), the Board has prepared
an Initial Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis in accordance with 5 U.S.C.
603. The Board will, if necessary,
conduct a final regulatory flexibility
analysis after consideration of
comments received during the public
comment period.
The Board is proposing the foregoing
amendments to Regulation CC pursuant
to its authority under the EFA Act and
the Check 21 Act. The proposed
amendments would apply to all banks
regardless of their size, and the Board
anticipates that the proposal would
reduce banks’ overall costs of collecting
and returning checks.
By providing that a depositary bank
preserves its right to expeditious return
only of it agrees to receive returned
checks electronically, the proposed rule
would encourage, but not require,
depositary banks to accept check returns
in electronic form. A depositary bank
that currently receives returned checks
in paper form and that chooses, as
encouraged by the proposal, to begin to
receive returned checks electronically,
will incur some cost associated with
that transition. The Board expects that
these costs would be relatively low for
a small depositary bank, which typically
would receive only a small volume of
returned checks. For example, as
mentioned above, the Federal Reserve
Banks now offer a product under which
they deliver electronically to small
depositary banks copies (.pdf files) of
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
returned checks, which the banks can
print on their own premises if
necessary.76 To receive returned checks
in this fashion, a depositary bank may
need to establish and maintain an
electronic connection to the Reserve
Banks, or another returning bank that
offers a similar service, and to purchase
certain equipment, such as a printer
capable of double-sided printing and
magnetic-ink toner cartridges.
Depending on the volume of returned
checks that a small depositary bank
receives, the Board estimates that this
transition would cost a small depositary
bank approximately $5,000 in netpresent-value terms.77 Conversely, a
small depositary bank that does not
choose to accept returned checks
electronically would, under the
proposal, incur additional risk
associated with that decision.
Specifically, the bank would not retain
its right to expeditious return of a check,
and a returned check may not be
delivered to the bank in a timely
fashion. While this risk is difficult to
quantify, it is reasonable to expect that
each small depositary bank will weigh
the costs and benefits of whether to
accept returns electronically. If the bank
determines that the net present value of
the risk is greater than the cost to
receive returned checks electronically,
then the bank can minimize its cost
associated with the Board’s proposal by
accepting returned checks
electronically.
The proposed updates to the model
funds-availability policy disclosures
and notices in appendix C should not
impose significant cost on small banks.
Under the proposal, a bank that bases its
disclosures and notices on the current
models in the appendix will continue to
receive a safe harbor for 12 months after
the final rule becomes effective,
provided that the bank’s disclosures and
notices accurately reflect the bank’s
policies and practices. Moreover, a bank
that chooses to update its disclosures on
the basis of the proposal would not
generally need to redeliver disclosures
to all of its existing customers if the
bank’s underlying funds-availability
76 After printing the .pdf files, the depositary bank
would be able to process the checks exactly as it
would process paper checks physically delivered to
it.
77 This estimate takes into account the cost to a
small depositary bank to establish and maintain an
electronic connection to the Reserve Banks, which
is estimated to be $110 per month. See 75 FR 67731
at 67747 (Nov. 3, 2010). Some small banks,
however, may already have such a connection.
Further, a small depositary bank may choose to
receive its returns electronically in a manner that
does not require this connection, such as through
a different returning bank, an electronic check
clearinghouse, or a nonbank processor.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
policies did not change; instead, in
accordance with the regulation, a bank
would need to provide the disclosures
at the time a customer opens an
account, and upon request.
Any costs to a small bank that may
result from the rule will be offset to
some extent by savings to the bank in
other areas. For example, receiving
returned checks electronically may
enable a small bank to reduce its
ongoing operating costs associated with
receiving and processing returned
checks. Further, as other banks with
which the small bank does business also
begin to receive returned checks
electronically, the small bank, in its role
as paying bank, may experience lower
costs associated with sending returned
checks to other banks, because a paying
bank typically pays a higher fee to
deliver a returned check in paper form
to a depositary bank, as compared to
delivering a returned check
electronically to the depositary bank. In
addition, the proposed provisions for
electronic same-day settlement may
reduce a small bank’s costs associated
with receiving check presentments,
because it should further reduce the
number of paper check presentments
that it receives.
According to the Small Business
Administration size standards defining
small entities, a commercial bank,
savings association, or credit union is
considered a ‘‘small entity’’ if it has
assets of $175 million or less.78 The
Board can identify through data from
Reports of Condition and Income (‘‘call
reports’’) the approximate number of
small depository institutions that would
be subject to the proposed rule if
finalized.79 Based on September 2010
call report data, there are approximately
11,030 depository institutions that have
total domestic assets of $175 million or
less and thus are considered small
entities for purposes of the RFA. Based
on December 2010 data regarding
checks returned through the Reserve
Banks, the Board estimates that 41
percent of small depository institutions
had at that time made arrangements to
receive returned checks electronically,
whereas 59 percent had not. Banks are
steadily adopting electronic check
handling methods, however, and the
Board expects that a substantially higher
percentage of small depository
institutions will have made
78 U.S. Small Business Administration, Table of
Small Business Size Standards Matched to North
American Industry Classification System Codes,
available at https://www.sba.gov/idc/groups/public/
documents/sba_homepage/serv_sstd_tablepdf.pdf.
79 The proposed rule would not impose costs on
any small entities other than depository
institutions.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
arrangements to receive electronic check
returns by the time the Board adopts a
final rule. The Board specifically
requests comment on the cost of its
proposed rule to a small depository
institution.
The Board notes that subpart A of
Regulation J overlaps with the proposed
rule with respect to checks collected or
returned through the Reserve Banks.
The provisions of Regulation J
supersede any inconsistent provisions
of Regulation CC, but only to the extent
of the inconsistency.80
Text of Proposed Revisions
Certain conventions have been used
to highlight the proposed changes to the
text of the regulation and commentary.
With the exception of appendices C and
F to the regulation, new language is
shown inside flbold-faced arrowsfi,
while language proposed to be deleted
is set off with øbold-faced brackets¿. In
appendix C, each proposed new model
form is set forth in its entirety and the
corresponding current form is deleted in
its entirety, because the convention
described above for the changes to the
text within each of the forms would
render illegible the formatting of the
proposed forms. The Board proposes to
replace the text of appendix F in its
entirety. Paragraphs in the commentary
are numbered to comply with Federal
Register publication rules.
List of Subjects in 12 CFR Part 229
Banks, Banking, Federal Reserve
System, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
Authority and Issuance
For the reasons set forth in the
preamble, the Board proposes to amend
12 CFR part 229 as follows:
PART 229—AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS
AND COLLECTIONS OF CHECKS
(REGULATION CC)
Subpart A—General
1. Section 229.1 is revised to read as
follows:
§ 229.1 Authority and purpose;
organization.
(a) Authority and purpose. This part
is issued by the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System (Board) to
implement the Expedited Funds
Availability Act (12 U.S.C. 4001–4010)
(the EFA Act) and the Check Clearing
for the 21st Century Act (12 U.S.C.
5001–5018) (the Check 21 Act).
80 See
PO 00000
12 CFR 210.3(f).
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16885
(b) Organization. This part is divided
into subparts and appendices as
follows—
(1) Subpart A contains general
information. It sets forth—
(i) The authority, purpose, and
organization;
(ii) Definition of terms; and
(iii) Authority for administrative
enforcement of this part’s provisions.
(2) Subpart B of this part contains
rules regarding the duty of banks to
make funds deposited into accounts
available for withdrawal, including
availability schedules. Subpart B of this
part also contains rules regarding
exceptions to the schedules, disclosure
of funds availability policies, payment
of interest, liability of banks for failure
to comply with Subpart B of this part,
and other matters.
(3) Subpart C of this part contains
rules to expedite the collection and
return of checks by banksfl, including
provisions that accommodate electronic
presentment and return of checksfi.
These rules cover the direct return of
checks, the manner in which the paying
bank and returning banks must return
checks to the depositary bank,
ønotification of nonpayment by the
paying bank,¿ indorsement and
presentment of checks, same-day
settlement for certain checks, the
liability of banks for failure to comply
with subpart C of this part, and other
matters.
(4) Subpart D of this part contains
rules relating to substitute checks. These
rules address the creation and legal
status of substitute checks; the
substitute check warranties and
indemnity; expedited recredit
procedures for resolving improper
charges and warranty claims associated
with substitute checks provided to
consumers; and the disclosure and
notices that banks must provide.
fl(5) Appendix A of this part
contains a routing number guide to
next-day-availability checks. The guide
lists the routing numbers of checks
drawn on Federal Reserve Banks and
Federal Home Loan Banks, and U.S.
Treasury checks and Postal money
orders that are subject to next-day
availability.
(6) Appendix C of this part contains
model funds-availability policy
disclosures, clauses, and notices and a
model disclosure and notices related to
substitute-check policies.
(7) Appendix D of this part contains
indorsement standards and standards
for identifying the reconverting bank
and truncating bank.
(8) Appendix E of this part contains
Board interpretations, which are labeled
‘‘Commentary,’’ of the provisions of this
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16886
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
part. The Commentary provides
background material to explain the
Board’s intent in adopting a particular
part of the regulation and provides
examples to aid in understanding how
a particular requirement is to work. The
Commentary is an official Board
interpretation under section 611(e) of
the EFA Act (12 U.S.C. 4010(e)).
(9) Appendix F of this part contains
the Board’s determinations of the EFA
Act and Regulation CC’s preemption of
state laws that were in effect on
September 1, 1989.fi
2. Section 229.2 is revised to read as
follows:
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 229.2
Definitions.
As used in this part, and unless the
context requires otherwise, the
following terms have the meanings set
forth in this section, and the terms not
defined in this section have the
meanings set forth in the Uniform
Commercial Code:
(a) Account. (1) Except as provided in
paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this
section, account means a deposit as
defined in 12 CFR 204.2(a)(1)(i) that is
a transaction account as described in 12
CFR 204.2(e). As defined in these
sections, account generally includes
flanfi accountøs¿ at a bank from
which the account holder is permitted
to make transfers or withdrawals by
negotiable or transferable instrument,
payment order of withdrawal, telephone
transfer, electronic payment, or other
similar means for the purpose of making
payments or transfers to third persons or
others. Account also includes flanfi
accountøs¿ at a bank from which the
account holder may make third party
payments at an ATM, remote service
unit, or other electronic device,
including by debit card, but the term
does not include flafi savings
depositøs¿or accountøs¿ described in 12
CFR 204.2(d)(2) even though such
accounts permit third party transfers.
An account may be in the form of—
(i) A demand deposit account,
(ii) A negotiable order of withdrawal
account,
(iii) A share draft account,
(iv) An automatic transfer account, or
(v) Any other transaction account
described in 12 CFR 204.2(e).
(2) For purposes of subpart B of this
part and, in connection therewith, this
subpart A, account does not include an
account where the account holder is a
bank, where the account holder is an
office of an institution described in
paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(6) of this
section or an office of a ‘‘foreign bank’’
as defined in section 1(b) of the
International Banking Act (12 U.S.C.
3101) that is located outside the United
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
States, or where the direct or indirect
account holder is the Treasury of the
United States.
(3) For purposes of subpart D of this
part and, in connection therewith, this
subpart A, account means any deposit,
as defined in 12 CFR 204.2(a)(1)(i), at a
bank, including a demand deposit or
other transaction account and a savings
deposit or other time deposit, as those
terms are defined in 12 CFR 204.2.
(b) øAutomated clearinghouse or ACH
means a facility that processes debit and
credit transfers under rules established
by a Federal Reserve Bank operating
circular on automated clearinghouse
items or under rules of an automated
clearinghouse association.¿
flAutomated clearinghouse (ACH)
credit transfer means a transfer whereby
the originator orders that its account be
debited and another account be credited
through the ACH, which is a facility that
processes debit and credit transfers
under rules established by a Federal
Reserve Bank operating circular on ACH
items or under rules of an ACH
association or similar interbank
agreement.fi
(c) Automated teller machine or ATM
means an electronic device at which a
natural person may make deposits to an
account by cash or flpaperfi check and
perform other account transactionsfl,
for example, making cash withdrawals
from an account.fi
(d) Available for withdrawal with
respect to funds deposited means
available for all uses generally permitted
to the customer for actually and finally
collected funds under the bank’s
account agreement or policies, such as
for payment of checks drawn on the
account, certification of checks drawn
on the account, electronic payments,
withdrawals by cash, and transfers
between accounts.
(e)fl(1)fi Bank means—
ø(1)¿fl(i)fi An insured bank as
defined in section 3 of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813)
or a bank that is eligible to apply to
become an insured bank under section
5 of that Act (12 U.S.C. 1815);
ø(2)¿fl(ii)fi A mutual savings bank
as defined in section 3 of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813);
ø(3)¿fl(iii)fi A savings bank as
defined in section 3 of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813);
ø(4)¿fl(iv)fi An insured credit union
as defined in section 101 of the Federal
Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752) or a
credit union that is eligible to make
application to become an insured credit
union under section 201 of that Act (12
U.S.C. 1781);
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
ø(5)¿fl(v)fi A member as defined in
section 2 of the Federal Home Loan
Bank Act (12 U.S.C. 1422);
ø(6)¿fl(vi)fi A savings association as
defined in section 3 of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813)
that is an insured depository institution
as defined in section 3 of that Act (12
U.S.C. 1813(c)(2)) or that is eligible to
apply to become an insured depository
institution under section 5 of that Act
(12 U.S.C. 1815); or
ø(7)¿fl(vii)fi An agency or a branch
of a foreign bank as defined in section
l(b) of the International Banking Act (12
U.S.C. 3101).
fl(2)fi For purposes of subparts C
and D of this part and, in connection
therewith, this subpart A, the term bank
also includes any person engaged in the
business of banking, as well as a Federal
Reserve Bank, a Federal Home Loan
Bank, and a state or unit of general local
government to the extent that the state
or unit of general local government acts
as a paying bank. Unless otherwise
specified, the term bank includes all of
a bank’s offices in the United States, but
not offices located outside the United
States.
øNote:¿ fl(3)fi For purposes of
subpart D of this part and, in connection
therewith, this subpart A, bank also
includes the Treasury of the United
States or the United States Postal
Service to the extent that the Treasury
or the Postal Service acts as a paying
bank.
(f) Banking day means that part of any
business day on which an office of a
bank is open to the public for carrying
on substantially all of its banking
functions.
(g) Business day means a calendar day
other than a Saturday or a Sunday,
January 1, the third Monday in January,
the third Monday in February, the last
Monday in May, July 4, the first Monday
in September, the second Monday in
October, November 11, the fourth
Thursday in November, or December 25.
If January 1, July 4, November 11, or
December 25 fall on a Sunday, the next
Monday is not a business day.
(h) Cash means United States coins
and currency.
(i) Cashier’s check means a check that
is—
(1) Drawn on a bank;
(2) Signed by an officer or employee
of the bank on behalf of the bank as
drawer;
(3) A direct obligation of the bank;
and
(4) Provided to a customer of the bank
or acquired from the bank for remittance
purposes.
(j) Certified check means a check with
respect to which the drawee bank
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
certifies by signature on the check of an
officer or other authorized employee of
the bank that—
(1) (i) The signature of the drawer on
the check is genuine; and
(ii) The bank has set aside funds
that—
(A) Are equal to the amount of the
check, and
(B) Will be used to pay the check; or
(2) The bank will pay the check upon
presentment.
(k)fl(1)fi Check means—
ø(1)¿fl(i)fi A negotiable demand
draft drawn on or payable through or at
an office of a bank;
ø(2)¿fl(ii)fi A negotiable demand
draft drawn on a Federal Reserve Bank
or a Federal Home Loan Bank;
ø(3)¿fl(iii)fi A negotiable demand
draft drawn on the Treasury of the
United States;
ø(4)¿fl(iv)fi A demand draft drawn
on a state government or unit of general
local government that is not payable
through or at a bank;
ø(5)¿fl(v)fi A United States Postal
Service money order; or
ø(6)¿fl(vi)fi A traveler’s check
drawn on or payable through or at a
bank.
ø(7)¿fl(2)fi The term check includes
an original check and a substitute check.
fl(3)fi The term check does not
include a noncash item or an item
payable in a medium other than United
States money.
fl(4)fi A draft may be a check even
though it is described on its face by
another term, such as money order.
fl(5)fi For purposes of subparts C
and D, and in connection therewith,
subpart A, of this part, the term check
also includes a demand draft of the type
described above that is nonnegotiable.
(l) ø[Reserved]¿ flClaimant bank
means a bank that submits a claim for
a recredit for a substitute check to an
indemnifying bank under § 229.55.fi
(m) øCheck processing region means
the geographical area served by an office
of a Federal Reserve Bank for purposes
of its check processing activities.¿
Collecting bank means any bank
handling a check for forward collection,
except the paying bank.
(n) Consumer means a natural person
who—
(1) With respect to a check handled
for forward collection, draws the check
on a consumer account; or
(2) With respect to a check handled
for return, deposits the check into or
cashes the check against a consumer
account.
(o) Consumer account means any
account used primarily for personal,
family, or household purposes.
(p) Contractual branch, with respect
to a bank, means a branch of another
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
bank that accepts a deposit on behalf of
the first bank.
(q) Customer means a person having
an account with a bank.
(r) øLocal check means a check
payable by or at a local paying bank, or
a check payable by a nonbank payor and
payable through a local paying bank.¿
Depositary bank means the first bank to
which a check is transferred even
though it is also the paying bank or the
payee. A check deposited in an account
is deemed to be transferred to the bank
holding the account into which the
check is deposited, even though the
check is physically received and
indorsed first by another bank. flA
bank that rejects a check submitted for
deposit is not a depositary bank with
respect to that check.fi
(s) øLocal paying bank means a
paying bank that is located in the same
check processing region as the physical
location of the branch, contractual
branch, or proprietary ATM of the
depositary bank in which that check
was deposited.¿ flElectronic collection
item means an electronic image of and
information related to a check that a
bank sends for forward collection and
that—
(1) A paying bank has agreed to
receive under § 229.36(a);
(2) Is sufficient to create a substitute
check; and
(3) Conforms with American National
Standard Specifications for Electronic
Exchange of Check and Image Data—
X9.100–187, in conjunction with its
Universal Companion Document
(hereinafter collectively referred to as
ANS X9.100–187), unless the Board by
rule or order determines that different
standard applies or the parties
otherwise agree.fi
(t) Electronic payment means a wire
transfer or an ACH credit transfer.
(u) flElectronic presentment point
means the electronic location that a
paying bank has designated for
receiving electronic collection items.fi
(v) øNonlocal check means a check
payable by, through, or at a nonlocal
paying bank.¿ flElectronic return
means an electronic image of and
information related to a check that a
paying bank determines not to pay and
that—
(1) A depositary bank has agreed to
receive under § 229.32(a);
(2) Is sufficient to create a substitute
check; and
(3) Conforms with ANS X9.100–187,
unless the Board by rule or order
determines that a different standard
applies or the parties otherwise agree.fi
(w) øNonlocal paying bank means a
paying bank that is not a local paying
bank with respect to the depositary
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16887
bank.¿ flElectronic return point means
the electronic location that the
depositary bank has designated for
receiving electronic returns.fi
(x) Fedwire has the same meaning as
that set forth in § 210.26(e) of this
chapter.
(y) Forward collection means the
process by which a bank sends a check
on a cash basis to a collecting bank for
settlement or to the paying bank for
payment.
(z) Good faith means honesty in fact
and observance of reasonable
commercial standards of fair dealing.
(aa) Indemnifying bank means a bank
that provides an indemnity under
§ 229.53 with respect to a substitute
check.
(bb) Interest compensation means an
amount of money calculated at the
average of the Federal Funds rates
published by the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York for each of the days for
which interest compensation is payable,
divided by 360. The Federal Funds rate
for any day on which a published rate
is not available is the same as the
published rate for the last preceding day
for which there is a published rate.
(cc) Magnetic ink character
recognition line and MICR line mean the
numbers, which may include the
routing number, account number, check
number, check amount, and other
information, that are printed near the
bottom of a check in magnetic ink in
accordance with American National
Standard Specifications for Placement
and Location of MICR Printing, X9.13
(hereinafter ANS X9.13) for an original
check and American National Standard
Specifications for an Image Replacement
Document—IRD, X9.100–140
(hereinafter ANS X9.100–140) for a
substitute check (unless the Board by
rule or order determines that different
standards apply).
(dd) Merger transaction means—
(1) A merger or consolidation of two
or more banks; or
(2) The transfer of substantially all of
the assets of one or more banks or
branches to another bank in
consideration of the assumption by the
acquiring bank of substantially all of the
liabilities of the transferring banks,
including the deposit liabilities.
(ee) øSimilarly situated bank means a
bank of similar size, located in the same
community, and with similar check
handling activities as the paying bank or
returning bank.¿ Noncash item means
an item that would otherwise be a
check, except that—
(1) A passbook, certificate, or other
document is attached;
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16888
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
(2) It is accompanied by special
instructions, such as a request for
special advice of payment or dishonor;
(3) It consists of more than a single
thickness of paper, except a check that
qualifies for handling by automated
check processing equipment; or
(4) It has not been preprinted or postencoded in magnetic ink with the
routing number of the paying bank.
(ff) Nonproprietary ATM means an
ATM that is not a proprietary ATM.
(gg) Original check means the first
paper check issued with respect to a
particular payment transaction.
(hh) Paper or electronic
representation of a substitute check
means any copy of or information
related to a substitute check that a bank
handles for forward collection or return,
charges to a customer’s account, or
provides to a person as a record of a
check payment made by the person.
(ii)fl(1)fi Paying bank means—
ø(1)¿fl(i)fi The bank by which a
check is payable, unless the check is
payable at another bank and is sent to
the other bank for payment or
collection;
ø(2)¿fl(ii)fi The bank at which a
check is payable and to which it is sent
for payment or collection;
ø(3)¿ fl(iii)fi The Federal Reserve
Bank or Federal Home Loan Bank by
which a check is payable;
ø(4)¿fl(iv)fi The bank through
which a check is payable and to which
it is sent for payment or collection, if
the check is not payable by a bank; or
ø(5)¿fl(v)fi The state or unit of
general local government on which a
check is drawn and to which it is sent
for payment or collection.
fl(2)fi For purposes of subparts C
and D, and in connection therewith,
subpart A, paying bank includes the
bank through which a check is payable
and to which the check is sent for
payment or collection, regardless of
whether the check is payable by another
bank, and the bank whose routing
number appears on a check in fractional
or magnetic form and to which the
check is sent for payment or collection.
øNote:¿ fl(3)fi For purposes of
subpart D of this part and, in connection
therewith, this subpart A, paying bank
also includes the Treasury of the United
States or the United States Postal
Service for a check that is payable by
that entity and that is sent to that entity
for payment or collection.
(jj) Person means a natural person,
corporation, unincorporated company,
partnership, government unit or
instrumentality, trust, or any other
entity or organization.
(kk) Proprietary ATM means an ATM
that is fl(1)fi —
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
ø(1)¿fl(i)fi Owned or operated by, or
operated exclusively for, the depositary
bank;
ø(2)¿fl(ii)fi Located on the premises
(including the outside wall) of the
depositary bank; or
ø(3)¿fl(iii)fi Located within 50 feet
of the premises of the depositary bank,
and not identified as being owned or
operated by another entity.
fl(2)fi If more than one bank meets
the owned or operated criterion of
paragraph ø(aa)¿fl(kk)fi(1) of this
section, the ATM is considered
proprietary to the bank that operates it.
(ll) Qualified returned check means a
returned check that is prepared for
automated return to the depositary bank
by placing the check in a carrier
envelope or placing a strip on the check
and encoding the strip or envelope in
magnetic ink. A qualified returned
check need not contain other elements
of a check drawn on the depositary
bank, such as the name of the depositary
bank.
(mm) Reconverting bank means—
(1) The bank that creates a substitute
check; or
(2) With respect to a substitute check
that was created by a person that is not
a bank, the first bank that transfers,
presents, or returns that substitute check
or, in lieu thereof, the first paper or
electronic representation of that
substitute check.
(nn) Remotely created check means a
check that is not created by the paying
bank and that does not bear a signature
applied, or purported to be applied, by
the person on whose account the check
is drawn. For purposes of this
definition, ‘‘account’’ means an account
as defined in paragraph (a) of this
section as well as a credit or other
arrangement that allows a person to
draw checks that are payable by,
through, or at a bank.
(oo) Returning bank means a bank
(other than the paying or depositary
bank) handling a returned check or
notice in lieu of return. A returning
bank is also a collecting bank for
purposes of UCC 4–202(b).
(pp) Routing number means—
(1) The flbank-identificationfi
number printed on the face of a check
in fractional form or in nine-digit form;
øor¿
(2) The flbank-identificationfi
number in a bank’s indorsement in
fractional or nine-digit formø.¿fl; or
(3) In the case of an electronic
collection item or electronic return, the
bank-identification number contained in
the electronic image of or information
related to a check.fi
(qq) State means a state, the District
of Columbia, Puerto Rico, or the U.S.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Virgin Islands. For purposes of subpart
D of this part and, in connection
therewith, this subpart A, state also
means Guam, American Samoa, øthe
Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands,¿
the Northern Mariana Islands, and any
other territory of the United States.
(rr) Substitute check means a paper
reproduction of an original check that—
(1) Contains an image of the front and
back of the original check;
(2) Bears a MICR line that, except as
provided under ANS X9.100–140
(unless the Board by rule or order
determines that a different standard
applies), contains all the information
appearing on the MICR line of the
original check at the time that the
original check was issued and any
additional information that was
encoded on the original check’s MICR
line before an image of the original
check was captured;
(3) Conforms in paper stock,
dimension, and otherwise with ANS
X9.100–140 (unless the Board by rule or
order determines that a different
standard applies); and
(4) Is suitable for automated
processing in the same manner as the
original check.
(ss) Sufficient copy and copy. (1) A
sufficient copy is a copy of an original
check that accurately represents all of
the information on the front and back of
the original check as of the time the
original check was truncated or is
otherwise sufficient to determine
whether or not a claim is valid.
(2) A copy of an original check means
any paper reproduction of an original
check, including a paper printout of an
electronic image of the original check, a
photocopy of the original check, or a
substitute check.
(tt) Teller’s check means a check
provided to a customer of a bank or
acquired from a bank for remittance
purposes, that is drawn by the bank, and
drawn on another bank or payable
through or at a bank.
(uu) Transfer and consideration. The
terms transfer and consideration have
the meanings set forth in the Uniform
Commercial Code and in addition, for
purposes of subpart D—
(1) The term transfer with respect to
a substitute check or a paper or
electronic representation of a substitute
check means delivery of the substitute
check or other representation of the
substitute check by a bank to a person
other than a bank; and
(2) A bank that transfers a substitute
check or a paper or electronic
representation of a substitute check
directly to a person other than a bank
has received consideration for the
substitute check or other paper or
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
electronic representation of the
substitute check if it has charged, or has
the right to charge, the person’s account
or otherwise has received value for the
original check, a substitute check, or a
representation of the original check or
substitute check.
(vv) Traveler’s check means an
instrument for the payment of money
that—
(1) Is drawn on or payable through or
at a bank;
(2) Is designated on its face by the
term traveler’s check or by any
substantially similar term or is
commonly known and marketed as a
traveler’s check by a corporation or bank
that is an issuer of traveler’s checks;
(3) Provides for a specimen signature
of the purchaser to be completed at the
time of purchase; and
(4) Provides for a countersignature of
the purchaser to be completed at the
time of negotiation.
(ww) Truncate means to remove an
original check from the forward
collection or return process and send to
a recipient, in lieu of such original
check, a substitute check or, by
agreement, information relating to the
original check (including data taken
from the MICR line of the original check
or an electronic image of the original
check), whether with or without the
subsequent delivery of the original
check.
(xx) Truncating bank means—
(1) The bank that truncates the
original check; or
(2) If a person other than a bank
truncates the original check, the first
bank that transfers, presents, or returns,
in lieu of such original check, a
substitute check or, by agreement with
the recipient, information relating to the
original check (including data taken
from the MICR line of the original check
or an electronic image of the original
check), whether with or without the
subsequent delivery of the original
check.
(yy) Uniform Commercial Code, Code,
or U.C.C. means the Uniform
Commercial Code as adopted in a state.
(zz) United States means the states,
including the District of Columbia, the
U.S. Virgin Islands, and Puerto Rico.
(aaa) Unit of general local government
means any city, county, parish, town,
township, village, or other general
purpose political subdivision of a state.
The term does not include special
purpose units of government, such as
school districts or water districts.
(bbb) Wire transfer means an
unconditional order to a bank to pay a
fixed or determinable amount of money
to a beneficiary upon receipt or on a day
stated in the order, that is transmitted
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
by electronic or other means through
Fedwire, the Clearing House Interbank
Payments System, other similar
network, between banks, or on the
books of a bank. Wire transfer does not
include an electronic fund transfer as
defined in section 903(6) of the
Electronic Fund Transfer Act (15 U.S.C.
1693a(6)).
3. In § 229.3, paragraph (a) is revised
as follows:
§ 229.3
Administrative enforcement.
(a) Enforcement agencies. Compliance
with this part is enforced under—
(1) Section 8 of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818 et seq.) in
the case of—
(i) National banks, Federal branches
and Federal agencies of foreign banks,
by the Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency;
(ii) Member banks of the Federal
Reserve System (other than national
banks), and offices, branches, and
agencies of foreign banks located in the
United States (other than Federal
branches, Federal agencies, and insured
State branches of foreign banks), by the
Board; and
(iii) Banks insured by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation (other
than members of the Federal Reserve
System) and insured State branches of
foreign banks, by the Board of Directors
of the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation;
(2) Section 8 of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act, by the Director of the
Office of Thrift Supervision in the case
of savings associations the deposits of
which are insured by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation; and
(3) The Federal Credit Union Act (12
U.S.C. 1751 et seq.) by the National
Credit Union Administration Board
with respect to any Federal credit union
or credit union insured by the National
Credit Union Share Insurance Fund.
fl(4)fiThe terms used in paragraph
(a)(1) of this section that are not defined
in this part or otherwise defined in
section 3(s) of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(s)) shall
have the meaning given to them in
section 1(b) of the International Banking
Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3101).
*
*
*
*
*
Subpart B—Availability of Funds and
Disclosure of Funds Availability
Policies
4. In § 229.10, revise paragraphs (b)
and (c) as follows:
§ 229.10
Next-Day availability.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Electronic payments—(1) In
general. A bank shall make funds
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16889
received for deposit in an account by an
electronic payment available for
withdrawal not later than the business
day after the banking day on which the
bank received the electronic payment.
(2) When an electronic payment is
received. An electronic payment is
received when the bank receiving the
payment has received both—
(i) Payment in actually and finally
collected funds; and
(ii) Information on the account and
amount to be credited.
fl(3) Extent of payment received.fi A
bank receives an electronic payment
only to the extent that the bank has
received payment in actually and finally
collected funds.
(c) Certain check deposits—(1)
øGeneral rule¿flIn generalfi. A
depositary bank shall make funds
deposited in an account by check
available for withdrawal not later than
the business day after the banking day
on which the funds are deposited, in the
case of—
(i) A check drawn on the Treasury of
the United States and deposited in an
account held by a payee of the check;
(ii) A U.S. Postal Service money order
deposited—
(A) In an account held by a payee of
the money order; and
(B) In person to an employee of the
depositary bank.
(iii) A check drawn on a Federal
Reserve Bank or Federal Home Loan
Bank and deposited—
(A) In an account held by a payee of
the check; and
(B) In person to an employee of the
depositary bank;
(iv) A check drawn by a state or a unit
of general local government and
deposited—
(A) In an account held by a payee of
the check;
(B) In a depositary bank located in the
state that issued the check, or the same
state as the unit of general local
government that issued the check;
(C) In person to an employee of the
depositary bank; and
(D) With a special deposit slip or
deposit envelope, if such slip or
envelope is required by the depositary
bank under paragraph (c)ø(3)¿fl(2)fi of
this section.
(v) A cashier’s, certified, or teller’s
check deposited—
(A) In an account held by a payee of
the check;
(B) In person to an employee of the
depositary bank; and
(C) With a special deposit slip or
deposit envelope, if such slip or
envelope is required by the depositary
bank under paragraph (c)ø(3)¿fl(2)fi of
this section.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16890
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
(vi) A check deposited in a branch of
the depositary bank and drawn on the
same or another branch of the same
bank [if both branches are located in the
same state or the same check processing
region]; and,
(vii) The lesser of—
(A) $100, or
(B) The aggregate amount deposited
on any one banking day to all accounts
of the customer by check or checks not
subject to next-day availability under
paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (vi) of this
section.
ø(2) Checks not deposited in person.
A depositary bank shall make funds
deposited in an account by check or
checks available for withdrawal not
later than the second business day after
the banking day on which funds are
deposited, in the case of a check deposit
described in and that meets the
requirements of paragraphs (c)(1)(ii),
(iii), (iv), and (v), of this section, except
that it is not deposited in person to an
employee of the depositary bank.¿
ø(3)¿fl(2)fi Special deposit slip. (i)
As a condition to making the funds
available for withdrawal in accordance
with this section, a depositary bank may
require that a state or local government
check or a cashier’s, certified, or teller’s
check be deposited with a special
deposit slip or deposit envelope that
identifies the type of check.
(ii) If a depositary bank requires the
use of a special deposit slip or deposit
envelope, the bank must either provide
the special deposit slip or deposit
envelope to its customers or inform its
customers how the slip or envelope may
be prepared or obtained and make the
slip or envelope reasonably available.
5. Section 229.12 is revised to read as
follows:
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 229.12
Availability schedule.
ø(a) Effective date. The availability
schedule contained in this section is
effective September 1, 1990.¿
ø(b) Local checks and certain other
checks¿fl(a) In generalfi. Except as
provided in fl§ 229.10(c),fi paragraphs
fl(b), (c), andfi (d)ø, (e), and (f)¿ of this
section, fland in § 229.13,fi a
depository bank shall make funds
deposited in an account by a check
available for withdrawal not later than
the second business day following the
banking day on which funds are
deposited.fiø, in the case of—¿
ø(1) A local check;
(2) A check drawn on the Treasury of
the United States that is not governed by
the availability requirements of
§ 229.10(c);
(3) A U.S. Postal Service money order
that is not governed by the availability
requirements of § 229.10(c); and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
(4) A check drawn on a Federal
Reserve Bank or Federal Home Loan
Bank; a check drawn by a state or unit
of general local government; or a
cashier’s, certified, or teller’s check; if
any check referred to in this paragraph
(b)(4) is a local check that is not
governed by the availability
requirements of § 229.10(c).¿
ø(c) Nonlocal checks—(1) In general.
Except as provided in paragraphs (d),
(e), and (f) of this section, a depositary
bank shall make funds deposited in an
account by a check available for
withdrawal not later than the fifth
business day following the banking day
on which funds are deposited, in the
case of—
(i) A nonlocal check; and
(ii) A check drawn on a Federal
Reserve Bank or Federal Home Loan
Bank; a check drawn by a state or unit
of general local government; a cashier’s,
certified, or teller’s check; or a check
deposited in a branch of the depositary
bank and drawn on the same or another
branch of the same bank, if any check
referred to in this paragraph (c)(1)(ii) is
a nonlocal check that is not governed by
the availability requirements of
§ 229.10(c).
(2) Nonlocal checks specified in
appendix B–2 to this part must be made
available for withdrawal not later than
the times prescribed in that appendix.¿
ø(d)¿fl(b)fi Time period adjustment
for withdrawal by cash or similar
means. A depositary bank may extend
by one business day the time that funds
deposited in an account by one or more
checks subject to paragraphs ø(b), (c), or
(f)¿ fl(a) or (d)fiof this section are
available for withdrawal by cash or
similar means. Similar means include
electronic payment, issuance of a
cashier’s or teller’s check, øor¿
certification of a check, or other
irrevocable commitment to pay, but do
not include the granting of credit to a
bank, a Federal Reserve Bank, or a
Federal Home Loan Bank that presents
a check to the depositary bank for
payment. A depositary bank shall,
however, make $400 of these funds
available for withdrawal by cash or
similar means not later than 5 p.m. on
the business day on which the funds are
available under paragraphøs (b), (c), or
(f)¿ fl(a) or (d)fi of this section. This
$400 is in addition to the $100 available
under § 229.10(c)(1)(vii).
ø(e)¿fl(c)fi Extension of schedule for
certain deposits in Alaska, Hawaii,
Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands.
The depositary bank may extend the
time periods set forth in this section by
one business day in the case of any
deposit, other than a deposit described
in § 229.10, that is—
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(1) Deposited in an account at a
branch of a depositary bank if the
branch is located in Alaska, Hawaii,
Puerto Rico, or the U.S. Virgin Islands;
and
(2) Deposited by a check drawn on or
payable at or through a paying bank not
located in the same state as the
depositary bank.
ø(f)¿fl(d)fi Deposits at
nonproprietary ATMs. A depositary
bank shall make funds deposited in an
account at a nonproprietary ATM by
cash or check available for withdrawal
not later than the øfifth¿ flfourthfi
business day following the banking day
on which the funds are deposited.
6. Section 229.13 is revised as
follows:
§ 229.13
Exceptions.
(a) New accounts. For purposes of this
paragraph, checks subject to
§ 229.10(c)(1)(v) include traveler’s
checks.
(1) A deposit in a new account—
(i) Is subject to the requirements of
§ 229.10(a) and (b) to make funds from
deposits by cash and electronic
payments available for withdrawal on
the business day following the banking
day of deposit or receipt;
(ii) Is subject to the requirements of
§ 229.10(c)(1)(i) through (v) øand
§ 229.10(c)(2)¿ only with respect to the
first $5,000 of funds deposited on any
one banking day; but the amount of the
deposit in excess of $5,000 shall be
available for withdrawal not later than
the ninth business day following the
banking day on which funds are
deposited; and
(iii) Is not subject to the availability
requirements of §§ 229.10(c)(1)(vi) and
(vii) and 229.12.
(2) An account is considered a new
account during the first 30 calendar
days after the account is established. An
account is not considered a new account
if each customer on the account has
had, within 30 calendar days before the
account is established, another account
at the depositary bank for at least 30
calendar days.
(b) Large deposits. Sections 229.10(c)
and 229.12 do not apply to the aggregate
amount of deposits by one or more
checks to the extent that the aggregate
amount is in excess of $5,000 on any
one banking day. For customers that
have multiple accounts at a depositary
bank, the bank may apply this exception
to the aggregate deposits to all accounts
held by the customer, even if the
customer is not the sole holder of the
accounts and not all of the holders of
the accounts are the same.
(c) Redeposited checks. Sections
229.10(c) and 229.12 do not apply to a
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
check that has been returned unpaid
and redeposited by the customer or the
depositary bank. This exception does
not apply—
(1) To a check that has been returned
due to a missing indorsement and
redeposited after the missing
indorsement has been obtained, if the
reason for return indication on the
check states that it was returned due to
a missing indorsement; or
(2) To a check that has been returned
because it was post dated, if the reason
for return indicated on the check states
that it was returned because it was post
dated, and if the check is no longer post
dated when redeposited.
(d) Repeated overdrafts. fl(1)fi If any
account or combination of accounts of a
depositary bank’s customer has been
repeatedly overdrawn, then for a period
of six months after the last such
overdraft, §§ 229.10(c) and 229.12 do
not apply to any of the accounts.
fl(2)fi A depositary bank may
consider a customer’s account to be
repeatedly overdrawn if—
ø(1)¿fl(i)fi On six or more banking
days within the preceding six months,
the account balance is negative, or the
account balance would have become
negative if checks or other charges to the
account had been paid; or
ø(2)¿fl(ii)fi On two or more banking
days within the preceding six months,
the account balance is negative, or the
account balance would have become
negative, in the amount of $5,000 or
more, if checks or other charges to the
account had been paid.
fl(iii) For purposes of this paragraph
(d)(2), such other charges to the account
shall not include attempted charges
initiated by debit card that the
depositary bank declines to authorize.fi
(e) Reasonable cause to doubt
collectibility—(1) In general. Sections
229.10(c) and 229.12 do not apply to a
check deposited in an account at a
depositary bank if the depositary bank
has reasonable cause to believe that the
check is uncollectible from the paying
bank. Reasonable cause to believe a
check is uncollectible requires the
existence of facts that would cause a
well-grounded belief in the mind of a
reasonable person. Such belief shall not
be based on the fact that the check is of
a particular class or is deposited by a
particular class of persons. The reason
for the bank’s belief that the check is
uncollectible shall be included in the
notice required under paragraph (g) of
this section.
(2) Overdraft and returned check fees.
fl(i)fi A depositary bank that extends
the time when funds will be available
for withdrawal as described in
paragraph (e)(1) of this section, and does
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
not furnish the depositor with written
notice at the time of deposit shall not
assess any fees for any subsequent
overdrafts (including use of a line of
credit) or return of checks of other
debits to the account, if—
ø(i)¿fl(A)fi The overdraft or return
of the check would not have occurred
except for the fact that the deposited
funds were delayed under paragraph
(e)(1) of this section; and
ø(ii)¿fl(B)fi The deposited check
was paid by the paying bank.
fl(ii)fi Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the depositary bank may
assess an overdraft or returned check fee
if it includes a notice concerning
overdraft and returned check fees with
the notice of exception required in
paragraph (g) of this section and, when
required, refunds any such fees upon
the request of the customer. The notice
must state that the customer may be
entitled to a refund of overdraft or
returned check fees that are assessed if
the check subject to the exception is
paid and how to obtain a refund.
(f) Emergency conditions. Sections
229.10(c) and 229.12 do not apply to
funds deposited by check in a
depositary bankfl, if the depositary
bank exercises such diligence as the
circumstances require,fi in the case
of—
(1) An interruption of
communications or computer or other
equipment facilities;
(2) A suspension of payments by
another bank;
(3) A war; or
(4) An emergency condition beyond
the control of the depositary bankø, if
the depositary bank exercises such
diligence as the circumstances require¿.
(g) Notice of exception—(1) In
general. Subject to paragraphs (g)(2) and
(g)(3) of this section, when a depositary
bank extends the time when funds will
be available for withdrawal based on the
application of an exception contained in
paragraphs (b) through (e) of this
section, it must provide the depositor
with a written notice.
(i) The notice shall include the
following information—
(A) A number or code, which need
not exceed four digits, that identifies the
customer’s account;
(B) The date of the deposit;
fl(C) The total amount of the
deposit;fi
ø(C)¿fl(D)fi The amount of the
deposit that is being delayed;
ø(D)¿fl(E)fi The reason the
exception was invoked; and
ø(E)¿fl(F)fi The øtime period within
which¿fldayfi the funds will be
available for withdrawal.
(ii) Timing of notice. The notice shall
be provided to the depositor at the time
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16891
of the deposit, unless the deposit is not
made in person to an employee of the
depositary bank, or, if the facts upon
which a determination to invoke one of
the exceptions in paragraphs (b) through
(e) of this section to delay a deposit only
become known to the depositary bank
after the time of the deposit. If the
notice is not given at the time of the
deposit, the depositary bank shall mail
or deliver the notice to the customer as
soon as practicable, but no later than the
first business day following the day the
facts become known to the depositary
bank, or the deposit is made, whichever
is later. flIf the customer has agreed to
accept notices electronically, the bank
shall send the notice such that the bank
may reasonably expect it to be received
by the customer no later than the first
business day following the day the facts
become known to the depositary bank,
or the deposit is made, whichever is
later.fi
(2) One-time exception notice. fl(i)fi
In lieu of providing notice pursuant to
paragraph (g)(1) of this section, a
depositary bank that extends the time
when the funds deposited in a
nonconsumer account will be available
for withdrawal based on an exception
contained in paragraph (b) or (c) of this
section may provide a single notice to
the customer that includes the following
information—
ø(i)¿fl(A)fi The reason(s) the
exception may be invoked; and
ø(ii)¿fl(B)fi The time period within
which deposits subject to the exception
generally will be available for
withdrawal.
fl(ii)fi This one-time notice shall be
provided only if each type of exception
cited in the notice will be invoked for
most check deposits in the account to
which the exception could apply. This
notice shall be provided at or prior to
the time notice must be provided under
paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this section.
(3) Notice of repeated overdrafts
exception. fl(i)fi In lieu of providing
notice pursuant to paragraph (g)(1) of
this section, a depositary bank that
extends the time when funds deposited
in an account will be available for
withdrawal based on the exception
contained in paragraph (d) of this
section may provide a notice to the
customer for each time period during
which the exception will be in effect.
The notice shall include the following
information—
ø(i)¿fl(A)fi øThe account number of
the customer¿flA number or code,
which need not exceed four digits, that
identifies the customer’s accountfi;
ø(ii)¿fl(B)fi The fact that the
availability of funds deposited in the
customer’s account will be delayed
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16892
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
because the repeated overdrafts
exception will be invoked;
ø(iii)¿fl(C)fi The time period within
which deposits subject to the exception
generally will be available for
withdrawal; and
ø(iv)¿fl(D)fi The time period during
which the exception will apply.
fl(ii)fi This notice shall be provided
at or prior to the time notice must be
provided under paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of
this section and only if the exception
cited in the notice will be invoked for
most check deposits in the account.
(4) Emergency conditions exception
notice. When a depositary bank extends
the time when funds will be available
for withdrawal based on the application
of the emergency conditions exception
contained in paragraph (f) of this
section, it must provide the depositor
with notice in a reasonable form and
within a reasonable time given the
circumstances. The notice shall include
the reason the exception was invoked
and the time period within which funds
shall be made available for withdrawal,
unless the depositary bank, in good
faith, does not know at the time the
notice is given the duration of the
emergency and, consequently, when the
funds must be made available. The
depositary bank is not required to
provide a notice if the funds subject to
the exception become available before
the notice must be sent.
(5) Record retention. A depositary
bank shall retain a record, in accordance
with § 229.21(g), of each notice
provided pursuant to its application of
the reasonablefl-ficause exception
under paragraph (e) of this section,
together with a brief statement of the
facts giving rise to the bank’s reason to
doubt the collectibility of the check.
(h) Availability of deposits subject to
exceptions. (1) If an exception contained
in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this
section applies, the depositary bank
may extend the time periods established
under §§ 229.10(c) and 229.12 by a
reasonable period of time.
(2) If a depositary bank invokes an
exception contained in paragraphs (b)
through (e) of this section with respect
to a check described in § 229.10(c)(1) (i)
through (v) [or § 229.10(c)(2)], it shall
make the funds available for withdrawal
not later than a reasonable period after
the day the funds would have been
required to be made available had the
check been subject to fl§ fi229.12.
(3) If a depositary bank invokes an
exception under paragraph (f) of this
section based on an emergency
condition, the depositary bank shall
make the funds available for withdrawal
not later than a reasonable period after
the emergency has ceased or the period
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
established in §§ 229.10(c) and 229.12,
whichever is later.
(4) For the purposes of this section, a
‘‘reasonable period’’ is an extension of
up to one business day for checks
described in § 229.10(c)(1)(vi)ø,¿ fland
twofi øfive¿ business days for øchecks
described in § 229.12(b) (1) through (4),
and six business days for checks
described in § 229.12(c) (1) and (2) or
§ 229.12(f)¿flall other checksfi. A
longer extension may be reasonable, but
the bank has the burden of so
establishing.
7. Section 229.14 is revised to read as
follows:
§ 229.14
Payment of interest.
(a) In general. A depositary bank shall
begin to accrue interest or dividends on
funds deposited in an interest-bearing
account not later than the business day
on which the depositary bank receives
credit for the funds. For the purposes of
this section, the depositary bank may—
(1) Rely on the availability schedule
of its Federal Reserve Bankø, Federal
Home Loan Bank,¿ or correspondent
bank to determine the time credit is
actually received; and
(2) Accrue interest or dividends on
funds deposited in interest-bearing
accounts by checks that the depositary
bank sends to paying banks or
subsequent collecting banks for
payment or collection based on the
availability of funds the depositary bank
receives from the paying or collecting
banks.
(b) Special rule for credit unions.
Paragraph (a) of this section does not
apply to any account at a bank
described in § 229.2(e)(4), if the bank—
(1) Begins the accrual of interest or
dividends at a later date than the date
described in paragraph (a) of this
section with respect to all funds,
including cash, deposited in the
account; and
(2) Provides notice of its interest or
dividend payment policy in the manner
required under § 229.16(d).
(c) Exception for checks returned
unpaid. This subpart does not require a
bank to pay interest or dividends on
funds deposited by a check that is
returned unpaid.
8. Section 229.15 is revised to read as
follows:
§ 229.15 General disclosure fland
noticefi requirements.
(a) Form of disclosures fland
noticesfi. A bank shall make the
disclosures fland noticesfi required by
this subpart clearly and conspicuously
in writing. Disclosures fland noticesfi,
other than those posted at locations
where employees accept consumer
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
deposits and ATMs and the notice on
preprinted deposit slips, must be in a
form that the customer may keep. The
disclosures shall be grouped together
and shall not contain any information
not related to the disclosures required
by this subpart. If contained in a
document that sets forth other account
terms, the disclosures shall be
highlighted within the document by, for
example, use of a separate heading.
(b) øUniform r¿ flRfieference to day
of availability. In its disclosurefls and
noticesfi, a bank shall ødescribe funds
as being available for withdrawal on
‘‘the lll business day after’’ the day
of deposit. In this calculation, the first
business day is the business day
following the banking day the deposit
was received, and the last business day
is the day on which the funds are made
available.¿ flspecify the business day
on which funds are available for
withdrawal by describing that day in
relation to the banking day on which the
bank received the deposit. A bank shall
use the following, or substantially
similar, language—
(1) The banking day of receipt may be
described as ‘‘the same business day;’’
(2) The business day after the banking
day of receipt may be described as ‘‘the
next business day;’’ and
(3) A business day after the banking
day of receipt may be described using a
phrase that includes––
(i) A cardinal number, such as ‘‘1
business day’’ or ‘‘2 business days;’’ or
(ii) An ordinal number, such as ‘‘the
first business day’’ or ‘‘the second
business day.’’fi
(c) Multiple accounts and multiple
account holders. A bank need not give
multiple disclosures to a customer that
holds multiple accounts if the accounts
are subject to the same availability
policies. Similarly, a bank need not give
separate disclosures to each customer
on a jointly held account.
(d) Dormant or inactive accounts. A
bank need not give availability
disclosures to a customer that holds a
dormant or inactive account.
9. Section 229.16 is revised to read as
follows:
§ 229.16 Specific availability policy
disclosure.
(a) øGeneral¿flIn generalfi. To meet
the requirements of a specific
availability policy disclosure under
§§ 229.17 and 229.18(d), a bank shall
provide a disclosure describing the
bank’s policy as to when funds
deposited in an account are available for
withdrawal. The disclosure must reflect
the policy followed by the bank in most
cases. A bank may impose longer delays
on a case-by-case basis or by invoking
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
one of the exceptions in § 229.13,
provided this is reflected in the
disclosure.
(b) Content of specific availability
policy disclosure. The specific
availability policy disclosure shall
contain the following, as applicable—
(1) A summary of the bank’s
availability policy;
(2) A description of any categories of
deposits or checks flthat are subject to
differingfi øused by the bank when it
delays¿ availability (such as ølocal or
nonlocal¿ flnext-day-availabilityfi
checks fland other checksfi)ø; how to
determine the category to which a
particular deposit or check belongs;¿
and when each category will be
available for withdrawal (including a
description of the bank’s business days
and when a deposit is considered
received);ø1¿
ø1 A bank that distinguishes in its
disclosure between local and nonlocal
checks based on the routing number on
the check must disclose that certain
checks, such as some credit union share
drafts that are payable by one bank but
payable through another bank, will be
treated as local or nonlocal checks based
upon the location of the bank by which
they are payable and not on the basis of
the location of the bank whose routing
number appears on the check. A bank
that makes funds from nonlocal checks
available for withdrawal within the time
periods required for local checks under
§§ 229.12 and 229.13 is not required to
provide this disclosure on payablethrough checks to its customers. The
statement concerning payable-through
checks must describe how the customer
can determine whether these checks
will be treated as local or nonlocal, or
state that special rules apply to such
checks and that the customer may ask
about the availability of these checks.¿
(3) A description of any of the
exceptions in § 229.13 that may be
invoked by the bank, including the time
following a deposit that funds generally
will be available for withdrawal and a
statement that the bank will notify the
customer if the bank invokes one of the
exceptions;
(4) A description, as specified in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, of any
case-by-case policy of delaying
availability that may result in deposited
funds being available for withdrawal
later than the time periods stated in the
bank’s availability policy; and
(5) A description of how the customer
can differentiate between a proprietary
and a nonproprietary ATM, if the bank
makes funds from deposits at
nonproprietary ATMs available for
withdrawal later than funds from
deposits at proprietary ATMs.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
(c) Longer delays on a case-by-case
basis—(1) Notice in specific policy
disclosure. A bank that has a policy of
making deposited funds available for
withdrawal sooner than required by this
subpart may extend the time when
funds are available up to the time
periods allowed under this subpart on a
case-by-case basis, provided the bank
includes the following in its specific
policy disclosure—
(i) A statement that the time when
deposited funds are available for
withdrawal may be extended in some
cases, and the latest time following a
deposit that funds will be available for
withdrawal;
(ii) A statement that the bank will
notify the customer if funds deposited
in the customer’s account will not be
available for withdrawal until later than
the time periods stated in the bank’s
availability policy; and
(iii) A statement that customers
should ask if they need to be sure about
when a particular deposit will be
available for withdrawal.
(2) Notice at time of case-by-case
delay—(i) In general. When a depositary
bank extends the time when funds will
be available for withdrawal on a caseby-case basis, it must provide the
depositor with a written notice. The
notice shall include the following
information—
(A) A number or code, which need
not exceed four digits, that identifies the
customer’s account.
(B) The date of the deposit;
fl(C) The total amount of the
depositfi
ø(C)¿fl(D)fi The amount of the
deposit that is being delayed; and
ø(D)¿fl(E)fi The day the funds will
be available for withdrawal.
(ii) Timing of notice. The notice shall
be provided to the depositor at the time
of the deposit, unless the deposit is not
made in person to an employee of the
depositary bank or the decision to
extend the time when the deposited
funds will be available is made after the
time of the deposit. If notice is not given
at the time of the deposit, the depositary
bank shall mail or deliver the notice to
the customer not later than the first
business day following the banking day
the deposit is made. flIf the customer
has agreed to accept notices
electronically, the bank shall send the
notice such that the bank may
reasonably expect it to be received by
the customer not later than the first
business day following the banking day
the deposit is made.fi
(3) Overdraft and returned check fees.
fl(i)fi A depositary bank that extends
the time when funds will be available
for withdrawal on a case-by-case basis
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16893
and does not furnish the depositor with
written notice at the time of deposit
shall not assess any fees for any
subsequent overdrafts (including use of
a line of credit) or return of checks or
other debits to the account, if—
ø(i)¿fl(A)fi The overdraft or return
of the check or other debit would not
have occurred except for the fact that
the deposited funds were delayed under
paragraph (c)(1) of this section; and
ø(ii)¿fl(B)fi The deposited check
was paid by the paying bank.
fl(ii)fi Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the depositary bank may
assess an overdraft or returned check fee
if it includes a notice concerning
overdraft and returned check fees with
the notice required in paragraph (c)(2) of
this section and, when required, refunds
any such fees upon the request of the
customer. The notice must state that the
customer may be entitled to a refund of
overdraft or returned check fees that are
assessed if the check subject to the delay
is paid and how to obtain a refund.
(d) Credit union notice of interest
payment policy. If a bank described in
§ 229.2(e)(4) begins to accrue interest or
dividends on all deposits made in an
interest-bearing account, including cash
deposits, at a later time than the day
specified in § 229.14(a), the bank’s
specific policy disclosures shall contain
an explanation of when interest or
dividends on deposited funds begin to
accrue.
10. § 229.17 is republished to read as
follows:
§ 229.17
Initial disclosures.
Before opening a new account, a bank
shall provide a potential customer with
the applicable specific availability
policy disclosure described in § 229.16.
11. § 229.18 is republished to read as
follows:
§ 229.18 Additional disclosure
requirements.
(a) Deposit slips. A bank shall include
on all preprinted deposit slips furnished
to its customers a notice that deposits
may not be available for immediate
withdrawal.
(b) Locations where employees accept
consumer deposits. A bank shall post in
a conspicuous place in each location
where its employees receive deposits to
consumer accounts a notice that sets
forth the time periods applicable to the
availability of funds deposited in a
consumer account.
(c) Automated teller machines. (1) A
depositary bank shall post or provide a
notice at each ATM location that funds
deposited in the ATM may not be
available for immediate withdrawal.
(2) A depositary bank that operates an
off-premises ATM from which deposits
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16894
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
are removed not more than two times
each week, as described in
§ 229.19(a)(4), shall disclose at or on the
ATM the days on which deposits made
at the ATM will be considered received.
(d) Upon request. A bank shall
provide to any person, upon oral or
written request, a notice containing the
applicable specific availability policy
disclosure described in § 229.16.
(e) Changes in policy. A bank shall
send a notice to holders of consumer
accounts at least 30 days before
implementing a change to the bank’s
availability policy regarding such
accounts, except that a change that
expedites the availability of funds may
be disclosed not later than 30 days after
implementation.
13. Section 229.19 is revised to read
as follows:
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 229.19
Miscellaneous.
(a) When funds are considered
deposited. For the purposes of this
subpart—
(1) Funds deposited at a staffed
facility, ATM, or contractual branch are
considered deposited when they are
received at the staffed facility, ATM, or
contractual branch;
(2) Funds mailed to the depositary
bank are considered deposited on the
day they are received by the depositary
bank;
(3) Funds deposited to a night
depository, lock box, or similar facility
are considered deposited on the day on
which the deposit is removed from such
facility and is available for processing
by the depositary bank;
(4) Funds deposited at an ATM that
is not on, or within 50 feet of, the
premises of the depositary bank are
considered deposited on the day the
funds are removed from the ATM, if
funds normally are removed from the
ATM not more than two times each
week; and
(5) Funds may be considered
deposited on the next banking day, in
the case of funds that are deposited—
(i) On a day that is not a banking day
for the depositary bank; or
(ii) After a cut-off hour set by the
depositary bank for the receipt of
deposits of 2 p.m. or later, or, for the
receipt of deposits at ATMs, contractual
branches, or off-premise facilities, of 12
noon or later. Different cut-off hours
later than these times may be
established for the receipt of different
types of deposits, or receipt of deposits
at different locations.
(b) Availability at start of business
day. Except as otherwise provided in
§ 229.12ø(d)¿fl(b)fi, if any provision of
this subpart requires that funds be made
available for withdrawal on any
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
business day flafter the banking day of
depositfi, the funds shall be available
for withdrawal by the later of:
(1) 9 a.m. (local time of the depositary
bank); or
(2) The time the depositary bank’s
teller facilities (including ATMs) are
available for customer account
withdrawals.
(c) Effect on policies of depositary
bank. This part does not—
(1) Prohibit a depositary bank from
making funds available to a customer for
withdrawal in a shorter period of time
than the time required by this subpart;
(2) Affect a depositary bank’s right—
(i) To accept or reject a check for
deposit;
(ii) To revoke any settlement made by
the depositary bank with respect to a
check accepted by the bank for deposit,
to charge back the customer’s account
for the amount of a check based on the
return of the check or receipt of a notice
of nonpayment of the check, or to claim
a refund of such credit; and
(iii) To charge back funds made
available to its customer for an
electronic payment for which the bank
has not received payment in actually
and finally collected funds;
(3) Require a depositary bank to open
or otherwise to make its facilities
available for customer transactions on a
given business day; or
(4) Supersede any policy of a
depositary bank that limits the amount
of cash a customer may withdraw from
its account on any one day, if that
policy—
(i) Is not dependent on the time the
funds have been deposited in the
account, as long as the funds have been
on deposit for the time period specified
in §§ 229.10, 229.12, or 229.13; and
(ii) In the case of withdrawals made
in person to an employee of the
depositary bank—
(A) Is applied without discrimination
to all customers of the bank; and
(B) Is related to security, operating, or
bonding requirements of the depositary
bank.
(d) Use of calculated availability. A
depositary bank may provide
availability to its nonconsumer accounts
based on a sample of checks that
represents the average composition of
the customer’s deposits, if the terms for
availability based on the sample are
equivalent to or more prompt than the
availability requirements of this subpart.
(e) Holds on other funds. (1) A
depositary bank that receives a check for
deposit in an account may ønot¿ place
a hold on any funds of the customer at
the bank, øwhere¿flonly iffi —
(i) The amount of funds that are held
fldoes notfi exceedøs¿ the amount of
the check; øor¿ flandfi
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(ii) The funds are ønot¿ made
available for withdrawal within the
times specified in §§ 229.10, 229.12, and
229.13.
(2) A depositary bank that cashes a
check for a customer over the counter ø,
other than a check drawn on the
depositary bank,¿ may ønot¿ place a
hold on funds in an account of the
customer at the bank, flonlyfi if—
(i) The amount of funds that are held
fldoes notfi exceedøs¿ the amount of
the check; øor¿
(ii) The funds are ønot¿ made
available for withdrawal within the
times specified in §§ 229.10, 229.12, and
229.13ø.¿fl; and
(iii) The check is not drawn on the
depositary bank. fi
(f) Employee training and compliance.
Each bank shall establish procedures to
ensure that the bank complies with the
requirements of this subpart, and shall
provide each employee who performs
duties subject to the requirements of
this subpart with a statement of the
procedures applicable to that employee.
(g) Effect of merger transaction—ø(1)
In general¿. For purposes of this
subpart, except for the purposes of the
new accounts exception of § 229.13(a),
and when funds are considered
deposited under § 229.19(a), two or
more banks that have engaged in a
merger transaction may be considered to
be separate banks for a period of one
year following the consummation of the
merger transaction.
ø(2) Merger transactions on or after
July 1, 1998, and before March 1, 2000.
If banks have consummated a merger
transaction on or after July 1, 1998, and
before March 1, 2000, the merged banks
may be considered separate banks until
March 1, 2001.¿
13a. Section 229.20 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 229.20
Relation to state law.
(a) In general. fl(1)fi Any provision
of a law or regulation of any state in
effect on or before September 1, 1989,
that requires funds deposited in an
account at a bank chartered by the state
to be made available for withdrawal in
a shorter time than the time provided in
subpart B, and, in connection therewith,
subpart A, shall—
ø(1)¿fl(i)fi Supersede the provisions
of the EFA Act and subpart B, and, in
connection therewith, subpart A, to the
extent the provisions relate to the time
by which funds deposited or received
for deposit in an account are available
for withdrawal; and
ø(2)¿fl(ii)fi Apply to all federally
insured banks located within the state.
fl(2)fi No amendment to a state law
or regulation governing the availability
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
of funds that becomes effective after
September 1, 1989, shall supersede the
EFA Act and subpart B, and, in
connection therewith, subpart A, but
unamended provisions of state law shall
remain in effect.
(b) Preemption of inconsistent law.
Except as provided in paragraph (a), the
EFA Act and subpart B, and, in
connection therewith, subpart A,
supersede any provision of inconsistent
state law.
(c) Standards for preemption. A
provision of a state law in effect on or
before September 1, 1989, is not
inconsistent with the EFA Act, or
subpart B, or in connection therewith,
subpart A, if it requires that funds shall
be available in a shorter period of time
than the time provided in this subpart.
Inconsistency with the EFA Act and
subpart B, and in connection therewith,
subpart A, may exist when state law—
(1) Permits a depositary bank to make
funds deposited in an account by cash,
electronic payment, or check available
for withdrawal in a longer period of
time than the maximum period of time
permitted under subpart B, and, in
connection therewith, subpart A; or
(2) Provides for disclosures or notices
concerning funds availability relating to
accounts.
(d) Preemption determinations. The
Board may determine, upon the request
of any state, bank, or other interested
party, whether the EFA Act and subpart
B, and, in connection therewith, subpart
A, preempt provisions of state laws
relating to the availability of funds.
(e) Procedures for preemption
determinations.fl(1)fi A request for a
preemption determination shall include
the following—
ø(1)¿fl(i)fi A copy of the full text of
the state law in question, including any
implementing regulations or judicial
interpretations of that law; and
ø(2)¿fl(ii)fi A comparison of the
provisions of state law with the
corresponding provisions in the EFA
Act and subparts A and B of this part,
together with a discussion of the reasons
why specific provisions of state law are
either consistent or inconsistent with
corresponding sections of the EFA Act
and subparts A and B of this part.
fl(2)fi A request for a preemption
determination shall be addressed to the
Secretary, Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System.
14. Amend § 229.21 by revising
paragraphs (f) and (g) to read as follows:
§ 229.21
Civil liability.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) Exclusions. This section does not
apply to claims that arise under
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
subpartflsfi C flor Dfi of this part or
to actions for wrongful dishonor.
(g) Record retention. (1) A bank shall
retain evidence of compliance with the
requirements imposed by this subpart
for not less than two years. Records may
be stored by use of ømicrofiche,
microfilm, magnetic tape,¿flelectronic
storage mediafi or other methods
capable of accurately retaining and
reproducing information.
(2) If a bank has actual notice that it
is being investigated, or is subject to an
enforcement proceeding by an agency
charged with monitoring that bank’s
compliance with the EFA Act and this
subpart, or has been served with notice
of an action filed under this section, it
shall retain the records pertaining to the
action or proceeding pending final
disposition of the matter, unless an
earlier time is allowed by order of the
agency or court.
Subpart C—Collection of Checks
15. Revise § 229.30 to read as follows:
§ 229.30 Paying bank’s responsibility for
return of checks.
(a) flExpeditiousfi øR¿flrfieturn of
checks. fl(1)fiIf a paying bank
determines not to pay a check øit shall
return the check in an expeditious
manner as provided in either paragraph
(a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section¿fl, the
paying bank shall send the returned
check expeditiously such that the
depositary bank normally would receive
the returned check no later than 4 p.m.
(local time of the depositary bank) on
the second business day following the
banking day on which the check was
presented to the paying bankfi.
ø(1) Two-day/four-day test. A paying
bank returns a check in an expeditious
manner if it sends the returned check in
a manner such that the check would
normally be received by the depositary
bank not later than 4 p.m. (local time of
the depositary bank) of—
(i) The second business day following
the banking day on which the check was
presented to the paying bank, if the
paying bank is located in the same
check processing region as the
depositary bank; or
(ii) The fourth business day following
the banking day on which the check was
presented to the paying bank, if the
paying bank is not located in the same
check processing region as the
depositary bank.¿
fl(2)fiIf the last business day on
which the paying bank may deliver a
returned check to the depositary bank is
not a banking day for the depositary
bank, the paying bank ømeets the twoday/four-day test¿flsatisfies its
expeditious return requirementfi if the
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16895
returned check is received by the
depositary bank on or before the
depositary bank’s next banking day.
ø(2) Forward collection test. A paying
bank also returns a check in an
expeditious manner if it sends the
returned check in a manner that a
similarly situated bank would normally
handle a check—
(i) Of similar amount as the returned
check;
(ii) Drawn on the depositary bank;
and
(iii) Deposited for forward collection
in the similarly situated bank by noon
on the banking day following the
banking day on which the check was
presented to the paying bank.¿
fl(3)fiøSubject to the requirement
for expeditious return, a¿ flAfi paying
bank may send a returned check to the
depositary bank, øor¿ to any other bank
agreeing to handle the returned check
expeditiously under § 229.31(a)fl, or,
under § 229.30(b)(2), to any bank that
handled the check for forward
collectionfi.
fl(4)fi A paying bank may convert a
check to a qualified returned check. A
qualified returned check shall be
encoded in magnetic ink with the
routing number of the depositary bank,
the amount of the returned check, and
a ‘‘2’’ in the case of an original check (or
a ‘‘5’’ in the case of a substitute check)
in position 44 of the qualified return
MICR line as a return identifier. A
qualified returned original check shall
be encoded in accordance with ANS
X9.13, and a qualified returned
substitute check shall be encoded in
accordance with ANS X9.100–140.
fl(5)fi This paragraph fl(a)fi does
not affect a paying bank’s responsibility
to return a check within the deadlines
required by the U.C.C., Regulation J (12
CFR part 210), or § 229.30(c).
fl(6) A check payable at or through
a paying bank is considered to be drawn
on that bank for purposes of the
expeditious return requirement of this
subpart.fi
(b) øUnidentifiable depositary
bank.¿flExceptions to expeditious
return of checks. (1) The expeditious
return requirement of paragraph (a) of
this section does not apply if—
(i) The depositary bank has not agreed
to accept electronic returns from the
paying bank under § 229.32(a);
(ii) The check is deposited in a
depositary bank that does not maintain
accounts; or
(iii) A paying bank is unable to
identify the depositary bank with
respect to a check.
(2)fi A paying bank that is unable to
identify the depositary bank øwith
respect to a check¿ may send the
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16896
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
returned check to any bank that handled
the check for forward collection even if
that bank does not agree to handle the
check expeditiously under § 229.31(a).
A paying bank sending a returned check
under this paragraph fl(b)(2)fi to a
bank that handled the check for forward
collection must advise the bank to
which the check is sent that the paying
bank is unable to identify the depositary
bank. øThe expeditious-return
requirements in § 229.30(a) do not apply
to the paying bank’s return of a check
under this paragraph.¿
(c) Extension of deadline. fl(1)fiThe
deadline for return øor notice of
nonpayment¿ under the U.C.C. or
Regulation J (12 CFR part 210), or
ø§ 229.36(f)(2)¿ fl§ 229.36(d)(3)fi is
extended to the time of dispatch of such
return [or notice of nonpayment] where
a paying bank uses a means of delivery
that would ordinarily result in receipt
by the fldepositaryfi bank øto which
it is sent¿ flby 4 p.m. (local time of the
depositary bank) on the second business
day after the banking day on which the
check was presented to the paying
bank.fiø—
(1) On or before the receiving bank’s
next banking day following the
otherwise applicable deadline by the
earlier of the close of that banking day
or a cutoff hour of 2 p.m. or later set by
the receiving bank under U.C.C. 4–108,
for all deadlines other than those
described in paragraph (c)(2) of this
section; this deadline is extended
further if a paying bank uses a highly
expeditious means of transportation,
even if this means of transportation
would ordinarily result in delivery after
the receiving bank’s next cutoff hour or
banking day referred to above; or
(2) [Prior to the cut-off hour for the
next processing cycle (if sent to a
returning bank), or on the next banking
day (if sent to the depositary bank), for
a deadline falling on a Saturday that is
a banking day (as defined in the
applicable U.C.C.) for the paying bank.¿
flIf the last business day on which
the paying bank may deliver a returned
check to the depositary bank is not a
banking day for the depositary bank, the
paying bank’s deadline under the U.C.C.
or Regulation J (12 CFR part 210), or
§ 229.36(d)(3) is extended to the time of
dispatch of such return where a paying
bank uses a means of delivery such that
the returned check would ordinarily be
received by the depositary bank on or
before the depositary bank’s next
banking day.fi
(d) Identification of returned check. A
paying bank returning a check shall
clearly indicate on the øface¿ flfrontfi
of the check that it is a returned check
and the reason for return. If the check
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
is a substitute check flor electronic
returnfi, the paying bank shall place
this information øwithin the image of
the original check that appears on the
front of the substitute check¿ flsuch
that the information would be retained
on any subsequent substitute check.fi
ø(e) Depositary bank without
accounts. The expeditious return
requirements of paragraph (a) of this
section does not apply to checks
deposited in a depositary bank that does
not maintain accounts.¿
ø(f)¿fl(e)fi Notice in lieu of return.
fl(1)fi If a check is unavailable for
return, the paying bank may send in its
place a copy of the front and back of the
returned check, or, if no such copy is
available, a written notice of
nonpayment containing the information
specified in ø§ 229.33(b)¿flparagraph
(e)(2) of this sectionfi. The copy or
notice shall clearly state that it
constitutes a notice in lieu of return. A
notice in lieu of return is considered a
returned check subject to the
expeditious return requirements of this
section and to the other
ørequirements¿flprovisionsfi of this
subpart.
fl(2) The notice must include, if
available, the—
(i) Name and routing number of the
paying bank;
(ii) Name of the payee(s);
(iii) Amount of the returned check;
(iv) Date of the indorsement of the
depositary bank;
(v) Account number of the
customer(s) of the depositary bank;
(vi) Branch name or number of the
depositary bank from its indorsement;
(vii) Trace number associated with the
indorsement of the depositary bank; and
(viii) Reason for return.
(3) The notice may include other
information from the check that may be
useful in identifying the check being
returned and the customer and must
include the name and routing number of
the depositary bank from its
indorsement.
(4) If the paying bank is not sure of
an item of information, it shall include
the information required by this
paragraph to the extent possible, and
identify any item of information for
which the bank is not sure of the
accuracy.fi
ø(g)¿fl(f)fi Reliance on routing
number. A paying bank may
øreturn¿flsendfi a returned check
based on any routing number
designating the depositary bank
appearing on the øreturned¿ check in
the depositary bank’s indorsement flor
in the electronic image of or information
related to the checkfi.
16. Revise § 229.31 to read as follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 229.31 Returning bank’s responsibility
for return of checks.
(a) flExpeditious øR¿flrfieturn of
checks. fl(1)fi øA¿ flIf the returning
bank agrees to handle the return
expeditiously, thefi returning bank
shall øreturn a returned check in an
expeditious manner as provided in
either paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this
section¿flsend the returned check
expeditiously such that the depositary
bank normally would receive the
returned check no later than 4 p.m.
(local time of the depositary bank) on
the second business day following the
banking day on which the check was
presented to the paying bankfi.
ø(1) Two-day/four-day test. A
returning bank returns a check in an
expeditious manner if it sends the
returned check in a manner such that
the check would normally be received
by the depositary bank not later than 4
p.m. (local time) of—
(i) The second business day following
the banking day on which the check was
presented to the paying bank if the
paying bank is located in the same
check processing region as the
depositary bank; or
(ii) The fourth business day following
the banking day on which the check was
presented to the paying bank if the
paying bank is not located in the same
check processing region as the
depositary bank.¿
(2) If the last business day on which
the returning bank may deliver a
returned check to the depositary bank is
not a banking day for the depositary
bank, the returning bank meets this
requirement if the returned check is
received by the depositary bank on or
before the depositary bank’s next
banking day.
ø(2) Forward collection test. A
returning bank also returns a check in
an expeditious manner if it sends the
returned check in a manner that a
similarly situated bank would normally
handle a check—
(i) Of similar amount as the returned
check;
(ii) Drawn on the depositary bank;
and
(iii) Received for forward collection
by the similarly situated bank at the
time the returning bank received the
returned check, except that a returning
bank may set a cut-off hour for the
receipt of returned checks that is earlier
than the similarly situated bank’s cut-off
hour for checks received for forward
collection, if the cut-off hour is not
earlier than 2 p.m.¿
fl(3)fi øSubject to the requirement
for expeditious return, t¿flTfihe
returning bank may send the returned
check to the depositary bank, øor¿ to
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
any bank agreeing to handle the
returned check expeditiously under
§ 229.31(a)fl, or, under § 229.31(b)(2),
to any bank that handled the check for
forward collectionfi.
fl(4)fi The returning bank may
convert the returned check to a qualified
returned check. A qualified returned
check shall be encoded in magnetic ink
with the routing number of the
depositary bank, the amount of the
returned check, and a ‘‘2’’ in the case of
an original check (or a ‘‘5’’ in the case
of a substitute check) in position 44 of
the qualified return MICR line as a
return identifier. A qualified returned
original check shall be encoded in
accordance with ANS X9.13, and a
qualified returned substitute check shall
be encoded in accordance with ANS
X9.100–140. øThe time for expeditious
return under the forward collection test,
and the deadline for return under the
U.C.C. and Regulation J (12 CFR part
210), are extended by one business day
if the returning bank converts a returned
check to a qualified returned check.
This extension does not apply to the
two-day/four-day test specified in
paragraph (a)(1) of this section or when
a returning bank is returning a check
directly to the depositary bank.¿
fl(b) Exceptions to expeditious return
of checks. (1) The expeditious return
requirement of paragraph (a) of this
section does not apply if—
(i) The depositary bank has not agreed
to accept electronic returns from the
paying bank under § 229.32(a);
(ii) The check is deposited in a
depositary bank that does not maintain
accounts;
(iii) A returning bank is unable to
identify the depositary bank with
respect to a check; or
(iv) The returning bank received the
returned check pursuant to paragraph
(b)(2) of this section or § 229.30(b)(2).
(2) If a returning bank is unable to
identify the depositary bank, the
returning bank may send the returned
check to any bank that handled the
check for forward collection, if the
returning bank was not a collecting bank
with respect to the returned check; or a
prior collecting bank, if the returning
bank was a collecting bank with respect
to the returned check. A returning bank
sending a returned check under this
paragraph (b)(2) to a bank that handled
the check for forward collection must
advise the bank to which the check is
sent that the returning bank is unable to
identify the depositary bank.fi
ø(b) Unidentifiable depositary bank.
A returning bank that is unable to
identify the depositary bank with
respect to a returned check may send
the returned check to—
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
(1) Any collecting bank that handled
the check for forward collection if the
returning bank was not a collecting bank
with respect to the returned check; or
(2) A prior collecting bank, if the
returning bank was a collecting bank
with respect to the returned check;
A returning bank sending a returned
check under this paragraph must advise
the bank to which the check is sent that
the returning bank is unable to identify
the depositary bank.
The expeditious return requirements
in paragraph (a) of this section do not
apply to return of a check under this
paragraph. A returning bank that
receives a returned check from a paying
bank under § 229.30(b), or from a
returning bank under this paragraph,
but that is able to identify the depositary
bank, must thereafter return the check
expeditiously to the depositary bank.¿
(c) Settlement. A returning bank shall
settle with a bank sending a returned
check to it for return by the same means
that it settles or would settle with the
sending bank for a check received for
forward collection drawn on the
depositary bank. This settlement is final
when made.
(d) Charges. A returning bank may
impose a charge flon a bank sending a
returned checkfi for handling the
returned check.
ø(e) Depositary bank without
accounts. The expeditious return
requirement[s] of paragraph (a) of this
section does not apply to checks
deposited with a depositary bank that
does not maintain accounts.¿
ø(f)¿fl(e)fi Notice in lieu of return. If
a check is unavailable for return, the
returning bank may send in its place a
copy of the front and back of the
returned check, or, if no copy is
available, a written notice of
nonpayment containing the information
specified in
ø§ 229.33(b)¿fl§ 229.30(e)(2)fi. The
copy or notice shall clearly state that it
constitutes a notice in lieu of return. A
notice in lieu of return is considered a
returned check subject to the
expeditious return requirements of this
section and to the other
ørequirements¿flprovisionsfi of this
subpart.
ø(g)¿fl(f)fi Reliance on routing
number. A returning bank may
øreturn¿flsendfi a returned check
based on any routing number
designating the depositary bank
appearing on the returned check in the
depositary bank’s indorsementfl,fi
øor¿ in magnetic ink on a qualified
returned checkfl, or in the electronic
image or information included in the
electronic returnfi.
17. Revise § 229.32 to read as follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16897
§ 229.32 Depositary bank’s responsibility
for returned checks.
fl(a) Acceptance of electronic
returns. (1) A depositary bank agrees to
accept an electronic return from a
paying bank if it has agreed to receive
the electronic return—
(i) Directly from the paying bank;
(ii) Directly from a returning bank that
has held itself out as willing to accept
electronic returns directly or indirectly
from the paying bank and has agreed to
return checks expeditiously under
§ 229.31(a); or
(iii) As otherwise agreed with the
paying bank.
(2) When electronic return received. A
depositary bank receives an electronic
return when the return is delivered to
the electronic return point designated
by the depositary bank or, by agreement,
otherwise is made available to the
depositary bank for retrieval or review.
(3) A depositary bank may require
that electronic returns be separated from
electronic collection items.fi
ø(a)¿fl(b)fi Acceptance of
flpaperfi returned checks. fl(1)fiA
depositary bank shall accept flpaperfi
returned checks øand written notices of
nonpayment¿.
ø(1)¿fl(i)fiAt a location fl, if any,fi
at which presentment of flpaperfi
checks for forward collection is
requested by the depositary bank; and
ø(2)(i)¿fl(ii)(A)fi At a branch, head
office, or other location consistent with
the name and address of the bank in its
indorsement on the check;
ø(ii)¿fl(B)fi If no address appears in
the indorsement, at a branch or head
office associated with the routing
number of the bank in its indorsement
on the check;
ø(iii) If the address in the indorsement
is not in the same check processing
region as the address associated with
the routing number of the bank in its
indorsement on the check, at a location
consistent with the address in the
indorsement and at a branch or head
office associated with the routing
number in the bank’s indorsement;¿ or
ø(iv)¿fl(C)fi If no routing number or
address appears in its indorsement on
the check, at any branch or head office
of the bank.
fl(2)fi A depositary bank may
require that returned checks be
separated from forward collection
checks.
ø(b)¿fl(c)fi Payment. fl(1)fi A
depositary bank shall pay the returning
flbankfi or paying bank returning the
check to it for the amount of the check
prior to the close of business on the
banking day on which it received the
check (‘‘payment date’’) by—
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16898
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
ø(1)¿fl(i)fi Debit to an account of the
depositary bank on the books of the
returning flbankfi or paying bank;
ø(2)¿fl(ii)fi Cash;
ø(3)¿fl(iii)fi Wire transfer; or
[(4)]fl(iv)fi Any other form of
payment acceptable to the returning
flbankfi or paying bankø;¿fl.fi
fl(2)fi [provided that t] flTfihe
proceeds of the payment øare¿ flmust
befi available to the returning
flbankfi or paying bank in cash or by
credit to an account of the returning
flbankfi or paying bank on or as of the
payment date. If the payment date is not
a banking day for the returning
flbankfi or paying bank or the
depositary bank is unable to make the
payment on the payment date, payment
shall be made by the next day that is a
banking day for the returning flbankfi
or paying bank. These payments are
final when made.
ø(c)¿fl(d)fi Misrouted returned
checks øand written notices of
nonpayment¿. If a bank receives a
returned check øor written notice of
nonpayment¿ on the basis that it is the
depositary bank, and the bank
determines that it is not the depositary
bank with respect to the check øor
notice¿, it shall either promptly send
the returned check øor notice¿ to the
depositary bank directly or by means of
a returning bank agreeing to handle the
returned check øexpeditiously under
§ 229.31(a)¿, or send the check øor
notice¿ back to the bank from which it
was received.
ø(d)¿fl(e)fi Charges. A depositary
bank may not impose flon the bank
returning the checkfi a charge for
accepting and paying checks being
returned to it.
fl(f) Notification to customer. If the
depositary bank receives a returned
check, it shall send or give notice to its
customer of the facts by midnight of the
banking day following the banking day
on which it received the returned check,
or within a longer reasonable time.fi
18. Revise § 229.33 to read as follows.
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
ߤ 229.33 Electronic collection items and
electronic returns.
(a) Checks under this subpart.
Electronic collection items and
electronic returns are subject to the
provisions of this subpart as if they were
checks or returned checks, unless
otherwise provided in this subpart.
(b) [Reserved]fi
19. Revise § 229.34 to read as follows:
§ 229.34
Warranties.
fl(a) Transfer and presentment
warranties with respect to an electronic
collection item or an electronic return.
(1) Each bank that transfers or presents
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
an electronic collection item or an
electronic return and receives a
settlement or other consideration for it
warrants that—
(i) The electronic image accurately
represents all of the information on the
front and back of the original check as
of the time that the original check was
truncated and the electronic information
contains an accurate record of all MICR
line information required for a
substitute check under § 229.2(rr) of this
part and the amount of the check, and
(ii) No person will receive a transfer,
presentment, or return of, or otherwise
be charged for, an electronic collection
item, an electronic return, the original
check, a substitute check, or a paper or
electronic representation of a substitute
check such that the person will be asked
to make payment based on a check it
has already paid.
(2) Each bank that transfers or
presents an electronic collection item
makes the warranties in paragraph (a)(1)
of this section to the transferee bank,
any subsequent collecting bank, the
paying bank, and the drawer; and
(3) Each bank that transfers an
electronic return makes the warranties
in paragraph (a)(1) of this section to the
transferee returning bank, any
subsequent returning bank, the
depositary bank, and the owner of the
check.fi
ø(b) Warranty of notice of
nonpayment. Each paying bank that
gives a notice of nonpayment warrants
to the transferee bank, to any
subsequent transferee bank, to the
depositary bank, and to the owner of the
check that—
(1) The paying bank, or in the case of
a check payable by a bank and payable
through another bank, the bank by
which the check is payable, returned or
will return the check within its deadline
under the U.C.C., Regulation J (12 CFR
part 210), or § 229.30(c) of this part;
(2) It is authorized to send the notice;
and
(3) The check has not been materially
altered.
These warranties are not made with
respect to checks drawn on a state or a
unit of general local government that are
not payable through or at a bank.¿
ø(c) Warranty of s¿fl(b) Sfiettlement
amount, encoding, and offset
flwarranties for all itemsfi. (1) Each
bank that presents one or more checks
to a paying bank and in return receives
a settlement or other consideration
warrants to the paying bank that the
total amount of the checks presented is
equal to the total amount of the
settlement demanded by the presenting
bank from the paying bank.
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(2) Each bank that transfers one or
more checks or returned checks to a
collecting flbankfi, returning
flbankfi, or depositary bank and in
return receives a settlement or other
consideration warrants to the transferee
bank that the accompanying
information, if any, accurately indicates
the total amount of the checks or
returned checks transferred.
(3) Each bank that presents or
transfers a check or returned check
warrants to any bank that subsequently
handles it that, at the time of
presentment or transfer, the information
encoded after issue in magnetic ink flor
as electronic informationfi on the
check or returned check is
øcorrect¿flaccuratefi. For purposes of
this paragraph, the information encoded
after issue on the check or returned
check includes any information placed
in the MICR line of a substitute check
fl or in the electronic information of an
electronic collection item or electronic
returnfiøthat represents that check or
returned check¿.
(4) If a bank settles with another bank
for checks presented, or for returned
checks for which it is the depositary
bank, in amount exceeding the total
amount of the checks, the settling bank
may set off the excess settlement
amount against subsequent settlements
for checks presented, or for returned
checks for which it is the depositary
bank, that it receives from the other
bank.
ø(d)¿fl(c)fi Transfer and
presentment warranties with respect to
a remotely created check. (1) A bank
that transfers or presents a remotely
created check and receives a settlement
or other consideration warrants to the
transferee bank, any subsequent
collecting bank, and the paying bank
that the person on whose account the
remotely created check is drawn
authorized the issuance of the check in
the amount stated on the check and to
the payee stated on the check. For
purposes of this paragraph (d)(1),
‘‘account’’ includes an account as
defined in § 229.2(a) as well as a credit
or other arrangement that allows a
person to draw checks that are payable
by, through, or at a bank.
(2) If a paying bank asserts a claim for
breach of warranty under paragraph
(d)(1) of this section, the warranting
bank may defend by proving that the
customer of the paying bank is
precluded under U.C.C. 4–406, as
applicable, from asserting against the
paying bank the unauthorized issuance
of the check.
ø(a) Warranties¿fl(d) Warranty of
returned checkfi. fl(1)fiEach paying
bank or returning bank that transfers a
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
returned check and receives a
settlement or other consideration for it
warrants to the transferee returning
bank, to any subsequent returning bank,
to the depositary bank, and to the owner
of the check, that—
ø(1)¿fl(i)fiThe paying bank, or in
the case of a check payable by a bank
and payable through another bank, the
bank by which the check is payable,
returned the check within its deadline
under the U.C.C. [, or Regulation J (12
CFR part 210),] or § 229.30(c) [of this
part];
ø(2)¿fl(ii)fi It is authorized to return
the check;
ø(3)¿fl(iii)fi The check has not been
materially altered; and
ø(4)¿fl(iv)fi In the case of a notice in
lieu of return, the [original] check has
not and will not be returned.
fl(2)fi These warranties are not
made with respect to checks drawn on
the Treasury of the United States, U.S.
Postal Service money orders, or checks
drawn on a state or a unit of general
local government that are not payable
through or at a bank.
fl(e) Electronic image and
information transferred as an electronic
collection item or electronic return. A
bank that transfers or presents an
electronic image and related electronic
information as if it were an electronic
collection item or electronic return
makes the warranties in this section as
if the image and information were an
electronic collection item or electronic
return.fi
ø(e)¿fl(f)fi Damages. Damages for
breach of these warranties shall not
exceed the consideration received by
the bank that presents or transfers a
check or returned check, plus interest
compensation and expenses related to
the check or returned check, if any.
ø(f)¿fl(g)fi Tender of defense. If a
bank is sued for breach of a warranty
under this section, it may give a prior
bank in the collection or return chain
written notice of the litigation, and the
bank notified may then give similar
notice to any other prior bank. If the
notice states that the bank notified may
come in and defend and that failure to
do so will bind the bank notified in an
action later brought by the bank giving
the notice as to any determination of
fact common to the two litigations, the
bank notified is so bound unless after
seasonable receipt of the notice the bank
notified does come in and defend.
ø(g)¿fl(h)fi Notice of claim. Unless a
claimant gives notice of a claim for
breach of warranty under this section to
the bank that made the warranty within
30 days after the claimant has reason to
know of the breach and the identity of
the warranting bank, the warranting
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
bank is discharged to the extent of any
loss caused by the delay in giving notice
of the claim.
23. In § 229.35, paragraph (b) is
revised to read as follows:
§ 229.35
Indorsements.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Liability of bank handling check.
A bank that handles a check for forward
collection or return is liable to any bank
that subsequently handles the check to
the extent that the subsequent bank does
not receive payment for the check
because of suspension of payments by
another bank or otherwise. This
paragraph applies whether or not a bank
has øplaced its indorsement
on¿flindorsedfi the check. This
liability is not affected by the failure of
any bank to exercise ordinary care, but
any bank failing to do so remains liable.
A bank seeking recovery against a prior
bank shall send notice to that prior bank
reasonably promptly after it learns the
facts entitling it to recover. A bank may
recover from the bank with which it
settled for the check by revoking the
settlement, charging back any credit
given to an account, or obtaining a
refund. A bank may have the rights of
a holder with respect to each check it
handles.
*
*
*
*
*
24. Revise § 229.36 to read as follows:
§ 229.36
checks.
Presentment [and issuance] of
ø(a) Payable through and payable at
checks. A check payable at or through
a paying bank is considered to be drawn
on that bank for purposes of the
expeditious return and notice of
nonpayment requirements of this
subpart¿.
ø(b)¿fl(a)fi øReceipt at bank office
or processing center¿flReceipt of
electronic collection items. (1) A paying
bank agrees to receive an electronic
collection item from a presenting bank
if it has agreed to receive the electronic
collection item—
(i) Directly from the presenting bank;
or
(ii) As otherwise agreed with the
presenting bank.
(2) When electronic collection item
received. A bank receives an electronic
collection item when the item is
delivered to the electronic presentment
point designated by the bank or, by
agreement, otherwise is made available
to the bank for retrieval or review.
(3) A paying bank may require that
electronic collection items be separated
from electronic returns.fi
fl(b) Receipt of paper checks. (1)fi A
check flin paper formfi is considered
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16899
received by the paying bank when it is
received:
ø(1)¿fl(i)fi At a location to which
delivery is requested by the paying
bank;
ø(4)¿fl(ii)fi At a branch, head office,
or other location consistent with the
name and address of the bank on the
check if the bank is identified on the
check by name and addressfl;fi
ø(2)¿fl(iii)fi At an address of the
bank associated with the routing
number on the check, whether in
magnetic ink or in fractional formfl, or
in the electronic image of or electronic
information related to the checkfi; or
ø(3)¿fl(iv)fi At any branch or head
office, if the bank is identified on the
check by name without address.
fl(2) A paying bank may require that
forward collection checks be separated
from returned checks.fi
ø(c) Reserved¿
ø(d)¿fl(c)fi Liability of bank during
forward collection. Settlements between
banks for the forward collection of a
check are final when made; however, a
collecting bank handling a check for
forward collection may be liable to a
prior collecting bank, including the
depositary bank, and the depositary
bank’s customer.
ø(e) Issuance of payable-through
checks. (1) A bank that arranges for
checks payable by it to be payable
through another bank shall require that
the following information be printed
conspicuously on the face of each
check:
(i) The name, location, and first four
digits of the nine-digit routing number
of the bank by which the check is
payable; and
(ii) The words ‘‘payable through’’
followed by the name of the payablethrough bank.
(2) A bank is responsible for damages
under § 229.38 to the extent that a check
payable by it and not payable through
another bank is labeled as provided in
this section.¿
ø(f)¿fl(d)fi Same-day settlement. (1)
A check is considered presented, and a
paying bank must settle for or return the
check pursuant to paragraph
ø(f)(2)¿fl(d)(3)fi of this section, iffl,fi
øa presenting bank delivers the check¿
in accordance with reasonable delivery
requirements established by the paying
bankfl, a presenting bank delivers the
checkfi and demands payment under
this paragraph ø(f)¿fl(d)fi —
(i) fl(A) As an electronic collection
item to the electronic presentment point
designated by the paying bank, if the
paying bank agrees to receive electronic
collection items from the presenting
bank under § 229.36(a); orfi
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16900
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
fl(B)fi At a location designated by
the paying bank for receipt of checks
under this paragraph ø(f)¿fl(d)fi øthat
is in the check processing region
consistent with the routing number
encoded in magnetic ink on the check
and¿ at which the paying bank would
be considered to have received the
check under paragraph (b)fl(1)fi of
this section or, if no location is
designated, at any location described in
paragraph (b)fl(1)fi of this section; and
(ii) By 8 a.m. on a business day (local
time of the location described in
paragraph [(f)(1)(i)]fl(d)(1)(i)fi of this
section).
fl(2) A paying bank may require that
checks presented under paragraph (d)(1)
for settlement pursuant to paragraph
(d)(3) of this section be presented as
electronic collection items and be
presented electronically to a designated
electronic presentment point.fi
øA paying bank may require that
checks presented for settlement
pursuant to this paragraph (f)(1) be
separated from other forward-collection
checks or returned checks.¿
ø(2)¿fl(3)fi If presentment of a check
meets the requirements of paragraph
ø(f)(1)¿fl(d)(1)fi of this section, the
paying bank is accountable to the
presenting bank for the amount of the
check unless, by the close of Fedwire on
the business day it receives the check,
it either:
(i) Settles with the presenting bank for
the amount of the check by credit to an
account at a Federal Reserve Bank
designated by the presenting bank; or
(ii) Returns the check.
ø(3)¿fl(4)fi Notwithstanding
paragraph ø(f)(2)¿fl(d)(3)fi of this
section, if a paying bank closes on a
business day and receives presentment
of a check on that day in accordance
with paragraph [(f)(1)]fl(d)(1)fi of this
section, the paying bank is accountable
to the presenting bank for the amount of
the check unless, by the close of
Fedwire on its next banking day, it
either:
(i) Settles with the presenting bank for
the amount of the check by credit to an
account at a Federal Reserve Bank
designated by the presenting bank; or
(ii) Returns the check.
fl(5)fi If the closing flin paragraph
(d)(4)fi is voluntary, unless the paying
bank settles for or returns the check in
accordance with paragraph
ø(f)(2)¿fl(d)(3)fi of this section, it shall
pay interest compensation to the
presenting bank for each day after the
business day on which the check was
presented until the paying bank settles
for the check, including the day of
settlement.
25. Revise § 229.38 to read as follows:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
§ 229.38
Liability.
(a) Standard of care; liability; measure
of damages. A bank shall exercise
ordinary care and act in good faith in
complying with the requirements of this
subpart. A bank that fails to exercise
ordinary care or act in good faith under
this subpart may be liable to the
depositary bank, the depositary bank’s
customer, the owner of a check, or
another party to the check. The measure
of damages for failure to exercise
ordinary care is the amount of the loss
incurred, up to the amount of the check,
reduced by the amount of the loss that
party would have incurred even if the
bank had exercised ordinary care. A
bank that fails to act in good faith under
this subpart may be liable for other
damages, if any, suffered by the party as
a proximate consequence. Subject to a
bank’s duty to exercise ordinary care or
act in good faith in choosing the means
of return øor notice of nonpayment¿, the
bank is not liable for the insolvency,
neglect, misconduct, mistake, or default
of another bank or person, or for loss or
destruction of a check øor notice of
nonpayment¿ in transit or in the
possession of others. This section does
not affect a paying bank’s liability to its
customer under the U.C.C. or other law.
(b) Paying bank’s failure to make
timely return. If a paying bank fails both
to comply with § 229.30(a) and to
comply with the deadline for return
under the U.C.C., Regulation J (12 CFR
part 210), or § 229.30(c) in connection
with a single nonpayment of a check,
the paying bank shall be liable under
either § 229.30(a) or such other
provision, but not both.
(c) Comparative negligence. If a
person, including a bank, fails to
exercise ordinary care or act in good
faith under this subpart in indorsing a
check (§ 229.35), accepting a returned
check øor notice of nonpayment¿
(§§ 229.32(a) and ø229.33(c)¿fl(b)fi),
or otherwise, the damages incurred by
that person under § 229.38(a) shall be
diminished in proportion to the amount
of negligence or bad faith attributable to
that person.
(d) Responsibility for certain aspects
of checks—(1) A paying bank, or in the
case of a check payable through the
paying bank and payable by another
bank, the bank by which the check is
payable, is responsible for damages
under paragraph (a) of this section to the
extent that the condition of the check
when issued by it or its customer
adversely affects the ability of a bank to
indorse the check legibly in accordance
with § 229.35. A depositary bank is
responsible for damages under
paragraph (a) of this section to the
extent that the condition of the back of
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
a check arising after the issuance of the
check and prior to acceptance of the
check by it adversely affects the ability
of a bank to indorse the check legibly in
accordance with § 229.35. A
reconverting bank is responsible for
damages under paragraph (a) of this
section to the extent that the condition
of the back of a substitute check
transferred, presented, or returned by
it—
(i) Adversely affects the ability of a
subsequent bank to indorse the check
legibly in accordance with § 229.35; or
(ii) Causes an indorsement that
previously was applied in accordance
with § 229.35 to become illegible.
øNote:¿fl(2)fi Responsibility under
this paragraph (d) shall be treated as
negligence of the paying bank,
depositary bank, or reconverting bank
for purposes of paragraph (c) of this
section.
ø(2) Responsibility for payable
through checks. In the case of a check
that is payable by a bank and payable
through a paying bank located in a
different check processing region than
the bank by which the check is payable,
the bank by which the check is payable
is responsible for damages under
paragraph (a) of this section, to the
extent that the check is not returned to
the depositary bank through the payable
through bank as quickly as the check
would have been required to be
returned under § 229.30(a) had the bank
by which the check is payable—
(i) Received the check as paying bank
on the day the payable through bank
received the check; and
(ii) Returned the check as paying bank
in accordance with § 229.30(a)(1).
Responsibility under this paragraph
shall be treated as negligence of the
bank by which the check is payable for
purposes of paragraph (c) of this
section.¿
(e) Timeliness of action. If a bank is
delayed in acting beyond the time limits
set forth in this subpart because of
interruption of communication or
computer facilities, suspension of
payments by a bank, war, emergency
conditions, failure of equipment, or
other circumstances beyond its control,
its time for acting is extended for the
time necessary to complete the action, if
it exercises such diligence as the
circumstances require.
(f) Exclusion. Section 229.21 of this
part and section 611 (a), (b), and (c) of
the EFA Act (12 U.S.C. 4010 (a), (b), and
(c)) do not apply to this subpart.
(g) Jurisdiction. Any action under this
subpart may be brought in any United
States district court, or in any other
court of competent jurisdiction, and
shall be brought within one year after
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
the date of the occurrence of the
violation involved.
(h) Reliance on Board rulings. No
provision of this subpart imposing any
liability shall apply to any act done or
omitted in good faith in conformity with
any rule, regulation, or interpretation
thereof by the Board, regardless of
whether the rule, regulation, or
interpretation is amended, rescinded, or
determined by judicial or other
authority to be invalid for any reason
after the act or omission has occurred.
26. In § 229.39, revise paragraph (c) to
read as follows:
§ 229.39
Insolvency of bank.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Preference against collecting,
paying, or returning bank. If a
collecting, paying, or returning bank
receives settlement from a subsequent
bank for a check or returned check,
which settlement is or becomes final,
and suspends payments without making
a settlement for the check with the prior
bank, which is or becomes final, the
prior bank has a preferred claim against
the collecting flbankfi or returning
bank.
*
*
*
*
*
27. Revise § 229.40 to read as follows:
§ 229.40
Effect of merger transaction.
ø(a) In general.¿ For purposes of this
subpart, two or more banks that have
engaged in a merger transaction may be
considered to be separate banks for a
period of one year following the
consummation of the merger
transaction.
ø(b) Merger transactions on or after
July 1, 1998, and before March 1, 2000.
If banks have consummated a merger
transaction on or after July 1, 1998, and
before March 1, 2000, the merged banks
may be considered separate banks until
March 1, 2001.¿
28. Revise § 229.41 to read as follows:
§ 229.41
Relation to [S]flsfitate law.
The provisions of this subpart
supersede any inconsistent provisions
of the U.C.C. as adopted in any state, or
of any other state law, but only to the
extent of the inconsistency.
29. Revise § 229.42 to read as follows:
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 229.42
Exclusions.
The expeditious-return (§§ 229.30(a)
and 229.31(a))ø, notice-of-nonpayment
(§ 229.33),¿ and same-day settlement
ø(§ 229.36(f))¿fl(§ 229.36(d))fi
requirements of this subpart do not
apply to a check drawn upon the United
States Treasury, to a U.S. Postal Service
money order, or to a check drawn on a
state or a unit of general local
government that is not payable through
or at a bank.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
30. Revise § 229.43 to read as follows:
§ 229.43 Checks payable in Guam,
American Samoa, and the Northern Mariana
Islands.
(a) Definitions. The definitions in
§ 229.2 apply to this section, unless
otherwise noted. In addition, for the
purposes of this section—
(1) Pacific island bank means an
office of an institution that would be a
bank as defined in § 229.2(e) but for the
fact that the office is located in Guam,
American Samoa, or the Northern
Mariana Islands;
(2) Pacific island check means a
demand draft drawn on or payable
through or at a Pacific island bank,
which is not a check as defined in
§ 229.2(k).
(b) Rules applicable to Pacific island
checks. To the extent a bank handles a
Pacific island check as if it were a check
defined in § 229.2(k), the bank is subject
to the following sections of this part
(and the word ‘‘check’’ in each such
section is construed to include a Pacific
island check)—
(1) § 229.31, except that the returning
bank is not subject to the requirement to
return a Pacific island check in an
expeditious manner;
(2) § 229.32;
(3) § 229.34 fl(a), (b),fi (c)(2), (c)(3),
(d), [ø(e), and¿ (f)fl, and (g)fi;
(4) § 229.35; for purposes of
§ 229.35(c), the Pacific island bank is
deemed to be a bank;
(5) ø[§ 229.36(d)¿]fl§ 229.36(b)fi;
(6) § 229.37;
(7) § 229.38(a) and (c) through (h);
(8) § 229.39(a), (b), (c) and (e); and
(9) §§ 229.40 through 229.42.
Subpart D—Substitute Checks
31. In § 229.52, revise paragraph (a) to
read as follows:
§ 229.52
Substitute check warranties.
(a) Content and provision of substitute
check warranties. fl(1)fi A bank that
transfers, presents, or returns a
substitute check (or a paper or
electronic representation of a substitute
check) for which it receives
consideration warrants to the parties
listed in paragraph (b) of this section
that—
[1] (i) The substitute check meets the
requirements for legal equivalence
described in § 229.51(a)(1)–(2); and
[2] (ii) No depositary bank, drawee,
drawer, or indorser will receive
presentment or return of, or otherwise
be charged for, the substitute check, the
original check, or a paper or electronic
representation of the substitute check or
original check such that that person will
be asked to make a payment based on
a check that it already has paid.
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16901
fl(2) A bank that rejects a check
submitted for deposit and returns to its
customer a substitute check (or a paper
or electronic representation of a
substitute check) makes the warranties
described in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section regardless of whether the bank
received consideration.fi
*
*
*
*
*
32. In § 229.53, revise paragraph (a) to
read as follows:
§ 229.53
Substitute check indemnity.
(a) Scope of indemnity. fl(1)fi A
bank that transfers, presents, or returns
a substitute check or a paper or
electronic representation of a substitute
check for which it receives
consideration shall indemnify the
recipient and any subsequent recipient
(including a collecting or returning
bank, the depositary bank, the drawer,
the drawee, the payee, the depositor,
and any indorser) for any loss incurred
by any recipient of a substitute check if
that loss occurred due to the receipt of
a substitute check instead of the original
check.
fl(2) A bank that rejects a check
submitted for deposit and returns to its
customer a substitute check (or a paper
or electronic representation of a
substitute check) shall indemnify the
recipient as described in paragraph
(a)(1) of this section regardless of
whether the bank received
consideration.fi
*
*
*
*
*
33. Revise Appendix A to Part 229 to
read as follows:
Appendix A to Part 229—Routing
Number Guide to Next-Day-Availability
Checks [and Local Checks]
øA. Each bank is assigned a routing
number by an agent of the American Bankers
Association. The routing number takes two
forms: a fractional form and a nine-digit
form. A paying bank generally is identified
on the face of a check by its routing number
in both the fractional form (which generally
appears in the upper right-hand corner of the
check) and the nine-digit form (which is
printed in magnetic ink along the bottom of
the check). Where a check is payable by one
bank but payable through another bank, the
routing number appearing on the check is
that of the payable-through bank, not the
payor bank.
B. The first four digits of the nine-digit
routing number (and the denominator of the
fractional routing number) form the ‘‘Federal
Reserve routing symbol,’’ and the first two
digits of the routing number identify the
Federal Reserve District in which the bank is
located. Thus, 01 will be the first two digits
of the routing number of a bank in the First
Federal Reserve District (Boston), and 12 will
be the first two digits of the routing number
of a bank in the Twelfth District (San
Francisco). Adding 2 to the first digit denotes
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16902
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
a thrift institution. Thus, 21 identifies a thrift
in the First District, and 32 denotes a thrift
in the Twelfth District.
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Fourth Federal Reserve District
Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland
Head Office
1 0110
0111
0112
0113
0114
0115
0116
0117
0118
0119
0210
0211
0212
0213
0214
0420
0421
0422
0423
0430
0432
0433
0434
0440
0521
0522
0530
0531
0532
0539
0540
0550
0560
0570
0610
0611
0612
0613
0620
0621
0622
0630
0631
0632
0640
0641
0642
0815
0819
0820
0829
0830
0839
0840
0841
0842
0843
0863
0865
0910
0911
0912
0913
0914
0915
0918
0919
0920
0921
VerDate Mar<15>2010
0215
0216
0219
0220
0223
0260
0280
0310
0311
0312
0313
0319
0360
0410
0412
0441
0442
0510
0514
0515
0519
0520
...................................
0650
0651
0652
0653
0654
0655
0660
0670
0710
0711
0712
0719
0720
0724
0730
0739
0740
0749
0750
0759
0810
0812
0813
0960
1010
1011
1012
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1030
1031
1039
1040
1041
1049
1070
1110
1111
1113
1119
1120
1122
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
0929
1130
1131
1140
1149
1163
1210
1211
1212
1213
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1230
1231
1232
1233
1240
1241
1242
1243
1250
2310
2311
2312
2313
2319
2360
2410
2412
2420
2421
2422
2423
2430
2432
2433
2434
2440
2441
2442
2510
2514
2515
2519
2642
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2660
2670
2710
2711
2712
2719
2720
2724
2730
2739
2740
2749
2750
2759
2810
2812
2929
2960
3010
3011
3012
3019
Frm 00042
1123
1251
1252
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2219
2220
2223
2260
2280
2520
2521
2522
2530
2531
2532
2539
2540
2550
2560
2570
2610
2611
2612
2613
2620
2621
2622
2630
2631
2632
2640
2641
2813
2815
2819
2820
2829
2830
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2863
2865
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2918
2919
2920
2921
3123
3130
3131
3140
3149
3163
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
3020
3210
3021
3211
3022
3212
3023
3213
3030
3220
3031
3221
3039
3222
3040
3223
3041
3224
3049
3230
3070
3231
3110
3232
3111
3233
3113
3240
3119
3241
3120
3242
3122
3243
3250
3252
3251
1 The first two digits identify the bank’s
Federal Reserve District. For example, 01
identifies the First Federal Reserve District
(Boston), and 12 identifies the Twelfth District (San Francisco). Adding 2 to the first
digit denotes a thrift institution. For example, 21 identifies a thrift in the First District,
and 32 denotes a thrift in the Twelfth
District.¿
Federal Reserve Banks
0110 0001 5
0539 0008 9
0111 0048 1
0610 0014 6
0210 0120 8
0620 0019 0
0212 0400 5
0630 0019 9
0213 0500 1
0640 0010 1
0220 0026 6
0650 0021 0
0310 0004 0
0660 0010 9
0410 0001 4
0710 0030 1
0420 0043 7
ø0711 0711 0¿
0430 0030 0
0720 0029 0
0440 0050 3
0730 0033 8
0510 0003 3
ø0740 0020 1¿
0519 0002 3
...................................
0520 0027 8
ø0750 0012 9¿
0530 0020 6
0810 0004 5
0820 0013 8
1120 0001 1
0830 0059 3
1130 0004 9
0840 0003 9
1140 0072 1
0910 0008 0
1210 0037 4
0920 0026 7
1220 0016 6
1010 0004 8
1230 0001 3
1020 0019 9
1240 0031 3
1030 0024 0
1250 0001 1
1040 0012 6
1110 0003 8
Federal Home Loan Banks
0110 0053 6
0740 0101 9
0212 0639 1
ø0810 0091 9¿
0260 0973 9
ø0910 0091 2¿
0410 0291 5
ø1010 0091 2¿
0420 0091 6
1011 0194 7
0430 0143 5
1110 1083 7
ø0430 1862 2¿
1119 1083 0
0610 0876 6
1210 0070 1
0710 0450 1
1240 0287 4
0730 0091 4
1250 0050 3
flU.S. Treasury
0000 0051 8
Checks and Postal
Money Orders
Postal Money Orders
U.S. Treasury Checks
0000 0119 3
0000 0050 5
0000 0800 2fi
34. Revise Appendix C to Part 229 to
read as follows:
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
Appendix C to Part 229—Model
Availability-Policy Disclosures,
Clauses, and Notices; Model SubstituteCheck-Policy Disclosure and Notices
This appendix contains model availabilitypolicy and substitute-check-policy
disclosures, clauses, and notices to facilitate
compliance with the disclosure and notice
requirements of Regulation CC (12 CFR part
229). Although use of these models is not
required, banks using them properly (with
the exception of models C–22 through C–25)
to make disclosures required by Regulation
CC are deemed to be in compliance.
Model Disclosures
C–1 Next-day availability
C–2 Next-day availability and section
229.13 exceptions
C–3flAfi Next-day availability, case-bycase holds to statutory limits flwithout
cash-withdrawal limitationfi, and
section 229.13 exceptions
flC–3B Next-day availability, case-by-case
holds to statutory limits with cashwithdrawal limitation, and section
229.13 exceptionsfi
C–4flAfi Holds to statutory limits on all
deposits ø(includes chart)¿ flwithout
cash-withdrawal limitationfi
C–ø5¿fl4Bfi Holds to statutory limits on
all deposits flwith cash-withdrawal
limitationfi
C–5øA¿ Substitute-Check-Policy Disclosure
Model
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Model Clauses
øC–6 Holds on other funds (check cashing)¿
øC–7 Holds on other funds (other account)¿
øC–8 Appendix B availability (nonlocal
checks)¿
C–ø9¿fl6fi Automated teller machine
deposits (extended hold)
øC–10 Cash-withdrawal limitation¿
C–ø11¿fl7fi Credit union interest-payment
policy
C–ø11A¿fl8fi Availability of funds
deposited at other locations
Model Notices
C–ø12¿fl9fi Exception flor reasonablecausefi hold notice
øC–13 Reasonable-cause hold notice¿
C–ø14¿fl10fi One-time notice for largedeposit and redeposited-check exception
holds
C–ø15¿fl11fi One-time notice for
repeated-overdraft exception holds
C–ø16¿fl12Afi Case-by-case hold notice
flwithout cash-withdrawal limitation
C–16øB¿fl12Bfi Case-by-case hold notice
with cash-withdrawal limitationfi
C–ø17¿fl13fi Notice at locations where
employees accept consumer deposits
C–ø18¿fl14fi Notice at locations where
employees accept consumer deposits
(case-by-case holds)
C–ø19¿fl15fi Notice at automated teller
machines
C–ø20¿fl16fi Notice at automated teller
machines (delayed receipt)
C–ø21¿fl17fi Deposit-slip notice
C–ø22¿fl18fi Expedited-Recredit Claim,
Valid-Claim Refund Notice
C–ø23¿fl19fi Expedited-Recredit Claim,
Provisional-Refund Notice
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
C–ø24¿fl20fi Expedited-Recredit Claim,
Denial Notice
C–ø25¿fl21fi Expedited-Recredit Claim,
Reversal Notice
øC–1 Next-Day Availability
YOUR ABILITY TO WITHDRAW FUNDS
Our policy is to make funds from your cash
and check deposits available to you on the
first business day after the day we receive
your deposit. Electronic direct deposits will
be available on the day we receive the
deposit. Once the funds are available, you
can withdraw them in cash and we will use
them to pay checks that you have written.
For determining the availability of your
deposits, every day is a business day, except
Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays. If
you make a deposit before (time of day) on
a business day that we are open, we will
consider that day to be the day of your
deposit. However, if you make a deposit after
(time of day) or on a day we are not open,
we will consider that the deposit was made
on the next business day we are open.
C–2—Next-Day Availability and Section
229.13 Exceptions
YOUR ABILITY TO WITHDRAW FUNDS
Our policy is to make funds from your cash
and check deposits available to you on the
first business day after the day we receive
your deposit. Electronic direct deposits will
be available on the day we receive the
deposit. Once they are available, you can
withdraw the funds in cash and we will use
the funds to pay checks that you have
written.
For determining the availability of your
deposits, every day is a business day, except
Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays. If
you make a deposit before (time of day) on
a business day that we are open, we will
consider that day to be the day of your
deposit. However, if you make a deposit after
(time of day) or on a day we are not open,
we will consider that the deposit was made
on the next business day we are open.
Longer Delays May Apply
Funds you deposit by check may be
delayed for a longer period under the
following circumstances:
• We believe a check you deposit will not
be paid.
• You deposit checks totaling more than
$5,000 on any one day.
• You redeposit a check that has been
returned unpaid.
• You have overdrawn your account
repeatedly in the last six months.
• There is an emergency, such as failure of
computer or communications equipment.
We will notify you if we delay your ability
to withdraw funds for any of these reasons,
and we will tell you when the funds will be
available. They will generally be available no
later than the (number) business day after the
day of your deposit.
Special Rules for New Accounts
If you are a new customer, the following
special rules will apply during the first 30
days your account is open.
Funds from electronic direct deposits to
your account will be available on the day we
receive the deposit. Funds from deposits of
cash, wire transfers, and the first $5,000 of
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16903
a day’s total deposits of cashier’s, certified,
teller’s, traveler’s, and federal, state and local
government checks will be available on the
first business day after the day of your
deposit if the deposit meets certain
conditions. For example, the checks must be
payable to you (and you may have to use a
special deposit slip). The excess over $5,000
will be available on the ninth business day
after the day of your deposit. If your deposit
of these checks (other than a U.S. Treasury
check) is not made in person to one of our
employees, the first $5,000 will not be
available until the second business day after
the day of your deposit.
Funds from all other check deposits will be
available on the (number) business day after
the day of your deposit.
C–3—Next-Day Availability, Case-by-Case
Holds to Statutory Limits, and Section 229.13
Exceptions
YOUR ABILITY TO WITHDRAW FUNDS
Our policy is to make funds from your cash
and check deposits available to you on the
first business day after the day we receive
your deposit. Electronic direct deposits will
be available on the day we receive the
deposit. Once they are available, you can
withdraw the funds in cash and we will use
the funds to pay checks that you have
written. For determining the availability of
your deposits, every day is a business day,
except Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal
holidays. If you make a deposit before (time
of day) on a business day that we are open,
we will consider that day to be the day of
your deposit. However, if you make a deposit
after (time of day) or on a day we are not
open, we will consider that the deposit was
made on the next business day we are open.
Longer Delays May Apply
In some cases, we will not make all of the
funds that you deposit by check available to
you on the first business day after the day of
your deposit. Depending on the type of check
that you deposit, funds may not be available
until the fifth business day after the day of
your deposit. The first $100 of your deposits,
however, will be available on the first
business day.
If we are not going to make all of the funds
from your deposit available on the first
business day, we will notify you at the time
you make your deposit. We will also tell you
when the funds will be available. If your
deposit is not made directly to one of our
employees, or if we decide to take this action
after you have left the premises, we will mail
you the notice by the day after we receive
your deposit. If you will need the funds from
a deposit right away, you should ask us when
the funds will be available.
In addition, funds you deposit by check
may be delayed for a longer period under the
following circumstances:
• We believe a check you deposit will not
be paid.
• You deposit checks totaling more than
$5,000 on any one day.
• You redeposit a check that has been
returned unpaid.
• You have overdrawn your account
repeatedly in the last six months.
• There is an emergency, such as failure of
computer or communications equipment.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16904
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
We will notify you if we delay your ability
to withdraw funds for any of these reasons,
and we will tell you when the funds will be
available. They will generally be available no
later than the (number) business day after the
day of your deposit.
Special Rules for New Accounts
Other Check Deposits
To find out when funds from other check
deposits will be available, look at the first
four digits of the routing number on the
check:
EP25MR11.001
YOUR ABILITY TO WITHDRAW FUNDS
Our policy is to delay the availability of
funds from your cash and check deposits.
During the delay, you may not withdraw the
funds in cash and we will not use the funds
to pay checks that you have written.
Determining the Availability of a Deposit
The length of the delay is counted in
business days from the day of your deposit.
Every day is a business day except Saturdays,
Sundays, and federal holidays. If you make
a deposit before (time of day) on a business
day that we are open, we will consider that
day to be the day of your deposit. However,
if you make a deposit after (time of day) or
on a day we are not open, we will consider
that the deposit was made on the next
business day we are open.
The length of the delay varies depending
on the type of deposit and is explained
below.
Same-Day Availability
Funds from electronic direct deposits to
your account will be available on the day we
receive the deposit.
Next-Day Availability
Funds from the following deposits are
available on the first business day after the
day of your deposit:
• U.S. Treasury checks that are payable to
you
• Wire transfers
• Checks drawn on (bank name) [unless
(any limitations related to branches in
different states or check-processing regions)]
If you make the deposit in person to one
of our employees, funds from the following
deposits are also available on the first
business day after the day of your deposit:
• Cash
• State and local government checks that
are payable to you [if you use a special
deposit slip available from (where deposit
slip may be obtained)]
• Cashier’s, certified, and teller’s checks
that are payable to you [if you use a special
deposit slip available from (where deposit
slip may be obtained)]
• Federal Reserve Bank checks, Federal
Home Loan Bank checks, and postal money
orders, if these items are payable to you
If you do not make your deposit in person
to one of our employees (for example, if you
mail the deposit), funds from these deposits
will be available on the second business day
after the day we receive your deposit.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
EP25MR11.000
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
If you are a new customer, the following
special rules will apply during the first 30
days your account is open.
Funds from electronic direct deposits to
your account will be available on the day we
receive the deposit. Funds from deposits of
cash, wire transfers, and the first $5,000 of
a day’s total deposits of cashier’s, certified,
teller’s, traveler’s, and federal, state and local
government checks will be available on the
first business day after the day of your
deposit if the deposit meets certain
conditions. For example, the checks must be
payable to you (and you may have to use a
special deposit slip). The excess over $5,000
will be available on the ninth business day
after the day of your deposit. If your deposit
of these checks (other than a U.S. Treasury
check) is not made in person to one of our
employees, the first $5,000 will not be
available until the second business day after
the day of your deposit. Funds from all other
check deposits will be available on the
(number) business day after the day of your
deposit.
C–4—Holds to Statutory Limits on All
Deposits (Includes Chart)
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
16905
bottom of the check, to determine if these
checks are local or nonlocal. Once you have
determined the first four digits of the routing
number (1234 in the examples above), the
chart below will show you when funds from
the check will be available. If you deposit
both categories of checks, $100 from the
checks will be available on the first business
day after the day of your deposit, not $100
from each category of check.
Longer Delays May Apply
Funds you deposit by check may be
delayed for a longer period under the
following circumstances:
• We believe a check you deposit will not
be paid.
• You deposit checks totaling more than
$5,000 on any one day.
• You redeposit a check that has been
returned unpaid.
• You have overdrawn your account
repeatedly in the last six months.
• There is an emergency, such as failure of
computer or communications equipment.
We will notify you if we delay your ability
to withdraw funds for any of these reasons,
and we will tell you when the funds will be
available. They will generally be available no
later than the (number) business day after the
day of your deposit.
Special Rules for New Accounts
If you are a new customer, the following
special rules will apply during the first 30
days your account is open.
Funds from electronic direct deposits to
your account will be available on the day we
receive the deposit. Funds from deposits of
cash, wire transfers, and the first $5,000 of
a day’s total deposits of cashier’s, certified,
teller’s, traveler’s, and federal, state and local
government checks will be available on the
first business day after the day of your
deposit if the deposit meets certain
conditions. For example, the checks must be
payable to you (and you may have to use a
special deposit slip). The excess over $5,000
will be available on the ninth business day
after the day of your deposit. If your deposit
of these checks (other than a U.S. Treasury
check) is not made in person to one of our
employees, the first $5,000 will not be
available until the second business day after
the day of your deposit. Funds from all other
check deposits will be available on the
(number) business day after the day of your
deposit.
Next-Day Availability
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
C–5—Holds to Statutory Limits on All
Deposits
YOUR ABILITY TO WITHDRAW FUNDS
Our policy is to delay the availability of
funds from your cash and check deposits.
During the delay, you may not withdraw the
funds in cash and we will not use the funds
to pay checks that you have written.
Determining the Availability of a Deposit
The length of the delay is counted in
business days from the day of your deposit.
Every day is a business day except Saturdays,
Sundays, and Federal holidays. If you make
a deposit before (time of day) on a business
day that we are open, we will consider that
day to be the day of your deposit. However,
if you make a deposit after (time of day) or
on a day we are not open, we will consider
that the deposit was made on the next
business day we are open.
The length of the delay varies depending
on the type of deposit and is explained
below.
Same-Day Availability
Funds from electronic direct deposits to
your account will be available on the day we
receive the deposit.
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Funds from the following deposits are
available on the first business day after the
day of your deposit:
• U.S. Treasury checks that are payable to
you
• Wire transfers
• Checks drawn on (bank name) [unless
(any limitations related to branches in
different states or check-processing regions)]
If you make the deposit in person to one
of our employees, funds from the following
deposits are also available on the first
business day after the day of your deposit:
• Cash
• State and local government checks that
are payable to you [if you use a special
deposit slip available from (where deposit
slip may be obtained)]
• Cashier’s, certified, and teller’s checks
that are payable to you [if you use a special
deposit slip available from (where deposit
slip may be obtained)]
• Federal Reserve Bank checks, Federal
Home Loan Bank checks, and postal money
orders, if these items are payable to you
If you do not make your deposit in person
to one of our employees (for example, if you
mail the deposit), funds from these deposits
will be available on the second business day
after the day of your deposit.
Other Check Deposits
The delay for other check deposits depends
on whether the check is a local or a nonlocal
check. To see whether a check is a local or
a nonlocal check, look at the routing number
on the check:
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
EP25MR11.002
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Some checks are marked ‘‘payable through’’
and have a four- or nine-digit number nearby.
For these checks, use this four-digit number
(or the first four digits of the nine-digit
number), not the routing number on the
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
For example, if you deposit a $700
nonlocal check on a Monday, $100 of the
deposit is available on Tuesday. The
remaining $600 is available on Monday of the
following week.
Longer Delays May Apply
Funds you deposit by check may be
delayed for a longer period under the
following circumstances:
• We believe a check you deposit will not
be paid.
• You deposit checks totaling more than
$5,000 on any one day.
• You redeposit a check that has been
returned unpaid.
• You have overdrawn your account
repeatedly in the last six months.
• There is an emergency, such as failure of
computer or communications equipment.
We will notify you if we delay your ability
to withdraw funds for any of these reasons,
and we will tell you when the funds will be
available. They will generally be available no
later than the (number) business day after the
day of your deposit. If you deposit both
categories of checks, $100 from the checks
will be available on the first business day
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
after the day of your deposit, not $100 from
each category of check.
Special Rules for New Accounts
If you are a new customer, the following
special rules will apply during the first 30
days your account is open.
Funds from electronic direct deposits to
your account will be available on the day we
receive the deposit. Funds from deposits of
cash, wire transfers, and the first $5,000 of
a day’s total deposits of cashier’s, certified,
teller’s, traveler’s, and federal, state and local
government checks will be available on the
first business day after the day of your
deposit if the deposit meets certain
conditions. For example, the checks must be
payable to you (and you may have to use a
special deposit slip). The excess over $5,000
will be available on the ninth business day
after the day of your deposit. If your deposit
of these checks (other than a U.S. Treasury
check) is not made in person to one of our
employees, the first $5,000 will not be
available until the second business day after
the day of your deposit.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
EP25MR11.004
If the first four digits of the routing number
(1234 in the examples above) are (list of local
numbers), then the check is a local check.
Otherwise, the check is a nonlocal check.
Some checks are marked ‘‘payable through’’
and have a four- or nine-digit number nearby.
For these checks, use the four-digit number
(or the first four digits of the nine-digit
number), not the routing number on the
bottom of the check, to determine if these
checks are local or nonlocal. Our policy is to
make fundsfrom local and nonlocal checks
available as follows.
1. Local checks. The first $100 from a
deposit of local checks will be available on
the first business day after the day of your
deposit. The remaining funds will be
available on the second business day after the
day of your deposit. For example, if you
deposit a local check of $700 on a Monday,
$100 of the deposit is available on Tuesday.
The remaining $600 is available on
Wednesday.
2. Nonlocal checks. The first $100 from a
deposit of nonlocal checks will be available
on the first business day after the day of your
deposit. The remaining funds will be
available on the fifth business day after the
day of your deposit.
EP25MR11.003
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16906
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
16907
Funds from all other check deposits will be
available on the (number) business day after
the day of your deposit.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
EP25MR11.005
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
BILLING CODE 6210–01–P
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
EP25MR11.006
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16908
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16909
EP25MR11.007
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
EP25MR11.008
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16910
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16911
EP25MR11.009
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
EP25MR11.010
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16912
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16913
EP25MR11.011
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
EP25MR11.012
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16914
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16915
EP25MR11.013
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
EP25MR11.014
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16916
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
fiC–5øA¿—Substitute-Check-Policy
Disclosure
Substitute Checks and Your Rights
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
[IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT
YOUR CHECKING ACCOUNT]
Substitute Checks and Your Rights
What is a substitute check?
To make check processing faster, federal
law permits banks to replace original checks
with ‘‘substitute checks.’’ These checks are
similar in size to original checks with a
slightly reduced image of the front and back
of the original check. The front of a substitute
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
check states: ‘‘This is a legal copy of your
check. You can use it the same way you
would use the original check.’’ You may use
a substitute check as proof of payment just
like the original check.
Some or all of the checks that you receive
back from us may be substitute checks. This
notice describes rights you have when you
receive substitute checks from us. The rights
in this notice do not apply to original checks
or to electronic debits to your account.
However, you have rights under other law
with respect to those transactions.
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
What are my rights regarding substitute
checks?
In certain cases, Federal law provides a
special procedure that allows you to request
a refund for losses you suffer if a substitute
check is posted to your account (for example,
if you think that we withdrew the wrong
amount from your account or that we
withdrew money from your account more
than once for the same check). The losses you
may attempt to recover under this procedure
may include the amount that was withdrawn
from your account and fees that were charged
as a result of the withdrawal (for example,
bounced-check fees).
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
EP25MR11.015
BILLING CODE 6210–01–C
16917
16918
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
The amount of your refund under this
procedure is limited to the amount of your
loss or the amount of the substitute check,
whichever is less. You also are entitled to
interest on the amount of your refund if your
account is an interest-bearing account. If your
loss exceeds the amount of the substitute
check, you may be able to recover additional
amounts under other law.
If you use this procedure, you may receive
up to (amount, not lower than $2,500) of your
refund (plus interest if your account earns
interest) within (number of days, not more
than 10) business days after we received your
claim and the remainder of your refund (plus
interest if your account earns interest) not
later than (number of days, not more than 45)
calendar days after we received your claim.
We may reverse the refund (including any
interest on the refund) if we later are able to
demonstrate that the substitute check was
correctly posted to your account.
How do I make a claim for a refund?
If you believe that you have suffered a loss
relating to a substitute check that you
received and that was posted to your
account, please contact us at (contact
information, for example phone number,
mailing address, e-mail address). You must
contact us within (number of days, not less
than 40) calendar days of the date that we
mailed (or otherwise delivered by a means to
which you agreed) the substitute check in
question or the account statement showing
that the substitute check was posted to your
account, whichever is later. We will extend
this time period if you were not able to make
a timely claim because of extraordinary
circumstances.
Your claim must include—
• A description of why you have suffered
a loss (for example, you think the amount
withdrawn was incorrect);
• An estimate of the amount of your loss;
• An explanation of why the substitute
check you received is insufficient to confirm
that you suffered a loss; and
• A copy of the substitute check [and/or]
the following information to help us identify
the substitute check: (identifying
information, for example the check number,
the name of the person to whom you wrote
the check, the amount of the check).
øC–6—Holds on Other Funds (Check
Cashing)
If we cash a check for you that is drawn
on another bank, we may withhold the
availability of a corresponding amount of
funds that are already in your account. Those
funds will be available at the time funds from
the check we cashed would have been
available if you had deposited it.¿
øC–7—Holds on Other Funds (Other
Account)
If we accept for deposit a check that is
drawn on another bank, we may make funds
from the deposit available for withdrawal
immediately but delay your availability to
withdraw a corresponding amount of funds
that you have on deposit in another account
with us. The funds in the other account
would then not be available for withdrawal
until the time periods that are described
elsewhere in this disclosure for the type of
check that you deposited.¿
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
øC–8—Appendix B Availability (Nonlocal
Checks)
3. Certain other checks. We can process
nonlocal checks drawn on financial
institutions in certain areas faster than usual.
Therefore, funds from deposits of checks
drawn on institutions in those areas will be
available to you more quickly. Call us if you
would like a list of the routing numbers for
these institutions.¿
C–ø9¿fl6fi—Automated Teller Machine
Deposits (Extended Hold)
Funds from any deposits (cash or checks)
made at automated teller machines (ATMs)
we do not own or operate will not be
available until the øfifth¿flfourthfi business
day after the day of your deposit. This rule
does not apply at ATMs that we own or
operate.
(A list of our ATMs is enclosed. or A list
of ATMs where you can make deposits but
that are not owned or operated by us is
enclosed. or All ATMs that we own or
operate are identified as our machines.)
øC–10—Cash-Withdrawal Limitation
CASH-WITHDRAWAL LIMITATION
We place certain limitations on
withdrawals in cash. In general, $100 of a
deposit is available for withdrawal in cash on
the first business day after the day of deposit.
In addition, a total of $400 of other funds
becoming available on a given day is
available for withdrawal in cash at or after
(time no later than 5 p.m.) on that day. Any
remaining funds will be available for
withdrawal in cash on the following business
day.¿
C–ø11¿fl7fi—Credit-Union InterestPayment Policy
INTEREST-PAYMENT POLICY
If we receive a deposit to your account on
or before the tenth of the month, you begin
earning interest on the deposit (whether it
was a deposit of cash or checks) as of the first
day of that month. If we receive the deposit
after the tenth of the month, you begin
earning interest on the deposit as of the first
of the following month. For example, a
deposit made on June 7 earns interest from
June 1, while a deposit made on June 17
earns interest from July 1.
C–ø11A¿fl8fi—Availability of Funds
Deposited at Other Locations
DEPOSITS AT OTHER LOCATIONS
This availability policy only applies to
funds deposited at (location). Please inquire
for information about the availability of
funds deposited at other locations.
øC–12—Exception Hold Notice
NOTICE OF HOLD
Account number: Date of deposit:
(number) (date)
We are delaying the availability of
$(amount being held) from this deposit.
These funds will be available on the
(number) business day after the day of your
deposit.
We are taking this action because:
_____ A check you deposited was previously
returned unpaid.
_____ You have overdrawn your account
repeatedly in the last six months.
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
_____ The checks you deposited on this day
exceed $5,000.
_____ An emergency, such as failure of
computer or communications equipment,
has occurred.
_____ We believe a check you deposited will
not be paid for the following reasons:[*]
lllllllllllllllllllll
lllllllllllllllllllll
lllllllllllllllllllll
lllllllllllllllllllll
lllllllllllllllllllll
lllllllllllllllllllll
[* If you did not receive this notice at the
time you made the deposit and the check you
deposited is paid, we will refund to you any
fees for overdrafts or returned checks that
result solely from the additional delay that
we are imposing. To obtain a refund of such
fees, (description of procedure for obtaining
refund).]
C–13—Reasonable-Cause Hold Notice
NOTICE OF HOLD
Account number: Date of deposit:
(number) (date)
We are delaying the availability of the
funds you deposited by the following check:
description of check, such as amount and
drawer)
These funds will be available on the
(number) business day after the day of your
deposit. The reason for the delay is explained
below:
_____ We received notice that the check is
being returned unpaid.
_____ We have confidential information that
indicates that the check may not be paid.
_____ The check is drawn on an account with
repeated overdrafts.
_____ We are unable to verify the
indorsement of a joint payee.
_____ Some information on the check is not
consistent with other information on the
check.
_____ There are erasures or other apparent
alterations on the check.
_____ The routing number of the paying bank
is not a current routing number.
_____ The check is postdated or has a stale
date.
_____ Information from the paying bank
indicates that the check may not be paid.
_____ We have been notified that the check
has been lost or damaged in collection.
_____ Other:
lllllllllllllllllllll
lllllllllllllllllllll
lllllllllllllllllllll
lllllllllllllllllllll
[If you did not receive this notice at the
time you made the deposit and the check you
deposited is paid, we will refund to you any
fees for overdrafts or returned checks that
result solely from the additional delay that
we are imposing. To obtain a refund of such
fees, (description of procedure for obtaining
refund).¿
C–14—One-Time Notice for Large-Deposit
and Redeposited-Check Exception Holds
NOTICE OF HOLD
If you deposit into your account:
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
(number) business day after the day of
deposit for checks drawn on (bank name), the
(number) business day after the day of
deposit for local checks and the (number)
business day for nonlocal checks. Checks
(not drawn on us) that otherwise would
receive next-day availability will be treated
as either local or nonlocal checks depending
on the location of the paying bank.
C–18—Notice at Locations Where Employees
Accept Consumer Deposits (Case-by-Case
Holds)
on the (number) business day after the day
we receive your deposit. Funds from
electronic deposits will be available on the
day we receive the deposit. In some cases, we
may delay your ability to withdraw funds
beyond the (number) business day. Then, the
FUNDS—AVAILABILITY POLICY
Our general policy is to allow you to
withdraw funds deposited in your account
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
C–15—One-Time Notice for RepeatedOverdraft Exception Holds
NOTICE OF HOLD
Account number: Date of deposit:
(number) (date)
We are delaying the availability of checks
deposited into your account due to repeated
overdrafts of your account. For the next six
months, deposits will generally be available
on the (number) business day after the day
of your deposit for checks drawn on (bank
name), the (number) business day after the
day of your deposit for local checks, and the
(number) business day after the day of
deposit for nonlocal checks. Checks (not
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
drawn on us) that otherwise would have
received next-day availability will be treated
as either local or nonlocal checks depending
on the location of the paying bank.
C–16—Case-by-Case Hold Notice
NOTICE OF HOLD
Account number: Date of deposit:
(number) (date)
We are delaying the availability of
$(amount being held) from this deposit.
These funds will be available on the
(number) business day after the day of your
deposit ([subject to our cash-withdrawal
limitation policy]).
[If you did not receive this notice at the
time you made the deposit and the check you
deposited is paid, we will refund to you any
fees for overdrafts or returned checks that
result solely from the additional delay that
we are imposing. To obtain a refund of such
fees, (description of procedure for obtaining
refund).]
C–17—Notice at Locations Where Employees
Accept Consumer Deposits
funds will generally be available by the fifth
business day after the day of deposit.¿
BILLING CODE 6210–01–P
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
EP25MR11.016
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
• Checks totaling more than $5,000 on any
one day, the first $5,000 deposited on any
one banking day will be available to you
according to our general policy. The amount
in excess of $5,000 will generally be available
on the (number) business day after the day
of deposit for checks drawn on (bank name),
the (number) business day after the day of
deposit for local checks and (number)
business day after the day of deposit for
nonlocal checks after the day of your deposit.
If checks (not drawn on us) that otherwise
would receive next-day availability exceed
$5,000, the excess will be treated as either
local or nonlocal checks depending on the
location of the paying bank. If your check
deposit, exceeding $5,000 on any one day, is
a mix of local checks, nonlocal checks,
checks drawn on (bank name), or checks that
generally receive next-day availability, the
excess will be calculated by first adding
together the (type of check), then the (type of
check), then the (type of check), then the
(type of check).
• A check that has been returned unpaid,
the funds will generally be available on the
16919
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
EP25MR11.017
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16920
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16921
EP25MR11.018
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
EP25MR11.019
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16922
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16923
EP25MR11.020
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
EP25MR11.021
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16924
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16925
EP25MR11.022
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
16926
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
fiC–ø19¿fl15fi—Notice at Automated
Teller Machines
AVAILABILITY OF DEPOSITS
Funds from deposits may not be available
for immediate withdrawal. Please refer to
your institution’s rules governing funds
availability for details.
C–ø20¿fl16fi—Notice at Automated Teller
Machines (Delayed Receipt)
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
NOTICE
Deposits at this ATM between (day) and
(day) will not be considered received until
(day). The availability of funds from the
deposit may be delayed as a result.
C–ø21¿fl17fi—Deposit-Slip Notice
Deposits may not be available for
immediate withdrawal.
C–ø22¿fl18fi—Expedited-Recredit Claim,
Valid-Claim Refund Notice
Notice of Valid Claim and Refund
We have determined that your substitutecheck claim is valid. We are refunding
(amount) [of which [(amount) represents
fees] [and] [(amount) represents accrued
interest]] to your account. You may withdraw
these funds as of (date). [This refund is the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
amount in excess of the $2,500 [plus interest]
that we credited to your account on (date).]
C–ø23¿fl19fi—Expedited-Recredit Claim,
Provisional-Refund Notice
Notice of Provisional Refund
In response to your substitute-check claim,
we are refunding (amount) [of which
[(amount) represents fees] [and] [(amount)
represents accrued interest]] to your account,
while we complete our investigation of your
claim. You may withdraw these funds as of
(date). [Unless we determine that your claim
is not valid, we will credit the remaining
amount of your refund to your account no
later than the 45th calendar day after we
received your claim.]
If, based on our investigation, we
determine that your claim is not valid, we
will reverse the refund by withdrawing the
amount of the refund [plus interest that we
have paid you on that amount] from your
account. We will notify you within one day
of any such reversal.
C–ø24¿fl20fi—Expedited-Recredit Claim,
Denial Notice
Denial of Claim
Based on our review, we are denying your
substitute-check claim. As the enclosed (type
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
of document, for example original check or
sufficient copy) shows, (describe reason for
denial, for example the check was properly
posted, the signature is authentic, there was
no warranty breach).
[We have also enclosed a copy of the other
information we used to make our decision.]
[Upon your request, we will send you a copy
of the other information that we used to make
our decision.]
C–ø25¿fl21fi—Expedited-Recredit Claim,
Reversal Notice
Reversal of Refund
In response to your substitute-check claim,
we provided a refund of (amount) by
crediting your account on (date(s)). We now
have determined that your substitute check
claim was not valid. As the enclosed (type of
document, for example original check or
sufficient copy) shows, (describe reason for
reversal, for example the check was properly
posted, the signature is authentic, there was
no warranty breach). As a result, we have
reversed the refund to your account øplus
interest that we have paid you on that
amount¿ by withdrawing (amount) from your
account on (date).
øWe have also enclosed a copy of the other
information we used to make our decision.¿
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
EP25MR11.023
BILLING CODE 6210–01–C
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
øUpon your request, we will send you a copy
of the information we used to make our
decision.¿
35. Appendix D to Part 229 is revised
to read as follows:
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Appendix D to Part 229—Indorsement,
Reconverting Bank Identification, and
Truncating Bank Identification
Standards
(1) The depositary bank shall indorse an
original check or substitute check according
to the following specifications:
(i) The indorsement shall contain—
(A) The bank’s nine-digit routing number,
set off by an arrow at each end of the number
and pointing toward the number, and, if the
depositary bank is a reconverting bank with
respect to the check, an asterisk outside the
arrow at each end of the routing number to
identify the bank as a reconverting bank;
(B) The indorsement date; and
(C) The bank’s name or location, if the
depositary bank applies the indorsement
physically.
(ii) The indorsement also may contain—
(A) A branch identification;
(B) A trace or sequence number;
ø(C) A telephone number for receipt of
notification of large-dollar returned checks;¿
and
ø(D)¿fl(C)fi Other information, provided
that the inclusion of such information does
not interfere with the readability of the
indorsement.
(iii)fl(A)fi The indorsement, if applied to
an existing paper check, shall be placed on
the back of the check so that the routing
number is wholly contained in the area 3.0
inches from the leading edge of the check to
1.5 inches from the trailing edge of the
check.ø31¿
ø31¿ fl(B) The leading edge is defined as
the right side of the check looking at it from
the front. The trailing edge is defined as the
left side of the check looking at it from the
front. See American National Standards
Specifications for the Placement and
Location of MICR Printing, X9.13.fi
(iv) When printing its depositary bank
indorsement (or a depositary bank
indorsement that previously was applied
electronically) onto a substitute check at the
time that the substitute check is created, a
reconverting bank shall place the
indorsement on the back of the check
between 1.88 and 2.74 inches from the
leading edge of the check. The reconverting
bank may omit the depositary bank’s name
and location from the indorsement.
(2) Each subsequent collecting bank or
returning bank indorser shall protect the
identifiability and legibility of the depositary
bank indorsement by indorsing an original
check or substitute check according to the
following specifications:
(i) The indorsement shall contain only—
(A) The bank’s nine-digit routing number
(without arrows) and, if the collecting bank
or returning bank is a reconverting bank with
respect to the check, an asterisk at each end
of the number to identify the bank as a
reconverting bank;
(B) The indorsement date, and
(C) An optional trace or sequence number.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
(ii) The indorsement, if applied to an
existing paper check, shall be placed on the
back of the check from 0.0 inches to 3.0
inches from the leading edge of the check.
(iii) When printing its collecting bank or
returning bank indorsement (or a collecting
bank or returning bank indorsement that
previously was applied electronically) onto a
substitute check at the time that the
substitute check is created, a reconverting
bank shall place the indorsement on the back
of the check between 0.25 and 2.50 inches
from the trailing edge of the check.
(3) A reconverting bank shall comply with
the following specifications when creating a
substitute check:
(i)fl(A)fi If it is a depositary bank,
collecting bank, or returning bank with
respect to the substitute check, the
reconverting bank shall place its own
indorsement onto the back of the check as
specified in this appendix.
ø(ii)¿fl(B) If it is a paying bank with
respect to the substitute check or a bank that
rejected a check submitted for deposit,fi
øA¿flthefi reconverting bank øthat also is
the paying bank with respect to the substitute
check¿ shall so identify itself by placing on
the back of the check, between 0.25 and 2.50
inches from the trailing edge of the check, its
nine-digit routing number (without arrows)
and an asterisk at each end of the number.
ø(iii)¿fl(ii)fi The reconverting bank shall
place on the front of the check, outside the
image of the original checkø,¿fl--fi
fl(A)fi its nine-digit routing number
(without arrows) and an asterisk at each end
of the number, in accordance with ANS
X9.100–140ø.¿fl, andfi
ø(iv)¿fl(B)fi øThe reconverting bank shall
place on the front of the check, outside the
image of the original check,¿ the truncating
bank’s nine-digit routing number (without
arrows) and a bracket at each end of the
number, in accordance with ANS X9.100–
140.
(4) Any indorsement, reconverting bank
identification, or truncating bank
identification placed on an original check or
substitute check shall be printed in black ink.
fl(5) A depositary bank shall indorse an
electronic collection item in accordance with
ANS X9.100–187, unless the parties
otherwise agree, and according to the
following specifications—
(i) The electronic indorsement shall
contain—
(A) The depositary bank’s nine-digit
routing number; and
(B) The indorsement date.
(ii) The electronic indorsement also may
contain other information, provided that the
inclusion of such information does not
interfere with the readability of the
indorsement.
(6) Each subsequent collecting bank or
returning bank indorser shall protect the
identifiability and legibility of the depositary
bank indorsement by indorsing an electronic
collection item or electronic return in
accordance with ANS X9.100–187, unless the
parties otherwise agree.fi
36. Amend Appendix E to Part 229 as
follows:
A. Revise Sections II through XI.
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16927
B. In Section XII, revise paragraphs A.
and E.
C. Revise Sections XIII through
XXVIII.
D. In Section XXIX, revise paragraph
B.
E. Revise Sections XXX through
XXXIII.
F. Revise Section XXXVIII.
The revisions read as follows:
Appendix E to Part 229—Commentary
I. Introduction
A. Background
1. The Board interpretations, which are
labeled ‘‘Commentaryfl,fi’’ øand
follow¿floffi each section of Regulation CC
(12 CFR part 229)ø,¿ provide background
material to explain the Board’s intent in
adopting a particular part of the regulation;
the Commentary also provides examples to
aid in understanding how a particular
requirement is to work. Under section 611(e)
of the Expedited Funds Availability Act (12
U.S.C. 4010(e)) fl(the EFA Act)fi, no
provision of section 611 imposing any
liability shall apply to any act done or
omitted in good faith conformity with any
rule, regulation, or interpretation thereof by
the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System, notwithstanding the fact that
after such act or omission has occurred, such
rule, regulation, or interpretation is amended,
rescinded, or determined by judicial or other
authority to be invalid for any reason. The
Commentary is an ‘‘interpretation’’ of a
regulation by the Board within the meaning
of section 611.
II. Section 229.2 Definitions
A. Background
1. Section 229.2 defines the terms used in
the regulation. For the most part, terms are
defined as they are in section 602 of the
øExpedited Funds Availability¿ flEFAfi
Act (12 U.S.C. 4001) flor in section 3 of the
Check 21 Act (12 U.S.C. 5002)fi. The Board
has made a number of changes for the sake
of clarity, to conform the terminology to that
which is familiar to the banking industry, to
define terms that are not defined in the EFA
Act flor the Check 21 Actfi, and to carry
out the purposes of the EFA Act fland the
Check 21 Actfi. The Board also has
incorporated by reference the definitions of
the Uniform Commercial Code where
appropriate. Some of Regulation CC’s
definitions are self-explanatory and therefore
are not discussed in this Commentary.
B. 229.2(a) Account
1. The EFA Act defines account to mean
‘‘a demand deposit account or similar
transaction account at a depository
institution.’’ The regulation defines account,
for purposes other than subpart D, in terms
of the definition of ‘‘transaction account’’ in
the Board’s Regulation D (12 CFR part 204).
This definition of account, however,
excludes certain deposits, such as
nondocumentary obligations (see 12 CFR
204.2(a)(1)(vii)), that are covered under the
definition of ‘‘transaction account’’ in
Regulation D. The definition applies to
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16928
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
accounts with general third party payment
powers but does not cover time deposits or
savings deposits, including money market
deposit accounts, even though they may have
limited third party payment powers. øThe
Board believes that it is appropriate to
exclude t¿flTfihese accounts flare
excludedfi because of the reference to
demand deposits in the EFA Act, which
suggests that the EFA Act is intended to
apply only to accounts that permit unlimited
third party transfers.
2. The term account also differs from the
definition of transaction account in
Regulation D because the term account refers
to accounts held at banks. Under
øS¿flsfiubparts A and C, the term bank
includes not only any depository institution,
as defined in the EFA Act, but also any
person engaged in the business of banking,
such as a Federal Reserve Bank, a Federal
Home Loan Bank, or a private banker that is
not subject to Regulation D. Thus, accounts
at these institutions benefit from the
expeditious return requirements of
øS¿flsfiubpart C.
3. Interbank deposits, including accounts
of offices of domestic banks or foreign banks
located outside the United States, and direct
and indirect accounts of the United States
Treasury (including Treasury General
Accounts and Treasury Tax and Loan
deposits) are exempt from subpart B and, in
connection therewith, subpart A. However,
interbank deposits are included as accounts
for purposes of subparts C and D and, in
connection therewith, subpart A.
4. The Check 21 Act defines account to
mean any deposit account at a bank.
Therefore, for purposes of subpart D and, in
connection therewith, subpart A, account
means any deposit, as that term is defined by
§ 204.2(a)(1)(i) of Regulation D, at a bank.
Many deposits that are not accounts for
purposes of the other subparts of Regulation
CC, such as savings deposits, are accounts for
purposes of subpart D.
C. 229.2(b) Automated Clearinghouse (ACH)
flCredit Transferfi
1. flAutomated Clearinghouse (ACH)
credit transfers are included in the definition
of electronic payment.fi øThe Board has
defined automated clearinghouse as¿ flAn
ACH isfi a facility that processes debit and
credit transfers under rules established by a
Federal Reserve Bank operating circular
governing øautomated
clearinghouse¿flACHfi items or the rules of
an ACH association flor similar interbank
agreementfi. øACH credit transfers are
included in the definition of electronic
payment.¿ flThe reference to ‘‘debit and
credit transfers’’ does not refer to the
corresponding debit and credit entries that
are part of the same transaction, but to the
different kinds of ACH payments. In an ACH
credit transfer, the originator orders that its
account be debited and another account
credited. In contrast, in an ACH debit
transfer, the originator, with prior
authorization, orders another account to be
debited and the originator’s account to be
credited.fi ø2. The reference to ‘‘debit and
credit transfers’’ does not refer to the
corresponding debit and credit entries that
are part of the same transaction, but to the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
different kinds of ACH payments. In an ACH
credit transfer, the originator orders that its
account be debited and another account
credited. In an ACH debit transfer, the
originator, with prior authorization, orders
another account to be debited and the
originator’s account to be credited.¿
ø3¿fl2fi. A facility that handles only wire
transfers (defined elsewhere) is not an ACH.
D. 229.2(c) Automated Teller Machine (ATM)
1. øATM is not defined in the EFA Act.
The regulation defines a¿flAfin ATM
øas¿flisfi an electronic device at which a
natural person may make deposits to an
account by cash or flpaperfi check and
perform other account transactionsfl, such
as cash withdrawalsfi. Point-of-sale
terminals, machines that only dispense cash,
night depositories, and lobby deposit boxes
are not ATMs within the meaning of the
definition, either because they do not accept
deposits of cash or checks (e.g., point-of-sale
terminals and cash dispensers) or because
they only accept deposits (e.g., night
depositories and lobby boxes) and cannot
fldispense cash andfi perform other
transactions. A lobby deposit box or similar
receptacle in which written payment orders
or deposits may be placed is not an ATM.
flFinally, a remote deposit capture device is
not an ATM because a natural person can
deposit neither cash nor paper checks into an
account using the device.fi
2. A facility may be an ATM within this
definition even if it is a branch under state
or federal law, although an ATM is not a
branch as that term is used in this regulation.
E. 229.2(d) Available for Withdrawal
1. Under this definition, when funds
become available for withdrawal, the funds
may be put to all uses for which the customer
may use actually and finally collected funds
in the customer’s account under the
customer’s account agreement with the bank.
Examples of such uses include payment of
checks drawn on the account, certification of
checks, electronic payments, and cash
withdrawals. Funds are available for these
uses notwithstanding provisions of other law
that may restrict the use of uncollected funds
(e.g., 18 U.S.C. 1004; 12 U.S.C. 331).
2. If a bank makes funds available to a
customer for a specific purpose (such as
paying checks that would otherwise
overdraw the customer’s account and be
returned for insufficient funds) before the
funds must be made available under the
bank’s policy or this regulation, it may
nevertheless apply a hold consistent with
this regulation to those funds for other
purposes (such as cash withdrawals). For
purposes of this regulation, funds are
considered available for withdrawal even
though they are being held by the bank to
satisfy an obligation of the customer other
than the customer’s potential liability for the
return of the check. For example, a bank does
not violate its obligations under this subpart
by holding funds to satisfy a garnishment, tax
levy, or court order restricting disbursements
from the account; or to satisfy the customer’s
liability arising from the certification of a
check, sale of a cashier’s or teller’s check,
guaranty or acceptance of a check, or similar
transaction to be debited from the customer’s
account.
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
F. 229.2(e) Bank
1. The EFA Act uses the term depository
institution, which it defines by reference to
section 19(b)(1)(A)(i) through (vi) of the
Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 461(b)(1)(A)(i)
through (vi)). This regulation uses the term
bank, a term that conforms to the usage the
Board has previously adopted in Regulation
J fl(12 CFR part 210)fi. Bank is also used
in Articles 4 and 4A of the Uniform
Commercial Code.
2. Bank is defined to include depository
institutions, such as commercial banks,
savings banks, savings and loan associations,
and credit unions as defined in the EFA Act,
and U.S. branches and agencies of foreign
banks. For purposes of øS¿flsfiubpart B,
the term does not include corporations
organized under section 25A of the Federal
Reserve Act, 12 U.S.C. 611–631 (Edge
corporations) or corporations having an
agreement or undertaking with the Board
under section 25 of the Federal Reserve Act,
12 U.S.C. 601–604a (agreement corporations).
For purposes of øS¿flsfiubparts C and D,
and in connection therewith,
øS¿flsfiubpart A, any Federal Reserve
Bank, Federal Home Loan Bank, or any other
person engaged in the business of banking is
regarded as a bank. The phrase ‘‘any other
person engaged in the business of banking’’
is derived from U.C.C. 1–201fl(b)fi(4), and
is intended to cover entities that handle
checks for collection and payment, such as
Edge and agreement corporations,
commercial lending companies under 12
U.S.C. 3101, certain industrial banks, and
private bankers, so that virtually all checks
will be covered by the same rules for forward
collection and return, even though they may
not be covered by the requirements of
øS¿flsfiubpart B. For the purposes of
øS¿flsfiubparts C and D, and in connection
therewith, øS¿flsfiubpart A, the term also
may include a state or a unit of general local
government to the extent that it pays
warrants or other drafts drawn directly on the
state or local government itself, and the
warrants or other drafts are sent to the state
or local government for payment or
collection.
3. Unless otherwise specified, the term
bank includes all of a bank’s offices in the
United States. The regulation does not cover
foreign offices of U.S. banks.
4. For purposes of subpart D and, in
connection therewith, subpart A, the term
bank also includes the Treasury of the United
States and the United States Postal Service to
the extent that they act as paying banks
because the Check 21 Act includes these two
entities in the definition of the term bank to
the extent that they act as payors.
G. 229.2(f) Banking Day and (g) Business Day
1. The EFA Act fland the Check 21 Actfi
defineøs¿ business day as any day excluding
Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays. Legal
holiday, however, is not defined, and the
variety of local holidays, together with the
practice of some banks to close midweek,
makes the EFA Act’s definition difficult to
apply. øThe Board believes that t¿flTfiwo
kinds of business days are relevant. First,
when determining the day when funds are
deposited or when a bank must perform
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
certain actions (such as returning a check),
the focus should be on a day that the bank
is actually open for business. Second, when
counting days for purposes of determining
when funds must be available under the
regulationøor when notice of nonpayment
must be received by the depositary bank¿,
there would be confusion and uncertainty in
trying to follow the schedule of a particular
bank, and there is less need to identify a day
when a particular bank is open. Most banks
that act as intermediaries (large
correspondents and Federal Reserve Banks)
follow the same holiday schedule.
Accordingly, the regulation has two
definitions: Business day generally follows
the standard Federal Reserve Bank holiday
schedule (which is followed by most large
banks), and banking day is defined to mean
that part of a business day on which a bank
is open for substantially all of its banking
activities.
2. The definition of banking day
corresponds to the definition of banking day
in U.C.C. 4–104(a)(3), except that a banking
day is defined in terms of a business day.
Thus, if a bank is open on Saturday, Saturday
might be a banking day for purposes of the
U.C.C., but it would not be a banking day for
purposes of Regulation CC because Saturday
is never a business day under the regulation.
3. The definition of banking day is phrased
in terms of when ‘‘an office of a bank is open’’
to indicate that a bank may observe a banking
day on a per-branch basis. A deposit made
at an ATM or off-premise facility (such as a
remote depository or a lock box) is
considered made at the branch holding the
account into which the deposit is made for
the purpose of determining the day of
deposit. All other deposits are considered
made at the branch at which the deposit is
received. For example, under § 229.19(a)(1),
funds deposited at an ATM are considered
deposited at the time they are received at the
ATM. On a calendar day that is a banking
day for the branch or other location of the
depositary bank at which the account is
maintained, a deposit received at an ATM
before the ATM’s cut-off hour is considered
deposited on that banking day, and a deposit
received at an ATM after the ATM’s cut-off
hour is considered deposited on the next
banking day of the branch or other location
where the account is maintained. On a
calendar day that is not a banking day for the
account-holding location, all ATM deposits
are considered deposited on that location’s
next banking day. This rule for determining
the day of deposit also would apply to a
deposit to an off-premise facility, such as a
night depository or lock box, which is
considered deposited when removed from
the facility and available for processing
under § 229.19(a)(3). If an unstaffed facility,
such as a night depository or lock box, is on
branch premises, the day of deposit is
determined by the banking day at the branch
at which the deposit is received, whether or
not it is the branch at which the account is
maintained.
H. 229.2(h) Cash
1. Cash means U.S. coins and currency.
The phrase in the EFA Act ‘‘including
Federal Reserve notes’’ has been deleted as
unnecessary. (See 31 U.S.C. 5103.)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
I. 229.2(i) Cashier’s Check
1. The regulation adds to the second item
in the EFA Act’s definition of cashier’s check
the phrase, ‘‘on behalf of the bank as drawer,’’
to clarify that the term cashier’s check is
intended to cover only checks that a bank
draws on itself. The definition of cashier’s
check includes checks provided to a
customer of the bank in connection with
customer deposit account activity, such as
account disbursements and interest
payments. The definition also includes
checks acquired from a bank by
noncustomers for remittance purposes, such
as certain loan disbursement checks.
Cashier’s checks provided to customers or
others are often labeled as ‘‘cashier’s check,’’
‘‘officer’s check,’’ or ‘‘official check.’’ The
definition excludes checks that a bank draws
on itself for other purposes, such as to pay
employees and vendors, and checks issued
by the bank in connection with a payment
service, such as a payroll or a bill-paying
service. Cashier’s checks generally are sold
by banks to substitute the bank’s credit for
the customer’s credit and thereby enhance
the collectibility of the checks. A check
issued in connection with a payment service
generally is provided as a convenience to the
customer rather than as a guarantee of the
check’s collectibility. In addition, such
checks are often more difficult to distinguish
from other types of checks than are cashier’s
checks as defined by this regulation.
J. 229.2(j) Certified Check
1. The EFA Act defines a certified check
as one to which a bank has certified that the
drawer’s signature is genuine and that the
bank has set aside funds to pay the check.
Under the Uniform Commercial Code,
certification of a check means the bank’s
signed agreement that it will honor the check
as presented (U.C.C. 3–409). The regulation
defines certified check to include both the
EFA Act’s and U.C.C.’s definitions.
K. 229.2(k) Check
1. Check is defined in section 602(7) of the
EFA Act as a negotiable demand draft drawn
on or payable through an office of a
depository institution located in the United
States, excluding noncash items. The
regulation includes six categories of
instruments within the definition of check.
flCheck is defined in section 3 of the Check
21 Act as including nonnegotiable demand
drafts. Because these instruments are often
handled as cash items in the forward
collection process, for the purposes of
subparts C and D, and in connection
therewith, subpart A, the definition of check
includes nonnegotiable demand drafts drawn
on or payable through a bank, drawn on a
Federal Reserve Bank or Federal Home Loan
Bank, or drawn on the Treasury of the United
States.fi
2. The first category is negotiable demand
drafts drawn on, or payable through or at, an
office of a bank. As the definition of bank
includes only offices located in the United
States, this category is limited to checks
drawn on, or payable through or at, a banking
office located in the United States.
3. The EFA Act fland the Check 21 Actfi
treatøs¿ drafts payable through a bank as
checks, even though under the U.C.C. the
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16929
payable-through bank is a collecting bank to
make presentment and generally is not
authorized to make payment (U.C.C. 4–
106(a)). øThe¿ flNeither thefi EFA Act
flnor the Check 21 Actfi ødoes not¿
expressly address items that are payable at a
bank. This regulation treats both payablethrough and payable-at demand drafts as
checks. øThe Board believes that
t¿flTfireating demand drafts payable at a
bank as checks øwill¿flshouldfi not have a
substantial effect on the operations of
payable-at banks—by far the largest
proportion of payable-at items are not
negotiable demand drafts, but time items,
such as commercial paper, bonds, notes,
bankers’ acceptances, and securities. These
time items are not covered by the
requirements of the EFA Act or this
regulation. ø(The treatment of payablethrough drafts is discussed in greater detail
in connection with the definitions of local
check and paying bank.)¿
4. The second category is checks drawn on
Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home
Loan Banks. Principal and interest payments
on federal debt instruments øoften are¿
flmay befi paid with checks drawn on a
Federal Reserve Bank as fiscal agent of the
United Statesø, and these fiscal agency
checks are indistinguishable from other
checks drawn on Federal Reserve Banks¿.
(See 31 CFR part 355.) øFederal Reserve Bank
checks also are used by some banks as
substitutes for cashier’s or teller’s checks.
Similarly, s¿flSfiavings and loan
associations øoften¿flmayfi use checks
drawn on Federal Home Loan Banks as
teller’s checks. The definition of check
includes checks drawn on Federal Home
Loan Banks and Federal Reserve Banks
because in many cases they are the functional
equivalent of Treasury checks or teller’s
checks.
5. The third and fourth categories of
instrument included in the definition of
check refer to government checks. The EFA
Act refers to checks drawn on the U.S.
Treasury, even though these instruments are
not drawn on or payable through an office of
a depository institution, and checks drawn
by state and local governments. The EFA Act
also øgives the Board authority to
define¿flprovides thatfi functionally
equivalent instruments flmay be defined in
the regulationfi as depository checks.ø1¿
fl(See Section 602(11) of the EFA Act (12
U.S.C. 4001(11)).fi Thus, the EFA Act is
intended to apply to instruments other than
those that meet the strict definition of check
in section 602(7) of the EFA Act. Checks and
warrants drawn by states and local
governments often are used for the purposes
of making unemployment compensation
payments and other payments that are
important to the recipients. Consequently,
the øBoard has expressly
defined¿flRegulation CC definesfi check to
include drafts drawn on the U.S. Treasury
and drafts or warrants drawn by a state or a
unit of general local government on itself.
ø1 Section 602(11) of the EFA Act (12
U.S.C. 4001(11)) defines ‘‘depository check’’
as ‘‘any cashier’s check, certified check,
teller’s check, and any other functionally
equivalent instrument as determined by the
Board.’’¿
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16930
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
6. The fifth category of instrument
included in the definition of check is U.S.
Postal Service money orders. These
instruments are defined as checks because
they often are used as a substitute for checks
by consumers, even though money orders are
not negotiable under Postal Service
regulations. øThe Board has not
provided¿flRegulation CC does not
providefi specific rules for other types of
money orders; these instruments generally
are drawn on or payable through or payable
at banks and are treated as checks on that
basis.
7. The sixth and final category of
instrument included in the definition of
check is traveler’s checks drawn on or
payable through or at a bank. Traveler’s
check is defined in paragraph ø(hh)¿
fl(vv)fi øof this section¿.
ø8. Finally, for the purposes of Subparts C
and D, and in connection therewith, Subpart
A, the definition of check includes
nonnegotiable demand drafts because these
instruments are often handled as cash items
in the forward collection process.¿
ø9¿fl8fi. A substitute check as defined in
§ 229.2ø(aaa)¿fl(rr)fi is a check for purposes
of Regulation CC and the U.C.C., even if that
substitute check does not meet the
requirements for legal equivalence set forth
in § 229.51(a).
ø10¿fl9fi. The definition of check does
not include an instrument payable in a
foreign currency (i.e., other than in United
States money as defined in 31 U.S.C. 5101)
or a credit card draft (i.e., a sales draft used
by a merchant or a draft generated by a bank
as a result of a cash advance), or an ACH
debit transfer. The definition of check
includes a check that a bank may supply to
a customer as a means of accessing a credit
line without the use of a credit card.
L. 229.2(l) øReserved¿
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
M. 229.2(m) øCheck Processing Region¿
ø1. The EFA Act defines this term as ‘‘the
geographic area served by a Federal Reserve
bank check processing center or such larger
area as the Board may prescribe by
regulations.’’ The Board has defined check
processing region as the territory served by
one of the Federal Reserve head offices,
branches, or regional check processing
centers. Appendix A includes a list of routing
numbers arranged by Federal Reserve Bank
office. The definition of check processing
region is key to determining whether a check
is considered local or
nonlocal.¿fl[Reserved]fi
N. 229.2(n) [Reserved]
O. 229.2(o) Consumer Account
1. Consumer account is defined as an
account used primarily for personal, family,
or household purposes. An account that does
not meet the definition of consumer account
is a nonconsumer account. A clearing
account maintained at a bank directly by a
brokerage firm is not a consumer account,
even if the account is used to pay checks
drawn by consumers using the funds in that
account. The bank’s relationship is with the
brokerage firm, and the account is used by
the brokerage firm to facilitate the clearing of
its customers’ checks. Because for purposes
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
of Regulation CC the term account includes
only deposit accounts, a consumer’s
revolving credit relationship or other line of
credit with a bank is not a consumer account,
even if the consumer draws on such credit
lines by using a check. Both consumer and
nonconsumer accounts are subject to the
requirements of this regulation, including the
requirement that funds be made available
according to specific schedules and that the
bank make specified disclosures of its
availability policies. Section 229.18(b)
(notices at branch locations) and § 229.18(e)
(notice of changes in policy) apply only to
consumer accounts. Section 229.13(g)(2)
(one-time exception notice) and § 229.19(d)
(use of calculated availability) apply only to
nonconsumer accounts.
P. 229.2(p) Contractual Branch
1. When one bank arranges for another
bank to accept deposits on its behalf, the
second bank is a contractual branch of the
first bank. For further discussion of
contractual branch deposits and related
disclosures, see § [§ 229.2(s) and] 229.19(a) of
the regulation and the commentary to
§ [§ 229.2(s),] 229.10(c), 229.14(a), 229.16(a),
229.18(b), and 229.19(a).
Q. 229.2(q) [Reserved]
R. 229.2(r) ø229.2(r) Local Check
1. Local check is defined as a check
payable by or at a local paying bank, or, in
the case of nonbank payors, payable through
a local paying bank. A check payable by a
local bank but payable through a nonlocal
bank is a local check. Conversely, a check
payable through a local bank but payable by
a nonlocal bank is a nonlocal check. Where
two banks are named on a check and neither
is designated as a payable-through bank, the
check is considered payable by either bank
and may be considered local or nonlocal
depending on the bank to which it is sent for
payment. Generally, the depositary bank may
rely on the routing number to determine
whether a check is local or nonlocal.
Appendix A includes a list of routing
numbers arranged by Federal Reserve Bank
Office to assist persons in determining
whether or not such a check is local. If,
however, a check is payable by one bank but
payable through another bank, the routing
number appearing on the check will be that
of the payable-through bank, not the paying
bank. Many credit union share drafts and
certain other checks payable by banks are
payable through other banks. In such cases,
the routing number cannot be relied on to
determine whether the check is local or
nonlocal. For payable-through checks that
meet the labeling requirements of § 229.36(e),
the depositary bank may rely on the fourdigit routing symbol of the paying bank that
is printed on the face of the check as required
by that section, e.g., in the title plate, but not
on the first four digits of the payable-through
bank’s routing number printed in magnetic
ink in the MICR line or in fractional form, to
determine whether the check is local or
nonlocal.¿ Depositary Bank
1. The regulation uses the term depositary
bank rather than the term receiving
depository institution. Receiving depository
institution is a term unique to the EFA Act,
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
while depositary bank is the term used in
Article 4 of the U.C.C. and Regulation J fl(12
CFR part 210). The Check 21 Act uses the
term depositary bank.fi
2. A depositary bank includes the bank in
which the check is first deposited. If a foreign
office of a U.S. or foreign bank sends checks
to its U.S. correspondent bank for forward
collection, the U.S. correspondent is the
depositary bank because foreign offices of
banks are not included in the definition of
bank.
3. If a customer deposits a check in its
account at a bank, the customer’s bank is the
depositary bank with respect to the check.
For example, if a person deposits a check
into an account at a nonproprietary ATM, the
bank holding the account into which the
check is deposited is the depositary bank
even though another bank may service the
nonproprietary ATM and send the check for
collection. (Under § 229.35 the depositary
bank may agree with the bank servicing the
nonproprietary ATM to have the servicing
bank place its own indorsement on the check
as the depositary bank. For the purposes of
øS¿flsfiubpart C, the bank applying its
indorsement as the depositary bank
indorsement on the check is the depositary
bank.)
4. For purposes of øS¿flsfiubpart B, a
bank may act as both the depositary bank and
the paying bank with respect to a check, if
the check is payable by the bank in which
it was deposited, or if the check is payable
by a nonbank payor and payable through or
at the bank in which it was deposited. A
bank also is considered a depositary bank
with respect to checks it receives as payee.
For example, a bank is a depositary bank
with respect to checks it receives for loan
repayment, even though these checks are not
deposited in an account at the bank. Because
these checks would not be ‘‘deposited to
accounts,’’ they would not be subject to the
availability or disclosure requirements of
øS¿flsfiubpart B.
fl5. A bank is not a depositary bank with
respect to a check if the bank receives the
check for deposit but then rejects the check.
For example, if a bank’s customer submits a
check for deposit into an ATM and the bank
subsequently reviewed the item and
determined not to accept the item for deposit,
that bank is not a depositary bank with
respect to the check it rejected. Accordingly,
such a bank does not take on the liabilities
of a depositary bank under this part.fi
øS. 229.2(s) Local Paying Bank
1. ‘‘Local paying bank’’ is defined as a
paying bank located in the same checkprocessing region as the branch, contractual
branch, or proprietary ATM of the depositary
bank. For example, a check deposited at a
contractual branch would be deemed local or
nonlocal based on the location of the
contractual branch with respect to the
location of the paying bank.
Examples.
a. If a check that is payable by a bank that
is located in the same check processing
region as the depositary bank is payable
through a bank located in another check
processing region, the check is considered
local or nonlocal depending on the location
of the bank by which it is payable even if the
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
check is sent to the nonlocal bank for
collection.
b. The location of the depositary bank is
determined by the physical location of the
branch or proprietary ATM at which a check
is deposited, regardless of whether the
deposit is made in person, by mail, or
otherwise. For example, if a branch of the
depositary bank located in one checkprocessing region sends a check that was
deposited at that branch to the depositary
bank’s central facility in another checkprocessing region, and the central facility is
in the same check-processing region as the
paying bank, the check is still considered
nonlocal. ( See the commentary to the
definition of ‘‘paying bank.’’)
c. If a person deposits a check to an
account by mailing or otherwise sending the
check to a facility or office that is not a bank,
the check is considered local or nonlocal
depending on the location of the bank whose
indorsement appears on the check as the
depositary bank.¿
flS. 229.2(s) Electronic Collection Item
1. Banks often enter into agreements under
which a check may be transferred or
presented by sending an electronic image of
the check and electronic information related
to the check (e.g., MICR-line information).
The terms of the agreements may vary. If,
however, an electronic collection item
satisfies all the requirements set forth in
§ 229.2(s), then the provisions of subpart C
apply to the electronic collection item as if
it were a check subject to that subpart.
a. The agreement to receive an electronic
collection item may be either bilateral or
through a Federal Reserve Bank operating
circular, clearinghouse rule, or other
interbank agreement. (See UCC § 4–110).
b. The electronic image of the front and
back of the original check or substitute check
as well as electronic information related to
the check must be sufficient to create a
substitute check. Electronic information
related to the check includes information
contained in the MICR line of the check prior
to truncation. Some banks’ agreements to
receive items electronically may not require
an electronic image of the front and back of
an original check. Electronic items received
under these agreements would not be
electronic collection items under this part.
c. ANS X9.100–187 is the most prevalent
industry standard for electronic images and
information that will enable a bank to create
a substitute check. Multiple standards may,
however, exist that would enable a bank to
create a substitute check from an electronic
image and information. Accordingly, the
parties may agree to send and receive checks
as electronic images and information that
conform to a different standard.
d. Electronic collection items that contain
images of the front and back of a substitute
check also are electronic representations of a
substitute check (see § 229.2(hh)). Not all
electronic representations of substitute
checks, however, are electronic collection
items. To be an electronic collection item, the
electronic representation of a substitute
check must satisfy the requirements for
electronic collection items—it must contain
sufficient information to create a substitute
check and it must conform to ANS X9.100–
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
187, unless the parties agree to a different
standard.fi
T. 229.2(t) Electronic Payment
1. Electronic payment is defined to mean
a wire transfer as defined in
§ 229.2ø(ll)¿fl(bbb)fi or an ACH credit
transfer flas defined in § 229.2(b)fi. The
EFA Act requires that funds deposited by
wire transfer be made available for
withdrawal on the business day following
deposit but expressly leaves the definition of
the term wire transfer to the
øBoard¿flregulationfi. Because ACH credit
transfers øfrequently involve important
consumer payments, such as wages¿flpose
little risk of return to the depositary bankfi,
the regulation requires that funds deposited
by ACH credit transfers be available for
withdrawal on the business day following
deposit.
2. ACH debit transfers, even though they
may be transmitted electronically, are not
defined as electronic payments because the
receiver of an ACH debit transfer has the
right to return the transfer, which would
reverse the credit given to the originator.
Thus, ACH debit transfers are more like
checks than wire transfers. Further, bank
customers that receive funds by originating
ACH debit transfers are primarily large
corporations, which generally would be able
to negotiate with their banks for prompt
availability.
3. A point-of-sale transaction would not be
considered an electronic payment unless the
transaction was effected by means of an ACH
credit transfer or wire transfer.
flU. 229.2(u) Electronic Presentment Point
1. The term ‘‘electronic presentment point’’
means the electronic address that a paying
bank has designated as the place to which
electronic collection items be presented. This
address may be either an e-mail address or
other electronic address.fi
flV. 229.2(v) Electronic Return
1. Many paying banks have entered into
agreements with returning banks, depositary
banks, clearinghouses, or other parties to
return checks electronically. For purposes of
subpart C, the term ‘‘electronic return’’ means
an electronic image of and electronic
information related to a check the paying
bank determines not to pay and that is
sufficient for a subsequent bank to create a
substitute check (See § 229.2(rr) and
accompanying commentary). To be sufficient
to create a substitute check, the electronic
image must include an image of both the
front and back of the check. The electronic
information, typically contained in an
electronic record accompanying the
electronic image, must include information
from the MICR line of the check at the time
it was truncated. The electronic record may
include information in addition to MICR-line
related information.
2. ANS X9.100–187 is the most prevalent
industry standard for electronic images and
information that will enable a subsequent
bank to create a substitute check (i.e., in
accordance with ANS X9.100–140). Similar
to electronic presentment, multiple standards
may exist that would enable a bank to create
a substitute check from an electronic image
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16931
and information. Accordingly, the parties
may agree to return checks as electronic
images and information that conform to a
different standard. For example, the
depositary bank may agree to receive the
electronic image and information sufficient
for creating a substitute check in a .pdf,
rather than in accordance with ANS X9.100–
187.
3. An electronic image and information
related to a check the paying bank
determines not to pay is subject to the
provisions of subpart C only if the depositary
bank has agreed to receive the electronic
return in accordance with § 229.32(a) (See
§ 229.32(a) and accompanying commentary).
4. Electronic returns that contain images of
the front and back of a substitute check also
are electronic representations of a substitute
check (See § 229.2(hh)). Not all electronic
representations of substitute checks,
however, are electronic returns. To be an
electronic return, the electronic
representation of a substitute check must
satisfy the requirements for electronic
returns—it must contain sufficient
information to create a substitute check and
must conform to ANS X9.100–187.fi
flW. 229.2(w) Electronic Return Point
1. The term ‘‘electronic return point’’ means
the e-mail address or other electronic address
that a depositary bank has designated as the
place to which electronic returns must be
delivered.
2. The electronic return point may be
different from the electronic presentment
point designated by a bank for presentment
of electronic collection items.fi
X. 229.2(x) [Reserved]
Y. 229.2(y) Forward Collection
1. Forward collection is defined to mean
the process by which a bank sends a check
to the paying bank for collection, including
sending the check to an intermediary
collecting bank for settlement, as
distinguished from the process by which the
check is returned unpaid. Noncash
collections are not included in the term
forward collection.
Z. 229.2(z) Good Faith
1. This definition of good faith derives
from U.C.C. 3–103(a)(4).
AA. 229.2(aa) [Reserved]
BB. 229.2(bb) Interest Compensation
1. This calculation of interest
compensation derives from U.C.C. 4A–
506(b). (See §§ 229.34ø(e)¿fl(f)fi and
229.36ø(f)¿fl(d)fi.)
CC. 229.2(cc) øMICR Line¿ flMagnetic ink
character recognition line or MICR linefi
1. Information in the MICR line of a check
must be printed in accordance with ANS
X9.13 for original checks and ANS X9.100–
140 for substitute checks. These standards
could vary the requirements for printing the
MICR line, such as by indicating
circumstances under which the use of
magnetic ink is not required.
DD. 229.2(dd) Merger Transaction
1. Merger transaction is a term used in
øS¿flsfiubparts B and C in connection with
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16932
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
transition rules for merged banks. It
encompasses mergers, consolidations, and
purchase/assumption transactions of the type
that usually must be approved under the
Bank Merger Act (12 U.S.C. 1828(c)) or
similar statutes; it does not encompass
acquisitions of a bank under the Bank
Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1842)
where an acquired bank maintains its
separate corporate existence.
2. Regulation CC adopts a one-year
transition period for banks that are party to
a merger transaction during which the
merged banks will continue to be treated as
separate entities. (See §§ 229.19(g) and
229.40.)
EE. 229.2(ee) Noncash Item
1. The EFA Act defines the term check to
exclude noncash items, and defines noncash
items to include checks to which another
document is attached, checks accompanied
by special instructions, or any similar item
classified as a noncash item in the øBoard’s¿
regulation. To qualify as a noncash item, an
item must be handled as such and may not
be handled as a cash item by the depositary
bank.
2. The regulation’s definition of noncash
item also includes checks that consist of
more than a single thickness of paper (except
checks that qualify for handling by
automated check processing equipmentø, e.g.
those placed in carrier envelopes¿) and
checks that have not been preprinted or postencoded in magnetic ink with the paying
bank’s routing number, as well as checks
with documents attached or accompanied by
special instructions. (In the context of this
definition, paying bank refers to the paying
bank as defined for purposes of
øS¿flsfiubpart C.)
3. A check that has been preprinted or
post-encoded with a routing number that has
been retired (e.g., because of a merger) for at
least three years is a noncash item unless the
current number is added for processing
purposes øby placing the check in an
encoded carrier envelope or adding a strip to
the check¿.
4. Checks that are accompanied by special
instructions are also noncash items. For
example, a person concerned about whether
a check will be paid may request the
depositary bank to send a check for
collection as a noncash item with an
instruction to the paying bank to notify the
depositary bank promptly when the check is
paid or dishonored.
5. For purposes of forward collection, a
copy of a check is neither a check nor a
noncash item, but may be treated as either.
For purposes of return, a copy is generally a
notice in lieu of return. (See
§§ 229.30ø(f)¿fl(e)fi and
229.31ø(f)¿fl(e)fi.)
FF. 229.2(ff) [Reserved]
GG. 229.2(gg) Original Check
1. The definition of original check
distinguishes the first paper check signed or
otherwise authorized by the drawer to effect
a particular payment transaction from a
substitute check or other paper or electronic
representation that is derived from an
original check or substitute check. There is
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
only one original check for any particular
payment transaction. However, multiple
substitute checks could be created to
represent that original check at various
points in the check collection and return
process.
HH. 229.2(hh) Paper or Electronic
Representation of a Substitute Check
1. Receipt of a paper or electronic
representation of a substitute check does not
trigger indemnity or expedited recredit
rights, although the recipient nonetheless
could have a warranty claim or a claim under
other check law with respect to that
document or the underlying payment
transaction. A paper or electronic
representation of a substitute check would
include a representation of a substitute check
that was drawn on an account, as well as a
representation of a substitute traveler’s
check, credit card check, or other item that
meets the substitute check definition. The
following examples illustrate the scope of the
definition.
Examples.
a. A bank receives electronic presentment
of a substitute check that has been converted
to electronic form and charges the customer’s
account for that electronic item. The periodic
account statement that the bank provides to
the customer includes information about the
electronically-presented substitute check in a
line-item list describing all the checks the
bank charged to the customer’s account
during the previous month. The electronic
file that the bank received for presentment
and charged to the customer’s account would
be an electronic representation of a substitute
check, and the line-item appearing on the
customer’s account statement would be a
paper representation of a substitute check.
b. A paying bank receives and settles for
a substitute check and then realizes that its
settlement was for the wrong amount. The
paying bank sends an adjustment request to
the presenting bank to correct the error. The
adjustment request is not a paper or
electronic representation of a substitute
check under the definition because it is not
being handled for collection or return as a
check. Rather, it is a separate request that is
related to a check. As a result, no substitute
check warranty, indemnity, or expedited
recredit rights attach to the adjustment.
fl2. An electronic representation of a
substitute check also may be an electronic
collection item or an electronic return if the
electronic representation of the substitute
check otherwise satisfies their requirements
(see § 229.2(s) and (v)).
Example.
A bank receives electronic presentment of
a substitute check that has been converted to
electronic form. If the electronic file that the
bank receives for presentment contains an
electronic image of and information related
to the substitute check that are sufficient for
creating a substitute check and the electronic
image and information conform to ANS
X9.100–187, or another format to which the
parties agree, that electronic file would be an
electronic collection item in addition to an
electronic representation of a substitute
check.fi
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
II. 229.2(ii) Paying Bank
1. The regulation uses this term in lieu of
the EFA Act’s ‘‘originating depository
institution.’’ flThe Check 21 Act also uses
the term ‘‘paying bank.’’fi For purposes of all
subparts of Regulation CC, the term paying
bank includes the bank by which a check is
payable, the payable-at bank to which a
check is sent, or, if the check is payable by
a nonbank payor, the bank through which the
check is payable and to which it is sent for
payment or collection. For purposes of
subparts C and D, the term paying bank also
includes the payable-through bank and the
bank whose routing number appears on the
check, regardless of whether the check is
payable by a different bank, provided that the
check is sent for payment or collection to the
payable through bank or the bank whose
routing number appears on the check.
2. Under §§ 229.30fl(a)fi øand 229.36(a)¿,
a bank designated as a payable-through bank
or payable-at bank and to which the check is
sent for payment or collection is responsible
for the expedited return of checks øand
notice of nonpayment requirements
of¿flunderfi øS¿flsfiubpart C. The
payable-through or payable-at bank may
contract with the payor with respect to its
liability in discharging these responsibilities.
øThe Board believes that the EFA Act makes
a clear connection between availability and
the time it takes for checks to be cleared and
returned.¿ Allowing the payable-through
bank additional time to forward checks to the
payor and await return or pay instructions
from the payor would delay the return of
these checks, increasing the risks to
depositary banks. Subpart C places on
payable-through and payable-at banks the
requirements of expeditious return based on
the time the payable-through or payable-at
bank received the check for forward
collection.
3. If a check is sent for forward collection
based on the routing number, the bank
associated with the routing number is a
paying bank for the purposes of
øS¿flsfiubparts C and D requirementsø,
including notice of nonpayment,¿ even if the
check is not drawn by a customer of that
bank or the check is fraudulent.
4. The phrase ‘‘and to which øthe check¿
is sent for payment or collection’’ includes
sending not only the physical check, but
information regarding the check under a
truncation arrangement.
5. Federal Reserve Banks and Federal
Home Loan Banks are also paying banks
under all subparts of the regulation with
respect to checks payable by them, even
though such banks are not defined as banks
for purposes of øS¿flsfiubpart B.
6. In accordance with the Check 21 Act, for
purposes of subpart D and, in connection
therewith, subpart A, paying bank includes
the Treasury of the United States or the
United States Postal Service with respect to
a check payable by that entity and sent to
that entity for payment or collection, even
though the Treasury and Postal Service are
not defined as banks for purposes of subparts
B and C. Because the Federal Reserve Banks
act as fiscal agents for the Treasury and the
U.S. Postal Service and in that capacity are
designated as presentment locations for
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Treasury checks and U.S. Postal Service
money orders, a Treasury check or U.S.
Postal Service money order presented to a
Federal Reserve Bank is considered to be
presented to the Treasury or U.S. Postal
Service, respectively.
JJ. 229.2(jj) [Reserved]
KK. 229.2(kk) Proprietary ATM
ø1. All deposits at nonproprietary ATMs
are treated as deposits of nonlocal checks,
and deposits at proprietary ATMs generally
are treated as deposits at banking offices. The
Conference Report on the EFA Act indicates
that the special availability rules for deposits
received through nonproprietary ATMs are
provided because ‘‘nonproprietary ATMs
today do not distinguish among check
deposits or between check and cash deposits’’
(H.R. Rep. No. 261, 100th Cong., 1st Sess. at
179 (1987)). Thus, a deposit of any
combination of cash and checks at a
nonproprietary ATM may be treated as if it
were a deposit of nonlocal checks, because
the depositary bank does not know the
makeup of the deposit and consequently is
unable to place different holds on cash, local
check, and nonlocal check deposits made at
the ATM.¿
fl1.fiø2.¿ A colloquy between Senators
Proxmire and Dodd during the floor debate
on the Competitive Equality Banking Act
(133 Cong. Rec. S11289 (Aug. 4, 1987))
indicates that whether a bank operates the
ATM is the primary criterion in determining
whether the ATM is proprietary to that bank.
Because a bank should be capable of
ascertaining the composition of deposits
made to an ATM operated by that bank, an
exception to the availability schedules is not
warranted for these deposits. If more than
one bank meets the ‘‘owns or operates’’
criterion, the ATM is considered proprietary
to the bank that operates it. For the purpose
of this definition, the bank that operates an
ATM is the bank that puts checks deposited
into the ATM into the forward collection
stream. An ATM owned by one or more
banks, but operated by a nonbank servicer, is
considered proprietary to the bank or banks
that own it.
fl2.fiø3.¿ The EFA Act also includes
location as a factor in determining whether
an ATM that is either owned or operated by
a bank is proprietary to that bank. The
definition of proprietary ATM includes an
ATM located on the premises of the bank,
either inside the branch or on its outside
wall, regardless of whether the ATM is
owned or operated by that bank. Because the
EFA Act also defines a proprietary ATM as
one that is ‘‘in close proximity’’ to the bank,
the regulation defines an ATM located within
50 feet of a bank to be proprietary to that
bank unless it is identified as being owned
or operated by another entity. The øBoard
believes that the¿ statutory proximity test
was designed to apply to situations where it
would appear to the depositor that the ATM
is run by his or her bank, because of the
proximity of the ATM to the bank. øThe
Board believes that a¿flAfin ATM located
within 50 feet of a banking office would be
presumed proprietary to that bank unless it
is clearly identified as being owned or
operated by another entity.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
LL. 229.2(ll) Qualified Returned Check
1. Subpart C requires the paying bank and
returning bank(s) to return checks in an
expeditious manner flunder certain
circumstancesfi. øThe banks may meet this
responsibility by returning a check to the
depositary bank by the same general means
used for forward collection of a check from
the depositary bank to the paying bank.
One¿flWhile the primaryfi way to speed
the return process is to flsend the return
electronically, a bank also couldfi prepare
the returned check for automated flpaperfi
processing. øReturned checks can be
automated by either the paying bank or a
returning bank by placing the return in a
carrier envelope or by placing a strip on the
bottom of the return, and encoding the
envelope or strip with the routing number of
the depositary bank, the amount of the check,
and a special return identifier.¿ Qualified
returned checks are identified by placing a
‘‘2’’ in the case of an original check (or a ‘‘5’’
in the case of a substitute check) in position
44 of the qualified-return MICR line as a
return identifier in accordance with
American National Standard Specifications
for Placement and Location of MICR Printing,
X9.13 (hereinafter ‘‘ANS X9.13’’) for original
checks or American National Standard
Specifications for an Image Replacement
Document—IRD, X9.100–140 (hereinafter
‘‘ANS X9.100–140’’) for substitute checks.
fl(See § 229.2(w) and accompanying
commentary for a discussion of standards for
electronic returns.)fi
2. Generally, under the standard of care
imposed by § 229.38, a paying flbankfi or
returning bank would be liable for any
damages incurred due to misencoding of the
routing number, the amount of the check, or
return identifier on a qualified returned
check unless the error was due to problems
with the depositary bank’s indorsement. (See
also discussion of § 229.38(c).) A qualified
returned check that contains an encoding
error would still be a qualified returned
check for purposes of the regulation.
ø3. A qualified returned check need not
contain the elements of a check drawn on the
depositary bank, such as the name of the
depositary bank. Because indorsements and
other information on carrier envelopes or
strips will not appear on a returned check
itself, banks will wish to retain carrier
envelopes and/or microfilm or other records
of carrier envelopes or strips with their check
records.¿
MM. 229.2(mm) Reconverting Bank
1. A substitute check is ‘‘created’’ when and
where a paper reproduction of an original
check that meets the requirements of
§ 229.2ø(pp)¿fl(rr)fi is physically printed.
A bank is a reconverting bank if it creates a
substitute check directly or if another person
by agreement creates a substitute check on
the bank’s behalf. A bank also is a
reconverting bank if it is the first bank that
receives a substitute check created by a
nonbank and transfers, presents, or returns
that substitute check or, in lieu thereof, the
first paper or electronic representation of
such substitute check.
Examples.
a. Bank A, by agreement, sends an
øelectronic check file¿ flelectronic image
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16933
and information related to the paper checkfi
for collection to Bank B. Bank B chooses to
use that file to print a substitute check that
meets the requirements of § 229.2ø(pp)
¿fl(rr)fi. Bank B is the reconverting bank as
of the time it prints the substitute check.
b. Company A, which is not a bank, by
agreement receives check information
electronically from Bank A. Bank A becomes
the reconverting bank when Company A
prints a substitute check on behalf of Bank
A in accordance with that agreement.
c. A depositary bank’s customer, which is
a nonbank business, receives a check for
payment, truncates that original check, and
creates a substitute check to deposit with its
bank. The depositary bank receives that
substitute check from its customer and is the
first bank to handle the substitute check. The
depositary bank becomes the reconverting
bank as of the time that it transfers or
presents the substitute check (or in lieu
thereof the first paper or electronic
representation of the substitute check) for
forward collection.
d. A bank is the payable-through bank for
checks that are drawn on a nonbank payor,
which is the bank’s customer. When the
customer decides not to pay a check that is
payable through the bank, the customer
creates a substitute check for purposes of
return. The payable-through bank becomes
the reconverting bank when it returns the
substitute check (or in lieu thereof the first
paper or electronic representation of the
substitute check) to a returning bank or the
depositary bank.
e. A paying bank returns a substitute check
to the depositary bank, which in turn gives
that substitute check back to its nonbank
customer. That customer then redeposits the
substitute check for collection at a different
bank. Because the substitute check was
already transferred by a bank, the second
depositary bank does not become a
reconverting bank when it transfers or
presents that substitute check for collection.
2. In some cases there will be one or more
banks between the truncating bank and the
reconverting bank.
Example.
A depositary bank truncates the original
check and sends an electronic representation
of the original check for collection to an
intermediary bank. The intermediary bank
sends the electronic representation of the
original check to the presenting bank, which
creates a substitute check to present to the
paying bank. The presenting bank is the
reconverting bank.
3. A check could move from electronic
form to substitute check form several times
during the collection and return process. It
therefore is possible that there could be
multiple substitute checks, and thus multiple
reconverting banks, with respect to the same
underlying payment.
NN. 229.2(nn) Remotely Created Check
1. A check authorized by a consumer over
the telephone that is not created by the
paying bank and bears a legend on the
signature line, such as ‘‘Authorized by
Drawer,’’ is an example of a remotely created
check. A check that bears the signature
applied, or purported to be applied, by the
person on whose account the check is drawn
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16934
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
is not a remotely created check. A typical
forged check, such as a stolen personal check
fraudulently signed by a person other than
the drawer, is not covered by the definition
of a remotely created check.
2. The term signature as used in this
definition has the meaning set forth at U.C.C.
3–401. The term ‘‘applied by’’ refers to the
physical act of placing the signature on the
check.
3. The definition of a ‘‘remotely created
check’’ differs from the definition of a
‘‘remotely created consumer item’’ under the
U.C.C. A ‘‘remotely created check’’ may be
drawn on an account held by a consumer,
corporation, unincorporated company,
partnership, government unit or
instrumentality, trust, or any other entity or
organization. A ‘‘remotely created consumer
item’’ under the U.C.C., however, must be
drawn on a consumer account.
4. Under Regulation CC (12 CFR part 229),
the term ‘‘check’’ includes a negotiable
demand draft drawn on or payable through
or at an office of a bank. In the case of a
‘‘payable through’’ or ‘‘payable at’’ check, the
signature of the person on whose account the
check is drawn would include the signature
of the payor institution or the signatures of
the customers who are authorized to draw
checks on that account, depending on the
arrangements between the ‘‘payable through’’
or ‘‘payable at’’ bank, the payor institution,
and the customers.
5. The definition of a remotely created
check includes a remotely created check that
has been reconverted to a substitute check.
OO. 229.2(oo) Returning Bank
1. Returning bank is defined to mean any
bank (excluding the paying bank and the
depositary bank) handling a returned check.
A returning bank may or may not be a bank
that handled the returned check in the
forward collection process. A returning bank
includes a bank that agrees to handle a
returned check for expeditious return to the
depositary bank under § 229.31(a). A
returning bank is also a collecting bank for
the purpose of a collecting bank’s duty to
exercise ordinary care under U.C.C. 4–202(b)
and is analogous to a collecting bank for
purposes of final settlement. (See
Commentary to § 229.35(b).)
PP. 229.2(pp) Routing Number
1. Each bank is assigned a routing number
by an agent of the American Bankers
Association. The routing number takes two
forms—a fractional form and a nine-digit
form. A paying bank is identified by both the
fractional form routing number (which
normally appears in the upper right hand
corner of the check) and the nine-digit form.
The nine-digit routing number of the paying
bank generally is printed in magnetic ink
near the bottom of the check (the MICR
østrip¿fllinefi; see ANSøI¿ X9.13ø–1983¿).
flWhere a check is payable by one bank but
payable through another bank, the routing
number appearing on the check is that of the
payable through bank, not the payor bank. In
the case of an electronic collection item, the
routing number of the paying bank is
contained in the electronic image of the
check (in fractional form or nine-digit form)
or in the electronic information related to the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
check (in nine-digit form).fi Subpart C
requires depositary banksfl,fi øand¿
subsequent collecting banksfl, and returning
banksfi to place their routing numbers in
nine-digit form in their indorsements.
QQ. 229.2(qq) [Reserved]
RR. 229.2(rr) Substitute Check
1. ‘‘A paper reproduction of an original
check’’ could include a reproduction created
directly from the original check or a
reproduction of the original check that is
created from some other source that contains
an image of the original check, such as an
electronic representation of an original check
or substitute check, or a previous substitute
check.
2. Because a substitute check must be a
piece of paper, an electronic file or electronic
check image that has not yet been printed in
accordance with the substitute check
definition is not a substitute check.
3. Because a substitute check must be a
representation of a check, a paper
reproduction of something that is not a check
cannot be a substitute check. For example, a
savings bond or a check drawn on a non-U.S.
branch of a foreign bank cannot be
reconverted to a substitute check.
4. As described in § 229.51(b) and the
commentary thereto, a reconverting bank is
required to ensure that a substitute check
contains all indorsements applied by
previous parties that handled the check in
any form. Therefore, the image of the original
check that appears on the back of a substitute
check would include indorsements that were
physically applied to the original check
before an image of the original check was
captured. An indorsement that was applied
physically to the original check after an
image of the original check was captured
would be conveyed as an electronic
indorsement (see paragraph 3 of the
commentary to § 229.35(a)). The back of the
substitute check would contain a physical
representation of any indorsements that were
applied electronically to the check after an
image of the check was captured but before
creation of the substitute check.
Example.
Bank A, which is the depositary bank,
captures an image of an original check,
indorses it electronically and, by agreement,
transmits to Bank B an electronic image of
the check accompanied by the electronic
indorsement. Bank B then creates a substitute
check to send to Bank C. The back of the
substitute check created by Bank B must
contain a representation of the indorsement
previously applied electronically by Bank A
and Bank B’s own indorsement. (For more
information on indorsement requirements,
see § 229.35, appendix D, and the
commentary thereto.)
5. Some substitute checks will not be
created directly from the original check, but
rather will be created from a previous
substitute check. The back of a subsequent
substitute check will contain an image of the
full length of the back of the previous
substitute check. ANS X9.100–140 requires
preservation of the full length of the back of
the previous substitute check in order to
preserve previous indorsements and
reconverting bank identifications. By
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
contrast, the front of a subsequent substitute
check will not contain an image of the entire
previous substitute check. Rather, the image
field of the subsequent substitute check will
contain the image of the front of the original
check that appeared on the previous
substitute check at the time the previous
substitute check was converted to electronic
form. The portions of the front of the
subsequent substitute check other than the
image field will contain information applied
by the subsequent reconverting bank, such as
its reconverting bank identification, the
MICR line, the legal equivalence legend, and
optional security information.
Examples.
a. The back of a subsequent substitute
check would contain the following
indorsements, all of which would be
preserved through the image of the back of
the previous substitute check: (1) The
indorsements that were applied physically to
the original check before an image of the
original check was captured; (2) a physical
representation of indorsements that were
applied electronically to the original check
after an image of the original check was
captured but before creation of the first
substitute check; and (3) indorsements that
were applied physically to the previous
substitute check. In addition, the
reconverting bank for the subsequent
substitute check must overlay onto the back
of that substitute check a physical
representation of any indorsements that were
applied electronically after the previous
substitute check was converted to electronic
form but before creation of the subsequent
substitute check.
b. Because information could have been
physically added to the image of the front of
the original check that appeared on the
previous substitute check, the original check
image that appears on the front of a
subsequent substitute check could contain
information in addition to that which
appeared on the original check at the time it
was truncated.
6. The MICR line applied to a substitute
check must contain information in all fields
of the MICR line that were encoded on the
original check at any time before an image of
the original check was captured. This
includes all the MICR-line information that
was preprinted on the original check, plus
any additional information that was added to
the MICR line before the image of the original
check was captured (for example, the amount
of the check). The information in each field
of the substitute check’s MICR line must be
the same information as in the corresponding
field of the MICR line of the original check,
except as provided by ANS X9.100–140
(unless the Board by rule or order determines
that a different standard applies). Industry
standards may not, however, vary the
requirement that a substitute check at the
time of its creation must bear a full-field
MICR line.
7. ANS X9.100–140 provides that a
substitute check must have a ‘‘4’’ in position
44 and that a qualified returned substitute
check must have a ‘‘4’’ in position 44 of the
forward-collection MICR line as well as a ‘‘5’’
in position 44 of the qualified return MICR
line. The ‘‘4’’ and ‘‘5’’ indicate that the
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
document is a substitute check so that the
size of the check image remains constant
throughout the collection and return process,
regardless of the number of substitute checks
created that represent the same original
check (see also §§ 229.30(a)ø(2)¿fl(3)fi and
229.31(a)ø(2)¿fl(3)fi and the commentary
thereto regarding requirements for qualified
returned substitute checks). An original
check generally has a blank position 44 for
forward collection. Because a reconverting
bank must encode position 44 of a substitute
check’s forward collection MICR line with a
‘‘4,’’ the reconverting bank must vary any
character that appeared in position 44 of the
forward-collection MICR line of the original
check. A bank that misencodes or fails to
encode position 44 at the time it attempts to
create a substitute check has failed to create
a substitute check. A bank that receives a
properly-encoded substitute check may
further encode that item but does so subject
to the encoding warranties in Regulation CC
and the U.C.C.
8. A substitute check’s MICR line could
contain information in addition to the
information required at the time the
substitute check is created. For example, if
the amount field of the original check was
not encoded and the substitute check
therefore did not, when created, have an
encoded amount field, the MICR line of the
substitute check later could be amountencoded.
9. A bank may receive a substitute check
that contains a MICR-line variation but
nonetheless meets the MICR-line replication
requirements of § 229.2ø(aaa)(2)¿ fl(rr)(2)fi
because that variation is permitted by ANS
X9.100–140. If such a substitute check
contains a MICR-line error, a bank that
receives it may, but is not required to, repair
that error. Such a repair must be made in
accordance with ANS X9.100–140 for
repairing a MICR line, which generally
allows a bank to correct an error by applying
a strip that may or may not contain
information in all fields encoded on the
check’s MICR line. A bank’s repair of a
MICR-line error on a substitute check is
subject to the encoding warranties in
Regulation CC and the U.C.C.
10. A substitute check must conform to all
the generally applicable industry standards
for substitute checks set forth in ANS
X9.100–140, which incorporates other
industry standards by reference. Thus,
multiple substitute check images contained
on the same page of an account statement are
not substitute checks.
SS. 229.2(ss) Sufficient Copy and Copy
1. A copy must be a paper reproduction of
a check. An electronic image therefore is not
a copy or a sufficient copy. However, if a
customer has agreed to receive such
information electronically, a bank that is
required to provide an original check or
sufficient copy may satisfy that requirement
by providing an electronic image in
accordance with § 229.58 and the
commentary thereto.
2. A bank under § 229.53(b)(3) may limit its
liability for an indemnity claim and under
§§ 229.54(e)(2) and 229.55(c)(2) may respond
to an expedited recredit claim by providing
the claimant with a copy of a check that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
accurately represents all of the information
on the front and back of the original check
as of the time the original check was
truncated or that otherwise is sufficient to
determine the validity of the claim against
the bank.
Examples.
a. A copy of an original check that
accurately represents all the information on
the front and back of the original check as of
the time of truncation would constitute a
sufficient copy if that copy resolved the
claim. For example, if resolution of the claim
required accurate payment and indorsement
information, an accurate copy of the front
and back of a legible original check
(including but not limited to a substitute
check) would be a sufficient copy.
b. A copy of the original check that does
not accurately represent all the information
on both the front and back of the original
check also could be a sufficient copy if such
copy contained all the information necessary
to determine the validity of the relevant
claim. For instance, if a consumer received
a substitute check that contained a blurry
image of a legible original check, the
consumer might seek an expedited recredit
because his or her account was charged for
$1,000, but he or she believed that the check
was written for only $100. If the amount that
appeared on the front of the original check
was legible, an accurate copy of only the
front of the original check that showed the
amount of the check would be sufficient to
determine whether or not the consumer’s
claim regarding the amount of the check was
valid.
TT. 229.2(tt) Teller’s Check
1. Teller’s check is defined in the EFA Act
to mean a check issued by a depository
institution and drawn on another depository
institution. The definition in the regulation
includes not only checks drawn by a bank on
another bank, but also checks payable
through or at a bank. This would include
checks drawn on a nonbank, as long as the
check is payable through or at a bank. The
definition does not include checks that are
drawn by a nonbank on a nonbank even if
payable through or at a bank. The definition
includes checks provided to a customer of
the bank in connection with customer
deposit account activity, such as account
disbursements and interest payments. The
definition also includes checks acquired from
a bank by a noncustomer for remittance
purposes, such as certain loan disbursement
checks. The definition excludes checks used
by the bank to pay employees or vendors and
checks issued by the bank in connection with
a payment service, such as a payroll or a billpaying service. Teller’s checks generally are
sold by banks to substitute the bank’s credit
for the customer’s credit and thereby enhance
the collectibility of the checks. A check
issued in connection with a payment service
generally is provided as a convenience to the
customer rather than as a guarantee of the
check’s collectibility. In addition, such
checks are often more difficult to distinguish
from other types of checks than are teller’s
checks as defined by this regulation.
UU. 229.2(uu) Transfer and Consideration
1. Under §§ 229.52 and 229.53, a bank is
responsible for the warranties and indemnity
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16935
when it transfers, presents, or returns a
substitute check (or a paper or electronic
representation thereof) for consideration.
Drawers and other nonbank persons that
receive checks from a bank are not
transferees that receive consideration as
those terms are defined in the U.C.C.
However, the Check 21 Act clearly
contemplates that such nonbank persons that
receive substitute checks (or representations
thereof) from a bank will receive the
warranties and indemnity from all previous
banks that handled the check. To ensure that
these parties are covered by the substitute
check warranties and indemnity in the
manner contemplated by the Check 21 Act,
§ 229.2ø(ccc)¿fl(uu)fi incorporates the
U.C.C. definitions of the terms transfer and
consideration by reference and flfor
purposes of subpart Dfi expands those
definitions to cover a broader range of
situations. Delivering a check to a nonbank
that is acting on behalf of a bank (such as a
third-party check processor or presentment
point) is a transfer of the check to that bank.
flIn subpart C, the terms transfer and
consideration have the meaning that they
have in the UCC.fi
Examples.
a. A paying bank pays a substitute check
and then provides that paid substitute check
(or a representation thereof) to a drawer with
a periodic statement. Under the expanded
definitions, the paying bank thereby transfers
the substitute check (or representation
thereof) to the drawer for consideration and
makes the substitute check warranties
described in § 229.52. A drawer that suffers
a loss due to receipt of a substitute check
may have warranty, indemnity, and, if the
drawer is a consumer, expedited recredit
rights under the Check 21 Act and subpart D.
A drawer that suffers a loss due to receipt of
a paper or electronic representation of a
substitute check would receive the substitute
check warranties but would not have
indemnity or expedited recredit rights.
b. The expanded definitions also operate
such that a paying bank that pays an original
check (or a representation thereof) and then
creates a substitute check to provide to the
drawer with a periodic statement transfers
the substitute check for consideration and
thereby provides the warranties and
indemnity.
c. The expanded definitions ensure that a
bank that receives a returned check in any
form and then provides a substitute check to
the depositor gives the substitute check
warranties and indemnity to the depositor.
d. The expanded definitions apply to
substitute checks representing original
checks that are not drawn on deposit
accounts, such as checks used to access a
credit card or a home equity line of credit.
VV. 229.2(vv) Traveler’s Check
1. The EFA Act and regulation require that
traveler’s checks be treated as cashier’s,
teller’s, or certified checks when a new
depositor opens an account. (See § 229.13(a);
12 U.S.C. 4003(a)(1)(C).) The EFA Act does
not define traveler’s check.
2. One element of the definition states that
a traveler’s check is ‘‘drawn on or payable
through or at a bank.’’ Sometimes traveler’s
checks that are not issued by banks do not
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16936
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
have any words on them identifying a bank
as drawee or paying agent, but instead bear
unique routing numbers with an 8000 prefix
that identifies a bank as paying agent.
3. Because a traveler’s check is payable by,
at, or through a bank, it is also a check for
purposes of this regulation. When not subject
to the next-day availability requirement for
new accounts, a traveler’s check should be
treated as a ølocal or nonlocal¿
checkødepending on the location of the
paying bank¿ flunder § 229.12fi. øThe
depositary bank may rely on the designation
of the paying bank by the routing number to
determine whether local or nonlocal
treatment is required.¿
WW. 229.2(ww) Truncate
1. Truncate means to remove the original
check from the forward collection or return
process and to send in lieu of the original
check either a substitute check or, by
agreement, information relating to the
original check. Truncation does not include
removal of a substitute check from the check
collection or return process.
XX. 229.2(xx) Truncating Bank
1. A bank is a truncating bank if it
truncates an original check or if it is the first
bank to transfer, present, or return another
form of an original check that was truncated
by a person that is not a bank.
Example.
a. A bank’s customer that is a nonbank
business receives a check for payment and
deposits either a substitute check or an
electronic representation of the original
check with its depositary bank instead of the
original check. That depositary bank is the
truncating bank when it transfers, presents,
or returns the substitute check or electronic
representation in lieu of the original check.
That bank also would be the reconverting
bank if it were the first bank to transfer,
present, or return a substitute check that it
received from (or created from the
information given by) its nonbank customer
ø(see § 229.2 (yy) and the commentary
thereto)¿.
2. A truncating bank does not make the
subpart D warranties and indemnity unless it
also is the reconverting bank. Therefore, a
bank that truncates the original check and
sends an electronic file to a collecting bank
does not provide subpart D protections to the
recipient of that electronic item. However, a
recipient of an electronic item may protect
itself against losses associated with that item
by agreement with the truncating bank.
YY. 229.2(yy) Uniform Commercial Code
1. Uniform Commercial Code is defined as
the version of the Code adopted by the
individual states. For purposes of uniform
citation, all citations to the U.C.C. in this part
refer to the Official Text as approved by the
American Law Institute and the National
Conference of Commissioners on Uniform
State Laws.
ZZ. 229.2(zz) [Reserved]
AAA. 229.2(aaa) Unit of General Local
Government
1. Unit of general local government is
defined to include a city, county, parish,
town, township, village, or other general
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
purpose political subdivision of a state. The
term does not include special purpose units,
such as school districts, water districts, or
Indian nations.
BBB. 229.2(bbb) Wire Transfer
1. The EFA Act ødelegates to the Board the
authority to define¿ flpermitsfi the term
fl‘‘fiwire transferø.¿fl’’ to be defined by
regulation.fi The regulation defines wire
transfer as an unconditional order to a bank
to pay a fixed or determinable amount of
money to a beneficiary, upon receipt or on
a day stated in the order, that is transmitted
by electronic or other means over certain
networks or on the books of banks and that
is used primarily to transfer funds between
øcommercial¿ flnonconsumerfi accounts.
‘‘Unconditional’’ means that no condition,
such as presentation of documents, must be
met before the bank receiving the order is to
make payment. A wire transfer may be
transmitted by electronic or other means.
‘‘Electronic means’’ include computer-tocomputer links, on-line terminals, øtelegrams
(including TWX, TELEX, or similar methods
of communication),¿ telephone calls, or other
similar methods. flThefi Fedwire flFunds
Servicefi (the Federal Reserve’s wire transfer
network), CHIPS (Clearing House Interbank
Payments System, operated by øt¿flTfihe
øNew York¿ Clearing House), and book
transfers among banks or within one bank are
covered by this definition. Credits for credit
and debit card transactions are not wire
transfers. The term wire transfer excludes
electronic fund transfers as that term is
defined by the Electronic Fund Transfer Act.
III. Administrative Liability and Enforcement
[Reserved]
IV. Section 229.10—Next-Day Availability
A. Business Days and Banking Days
1. This section, as well as other provisions
of this subpart governing the availability of
funds, provides that funds must be made
available for withdrawal not later than a
specified number of business days following
the banking day on which the funds are
deposited. Thus, a deposit is considered
made only on a banking day, i.e., a day that
the bank is open to the public for carrying
on substantially all of its banking functions.
For example, if a deposit is made at an ATM
on a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on
which the bank is closed to the public, the
deposit is considered received on that bank’s
next banking day.
2. Nevertheless, business days are used to
determine the number of days following the
banking day of deposit that funds must be
available for withdrawal. For example, if a
deposit of a ølocal¿ check were made on a
Monday, the availability schedule
flgenerallyfi requires that funds be
available for withdrawal on the second
business day after deposit. Therefore, funds
must be made available on Wednesday
regardless of whether the bank was closed on
Tuesday for other than a standard legal
holiday as specified in the definition of
business day.
B. 229.10(a) Cash Deposits
1. This paragraph implements the EFA
Act’s requirement for next-day availability
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
for cash deposits to accounts at a depositary
bank ‘‘staffed by individuals employed by
such institution.’’ø2¿ Under this paragraph,
cash deposited in an account at a staffed
teller station on a Monday must become
available for withdrawal by the start of
business on Tuesday. It must become
available for withdrawal by the start of
business on Wednesday if it is deposited by
mail, at a proprietary ATM, or by other
means other than at a staffed teller station.
fl2. Nothing in the EFA Act or this
regulation affects terms of account
arrangements, such as negotiable order of
withdrawal accounts, which may require
prior notice of withdrawal. (See 12 CFR
204.2(e)(2).)fi
ø2 Nothing in the EFA Act or this
regulation affects terms of account
arrangements, such as negotiable order of
withdrawal accounts, which may require
prior notice of withdrawal. (See 12 CFR
204.2(e)(2).)¿
C. 229.10(b) Electronic Payments
1. The EFA Act provides next-day
availability for funds received for deposit by
wire transfer. The regulation uses the term
electronic payment, rather than wire transfer,
to include both wire transfers and ACH credit
transfers under the next-day availability
requirement. (See discussion of definitions of
øautomated clearinghouse¿ flACH credit
transferfi, electronic payment, and wire
transfer in § 229.2.)
2. The EFA Act requires that funds
received by wire transfer be available for
withdrawal not later than the business day
following the day a wire transfer is received.
This paragraph clarifies what constitutes
receipt of an electronic payment. For the
purposes of this paragraph, a bank receives
an electronic payment when the bank
receives both payment in finally collected
funds and the payment instructions
indicating the customer accounts to be
credited and the amount to be credited to
each account. For example, in the case of
flafi Fedwire flFunds transferfi, the bank
receives finally collected funds at the time
the payment is made. (See 12 CFR 210.31.)
Finally collected funds generally are received
for an ACH credit transfer when they are
posted to the receiving bank’s account on the
settlement day. In certain cases, the bank
receiving ACH credit payments will not
receive the specific payment instructions
indicating which accounts to credit until
after settlement day. In these cases, the
payments are not considered received until
the information on the account and amount
to be credited is received.
3. This paragraph also establishes the
extent to which an electronic payment is
considered made. Thus, if a participant on a
private network fails to settle and the
receiving bank receives finally settled funds
representing only a partial amount of the
payment, it must make only the amount that
it actually received available for withdrawal.
4. The availability requirements of this
regulation do not preempt or invalidate other
rules, regulations, or agreements which
require funds to be made available on a more
prompt basis. For example, the next-day
availability requirement for ACH credits in
this section does not preempt ACH
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
association rules and Treasury regulations
(31 CFR part 210), which provide that the
proceeds of these credit payments be
available to the recipient for withdrawal on
the day the bank receives the funds.
D. 229.10(c) Certain Check Deposits
1. The EFA Act generally requires that
funds be made available on the business day
following the banking day of deposit for
Treasury checks, state and local government
checks, cashier’s checks, certified checks,
teller’s checks, and ‘‘on us’’ checks, under
specified conditions. (Treasury checks are
checks drawn on the Treasury of the United
States and have a routing number beginning
with the digits ‘‘0000.’’) This section also
requires next-day availability for additional
types of checks not addressed in the EFA
Act. Checks drawn on a Federal Reserve
Bank or a Federal Home Loan Bank and U.S.
Postal Service money orders also must be
made available on the first business day
following the day of deposit under specified
conditions. For the purposes of this section,
all checks drawn on a Federal Reserve Bank
or a Federal Home Loan Bank that contain in
the MICR line a routing number that is listed
in appendix A are subject to the next-day
availability requirement if they are deposited
in an account held by a payee of the check
and in person to an employee of the
depositary bank, regardless of the purposes
for which the checks were issued. For all
new accounts, even if the new account
exception is not invoked, traveler’s checks
must be included in the $5,000 aggregation
of checks deposited on any one banking day
that are subject to the next-day availability
requirement. (See § 229.13(a).)
2. Deposit in Account of Payee. One
statutory condition to receipt of next-day
availability of Treasury checks, state and
local government checks, cashier’s checks,
certified checks, and teller’s checks is that
the check must be ‘‘endorsed only by the
person to whom it was issued.’’ The EFA Act
could be interpreted to include a check that
has been indorsed in blank and deposited
into an account of a third party that is not
named as payee. øThe Board believes that
s¿flSfiuch a check presents greater risks
than a check deposited by the payee and that
Congress did not intend to require next-day
availability for such checks. The regulation,
therefore, provides that funds must be
available on the business day following
deposit only if the check is deposited in an
account held by a payee of the check. For the
purposes of this section, payee does not
include transferees other than named payees.
The regulation also applies this condition to
Postal Service money orders and checks
drawn on Federal Reserve Banks and Federal
Home Loan Banks.
3. Deposits Made to an Employee of the
Depositary Bank.
a. In most cases, next-day availability of
the proceeds of checks subject to this section
is conditioned on the deposit of these checks
in person to an employee of the depositary
bank. If the deposit is not made to an
employee of the depositary bank on the
premises of such bank, the proceeds of the
deposit must be made available for
withdrawal by the start of business on the
second business day after deposit, under
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
øparagraph (c)(2) of this
section¿fl§ 229.12fi. For example, secondday availability rather than next-day
availability would be allowed for deposits of
checks subject to this section made at a
proprietary ATM, night depository, through
the mail or a lock box, or at a teller station
staffed by a person who is not an employee
of the depositary bank. Second-day
availability also may be allowed for deposits
picked up by an employee of the depositary
bank at the customer’s premises; such
deposits would be considered made upon
receipt at the branch or other location of the
depositary bank. Employees of a contractual
branch would not be considered employees
of the depositary bank for the purposes of
this regulation, and deposits at contractual
branches would be treated the same as
deposits to a proprietary ATM for the
purposes of this regulation. (See also,
Commentary to § 229.19(a).)
b. In the case of Treasury checks, the EFA
Act and regulation do not condition the
receipt of next-day availability to deposits at
staffed teller stations. Therefore, Treasury
checks deposited at a proprietary ATM must
be accorded next-day availability, if the
check is deposited to an account of a payee
of the check.
4. ‘‘On Us’’ Checks. The EFA Act øand
regulation¿ requireflsfi next-day
availability for ‘‘on us’’ checks, i.e., checks
deposited in a branch of the depositary bank
and drawn on the same or another branch of
the same bank, if both branches are located
in the same state or flgeographical area
served by a Federal Reserve Bank check
processing center (‘‘ficheck processing
regionfl’’)fi. øThus, checks deposited in one
branch of a bank and drawn on another
branch of the same bank must receive nextday availability even if the branch on which
the checks are drawn is located in another
check processing region but in the same state
as the branch in which the check is
deposited¿. flAs there is now only one
check processing center, all ‘‘on-us’’ checks
deposited in the U.S. must receive next-day
availability.fi For the purposes of this
requirement, deposits at facilities that are not
located on the premises of a brick-and-mortar
branch of the bank, such as off-premise
ATMs and remote depositories, are not
considered deposits made at branches of the
depositary bank.
5. øFirst $100¿flThe minimum amountfi.
a. The EFA Act and regulation also require
that øup to¿ flat leastfi $100 fl(‘‘the
minimum amount’’)fi of the aggregate
deposit by check or checks not subject to
next-day availability on any one banking day
be made available on the next business day.
For example, if ø$70¿flless than the
minimum amountfi were deposited in an
account by check(s) on a Monday, the entire
ø$70¿flamount of the depositfi must be
available for withdrawal at the start of
business on Tuesday. If ø$200¿fl more than
the minimum amountfi were deposited by
check(s) on a Monday, this section requires
that ø$100 of the funds¿ flthe minimum
amountfi be available for withdrawal at the
start of business on Tuesday. The portion of
the customer’s deposit to which the ø$100¿
flminimum amountfi must be applied is at
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16937
the discretion of the depositary bank, as long
as it is not applied to any checks subject to
next-day availability. The ø$100¿ next-day
availability rule flfor the minimum
amountfi does not apply to deposits at
nonproprietary ATMs.
b. The ø$100¿flminimum amountfi that
must be made available under this rule is in
addition to the amount that must be made
available for withdrawal on the business day
after deposit under other provisions of this
section. For example, if a customer deposits
a $1,000 Treasury checkø,¿ and a $1,000
ølocal¿check flnot subject to paragraphs
(c)(1)(i) through (vi)fi in its account on
Monday, ø$1,100 must be made available for
withdrawal on Tuesday—¿ the proceeds of
the $1,000 Treasury check, as well as the
øfirst $100¿flminimum amount fromfi øof¿
the ølocal¿flotherfi check flmust be made
available for withdrawal on Tuesdayfi.
c. A depositary bank may aggregate all
ølocal and nonlocal¿ check deposits made by
the customer on a given banking day for the
purposes of the ø$100¿flminimum amount
fi next-day availability rule. Thus, if a
customer has two accounts at the depositary
bank, and on a particular banking day makes
deposits to each account flthat exceed the
minimum amountfi, ø$100¿flthe minimum
amount fromfi øof¿ the total flchecksfi
deposited to the two accounts must be made
available on the business day after deposit.
Banks may aggregate deposits to individual
and joint accounts for the purposes of this
provision.
d. If the customer deposits a ø$500 local¿
check fl not subject to paragraphs (c)(1)(i)
through (vi) that exceeds the minimum
amountfi, and gets ø$100¿ cash back flin
an amount equal to or greater than the
minimum amountfi at the time of deposit,
the bank need not make an additional
ø$100¿flamountfi available for withdrawal
on the following day. Similarly, if the
customer depositing the ølocal¿ check has a
negative book balance, or negative available
balance in its account at the time of deposit,
the ø$100¿flminimum amountfi that must
be available on the next business day may be
made available by applying the
ø$100¿flminimum amountfi to the negative
balance, rather than making the
ø$100¿flminimum amountfi available for
withdrawal by cash or check on the following
day.
6. Special Deposit Slips.
a. Under the EFA Act, a depositary bank
may require the use of a special deposit slip
as a condition to providing next-day
availability for certain types of checks. This
condition was included in the EFA Act
because many banks determine the
availability of their customers’ check
deposits in an automated manner by reading
the øMICR-encoded¿ routing number on the
deposited checks. Using these procedures, a
bank can determine whether a check is øa
local or nonlocal check, a check¿ drawn on
the Treasury, a Federal Reserve Bank, a
Federal Home Loan Bank, or a branch of the
depositary bank, or a U.S. Postal Service
money order. Appendix A includes the
routing numbers of certain categories of
checks that are subject to next-day
availability. The bank cannot require a
special deposit slip for these checks.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16938
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
b. A bank cannot distinguish whether the
check is a state or local government check,
cashier’s check, certified check, or teller’s
check by reading the øMICR-encoded¿
routing number, because these checks bear
the same routing number as other checks
drawn on the same bank that are not
accorded next-day availability. Therefore, a
bank may require a special deposit slip for
these checks.
c. The regulation specifies that if a bank
decides to require the use of a special deposit
slip (or a special deposit envelope in the case
of a deposit at an ATM or other unstaffed
facility) as a condition to granting next-day
availability under paragraphs (c)(1)(iv) or
(c)(1)(v) of this section øor second-day
availability under paragraph (c)(2) of this
section¿, and if the deposit slip that must be
used is different from the bank’s regular
deposit slips, the bank must either provide
the special slips to its customers or inform
its customers how such slips may be
obtained and make the slips reasonably
available to the customers.
d. A bank may meet this requirement by
providing customers with an order form for
the special deposit slips and allowing
sufficient time for the customer to order and
receive the slips before this condition is
imposed. If a bank provides deposit slips in
its branches for use by its customers, it also
must provide the special deposit slips in the
branches. If special deposit envelopes are
required for deposits at an ATM, the bank
must provide such envelopes at the ATM.
e. Generally, a teller is not required to
advise depositors of the availability of special
deposit slips merely because checks
requiring special deposit slips for next-day
availability are deposited without such slips.
If a bank provides the special deposit slips
only upon the request of a depositor,
however, the teller must advise the depositor
of the availability of the special deposit slips,
or the bank must post a notice advising
customers that the slips are available upon
request. Such notice need not be posted at
each teller window, but the notice must be
posted in a place where consumers seeking
to make deposits are likely to see it before
making their deposits. For example, the
notice might be posted at the point where the
line forms for teller service in the lobby. The
notice is not required at any drive-through
teller windows nor is it required at night
depository locations, or at locations where
consumer deposits are not accepted. If a bank
prepares a deposit for a depositor, it must use
a special deposit slip where appropriate. A
bank may require the customer to segregate
the checks subject to next-day availability for
which special deposit slips could be
required, and to indicate on a regular deposit
slip that such checks are being deposited, if
the bank so instructs its customers in its
initial disclosure.
V. Section 229.11—[Reserved]
VI. Section 229.12—Availability Schedule
øA. 229.12(a) Effective Date
1. The availability schedule set forth in this
section supersedes the temporary schedule
that was effective September 1, 1988, through
August 31, 1990.¿
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
A. 229.12ø(b)¿fl(a)fi øLocal Checks and
Certain Other Checks¿flIn general.fi
1. øLocal¿flExcept as provided in
§ 229.10(c), § 229.12(b), (c) and (d), and
§ 229.13fi checks must be made available for
withdrawal not later than the second
business day following the banking day on
which the checks were deposited. flThus,
the proceeds of a check deposited on a
Monday generally must be made available for
withdrawal on Wednesday.fi
ø2. In addition, the proceeds of Treasury
checks and U.S. Postal Service money orders
not subject to next-day (or second-day)
availability under § 229.10(c), checks drawn
on Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home
Loan Banks, checks drawn by a state or unit
of general local government, cashier’s checks,
certified checks, and teller’s checks not
subject to next-day (or second-day)
availability under § 229.10(c) and payable in
the same check processing region as the
depositary bank, must be made available for
withdrawal by the second business day
following deposit.¿
ø3¿fl2fi. Exceptions are made for
withdrawals by cash or similar meansfl,fi
øand¿ for deposits in banks located outside
the 48 contiguous statesfl, for checks
deposited in a nonproprietary ATM, and for
the reasons set forth in § 229.13fi. øThus,
the proceeds of a local check deposited on a
Monday generally must be made available for
withdrawal on Wednesday.¿
øC. 229.12(c) Nonlocal Checks
1. Nonlocal checks must be made available
for withdrawal not later than the fifth
business day following deposit, i.e., proceeds
of a nonlocal check deposited on a Monday
must be made available for withdrawal on
the following Monday. In addition, a check
described in § 229.10(c) that does not meet
the conditions for next-day availability (or
second-day availability) is treated as a
nonlocal check, if the check is drawn on or
payable through or at a nonlocal paying bank.
Adjustments are made to the schedule for
withdrawals by cash or similar means and
deposits in banks located outside the 48
contiguous states.
ø2. Reduction in Schedules.
a. Section 603(d)(1) of the EFA Act (12
U.S.C. 4002(d)(1)) requires the Board to
reduce the statutory schedules for any
category of checks where most of those
checks would be returned in a shorter period
of time than provided in the schedules. The
conferees indicated that ‘‘if the new system
makes it possible for two-thirds of the items
of a category of checks to meet this test in
a shorter period of time, then the Federal
Reserve must shorten the schedules
accordingly.’’ H.R. Rep. No. 261, 100th Cong.,
1st Sess. at 179 (1987).
b. Reduced schedules are provided for
certain nonlocal checks where significant
improvements can be made to the EFA Act’s
schedules due to transportation arrangements
or proximity between the check processing
regions of the depositary bank and the paying
bank, allowing for faster collection and
return. Appendix B sets forth the specific
reduction of schedules applicable to banks
located in certain check processing regions.
c. A reduction in schedules may apply
even in those cases where the determination
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
that the check is nonlocal cannot be made
based on the routing number on the check.
For example, a nonlocal credit union
payable-through share draft may be subject to
a reduction in schedules if the routing
number of the payable-through bank that
appears on the draft is included in appendix
B, even though the determination that the
payable-through share draft is nonlocal is
based on the location of the credit union and
not the routing number on the draft.¿
B. 229.12ø(d)¿fl(b)fi Time Period
Adjustment for Withdrawal by Cash or
Similar Means
1. The EFA Act provides an adjustment to
the availability rules for cash withdrawals.
Funds from ølocal and nonlocal¿ checks
fl(other than checks subject to § 229.10(c))fi
need not be available for cash withdrawal
until 5 p.m. on the day specified in the
schedule. At 5 p.m., $400 of the deposit must
be made available for cash withdrawalfl(the
‘‘cash withdrawal amount’’)fi. øThis $400¿
flThe cash withdrawal amountfi is in
addition to the øfirst $100¿fl minimum
amountfi of a day’s deposit flunder
§ 229.10(c)(1)(vii)fi, which must be made
available for withdrawal at the start of
business on the first business day following
the banking day of deposit. If the proceeds
of ølocal and nonlocal¿ checks become
available for withdrawal on the same
business day, the ø$400 withdrawal
limitation applies to¿flcash withdrawal
amount is based onfi the aggregate amount
of the funds that became available for
withdrawal on that day. The remainder of the
funds must be available for cash withdrawal
at the start of business on the business day
following the business day specified in the
schedule.
2. The EFA Act recognizes that the
ø$400¿flcash withdrawal amountfi that
must be provided on the day specified in the
schedule may exceed a bank’s daily ATM
cash withdrawal limit, and explicitly
provides that the EFA Act does not supersede
the bank’s policy in this regard. The øBoard
believes that the¿ rationale for
accommodating a bank’s ATM withdrawal
limit also applies to other cash withdrawal
limits established by that bank. Section
229.19(c)(4) of the regulation addresses the
relation between a bank’s cash withdrawal
limit (for over-the-counter cash withdrawals
as well as ATM cash withdrawals) and the
requirements of this subpart.
3. øThe Board believes that the¿ Congress
included this special cash withdrawal rule to
provide a depositary bank with additional
time to learn of the nonpayment of a check
before it must make funds available to its
customer. If a customer deposits a ølocal¿
check on a Monday, and that check is
returned by the paying bank, the depositary
bank may not receive the returned check
until Thursday, the day after funds for a
ølocal¿ check ordinarily must be made
available for withdrawal. The intent of the
special cash withdrawal rule is to minimize
this risk to the depositary bank. For this rule
to minimize the depositary bank’s risk, it
must apply not only to cash withdrawals, but
also to withdrawals by other means that
result in an irrevocable debit to the
customer’s account or commitment to pay by
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
the bank on the customer’s behalf during the
day. Thus, the cash withdrawal rule also
includes withdrawals by electronic payment,
issuance of a cashier’s or teller’s check,
certification of a check, or other irrevocable
commitment to pay, such as authorization of
an on-line point-of-sale debit. The rule also
would apply to checks presented over the
counter for payment on the day of
presentment by the depositor or another
person. Such checks could not be dishonored
for insufficient funds if an amount sufficient
to cover the check had became available for
cash withdrawal under this rule; however,
payment of such checks would be subject to
the bank’s cut-off hour established under
U.C.C. 4–108. The cash withdrawal rule does
not apply to checks and other provisional
debits presented to the bank for payment that
the bank has the right to return.
C. 229.12ø(e)¿fl(c)fi Extension of
Schedule for Certain Deposits in Alaska,
Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin
Islands
1. The EFA Act and regulation provide an
extension of the availability schedules for
check deposits at a branch of a bank if the
branch is located in Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto
Rico, or the U.S. Virgin Islands. The
schedules for ølocal¿ checks fl(other than
those subject to next-day availability under
§ 229.10(c))fiø, nonlocal checks (including
nonlocal checks subject to the reduced
schedules of appendix B),¿ and deposits at
nonproprietary ATMs are extended by one
business day for checks deposited to
accounts in banks located in these
jurisdictions that are drawn on or payable at
or through a paying bank not located in the
same jurisdiction as the depositary bank. For
example, a check deposited in a bank in
Hawaii and drawn on a San Francisco paying
bank must be made available for withdrawal
not later than the third business day
following deposit. This extension does not
apply to deposits that must be made available
for withdrawal on the next business day.
2. The Congress did not provide this
extension of the schedules to checks drawn
on a paying bank located in Alaska, Hawaii,
Puerto Rico, or the U.S. Virgin Islands and
deposited in an account at a depositary bank
in the 48 contiguous states. Therefore, a
check deposited in a San Francisco bank
drawn on a Hawaii paying bank must be
made available for withdrawal not later than
the second rather than the third business day
following deposit.
D. 229.12ø(f)¿fl(d)fi Deposits at
Nonproprietary ATMs
1. The EFA Act and regulation provide a
special rule for deposits made at
nonproprietary ATMs. This paragraph does
not apply to deposits made at proprietary
ATMs. All deposits at a nonproprietary ATM
must be made available for withdrawal by the
øfifth¿ flfourthfi business day following the
banking day of deposit. For example, a
deposit made at a nonproprietary ATM on a
Monday, including any deposit by cash or
checks that would otherwise be subject to
next-day (or second-day) availability, must be
made available for withdrawal not later than
øMonday of the following week¿flFriday.fi
fl2.fi The provisions of section
229.10(c)(1)(vii) ørequiring a depositary bank
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
to make up to $100 of an aggregate daily
deposit¿ flsetting forth the minimum
amount of a deposit that must be madefi
available for withdrawal on the first business
day after the banking day of deposit do not
apply to deposits at a nonproprietary ATM.
VII. Section 229.13—Exceptions
A. Introduction
1. While certain safeguard exceptions (such
as those for new accounts and checks the
bank has reasonable cause to believe are
uncollectible) are established in the EFA Act,
øthe Congress gave the Board the discretion
to determine whether certain other
exceptions should be included in its
regulations. Specifically,¿ the EFA Act øgives
the Board the authority to
establish¿flpermits other exceptions to be
established by regulation, specificallyfi
exceptions to the schedules for large or
redeposited checks and for accounts that
have been repeatedly overdrawn. These
exceptions apply to ølocal and nonlocal¿
checks subject to the general availability
schedule in § 229.12 as well as to checks that
must otherwise be accorded next-day ø(or
second-day)¿ availability under § 229.10(c).
2. Many checks will not be returned to the
depositary bank by the time funds must be
made available for withdrawal øunder the
next-day (or second-day), local and nonlocal
schedules¿. In order to reduce risk to
depositary banks, øthe Board has exercised
its statutory authority to adopt¿flRegulation
CC containsfi these exceptions to the
schedules in the regulation to allow the
depositary bank to extend the time within
which it is required to make funds available.
ø3. The EFA Act also gives the Board the
authority to suspend the schedules for any
classification of checks, if the schedules
result in an unacceptable level of fraud
losses. The Board will adopt regulations or
issue orders to implement this statutory
authority if and when circumstances
requiring its implementation arise.¿
B. 229.13(a) New Accounts
1. Definition of New Account.
a. The EFA Act provides an exception to
the availability schedule for new accounts.
An account is defined as a new account
during the first 30 calendar days after the
account is opened. An account is opened
when the first deposit is made to the account.
An account is not considered a new account,
however, if each customer on the account has
a transaction account relationship with the
depositary bank, including a dormant
account, that is at least 30 calendar days old
or if each customer has had an established
transaction account with the depositary bank
within the 30 calendar days prior to opening
the second account.
b. The following are examples of what
constitutes, and does not constitute, a new
account:
i. If the customer has an established
account with a bank and opens a second
account with the bank, the second account is
not subject to the new account exception.
ii. If a customer’s account were closed and
another account opened as a successor to the
original account (due, for example, to the
theft of checks or a debit card used to access
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16939
the original account), the successor account
is not subject to the new account exception,
assuming the previous account relationship
is at least 30 days old. Similarly, if a
customer closes an established account and
opens a separate account within 30 days, the
new account is not subject to the new
account exception.
iii. If a customer has a savings deposit or
other deposit that is not an account (as that
term is defined in § 229.2(a)) at the bank, and
opens an account, the account is subject to
the new account exception.
iv. If a person that is authorized to sign on
a corporate account (but has no other
relationship with the bank) opens a personal
account, the personal account is subject to
the new account exception.
v. If a customer has an established joint
account at a bank, and subsequently opens an
individual account with that bank, the
individual account is not subject to the new
account exception.
vi. If two customers that each have an
established individual account with the bank
open a joint account, the joint account is not
subject to the new account exception. If one
of the customers on the account has no
current or recent established account
relationship with the bank, however, the
joint account is subject to the new account
exception, even if the other individual on the
account has an established account
relationship with the bank.
2. Rules Applicable to New Accounts.
a. During the newfl-fiaccount exception
period, the flgeneralfi scheduleøs¿ for
ølocal and nonlocal¿ checks flin § 229.12fi
doflesfi not apply, and, unlike the other
exceptions provided in this section, the
regulation provides no maximum time frames
within which the proceeds of these deposits
must be made available for withdrawal.
Maximum times within which funds must be
available for withdrawal during the new
account period are provided, however, for
certain other deposits. Deposits received by
cash and electronic payments must be made
available for withdrawal in accordance with
§ 229.10.
b. Special rules also apply to deposits of
Treasury checks, U.S. Postal Service money
orders, checks drawn on Federal Reserve
Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks, state
and local government checks, cashier’s
checks, certified checks, teller’s checks, and,
for the purposes of the new account
exception only, traveler’s checks. The first
$5,000 of funds deposited to a new account
on any one banking day by these check
deposits must be made available for
withdrawal in accordance with § 229.10(c)ø.
Thus, the first $5,000 of the proceeds of these
check deposits must be made available¿fl;
that is,fi on the first business day following
deposit, if the deposit is made in person to
an employee of the depositary bank and the
other conditions of next-day availability are
met. øFunds must be made available on the
second business day after deposit for
deposits that are not made over the counter,
in accordance with § 229.10(c)(2).¿ (Proceeds
of Treasury check deposits must be made
available on the first business day after
deposit, even if the check is not deposited in
person to an employee of the depositary
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16940
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
bank.) Funds in excess of the first $5,000
deposited by these types of checks on a
banking day must be available for withdrawal
not later than the ninth business day
following the banking day of deposit. The
requirements of § 229.10(c)(1)(vi) and (vii)
that ‘‘on us’’ checks and the øfirst
$100¿flminimum amountfi of a day’s
deposit be made available for withdrawal on
the next business day do not apply during
the new account period.
3. Representation by Customer. The
depositary bank may rely on the
representation of the customer that the
customer has no established account
relationship with the bank, and has not had
any such account relationship within the
past 30 days, to determine whether an
account is subject to the new account
exception.
C. 229.13(b) Large Deposits
1. Under the largefl-fideposit exception,
a depositary bank may extend the hold
placed on check deposits to the extent that
the amount of the aggregate deposit on any
banking day exceeds $5,000fl(the ‘‘largedeposit amount’’)fi. This exception applies
to ølocal and nonlocal¿ checks flunder
§ 229.12fi, as well as to checks that
otherwise would be made available on the
next ø(or second)¿ business day after the day
of deposit under § 229.10(c). Although øthe
first $5,000 of a day’s deposit¿flany amount
under the large-deposit amountfi is subject
to the availability otherwise provided for
checks, the amount in excess of
ø$5,000¿flthe large-deposit thresholdfi may
be held for an additional period of time as
provided in § 229.13(h). When the largeflfideposit exception is applied to deposits
composed of a mix of checks that would
otherwise be subject to differing availability
schedules, the depositary bank has the
discretion to choose the portion of the
deposit to which it applies the exception.
Deposits by cash or electronic payment are
not subject to this exception for large
deposits.
2. The following example illustrates the
operation of the largefl-fideposit exception.
If a customer deposits $2,000 in cash and a
$9,000 ølocal¿ check on a Monday flthat is
not subject to next-day availabilityfi,
ø$2,100 (¿ the proceeds of the cash deposit
and ø$100¿ flthe minimum amount under
§ 229.10(c)fi from the ølocal¿ check
depositø)¿ must be made available for
withdrawal on Tuesday. øAn additional
$4,900 of the proceeds of the local check¿
flThe amount under the large-deposit
threshold less the minimum amount under
§ 229.10(c)fi must be available for
withdrawal on Wednesday in accordance
with the ølocal¿ flgeneralfi schedule, and
the remaining ø$4,000¿flamount over the
large-deposit thresholdfi may be held for an
additional period of time under the largeflfideposit exception.
3. Where a customer has multiple accounts
with a depositary bank, the bank may apply
the largefl-fideposit exception to the
aggregate deposits to all of the customer’s
accounts, even if the customer is not the sole
holder of the accounts and not all of the
holders of the customer’s accounts are the
same. Thus, a depositary bank may aggregate
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
the deposits made to two individual accounts
in the same name, to an individual and a
joint account with one common name, or to
two joint accounts with at least one common
name for the purpose of applying the largeflfideposit exception. Aggregation of deposits
to multiple accounts is permitted because
øthe Board believes that¿ the risk to the
depositary bank associated with large
deposits is similar regardless of how the
deposits are allocated among the customer’s
accounts.
D. 229.13(c) Redeposited Checks
1. The EFA Act øgives the Board the
authority to promulgate¿flprovides that the
regulation may includefi an exception to the
schedule for checks that have been returned
unpaid and redeposited. Section 229.13(c)
provides such an exception for checks that
have been returned unpaid and redeposited
by the customer or the depositary bank. This
exception applies to ølocal and nonlocal¿
checks flsubject to § 229.12fi, as well as to
checks that would otherwise be made
available on the next ø(or second)¿ business
day after the day of deposit under § 229.10(c).
2. This exception addresses the increased
risk to the depositary bank that checks that
have been returned once will be uncollectible
when they are presented to the paying bank
a second time. øThe Board, however, does
not believe that t¿flTfihis increased risk is
flnotfi present for checks that have been
returned due to a missing indorsement. Thus,
the exception does not apply to checks
returned unpaid due to missing indorsements
and redeposited after the missing
indorsement has been obtained, if the reason
for return indicated on the check (see
§ 229.30(d)) states that it was returned due to
a missing indorsement. For the same reason,
this exception does not apply to a check
returned because it was postdated (future
dated), if the reason for return indicated on
the check states that it was returned because
it was postdated, and if it is no longer
postdated when redeposited.
3. To determine when funds must be made
available for withdrawal, the banking day on
which the check is redeposited is considered
to be the day of deposit. A depositary bank
that made ø$100¿ flthe minimum amountfi
of a check available for withdrawal under
§ 229.10(c)(1)(vii) can charge back the full
amount of the check, including the
ø$100¿flthe minimum amount made
availablefi, if the check is returned unpaid,
and the ø$100¿ flminimum amountfi need
not be made available again if the check is
redeposited.
E. 229.13(d) Repeated Overdrafts
1. The EFA Act øgives the Board the
authority to establish¿flprovides that the
regulation may includefi an exception for
‘‘deposit accounts which have been
overdrawn repeatedly.’’ This paragraph
provides two tests to determine what
constitutes repeated overdrafts. Under the
first test, a customer’s accounts are
considered repeatedly overdrawn if, on six
banking days within the preceding six
months, the available balance in any account
held by the customer is negative, or the
balance would have become negative if
checks or other charges to the account had
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
been paid, rather than returned. This test can
be met based on separate occurrences (e.g.,
checks that are returned for insufficient
funds on six different days), or based on one
occurrence (e.g., a negative balance that
remains on the customer’s account for six
banking days). If the bank dishonors a check
that otherwise would have created a negative
balance, however, the incident is considered
an overdraft only on that day.
2. The second test addresses substantial
overdrafts. Such overdrafts increase the risk
to the depositary bank of dealing with the
repeated overdrafter. Under this test, a
customer incurs repeated overdrafts if, on
two banking days within the preceding six
months, the available balance in any account
held by the customer is negative in an
amount of $5,000 or more, or would have
become negative in an amount of $5,000 or
more if checks or other charges to the
account had been paid.
3. The exception relates not only to
overdrafts caused by checks drawn on the
account, but also overdrafts caused by other
debit charges (e.g. ACH debits, point-of-sale
transactions, returned checks, account fees,
etc.). If the potential debit is in excess of
available funds, the exception applies
regardless of whether the items were paid or
returned unpaid.
fl4. Under either test described above, the
‘‘other charges to the account’’ that would
have created an overdraft had they been paid
do not include attempted debit card
transactions for which the depositary bank
has declined the authorization request,
because there is no transaction that has
occurred.fi
fl5.fi An overdraft resulting from an error
on the part of the depositary bank, or from
the imposition of overdraft charges for which
the customer is entitled to a refund under
§§ 229.13(e) or 229.16(c), cannot be
considered in determining whether the
customer is a repeated overdrafter. The
exception excludes accounts with overdraft
lines of credit, unless the credit line has been
exceeded or would have been exceeded if the
checks or other charges to the account had
been paid.
ø4.¿fl6.fiThis exception applies to ølocal
and nonlocal¿ checks flsubject to
§ 229.12fi, as well as to checks that
otherwise would be made available on the
next ø(or second)¿ business day after the day
of deposit under § 229.10(c). When a bank
places or extends a hold under this
exception, it need not make the øfirst
$100¿flminimum amountfi of a deposit
available for withdrawal on the next business
day, as otherwise would be required by
§ 229.10(c)(1)(vii).
F. 229.13(e) Reasonable Cause To Doubt
Collectibility
1. In the case of certain check deposits, if
the bank has reasonable cause to believe the
check is uncollectible, it may extend the time
funds must be made available for
withdrawal. This exception applies to ølocal
and nonlocal¿ checks flunder § 229.12fi, as
well as to checks that would otherwise be
made available on the next ø(or second)¿
business day after the day of deposit under
§ 229.10(c). When a bank places or extends
a hold under this exception, it need not make
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
the øfirst $100¿flminimum amountfi of a
deposit available for withdrawal on the next
business day, as otherwise would be required
by § 229.10(c)(1)(vii). If the reasonableflficause exception is invoked, the bank must
include in the notice to its customer,
required by § 229.13(g), the reason that the
bank believes that the check is uncollectible.
2. The following are several examples of
circumstances under which the
reasonablefl-ficause exception may be
invoked:
a. If a bank received a notice from the
paying bank that a check was not paid and
is being returned to the depositary bank, the
depositary bank could place a hold on the
check or extend a hold previously placed on
that check, and notify the customer that the
bank had received notice that the check is
being returned. The exception could be
invoked even if the notice were incomplete,
if the bank had reasonable cause to believe
that the notice applied to that particular
check.
b. The depositary bank may have received
information from the paying bank, prior to
the presentment of the check, that gives the
bank reasonable cause to believe that the
check is uncollectible. For example, the
paying bank may have indicated that
payment has been stopped on the check, or
that the drawer’s account does not currently
have sufficient funds to honor the check.
Such information may provide sufficient
basis to invoke this exception. In these cases,
the depositary bank could invoke the
exception and disclose as the reason the
exception is being invoked the fact that
information from the paying bank indicates
that the check may not be paid.
c. The fact that a check is deposited more
than six months after the date on the check
(i.e.fl,fi a stale check) is a reasonable
indication that the check may be
uncollectible, because under U.C.C. 4–404 a
bank has no duty to its customer to pay a
check that is more than six months old.
Similarly, if a check being deposited is
postdated (future dated), the bank may have
a reasonable cause to believe the check is
uncollectible, because the check may not be
properly payable under U.C.C. 4–401. The
bank, in its notice, should specify that the
check is stale-dated or postdated.
d. There are reasons that may cause a bank
to believe that a check is uncollectible that
are based on confidential information. For
example, a bank could conclude that a check
being deposited is uncollectible based on its
reasonable belief that the depositor is
engaging in kiting activity. Reasonable belief
as to the insolvency or pending insolvency of
the drawer of the check or the drawee bank
and that the checks will not be paid also may
justify invoking this exception. In these
cases, the bank may indicate, as the reason
it is invoking the exception, that the bank has
confidential information that indicates that
the check might not be paid.
3. øThe Board has included a¿flAppendix
C contains a model reasonablefl-ficause
exception notice as a model notice in
appendix C (C–ø13¿fl9fi). The
flcommentary in appendix C to thefi model
notice includes several reasons for which this
exception may be invoked. The øBoard does
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
not intend to provide¿flcommentary list is
notfi a comprehensive list of reasons for
which this exception may be invoked;
another reason that does not appear flin the
commentary to thefi øon¿ the model notice
may be used as the basis for extending a
hold, if the reason satisfies the conditions for
invoking this exception. A depositary bank
may invoke the reasonablefl-ficause
exception based on a combination of factors
that give rise to a reasonable cause to doubt
the collectibility of a check. In these cases,
the bank should disclose the primary reasons
for which the exception was invoked in
accordance with paragraph (g) of this section.
4. The regulation provides that the
determination that a check is uncollectible
shall not be based on a class of checks or
persons. For example, a depositary bank
cannot invoke this exception simply because
øthe check is drawn on a paying bank in a
rural area¿fla paying bank demands paper
presentmentfi and the depositary bank
knows it will not have the opportunity to
learn of nonpayment of that check before
funds must be made available under the
availability schedules. Similarly, a depositary
bank cannot invoke the reasonable cause
exception based on the race or national origin
of the depositor.
5. If a depositary bank invokes this
exception with respect to a particular check
and does not provide a written notice to the
depositor at the time of deposit, the
depositary bank may not assess any overdraft
fee (such as an ‘‘NSF’’ charge) or charge
interest for use of overdraft credit, if the
check is paid by the paying bank and these
charges would not have occurred had the
exception not been invoked. A bank may
assess an overdraft fee under these
circumstances, however, if it provides notice
to the customer, in the notice of exception
required by paragraph (g) of this section, that
the fee may be subject to refund, and refunds
the charges upon the request of the customer.
The notice must state that the customer may
be entitled to a refund of any overdraft fees
that are assessed if the check being held is
paid, and indicate where such requests for a
refund of overdraft fees should be directed.
G. 229.13(f) Emergency Conditions
1. Certain emergency conditions may arise
that delay the collection or return of checks,
or delay the processing and updating of
customer accounts. In the circumstances
specified in this paragraph, the depositary
bank may extend the holds that are placed on
deposits of checks that are affected by such
delays, if the bank exercises such diligence
as the circumstances require. For example, if
a bank learns that a check has been delayed
in the process of collection due to øsevere
weather conditions¿ flan interruption of
computer facilitiesfi or other causes beyond
its control, an emergency condition covered
by this section may exist and the bank may
place a hold on the check to reflect the delay.
This exception applies to ølocal and
nonlocal¿ checks flsubject to § 229.12fi, as
well as fltofi checks that would otherwise
be made available on the next ø(or second)¿
business day after the day of deposit under
§ 229.10(c). When a bank places or extends
a hold under this exception, it need not make
the øfirst $100¿flminimum amountfi of a
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16941
deposit available for withdrawal on the next
business day, as otherwise would be required
by § 229.10(c)(1)(vii). In cases where the
emergencyfl-ficonditions exception does
not apply, as in the case of deposits of cash
or electronic payments under § 229.10 (a) and
(b), the depositary bank may not be liable for
a delay in making funds available for
withdrawal if the delay is due to a bona fide
error such as an unavoidable computer
malfunction.
H. 229.13(g) Notice of Exception
1. In general.
a. If a depositary bank invokes any of the
safeguard exceptions to the schedules listed
above, other than the newfl-fiaccount or
emergencyfl-ficonditions exception, and
extends the hold on a deposit beyond the
time periods permitted in §§ 229.10(c) and
229.12, it must provide a notice to its
customer. Except in the cases described in
paragraphs (g)(2) and (g)(3) of this section,
notices must be given each time an exception
hold is invoked and must state øthe¿ fla
number or code that identifies thefi
customer’s account ønumber¿, the date of
deposit, flthe total amount of the deposit,
the amount of the deposit that is being
delayed,fi the reason the exception was
invoked, and the time period within which
funds will be available for withdrawal. For a
customer that is not a consumer, a depositary
bank satisfies the written-notice requirement
by sending an electronic notice that displays
the text and is in a form that the customer
may keep, if the customer agrees to such
means of notice. Information is in a form that
the customer may keep if, for example, it can
be downloaded or printed. For a customer
who is a consumer, a depositary bank
satisfies the written-notice requirement by
sending an electronic notice in compliance
with the requirements of the Electronic
Signatures in Global and National Commerce
Act (12 U.S.C. 7001 et seq.), which include
obtaining the consumer’s affirmative consent
to such means of notice.
b. With respect to paragraph (g)(1), the
requirement that the notice state the øtime
period within¿flday onfi which the funds
shall be made available may be satisfied øif
the notice identifies the date the deposit is
received and information sufficient to
indicate when funds will be available and the
amounts that will be available at those times.
For example,¿ for a deposit involving more
than one check, fliffi øthe bank need not
provide a notice that discloses when funds
from each individual check in the deposit
will be available for withdrawal; instead,¿
the bank ømay¿ provideflsfi a total dollar
amount for each of the øtime periods
when¿fldays on which thefi funds will be
availableø, or provide the customer with an
explanation of how to determine the amount
of the deposit that will be held and when the
funds will be available for deposit.¿
Appendix C (C–ø12¿fl9fi) contains a model
notice.
c. For deposits made in person to an
employee of the depositary bank, the notice
generally must be given to the person making
the deposit, i.e., the ‘‘depositorfl,fi’’ø,¿ at
the time of deposit. The depositor need not
be the customer holding the account. For
other deposits, such as deposits received at
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16942
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
an ATM, lobby deposit box, night depository,
or through the mail, notice must be ømailed¿
flsentfi to the customer not later than the
close of the business day following the
banking day on which the deposit was made.
d. Notice to the customer also may be
provided at a later time, if the facts upon
which the determination to invoke the
exception flis madefi do not become
known to the depositary bank until after
notice would otherwise have to be given. In
these cases, the bank must ømail¿ flsendfi
the notice to the customer as soon as
practicable, but not later than the business
day following the day the facts become
known. A bank is deemed to have knowledge
when the facts are brought to the attention of
the person or persons in the bank responsible
for making the determination, or when the
facts would have been brought to their
attention if the bank had exercised due
diligence.
fle. If the customer has agreed to accept
notices electronically, the bank shall send the
notice such that the bank may reasonably
expect it to be received by the customer no
later than the first business day following the
day the facts become known to the depositary
bank, or the deposit is made, whichever is
later.fi
øe¿flffi. In those cases described in
paragraphs (g)(2) and (g)(3), the depositary
bank need not provide a notice every time an
exception hold is applied to a deposit. When
paragraph (g)(2) or (g)(3) requires disclosure
of the time period within which deposits
subject to the exception generally will be
available for withdrawal, the requirement
may be satisfied if the one-time notice states
when ‘‘on usø,¿’’ ølocal, and nonlocal¿ fland
otherfi checks will be available for
withdrawal if an exception is invoked.
2. One-time exception notice.
a. Under paragraph (g)(2), if a
nonconsumer account (see Commentary to
§ 229.2ø(n)¿fl(o)fi) is subject to the largeflfideposit or redepositedfl-ficheck
exception, the depositary bank may give its
customer a single notice at or prior to the
time notice must be provided under
paragraph (g)(1). Notices provided under
paragraph (g)(2) must contain the reason the
exception may be invoked and the time
period within which deposits subject to the
exception will be available for withdrawal
(see Model Notice C–ø14¿fl10fi). A
depositary bank may provide a one-time
notice to a nonconsumer customer under
paragraph (g)(2) only if each exception cited
in the notice (the large deposit and/or the
redeposited check exception) will be invoked
for most check deposits to the customer’s
account to which the exception could apply.
A one-time notice may state that the
depositary bank will apply exception holds
to certain subsets of deposits to which the
largefl-fideposit or redepositedfl-ficheck
exception may apply, and the notice should
identify such subsets. For example, the
depositary bank may apply the
redepositedfl-ficheck exception only to
checks that were redeposited automatically
by the depositary bank in accordance with an
agreement with the customer, rather than to
all redeposited checks. In lieu of sending the
one-time notice, a depositary bank may send
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
individual hold notices for each deposit
subject to the largefl-fideposit or
redepositedfl-ficheck exception in
accordance with § 229.13(g)(1) (see Model
Notice C–ø12¿fl9fi).
b. In the case of a deposit of multiple
checks, the depositary bank has the
discretion to place an exception hold on any
combination of checks in excess of
ø$5,000¿flthe large-deposit thresholdfi.
The notice should enable a customer to
determine the availability of the deposit in
the case of a deposit of multiple checks
flsubject to differing hold periodsfi. øFor
example, if a customer deposits a $5,000
local check and a $5,000 nonlocal check,
under the large deposit exception, the
depositary bank may make funds available in
the amount of (1) $100 on the first business
day after deposit, $4,900 on the second
business day after deposit (local check), and
$5,000 on the eleventh business day after
deposit (nonlocal check with 6-day exception
hold), or (2) $100 on the first business day
after deposit, $4,900 on the fifth business day
after deposit (nonlocal check), and $5,000 on
the seventh business day after deposit (local
check with 5-day exception hold).¿ The
notice flalsofi should reflect the bank’s
priorities in placing exception holds on nextday ø(or second-day), local, and nonlocal¿
fland otherfi checks.
3. Notice of repeatedfl-fioverdraft
exception. Under paragraph (g)(3), if an
account is subject to the repeatedflfioverdraft exception, the depositary bank
may provide one notice to its customer for
each time period during which the exception
will apply. Notices sent pursuant to
paragraph (g)(3) must state the customer’s
account ønumber¿ flidentifierfi, the fact
the exception was invoked under the
repeatedfl-fioverdraft exception, the time
period within which deposits subject to the
exception will be made available for
withdrawal, and the time period during
which the exception will apply (see Model
Notice C–ø15¿fl11fi). A depositary bank
may provide a one-time notice to a customer
under paragraph (g)(3) only if the repeatedflfioverdraft exception will be invoked for
most check deposits to the customer’s
account.
4. Emergencyfl-ficonditions exception
notice.
a. If an account is subject to the
emergencyfl-ficonditions exception under
§ 229.13(f), the depositary bank must provide
notice in a reasonable form within a
reasonable time, depending on the
circumstances. For example, a depositary
bank may learn of a weather emergency or a
power outage that affects the paying bank’s
operations. Under these circumstances, it
likely would be reasonable for the depositary
bank to provide an emergencyflficonditions exception notice in the same
manner and within the same time as required
for other exception notices. On the other
hand, if a depositary bank experiences a
weather or power outage emergency that
affects its own operations, it may be
reasonable for the depositary bank to provide
a general notice to all depositors via postings
flon the depositary bank’s website or
through a directed e-mailfi, at branches and
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
ATMs, or through newspaper, television, or
radio notices.
b. If the depositary bank extends the hold
placed on a deposit due to an emergency
condition, the bank need not provide a notice
if the funds would be available for
withdrawal before the notice must be sent.
For example, if on the last day of a hold
period the depositary bank experiences a
computer failure and customer accounts
cannot be updated in a timely fashion to
reflect the funds as available balances,
notices are not required if the funds are made
available before the notices must be sent.
5. Record retention. A depositary bank
must retain a record of each notice of a
reasonablefl-ficause exception for a period
of two years, or such longer time as provided
in the record retention requirements of
§ 229.21. This record must contain a brief
description of the facts on which the
depositary bank based its judgment that there
was reasonable cause to doubt the
collectibility of a check. In many cases, øsuch
as where the exception was invoked on the
basis of a notice of nonpayment received,¿
the record requirement may be met by
retaining a copy of the notice sent to the
customer. In other cases, such as where the
exception was invoked on the basis of
confidential information, a further
description to the facts, such as insolvency
of drawer, should be included in the record.
I. 229.13(h) Availability of Deposits Subject
to Exceptions
1. If a depositary bank invokes any
exception other than the newfl-fiaccount
exception, the bank may extend the time
within which funds must be made available
under the schedule by a reasonable period of
time. This provision establishes that an
extension of up to one business day for ‘‘on
us’’ checksø,¿ fland twofi øfive¿ business
days for ølocal checks, and six business days
for nonlocal checks¿ flall other checksfi
øand checks deposited in a nonproprietary
ATM¿ is reasonable. Under certain
circumstances, however, a longer extension
of the schedules may be reasonable. In these
cases, the burden is placed on the depositary
bank to establish that a longer period is
reasonable.
2. For example, assume a bank extended
the hold on a ølocal¿ check deposit by
fltwofi øfive¿ business days based on its
reasonable cause to believe that the check is
uncollectible. If, on the day before the
extended hold is scheduled to expire, the
bank øreceives a notification from the paying
bank¿ fllearnsfi that the check is being
returned unpaid, the bank may determine
that a longer hold is warrantedø, if it decides
not to charge back the customer’s account
based on the notification¿. If the bank
decides to extend the hold, the bank must
send a second notice, in accordance with
paragraph (g) of this section, indicating the
new date that the funds will be available for
withdrawal.
3. With respect to Treasury checks, U.S.
Postal Service money orders, checks drawn
on Federal Reserve Banks or Federal Home
Loan Banks, state and local government
checks, cashier’s checks, certified checks,
and teller’s checks subject to the next-day
ø(or second-day)¿ availability requirement,
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
the depositary bank may extend the time
funds must be made available for withdrawal
under the largefl-fideposit, redepositedflficheck, repeatedfl-fioverdraft, or
reasonablefl-ficause exception by a
reasonable period beyond the delay that
would have been permitted under the
regulation had the checks not been subject to
the next-day ø(or second-day)¿ availability
requirement. The additional hold is added to
the ølocal or nonlocal¿ flgeneralfi schedule
øthat would apply based on the location of
the paying bank¿ flin § 229.12fi.
4. One business day for ‘‘on us’’ checks
fland twofi ø, five¿ business days for ølocal
checks, and six business days for nonlocal
checks or checks deposited in a
nonproprietary ATM¿ flall other checksfi,
in addition to the time period provided in the
schedule, should provide adequate time for
flafiøthe¿ depositary bank flthat accepts
electronic returns under § 229.32(a)fi to
learn of the nonpayment of virtually all
checks that are returned. øFor example, if a
customer deposits a $7,000 cashier’s check
drawn on a nonlocal bank, and the
depositary bank applies the large deposit
exception to that check, $5,000 must be
available for withdrawal on the first business
day after the day of deposit and the
remaining $2,000 must be available for
withdrawal on the eleventh business day
following the day of deposit (six business
days added to the five-day schedule for
nonlocal checks), unless the depositary bank
establishes that a longer hold is reasonable.¿
5. In the case of the application of the
emergency conditions exception, the
depositary bank may extend the hold placed
on a check by not more than a reasonable
period following the end of the emergency or
the time funds must be available for
withdrawal under §§ 229.10(c) or 229.12,
whichever is later.
6. This provision does not apply to holds
imposed under the newfl-fiaccount
exception. Under that exception, the
maximum time period within which funds
must be made available for withdrawal is
specified for deposits that generally must be
accorded next-day availability under
§ 229.10. This subpart does not specify the
maximum time period within which the
proceeds of ølocal and nonlocal¿ flotherfi
checks must be made available for
withdrawal during the new account period.
VIII. Section 229.14 Payment of Interest
A. 229.14(a) In General
1. This section requires that a depositary
bank begin accruing interest on interestbearing accounts not later than the day on
which the depositary bank receives credit for
the funds deposited.ø3¿ A depositary bank
generally receives credit on checks øwithin
one or two days¿ flon the business dayfi
following deposit. A bank receives credit on
a cash deposit, an electronic payment, and
the deposit of a check that is drawn on the
depositary bank itself on the day the cash,
electronic payment, or check is received. In
the case of a deposit at a nonproprietary
ATM, credit generally is received on the day
the bank that operates the ATM credits the
depositary bank for the amount of the
deposit. In the case of a deposit at a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
contractual branch, credit is received on the
day the depositary bank receives credit for
the amount of the deposit, which may be
different from the day the contractual branch
receives credit for the deposit.
ø3¿ fl2.fi This section implements
section 606 of the EFA Act (12 U.S.C. 4005).
The EFA Act keys the requirement to pay
interest to the time the depositary bank
receives provisional credit for a check.
øProvisional credit is a term used in the
U.C.C. that is derived from the Code’s
concept of provisional settlement. (See
U.C.C. 4–214 and 4–215.)¿ Provisional credit
is credit that is subject to charge-back if the
check is returned unpaid; once the check is
finally paid, the right to charge back expires
and the provisional credit becomes final
fl(See U.C.C. 4–214 and 4–215)fi. Under
øS¿flsfiubpart C, a paying bank no longer
has an automatic right to charge back credits
given in settlement of a check, and the
concept of provisional settlement is no longer
useful and has been eliminated by the
regulation. Accordingly, this section uses the
term credit rather than provisional credit,
and this section applies regardless of whether
a credit would be provisional or final under
the U.C.C. Credit does not include a
bookkeeping entry (sometimes referred to as
deferred credit) that does not represent funds
actually available for the bank’s use.
ø2¿fl3fi. Because account includes only
transaction accounts, other interest-bearing
accounts of the depositary bank, such as
money market deposit accounts, savings
deposits, and time deposits, are not subject
to this requirement; however, a bank may
accrue interest on such deposits in the same
way that it accrues interest under this
paragraph for simplicity of operation. The
øBoard intends the¿ term interest øto¿
referflsfi to payments to or for the account
of any customer as compensation for the use
of funds, but øto¿ excludeflsfi the
absorption of expenses incident to providing
a normal banking function or a bank’s
forbearance from charging a fee in connection
with such a service. ø(See 12 CFR 217.2(d).)¿
Thus, earnings credits often applied to
corporate accounts are not interest payments
for the purposes of this section.
ø3¿fl4fi. It may be difficult for a
depositary bank to track which day øthe
depositary bank¿flitfi receives credit for
specific checks in order to accrue interest
properly on the account to which the check
is deposited. This difficulty may be
pronounced if the bank uses different means
of collecting checks based on the time of day
the check is received, the dollar amount of
the check, and/or the paying bank to which
it must be sent. Thus, for the purpose of the
interest accrual requirement, a bank may rely
on an availability schedule from its Federal
Reserve Bankø, Federal Home Loan Bank,¿ or
correspondent to determine when the
depositary bank receives credit. If availability
is delayed beyond that specified in the
availability schedule, a bank may charge back
interest erroneously accrued or paid on the
basis of that schedule.
ø4¿fl5fi. This paragraph also permits a
depositary bank to accrue interest on checks
deposited to all of its interest-bearing
accounts based on when the bank receives
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16943
credit on all checks sent for payment or
collection. For example, if a bank receives
credit on 20 percent of the funds deposited
in the bank by check as of the business day
of deposit (e.g., ‘‘on us’’ checks), 70 percent
as of the business day following deposit, and
10 percent on the second business day
following deposit, the bank can apply these
percentages to determine the day interest
must begin to accrue on check deposits to all
interest-bearing accounts, regardless of when
the bank received credit on the funds
deposited in any particular account. Thus, a
bank may begin accruing interest on a
uniform basis for all interest-bearing
accounts, without the need to track the type
of check deposited to each account.
ø5¿fl6fi. This section is not intended to
limit a policy of a depositary bank that
provides that interest accrues only on
balances that exceed a specified amount, or
on the minimum balance maintained in the
account during a given period, provided that
the balance is determined based on the date
that the depositary bank receives credit for
the funds. This section also is not intended
to limit any policy providing that interest
accrues sooner than required by this
paragraph.
B. 229.14(b) Special Rule for Credit Unions
1. This provision implements a
requirement in section 606(b) of the EFA Act,
and provides an exemption from the
payment-of-interest requirements for credit
unions that do not begin to accrue interest or
dividends on their customer accounts until a
later date than the day the credit union
receives credit for those deposits, including
cash deposits. These credit unions are
exempt from the payment-of-interest
requirements, as long as they provide notice
of their interest accrual policies in
accordance with § 229.16(d). For example, if
a credit union has a policy of computing
interest on all deposits received by the 10th
of the month from the first of that month, and
on all deposits received after the 10th of the
month from the first of the next month, that
policy is not superseded by this regulation,
if the credit union provides proper disclosure
of this policy to its customers.
2. The EFA Act limits this exemption to
credit unions; other types of banks must
comply with the payment-of-interest
requirements. In addition, credit unions that
compute interest from the day of deposit or
day of credit should not change their existing
practices in order to avoid compliance with
the requirement that interest accrue from the
day the credit union receives credit.
C. 229.14(c) Exception for Checks Returned
Unpaid
1. This provision is based on section 606(c)
of the EFA Act (12 U.S.C. 4005(c)) and
provides that interest need not be paid on
funds deposited in an interest-bearing
account by check that has been returned
unpaid, regardless of the reason for return.
IX. Section 229.15 General Disclosure
Requirements
A. 229.15(a) Form of Disclosures fland
Noticesfi
1. This paragraph sets forth the general
requirements for the disclosures fland
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16944
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
noticesfi required under øS¿flsfiubpart B.
All of the disclosures fland noticesfi must
be given in a clear and conspicuous manner,
must be in writing, and, in most cases, must
be in a form the customer may keep. A
disclosure flor noticefi is in a form that the
customer may keep if, for example, it can be
downloaded or printed. For a customer that
is not a consumer, a depositary bank satisfies
the written-disclosure flor noticefi
requirement by sending an electronic
disclosure flor noticefi that displays the
text and is in a form that the customer may
keep, if the customer agrees to such means
of disclosure flor noticefi. For a customer
who is a consumer, a depositary bank
satisfies the written-fldisclosure orfi notice
requirement by sending an electronic
fldisclosure orfi notice in compliance with
the requirements of the Electronic Signatures
in Global and National Commerce Act (12
U.S.C. 7001 et seq.), which include obtaining
the consumer’s affirmative consent to such
means of fldisclosure orfi notice.
Disclosures posted at locations where
employees accept consumer deposits, at
ATMs, and on preprinted deposit slips need
not be in a form that the customer may keep.
Appendix C of the regulation contains model
forms, clauses, and notices to assist banks in
preparing disclosures.
2. Disclosures concerning availability must
be grouped together and may not contain any
information that is not related to the
disclosures required by this subpart.
Therefore, banks may not intersperse the
required disclosures with other account
disclosures, and may not include other
account information that is not related to
their availability policy within the text of the
required disclosures. Banks may, however,
include information that is related to their
availability policies. For example, a bank
may inform its customers that, even when the
bank has already made funds available for
withdrawal, the customer is responsible for
any problem with the deposit, such as the
return of a deposited check. flSee Model
Forms C1–C4.fi
3. The regulation does not require that the
disclosures be segregated from other account
terms and conditions. For example, banks
may include the disclosure of their specific
availability policy in a booklet or pamphlet
that sets out all of the terms and conditions
of the bank’s accounts. The required
disclosures must, however, be grouped
together and highlighted or identified in
some manner, for example, by use of a
separate heading for the disclosures, such as
‘‘When Deposits are Available for
Withdrawal.’’
4. A bank may, by agreement or at the
consumer’s request, provide any disclosure
or notice required by subpart B in a language
other than English, provided that the bank
makes a complete disclosure available in
English at the customer’s request.
B. 229.15(b) øUniform¿ Reference to Day of
Availability
1. This paragraph requires banks to
disclose in a uniform manner when
deposited funds will be available for
withdrawal. Banks must disclose when
deposited funds are available for withdrawal
by stating the business day on which the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
customer may begin to withdraw funds flin
relation to the banking day on which the
bank received the depositfi. øThe business
day funds will be available must be disclosed
as ‘‘the llll business day after’’ the day
of deposit, or substantially similar language.¿
The business day of availability is
determined by counting the number of
business days starting with the øbusiness day
following the¿ banking day on which the
deposit is received, as determined under
§ 229.19(a), and ending with the business day
on which the customer may begin to
withdraw funds. For example, a bank that
flmakes electronic direct deposits available
on the banking day they are received may
describe the deposits as being available ‘‘the
same business day.’’ A bank that makes check
deposits available on the business day after
the banking day they are received may
describe the deposits as being available ‘‘the
next day.’’ A bank thatfi imposes delays of
øfour¿flonefi intervening business dayøs¿
flbetween the banking day of receipt and the
business day of availabilityfi for ønonlocal¿
checks must describe those checks as being
available on ‘‘the øfifth¿ flsecondfi business
day after’’ the day of the deposit flor ‘‘2
business days’’ after the day of the depositfi.
C. 229.15(c) Multiple Accounts and Multiple
Account Holders
1. This paragraph clarifies that banks need
not provide multiple disclosures under the
regulation. A single disclosure to a customer
that holds multiple accounts, or a single
disclosure to one of the account holders of
a jointly held account, satisfies the disclosure
requirements of the regulation.
D. 229.15(d) Dormant or Inactive Accounts
1. This paragraph makes clear that banks
need not provide disclosure of their specific
availability policies to customers that hold
accounts that are either dormant or inactive.
The determination that certain accounts are
dormant or inactive must be made by the
bank. If a bank considers an account dormant
or inactive for purposes other than this
regulation and no longer provides statements
and other mailings to an account for this
reason, such an account is considered
dormant or inactive for purposes of this
regulation.
X. Section 229.16 Specific Availability Policy
Disclosure
A. 229.16(a) General
1. This section describes the information
that must be disclosed by banks to comply
with §§ 229.17 and 229.18(d), which require
that banks furnish notices of their specific
policy regarding availability of deposited
funds. The disclosure provided by a bank
must reflect the availability policy followed
by the bank in most cases, even though a
bank may in some cases make funds available
sooner or impose a longer delay.
2. The disclosure must reflect the policy
and practice of the bank regarding
availability as to most accounts and most
deposits into those accounts. In disclosing
the availability policy that it follows in most
cases, a bank may provide a single disclosure
that reflects one policy to all its transaction
account customers, even though some of its
customers may receive faster availability than
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
that reflected in the policy disclosure. Thus,
a bank need not disclose to some customers
that they receive faster availability than
indicated in the disclosure. If, however, a
bank has a policy of imposing delays in
availability on any customers longer than
those specified in its disclosure, those
customers must receive disclosures that
reflect the longer applicable availability
periods. A bank may establish different
availability policies for different groups of
customers, such as customers in a particular
geographic area or customers of a particular
branch. For purposes of providing a specific
availability policy, the bank may allocate
customers among groups through good faith
use of a reasonable method. A bank may also
establish different availability policies for
deposits at different locations, such as
deposits at a contractual branch.
3. A bank may disclose that funds are
available for withdrawal on a given day
notwithstanding the fact that the bank uses
the funds to pay checks received before that
day. For example, a bank may disclose that
its policy is to make funds available from
deposits of ølocal¿ checks on the second
business day following the day of deposit,
even though it may use the deposited funds
to pay checks prior to the second business
day; the funds used to pay checks in this
example are not available for withdrawal
until the second business day after deposit
because the funds are not available for all
uses until the second business day. (See the
definition of available for withdrawal in
§ 229.2(d).)
B. 229.16(b) Content of Specific Policy
Disclosure
1. This paragraph sets forth the items that
must be included, as applicable, in a bank’s
specific availability policy disclosure. The
information that must be disclosed by a
particular bank will vary considerably
depending upon the bank’s availability
policy. For example, a bank that makes
deposited funds available for withdrawal on
the business day following the day of deposit
need simply disclose that deposited funds
will be available for withdrawal on the first
business day after the day of deposit, the
bank’s business days, and when deposits are
considered received.
2. On the other hand, a bank that has a
policy of routinely delaying on a blanket
basis the time when flsomefi deposited
funds are available for withdrawal would
have a more detailed disclosure. Such
blanket hold policies might be for the
maximum time allowed under øthe federal
law¿ flthis regulationfi or might be for
shorter periods. These banks must disclose
the types of deposits that will be subject to
delays, how the customer can determine the
type of deposit being made, and the day that
funds from each type of deposit will be
available for withdrawal.
3. Some banks may have a combination of
next-day availability and blanket delays. For
example, a bank may provide next-day
availability for all deposits except for one or
two categories, such as deposits at
nonproprietary ATMs and ønonlocal¿
personal checks over a specified dollar
amount. The bank would describe the
categories that are subject to delays in
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
availability and tell the customer when each
category would be available for withdrawal,
and state that other deposits will be available
for withdrawal on the first business day after
the day of deposit. Similarly, a bank that
provides availability on the second business
day for most of its deposits would need to
identify the categories of deposits which,
under the regulation, are subject to next-day
availability and state that all other deposits
will be available on the second business day.
4. øBecause many banks’ availability
policies may be complex, a bank must give
a brief summary of its policy at the beginning
of the disclosure. In addition, t¿flTfihe
bank must describe any circumstances when
actual availability may be longer than the
schedules disclosed. Such circumstances
would arise, for example, when the bank
invokes one of the exceptions set forth in
§ 229.13 of the regulation, or when the bank
delays or extends the time when deposited
funds are available for withdrawal up to the
time periods allowed by the regulation on a
case-by-case basis. øAlso, a bank that must
make certain checks available faster under
appendix B (reduction of schedules for
certain nonlocal checks) must state that some
check deposits will be available for
withdrawal sooner because of special rules
and that a list of the pertinent routing
numbers is available upon request.¿
ø5. Generally, a bank that distinguishes in
its disclosure between local and nonlocal
checks based on the routing number on the
check must disclose to its customers that
certain checks, such as some credit union
payable-through drafts, will be treated as
local or nonlocal based on the location of the
bank by which they are payable (e.g., the
credit union), and not on the basis of the
location of the bank whose routing number
appears on the check. A bank is not required
to provide this disclosure, however, if it
makes the proceeds of both local and
nonlocal checks available for withdrawal
within the time periods required for local
checks in §§ 229.12 and 229.13.¿
ø6¿fl5fi. The business day cut-off time
used by the bank must be disclosed and if
some locations have different cut-off times
the bank must note this in the disclosure and
state the earliest time that might apply. A
bank need not list all of the different cut-off
times that might apply. If a bank does not
have a cut-off time prior to its closing time,
the bank need not disclose a cut-off time.
ø7¿fl6fi. A bank taking advantage of the
extended time period for making deposits at
nonproprietary ATMs available for
withdrawal under § 229.12ø(f)¿fl(d)fi must
explain this in the initial disclosure. In
addition, the bank must provide a list (on or
with the initial disclosure) of either the
bank’s proprietary ATMs or those ATMs that
are nonproprietary at which customers may
make deposits. As an alternative to providing
such a list, the bank may label all of its
proprietary ATMs with the bank’s name and
state in the initial disclosure that this has
been done. Similarly, a bank taking
advantage of the cash withdrawal limitations
of § 229.12 ø(d)¿fl(b)fi, or the provision in
§ 229.19(e) allowing holds to be placed on
other deposits when a deposit is made or a
check is cashed, must explain this in the
initial disclosure.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
ø8¿fl7fi. A bank that provides
availability based on when the bank
generally receives credit for deposited checks
need not disclose the time when a check
drawn on a specific bank will be available for
withdrawal. Instead, the bank may disclose
the categories of deposits that must be
available on the first business day after the
day of deposit (deposits subject to § 229.10)
and state the other categories of deposits and
the time periods that will be applicable to
those deposits. øFor example, a bank might
disclose the four-digit Federal Reserve
routing symbol for local checks and indicate
that such checks as well as certain nonlocal
checks will be available for withdrawal on
the first or second business day following the
day of deposit, depending on the location of
the particular bank on which the check is
drawn, and disclose that funds from all other
checks will be available on the second or
third business day. The bank must also
disclose that the customer may request a
copy of the bank’s detailed schedule that
would enable the customer to determine the
availability of any check and must provide
such schedule upon request. A change in the
bank’s detailed schedule would not trigger
the change in policy disclosure requirement
of § 229.18(e).¿
C. 229.16(c) Longer Delays on a Case-by-Case
Basis
1. Notice in specific policy disclosure.
a. Banks that make deposited funds
available for withdrawal sooner than
required by the regulation—for example,
providing their customers with immediate or
next-day availability for deposited funds—
and delay the time when funds are available
for withdrawal only from time to time
determined on a case-by-case basis, must
provide notice of this in their specific
availability policy disclosure. This paragraph
outlines the requirements for that notice.
b. In addition to stating what their specific
availability policy is in most cases, banks
that may delay or extend the time when
deposits are available on a case-by-case basis
must state that from time to time funds may
be available for withdrawal later than the
time periods in their specific policy
disclosure, disclose the latest time that a
customer may have to wait for deposited
funds to be available for withdrawal when a
case-by-case hold is placed, state that
customers will be notified when availability
of a deposit is delayed on a case-by-case
basis, and advise customers to ask if they
need to be sure of the availability of a
particular deposit.
c. A bank that imposes delays on a caseby-case basis is still subject to the availability
requirements of this regulation. If the bank
imposes a delay on a particular deposit that
is not longer than the availability required by
§ 229.12 for ølocal and nonlocal¿ checks, the
reason for the delay need not be based on the
exceptions provided in § 229.13. If the delay
exceeds the time periods permitted under
§ 229.12, however, then it must be based on
an exception provided in § 229.13, and the
bank must comply with the § 229.13 notice
requirements. A bank that imposes delays on
a case-by-case basis may avail itself of the
one-time notice provisions in § 229.13(g)(2)
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16945
and (3) for deposits to which those
provisions apply.
2. Notice at time of case-by-case delay.
a. In addition to including the disclosures
required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section in
their specific availability policy disclosure,
banks that delay or extend the time period
when funds are available for withdrawal on
a case-by-case basis must give customers a
flwrittenfi notice when availability of
funds from a particular deposit will be
delayed or extended beyond the time when
deposited funds are generally available for
withdrawal. The notice must state that a
delay is being imposed and indicate when
the funds will be available. In addition, the
notice must include øthe¿ fla number or
code that identifies the customer’sfi account
ønumber¿, the date of the deposit, flthe total
amount of the deposit,fi øand¿ the amount
of the deposit being delayedfl, and the day
the funds will be available for withdrawal.fi
b. If notice of the delay was not given at
the time the deposit was made and the bank
assesses overdraft or returned check fees on
accounts when a case-by-case hold has been
placed, the case-by-case hold notice provided
to the customer must include a notice
concerning overdraft or returned check fees.
The notice must state that the customer may
be entitled to a refund of any overdraft or
returned check fees that result from the
deposited funds not being available if the
check that was deposited was in fact paid by
the payor bank, and explain how to request
a refund of any fees. (See § 229.16(c)(3).)
c. The requirement that the case-by-case
hold notice state the day that funds will be
made available for withdrawal may be met by
stating the date or the number of business
days after deposit that the funds will be made
available. This requirement is satisfied if the
notice provides information sufficient to
indicate when funds will be available and the
amounts that will be available at those times.
For example, for a deposit involving more
than one check, the bank need not provide
a notice that discloses when funds from each
individual item in the deposit will be
available for withdrawal. Instead, the bank
may provide a total dollar amount for each
of the time periods when funds will be
available, or provide the customer with an
explanation of how to determine the amount
of the deposit that will be held and when the
held funds will be available for withdrawal.
d. For deposits made in person to an
employee of the depositary bank, the notice
generally must be given at the time of the
deposit. The notice at the time of the deposit
must be given to the person making the
deposit, that is, the ‘‘depositor.’’ The
depositor need not be the customer holding
the account. For other deposits, such as
deposits received at an ATM, lobby deposit
box, night depository, through the mail, or by
armored car, notice must be ømailed¿
flsentfi to the customer not later than the
close of the business day following the
banking day on which the deposit was made.
Notice to the customer also ømay¿ flmustfi
be øprovided¿ flsentfi not later than the
close of the business day following the
banking day on which the deposit was made
if the decision to delay availability is made
after the time of the deposit. flIf the
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16946
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
customer has agreed to accept notices
electronically, the bank shall send the notice
such that the bank may reasonably expect it
to be received by the customer not later than
the first business day following the banking
day the deposit is made.fi
3. Overdraft and returned check fees. If a
depositary bank delays or extends the time
when funds from a deposited check are
available for withdrawal on a case-by-case
basis and does not provide a written notice
to its depositor at the time of deposit, the
depositary bank may not assess any overdraft
or returned check fees (such as an
insufficient funds charge) or charge interest
for use of an overdraft line of credit, if the
deposited check is paid by the paying bank
and these fees would not have occurred had
the additional case-by-case delay not been
imposed. A bank may assess an overdraft or
returned check fee under these
circumstances, however, if it provides notice
to the customer in the notice required by
paragraph (c)(2) of this section that the fee
may be subject to refund, and refunds the fee
upon the request of the customer when
required to do so. The notice must state that
the customer may be entitled to a refund of
any overdraft or returned check fees that are
assessed if the deposited check is paid, and
indicate where such requests for a refund of
overdraft fees should be directed. Paragraph
(c)(3) applies when a bank provides a caseby-case notice in accordance with paragraph
(c)(2) and does not apply if the bank has
provided an exception hold notice in
accordance with § 229.13.
D. 229.16(d) Credit Union Notice of Interest
Payment Policy
1. This paragraph sets forth the special
disclosure requirement for credit unions that
delay accrual of interest or dividends for all
cash and check deposits beyond the date of
receiving provisional credit for checks being
deposited. (The interest payment
requirement is set forth in § 229.14(a).) Such
credit unions are required to describe their
policy with respect to accrual of interest or
dividends on deposits in their specific
availability policy disclosure.
XI. Section 229.17 Initial Disclosures
A. This paragraph requires banks to
provide a notice of their availability policy to
all potential customers prior to opening an
account. The requirement of a notice prior to
opening an account requires banks to provide
disclosures prior to accepting a deposit to
open an account. Disclosures must be given
at the time the bank accepts an initial deposit
regardless of whether the bank has opened
the account yet for the customer. If a bank,
however, receives a written request by mail
from a person asking that an account be
opened and the request includes an initial
deposit, the bank may open the account with
the deposit, provided the bank ømails¿
flsendsfi the required disclosures to the
customer not later than the business day
following the banking day on which the bank
receives the deposit. Similarly, if a bank
receives a telephone request from a customer
asking that an account be opened with a
transfer from a separate account of the
customer’s at the bank, the disclosure may be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
mailed not later than the business day
following the banking day of the request.
XII. Section 229.18 Additional Disclosure
Requirements
A. 229.18(a) Deposit Slips
1. This paragraph requires banks to include
a notice on all preprinted deposit slips. The
deposit slip notice need only state,
somewhere on the front of the deposit slip,
that deposits may not be available for
immediate withdrawal. The notice is
required only on preprinted deposit slips—
those printed with the customer’s account
number and name and furnished by the bank
in response to a customer’s order to the bank.
A bank need not include the notice on
deposit slips that are not preprinted and
supplied to the customer—such as counter
deposit slips—or on those special deposit
slips provided to the customer under
§ 229.10(c). A bank is not responsible for
ensuring that the notice appearflsfi on
deposit slips that the customer does not
obtain from or through the bank. øThis
paragraph applies to preprinted deposit slips
furnished to customers on or after September
1, 1988.¿
*
*
*
*
*
E. 229.18(e) Changes in Policy
1. This paragraph requires banks to send
notices to their customers when the banks
change their availability policies with regard
to consumer accounts. A notice may be given
in any form as long as it is clear and
conspicuous. If the bank gives notice of a
change by sending the customer a complete
new availability disclosure, the bank must
direct the customer to the changed terms in
the disclosure by use of a letter or insert, or
by highlighting the changed terms in the
disclosure.
2. Generally, a bank must send a notice at
least 30 calendar days before implementing
any change in its availability policy. If the
change results in faster availability of
depositsø—for example, if the bank changes
its availability for nonlocal checks from the
fifth business day after deposit to the fourth
business day after deposit—¿ the bank need
not send advance notice. The bank must,
however, send notice of the change no later
than 30 calendar days after the change is
implemented. øA bank is not required to give
a notice when there is a change in appendix
B (reduction of schedules for certain nonlocal
checks).¿
3. A bank that has provided its customers
with a list of ATMs under § 229.16(b)(5) shall
provide its customers with an updated list of
ATMs once a year if there are changes in the
list of ATMs previously disclosed to the
customers.
XIII. Section 229.19 Miscellaneous
A. 229.19(a) When Funds Are Considered
Deposited
1. The time funds must be made available
for withdrawal under this subpart is
determined by the day the deposit is made.
This paragraph provides rules to determine
the day funds are considered deposited in
various circumstances.
2. Staffed facilities and ATMs. Funds
received at a staffed teller station or ATM are
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
considered deposited when received by the
teller or placed in the ATM. Funds received
at a contractual branch are considered
deposited when received by a teller at the
contractual branch or deposited into a
proprietary ATM of the contractual branch.
(See also, Commentary to § 229.10(c) on
deposits made to an employee of the
depositary bank.) Funds deposited to a
deposit box in a bank lobby that is accessible
to customers only during regular business
hours generally are considered deposited
when placed in the lobby box; a bank may,
however, treat deposits to lobby boxes the
same as deposits to night depositories (as
provided in § 229.19(a)(3)), provided a notice
appears on the lobby box informing the
customer when such funds will be
considered deposited.
3. Mail. Funds mailed to the depositary
bank are considered deposited on the
banking day they are received by the
depositary bank. The funds are received by
the depositary bank at the time the mail is
delivered to the bank, even if it is initially
delivered to a mail room, rather than the
check processing area.
4. Other facilities.
a. In addition to deposits at staffed
facilities, at ATMs, and by mail, funds may
be deposited at a facility such as a night
depository or a lock box. A night depository
is a receptacle for receipt of deposits,
typically used by corporate depositors when
the branch is closed. Funds deposited at a
night depository are considered deposited on
the banking day the deposit is removed, and
the contents of the deposit are accessible to
the depositary bank for processing. For
example, some businesses deposit their funds
in a locked bag at the night depository late
in the evening, and return to the bank the
following day to open the bag. Other
depositors may have an agreement with their
bank that the deposit bag must be opened
under the dual control of the bank and the
depositor. In these cases, the funds are
considered deposited when the customer
returns to the bank and opens the deposit
bag.
b. A lock box is a post office box used by
a corporation for the collection of bill
payments or other check receipts. The
depositary bank generally assumes the
responsibility for collecting the mail from the
lock box, processing the checks, and
crediting the corporation for the amount of
the deposit. Funds deposited through a lock
box arrangement are considered deposited on
the day the deposit is removed from the lock
box and are accessible to the depositary bank
for processing.
5. Certain off-premise ATMs. A special
provision is made for certain off-premise
ATMs that are not serviced daily. Funds
deposited at such an ATM are considered
deposited on the day they are removed from
the ATM, if the ATM is not serviced more
than two times each week. This provision is
intended to address the practices of some
banks of servicing certain remote ATMs
infrequently. If a depositary bank applies this
provision with respect to an ATM, a notice
must be posted at the ATM informing
depositors that funds deposited at the ATM
may not be considered deposited until a
future day, in accordance with § 229.18.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
6. Banking day of deposit.
a. This paragraph also provides that a
deposit received on a day that the depositary
bank is closed, or after the bank’s cut-off
hour, may be considered made on the next
banking day. Generally, for purposes of the
availability schedules of this subpart, a bank
may establish a cut-off hour of 2fl:00fi p.m.
or later for receipt of deposits at its head
office or branch offices. For receipt of
deposits at ATMs, contractual branches, or
other off-premise facilities, such as night
depositories or lock boxes, the depositary
bank may establish a cut-off hour of 12 noon
or later (either local time of the branch or
other location of the depositary bank at
which the account is maintained or local
time of the ATM, contractual branch, or other
off-premise facility). The depositary bank
must use the same timing method for
establishing the cut-off hour for all ATMs,
contractual branches, and other off-premise
facilities used by its customers. The choice
of cut-off hour must be reflected in the bank’s
internal procedures, and the bank must
inform its customers of the cut-off hour upon
request. This earlier cut-off for ATM,
contractual branch, or other off-premise
deposits is intended to provide greater
flexibility in the servicing of these facilities.
b. Different cut-off hours may be
established for different types of deposits.
For example, a bank may establish a
2fl:00fi p.m. cut-off for the receipt of check
deposits, but a later cut-off for the receipt of
wire transfers. Different cut-off hours also
may be established for deposits received at
different locations. For example, a different
cut-off may be established for ATM deposits
than for over-the-counter deposits, or for
different teller stations at the same branch.
With the exception of the 12fl:00fi noon
cut-off for deposits at ATMs and off-premise
facilities, no cut-off hour for receipt of
deposits for purposes of this subpart can be
established earlier than 2fl:00fi p.m.
c. A bank is not required to remain open
until 2fl:00fi p.m. If a bank closes before
2fl:00fi p.m., deposits received after the
closing may be considered deposited on the
next banking day. Further, as § 229.2(f)
defines the term banking day as the portion
of a business day on which a bank is open
to the public for substantially all of its
banking functions, a day, or a portion of a
day, is not necessarily a banking day merely
because the bank is open for only limited
functions, such as keeping drive-in or walkup teller windows open, when the rest of the
bank is closed to the public. For example, a
banking office that usually provides a full
range of banking services may close at
12fl:00fi noon but leave a drive-in teller
window open for the limited purpose of
receiving deposits and making cash
withdrawals. Under those circumstances, the
bank is considered closed and may consider
deposits received after 12fl:00fi noon as
having been received on the next banking
day. The fact that a bank may reopen for
substantially all of its banking functions after
2fl:00fi p.m., or that it continues its back
office operations throughout the day, would
not affect this result. A bank may not,
however, close individual teller stations and
reopen them for next-day’s business before
2fl:00fi p.m. during a banking day.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
B. 229.19(b) Availability at Start of Business
Day
1. If funds must be made available for
withdrawal on a business day flunder
subpart Bfi, the funds must be available for
withdrawal by the later of 9fl:00fi a.m. or
the time the depositary bank’s teller facilities,
including ATMs, are available for customer
account withdrawals, except under the
special rule for cash withdrawals set forth in
§ 229.12ø(d)¿fl(b)fi. Thus, if a bank has no
ATMs and its branch facilities are available
for customer transactions beginning at
10fl:00fi a.m., funds must be available for
customer withdrawal beginning at 10fl:00fi
a.m. If the bank has ATMs that are available
24 hours a day, rather than establishing 12:01
a.m. as the start of the business day, this
paragraph sets 9fl:00fi a.m. as the start of
the day with respect to ATM withdrawals.
The Board believes that this rule provides
banks with sufficient time to update their
accounting systems to reflect the available
funds in customer accounts for that day.
2. The start of business is determined by
the local time of the branch or other location
of the depositary bank at which the account
is maintained. For example, if funds in a
customer’s account at a west coast bank are
first made available for withdrawal at the
start of business on a given day, and the
customer attempts to withdraw the funds at
an east coast ATM, the depositary bank is not
required to make the funds available until
9fl:00fi a.m. øwest coast time¿ (12fl:00fi
noon øeast coast¿ flEasternfi time).
C. 229.19(c) Effect on Policies of Depositary
Bank
1. This subpart establishes the maximum
hold that may be placed on customer
deposits. A depositary bank may provide
availability to its customers in a shorter time
than prescribed in this subpart. A depositary
bank also may adopt different funds
availability policies for different segments of
its customer base, as long as each policy
meets the schedules in the regulation. For
example, a bank may differentiate between
its corporate and consumer customers, or
may adopt different policies for its consumer
customers based on whether a customer has
an overdraft line of credit associated with the
account.
2. This regulation does not affect a
depositary bank’s right to accept or reject a
check for deposit, to charge back the
customer’s account based on a returned
check or notice of nonpayment, or to claim
a refund for any credit provided to the
customer. For example, even if a check is
returned or a notice of nonpayment is
received after the time by which funds must
be made available for withdrawal in
accordance with this regulation, the
depositary bank may charge back the
customer’s account for the full amount of the
check. ø(See § 229.33(d) and Commentary.)¿
3. Nothing in the regulation requires a
depositary bank to have facilities open for
customers to make withdrawals at specified
times or on specified days. For example, even
though the special cash withdrawal rule set
forth in § 229.12ø(d)¿fl(b)fi states that a
bank must make øup to $400 available for
cash withdrawals¿flthe cash withdrawal
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16947
amount availablefi no later than 5fl:00fi
p.m. on specific business days, if a bank does
not participate in an ATM system and does
not have any teller windows open at or after
5fl:00fi p.m., the bank need not join an
ATM system or keep offices open. In this
case, the bank complies with this rule if the
funds that are required to be available for
cash withdrawal at 5fl:00fi p.m. on a
particular day are available for withdrawal at
the start of business on the following day.
Similarly, if a depositary bank is closed for
customer transactions, including ATMs, on a
day funds must be made available for
withdrawal, the regulation does not require
the bank to open.
4. The special cash withdrawal rule in the
EFA Act recognizes that the ø$400¿flthe
cash withdrawal amountfi that must be
made available for cash withdrawal by
5fl:00fi p.m. on the day specified in the
schedule may exceed a bank’s daily ATM
cash withdrawal limit and explicitly
provides that the EFA Act does not supersede
a bank’s policy in this regard. As a result, if
a bank has a policy of limiting fldailyfi
cash withdrawals from automated teller
machines to ø$250 per day¿flless than the
cash withdrawal amountfi, the regulation
would not require that the bank dispense
ø$400 of the proceeds of the customer’s
deposit¿flthe full amountfi that must be
made available for cash withdrawal on that
day.
5. Even though the EFA Act clearly
provides that the bank’s ATM withdrawal
limit is not superseded by the federal
availability rules on the day funds must first
be made available, the EFA Act does not
specifically permit banks to limit cash
withdrawals at ATMs on subsequent days
when the entire amount of the deposit must
be made available for withdrawal. The Board
believes that the rationale behind the EFA
Act’s provision that a bank’s ATM
withdrawal limit is not superseded by the
requirement that funds be made available for
cash withdrawal applies on subsequent days.
Nothing in the regulation prohibits a
depositary bank from establishing ATM cash
withdrawal limits that vary among customers
of the bank, as long as the limit is not
dependent on the length of time funds have
been in the customer’s account (provided
that the permissible hold has expired).
6. Some small banks, particularly credit
unions, due to lack of secure facilities, keep
no cash on their premises and hence offer no
cash withdrawal capability to their
customers. Other banks limit the amount of
cash on their premises due to bonding
requirements or cost factors, and
consequently reserve the right to limit the
amount of cash each customer can withdraw
over-the-counter on a given day. For
example, some banks require advance notice
for large cash withdrawals in order to limit
the amount of cash needed to be maintained
on hand at any time.
7. Nothing in the regulation is intended to
prohibit a bank from limiting the amount of
cash that may be withdrawn at a staffed teller
station if the bank has a policy limiting the
amount of cash that may be withdrawn, and
if that policy is applied equally to all
customers of the bank, is based on security,
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16948
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
operating, or bonding requirements, and is
not dependent on the length of time the
funds have been in the customer’s account
(as long as the permissible hold has expired).
The regulation, however, does not authorize
such policies if they are otherwise prohibited
by statutory, regulatory, or common law.
D. 229.19(d) Use of Calculated Availability
1. A depositary bank may provide
availability to its nonconsumer accounts on
a calculated availability basis. Under
calculated availability, a specified percentage
of funds from check deposits may be made
available to the customer on the next
business day, with the remaining percentage
deferred until flthefi subsequent dayøs¿.
The determination of the percentage of
deposited funds that will be made available
each day is based on the customer’s typical
deposit mix as determined by a sample of the
customer’s deposits. Use of calculated
availability is permitted only if, on average,
the availability terms that result from the
sample are equivalent to or more prompt
than the requirements of this subpart.
E. 229.19(e) Holds on Other Funds
1. Section 607(d) of the EFA Act (12 U.S.C.
4006(d)) provides that once funds are
available for withdrawal under the EFA Act,
such funds shall not be frozen solely due to
the subsequent deposit of additional checks
that are not yet available for withdrawal. This
provision of the EFA Act is designed to
prevent evasion of the EFA Act’s availability
requirements.
2. This paragraph clarifies that if a
customer deposits a check in an account (as
defined in § 229.2(a)), the bank may not place
a hold on any of the customer’s funds so that
the funds that are held exceed the amount of
the check deposited or the total amount of
funds held are not made available for
withdrawal within the times required in this
subpart. For example, if a bank places a hold
on funds in a customer’s
nonfl-fitransaction account, rather than a
transaction account, for deposits made to the
customer’s transaction account, the bank may
place such a hold only to the extent that the
funds held do not exceed the amount of the
deposit and the length of the hold does not
exceed the time periods permitted by this
regulation.
3. These restrictions also apply to holds
placed on funds in a customer’s account (as
defined in § 229.2(a)) if a customer cashes a
check at a bank (other than a check drawn
on that bank) over the counter. The
regulation does not prohibit holds that may
be placed on other funds of the customer for
checks cashed over the counter, to the extent
that the transaction does not involve a
deposit to an account. flWhen a customer
cashes a check over the counter and the bank
places a hold on an account of the customer,
the bank must give whatever notice would
have been required under §§ 229.13 or 229.16
had the check been deposited in the
account.fi A bank may not, however, place
a hold on any account when an ‘‘on us’’ check
is cashed over the counter. ‘‘On us’’ checks
are considered finally paid when cashed (see
U.C.C. 4–215(a)(1)). øWhen a customer
cashes a check over the counter and the bank
places a hold on an account of the customer,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
the bank must give whatever notice would
have been required under §§ 229.13 or 229.16
had the check been deposited in the
account.¿
F. 229.19(f) Employee Training and
Compliance
1. The EFA Act requires banks to take such
actions as may be necessary to inform fully
each employee that performs duties subject
to the EFA Act of the requirements of the
EFA Act, and to establish and maintain
procedures reasonably designed to
øassure¿flensurefi and monitor employee
compliance with such requirements.
2. This paragraph requires a bank to
establish procedures to ensure compliance
with these requirements and provide these
procedures to the employees responsible for
carrying them out.
G. 229.19(g) Effect of Merger Transaction
1. After banks merge, there is often a
period of adjustment before their operations
are consolidated. This paragraph
accommodates this adjustment period by
allowing merged banks to be treated as
separate banks for purposes of this subpart
for a period of up to one year after
consummation of the merger transaction,
except that a customer of any bank that is a
party to the transaction that has an
established account with that bank may not
be treated as a newfl-fiaccount holder for
any other party to the transaction for
purposes of the newfl-fiaccount exception
of § 229.13(a), and a deposit in any branch of
the merged bank is considered deposited in
the bank for purposes of the availability
schedules in accordance with § 229.19(a).
2. This rule affects the status of the
combined entity in several areas. For
example, this rule would affect when an
ATM is a proprietary ATM
(§ 229.2ø(aa)¿fl(kk)fi and
§ 229.12ø(b)¿fl(d)fi) and when a check is
considered drawn on a branch of the
depositary bank (§ 229.10(c)(1)(vi)).
3. Merger transaction is defined in
§ 229.2ø(t)¿fl(dd)fi.
XIV. Section 229.20
Relation to State Law
A. 229.20(a) In General
1. Several states have enacted laws that
govern when banks in those states must make
funds available to their customers. The EFA
Act provides that any state law in effect on
September 1, 1989, that provides that funds
be made available in a shorter period of time
than provided in this regulation, will
supersede the time periods in the EFA Act
and the regulation. øThe Conference Report
on the EFA Act clarifies this provision by
stating that any state law enacted on or before
September 1, 1989, may supersede federal
law to the extent that the law relates to the
time funds must be made available for
withdrawal. H.R. Rep. No. 261, 100th Cong.
1st Sess. at 182 (1987).¿
2. Thus, if a state had wished to adopt a
law governing funds availability, it had to
have made that law effective on or before
September 1, 1989. Laws adopted after that
date do not supersede federal law, even if
they provide for shorter availability periods
than are provided under federal law. If a state
that had a law governing funds availability in
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
effect before September 1, 1989, amended its
law after that date, the amendment would not
supersede Federal law, but an amendment
deleting a state requirement would be
effective.
3. If a state provides for a shorter hold for
a certain category of checks than is provided
for under Federal law, that state requirement
will supersede the federal provision. øFor
example, most state laws base some hold
periods on whether the check being
deposited is drawn on an in-state or out-ofstate bank. If a state contains more than one
check processing region, the state’s hold
period for in-state checks may be shorter than
the Federal maximum hold period for
nonlocal checks. Thus, the state schedule
would supersede the Federal schedule to the
extent that it applies to in-state, nonlocal
checks.
4.¿ The EFA Act also provides that any
state law that provides for availability in a
shorter period of time than required by
Federal law is applicable to all federally
insured institutions in that state, including
federally chartered institutions. If a state law
provides shorter availability only for deposits
in accounts in certain categories of banks,
such as commercial banks, the superseding
state law continues to apply only to those
categories of banks, rather than to all
federally insured banks in the state.
B. 229.20(b) Preemption of Inconsistent Law
1. This paragraph reflects the statutory
provision that other provisions of state law
that are inconsistent with federal law are
preempted. Preemption does not require a
determination by the Board to be effective.
C. 229.20(c) Standards for Preemption
1. This section describes the standards øthe
Board uses in¿flforfi making
determinations on whether federal law will
preempt state laws governing funds
availability. A provision of state law is
considered inconsistent with federal law if it
permits a depositary bank to make funds
available to a customer in a longer period of
time than the maximum period permitted by
the EFA Act and this regulation. For
example, a state law that permits a hold of
øfour¿flthreefi business days or longer for
ølocal¿ checks permits a hold that is longer
than that permitted under the EFA Act and
this regulation, and therefore is inconsistent
and preempted. State availability schedules
that provide for availability in a shorter
period of time than required under
Regulation CC supersede the federal
schedule.
2. Under a state law, some categories of
deposits could be available for withdrawal
sooner or later than the time required by this
subpart, depending on the composition of the
deposit. For example, the EFA Act and this
regulation (§ 229.10(c)(1)(vii)) require nextday availability for øthe first $100¿fla
minimum amountfi of the aggregate deposit
of ølocal or nonlocal¿ checks on any day, and
a state law could require next-day availability
for any check of ø$100¿flthe minimum
amount under § 229.10(c)fi or less that is
deposited. Under the EFA Act and this
regulation, if flon a given dayfi either one
ø$150¿ check flthat is greater than the
minimum amount or three checks that are
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
each less than the minimum amount, but that
combined are more than the minimum
amount, are depositedfiøor three $50 checks
are deposited on a given day¿, ø$100¿ flthe
minimum amount under § 229.10(c)fi must
be made available for withdrawal on the next
business day, and ø$50¿flthe remaining
amountfi must be made available in
accordance with the ølocal or nonlocal¿
flgeneralfi schedule. Under the state law,
however, the two deposits would be subject
to different availability rules. In the first case,
none of the proceeds of the deposit would be
subject to next-day availability; in the second
case, the entire proceeds of the deposit
would be subject to next-day availability. In
this example, because the state law would, in
some situations, permit a hold longer than
the maximum permitted by the EFA Act, this
provision of state law is inconsistent and
preempted in its entirety.
3. In addition to the differences between
state and federal availability schedules, a
number of state laws contain exceptions to
the state availability schedules that are
different from those provided under the EFA
Act and this regulation. The state exceptions
continue to apply only in those cases where
the state schedule is shorter than or equal to
the federal schedule, and then only up to the
limit permitted by the Regulation CC
schedule. Where a deposit is subject to a state
exception under a state schedule that is not
preempted by Regulation CC and is also
subject to a federal exception, the hold on the
deposit cannot exceed the hold permissible
under the federal exception in accordance
with Regulation CC. In such cases, only one
exception notice is required, in accordance
with § 229.13(g). This notice need only
include the applicable federal exception as
the reason the exception was invoked. For
those categories of checks for which the state
schedule is preempted by the federal
schedule, only the federal exceptions may be
used.
4. State laws that provide maximum
availability periods for categories of deposits
that are not covered by the EFA Act would
not be preempted. Thus, state funds
availability laws that apply to funds in time
and savings deposits are not affected by the
EFA Act or this regulation. In addition, the
availability schedules of several states apply
to ‘‘items’’ deposited to an account. The term
items may encompass fltypes offi deposits
ø, such as nonnegotiable instruments,¿ that
are not subject to the Regulation CC
availability schedules. Deposits that are not
covered by Regulation CC continue to be
subject to the state availability schedules.
State laws that provide maximum availability
periods for categories of institutions that are
not covered by the EFA Act also would not
be preempted. For example, a state law that
governs money market mutual funds would
not be affected by the EFA Act or this
regulation.
5. Generally, state rules governing the
disclosure or notice of availability policies
applicable to accounts also are preempted, if
they are different from the federal rules.
Nevertheless, a state law requiring disclosure
of funds availability policies that apply to
deposits other than ‘‘accounts,’’ such as
savings or time deposits, are not inconsistent
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
with the EFA Act and this subpart. Banks in
these states would have to follow the state
disclosure rules for these deposits.
D. 229.20(d) Preemption Determinations
1. The Board may issue preemption
determinations upon the request of an
interested party in a state. The
determinations will relate only to the
provisions of øS¿flsfiubparts A and B;
generally the Board will not issue individual
preemption determinations regarding the
relation of state U.C.C. provisions to the
requirements of øS¿flsfiubpart C flor Dfi.
E. 229.20(e) Procedures for Preemption
Determinations
1. This provision sets forth the information
that must be included in a request by an
interested party for a preemption
determination øby the Board¿.
XV. Section 229.21 Civil Liability
A. 229.21(a) Civil Liability
1. This paragraph sets forth the statutory
penalties for failure to comply with the
requirements of this subpart. These penalties
apply to provisions of state law that
supersede provisions of this regulation, such
as requirements that funds deposited in
accounts at banks be made available more
promptly than required by this regulation,
but they do not apply to other provisions of
state law. (See Commentary to § 229.20.)
B. 229.21(b) Class Action Awards
1. This paragraph sets forth the provision
in the EFA Act concerning the factors that
should be considered by the court in
establishing the amount of a class action
award.
C. 229.21(c) Bona Fide Errors
1. A bank is shielded from liability under
this section for a violation of a requirement
of this subpart if it can demonstrate, by a
preponderance of the evidence, that the
violation resulted from a bona fide error and
that it maintains procedures designed to
avoid such errors. For example, a bank may
make a bona fide error if it fails to give nextday availability on a check drawn on the
Treasury because the bank’s computer system
malfunctions in a way that prevents the bank
from updating its customer’s accountø; or if
it fails to identify whether a payable-through
check is a local or nonlocal check despite
procedures designed to make this
determination accurately¿.
D. 229.21(d) Jurisdiction
1. The EFA Act confers subject matter
jurisdiction on courts of competent
jurisdiction and provides a time limit for
civil actions for violations of this subpart.
E. 229.21(e) Reliance on Board Rulings
1. This provision shields banks from civil
liability if they act in good faith in reliance
on any rule, regulation, model form, notice,
or clause (if the disclosure actually
corresponds to the bank’s availability policy),
or interpretation of the Board, even if it were
subsequently determined to be invalid. Banks
may rely on this Commentary, which is
issued as an official Board interpretation, as
well as on the regulation itself.
fl2. This provision does not shield a bank
from civil liability if the bank relies on earlier
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16949
versions of the model forms (i.e., those not
currently in appendix C) after ødate that is
12 months after the effective date of the
rule¿.fi
F. 229.21(f) Exclusions
1. This provision clarifies that liability
under this section does not apply to
violations of the requirements of
øS¿flsfiubpart C flor Dfi of this
regulation, or to actions for wrongful
dishonor of a check by a paying bank’s
customer.
G. 229.21(g) Record Retention
1. Banks must keep records to show
compliance with the requirements of this
subpart for at least two years. This record
retention period is extended in the case of
civil actions and enforcement proceedings.
Generally, a bank is not required to retain
records showing that it actually has given
disclosures or notices required by this
subpart to each customer, but it must retain
evidence demonstrating that its procedures
reasonably ensure the customers’ receipt of
the required disclosures and notices. A bank
must, however, retain a copy of each notice
provided pursuant to its use of the
reasonablefl-ficause exception under
§ 229.13(g) as well as a brief description of
the facts giving rise to the availability of that
exception.
XVI. Section 229.30 Paying Bank’s
Responsibility for Return of Checks
A. 229.30(a) Return of Checks
1. This section requires a paying bank
(which, for purposes of øS¿flsfiubpart C,
may include a payable-through and payableat bank; see ø§ 229.2(z)¿ fl§ 229.2(ii)fi) that
determines not to pay a check to return the
check expeditiously. øGenerally, a check¿
flA returned check, including the original
check, substitute check, and electronic
return,fi is returned expeditiously if øthe
return process is as fast as the forward
collection process. This paragraph provides
two standards for expeditious return, the
‘‘two-day/four-day’’ test, and the ‘‘forward
collection’’ test¿flpaying bank sends the
return such that the depositary bank
normally would receive the returned check
no later than 4 p.m. (local time of the
depositary bank) two business days after
presentment to the paying bank. See
§ 229.30(b) and commentary thereto for the
exceptions to this general rule. If the paying
bank need not return the check expeditiously
under § 229.30(a), the paying bank,
nonetheless, must return the check within its
deadlines under the Uniform Commercial
Code, Regulation J (12 CFR part 210) or
§ 229.36(d)(2), or § 229.30(c) for returning the
item or notice (See § 229.30(a)(4) and
accompanying commentary).fi
ø2. Under the ‘‘two-day/four-day’’ test, if a
check is returned such that it would
normally be received by the depositary bank
two business days after presentment where
both the paying and depositary banks are
located in the same check processing region
or four business days after presentment
where the paying and depositary banks are
not located in the same check processing
region, the check is considered returned
expeditiously. In certain limited cases,
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16950
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
however, these times are shorter than the
time it would normally take a forward
collection check deposited in the paying
bank and payable by the depositary bank to
be collected. Therefore, the Board has
included a ‘‘forward collection’’ test, whereby
a check is nonetheless considered to be
returned expeditiously if the paying bank
uses transportation methods and banks for
return comparable to those used for forward
collection checks, even if the check is not
received by the depositary banks within the
two-day or four-day period.
3. Two-day/four-day test.
a. Under the first test, a paying bank must
return the check so that the check would
normally be received by the depositary bank
within specified times, depending on
whether or not the paying and depositary
banks are located in the same check
processing region.
b. Where both banks are located in the
same check processing region, a check is
returned expeditiously if it is returned to the
depositary bank by 4 p.m. (local time of the
depositary bank) of the second business day
after the banking day on which the check was
presented to the paying bank. For example,
a check presented on Monday to a paying
bank must be returned to a depositary bank
located in the same check processing region
by 4 p.m. on Wednesday. For a paying bank
that is located in a different check processing
region than the depositary bank, the deadline
to complete return is 4 p.m. (local time of the
depositary bank) of the fourth business day
after the banking day on which the check was
presented to the paying bank. For example,
a check presented to such a paying bank on
Monday must be returned to the depositary
bank by 4 p.m. on Friday.
c. This two-day/four-day test does not
necessarily require actual receipt of the check
by the depositary bank within these times.
Rather, the paying bank must send the check
so that the check would normally be received
by the depositary bank within the specified
time. Thus, the paying bank is not
responsible for unforeseeable delays in the
return of the check, such as transportation
delays.¿
ød¿fl2fi. øOften, returned checks will be
delivered to the depositary bank together
with forward collection checks.¿ Where the
last day on which a check could be delivered
to a depositary bank under øthis two-day/
four-day test¿ § 229.30(a) is not a banking
day for the depositary bank, øa returning
bank might not schedule delivery of forward
collection checks to the depositary bank on
that day. Further,¿ the depositary bank may
not process checks on that day.
Consequently, if the last day of the time limit
business day following the banking day after
which the check was presented is not a
banking day for the depositary bank, the
check electronic return may be delivered to
the depositary bank sent such that it is
received by the depositary bank before the
close of the depositary bank’s next banking
day and the return will still be considered
expeditious. øOrdinarily, this extension of
time will allow the returned checks to be
delivered with the next shipment of forward
collection checks destined for the depositary
bank.¿
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
øe. The times specified in this two-day/
four-day test are based on estimated forwardcollection times, but take into account the
particular difficulties that may be
encountered in handling checks. It is
anticipated that the normal process of
forward collection of a check coupled with
these return requirements will result in the
return of checks before the proceeds of local
and nonlocal checks, other than those
covered by section 229.10(c), must be made
available for withdrawal.¿
fl3. In order to satisfy its expeditious
return requirement, a paying bank may return
either an electronic return or a paper
check.fi
øf.¿ fl4.fi øUnder this two-day/four-day
test, no¿ flNofi particular
ømeans¿flpathfi of returning checks is
required, thus providing flexibility to paying
banks in selecting ømeans¿flthe pathfi of
return. The Board anticipates that paying
banks will often use returning banks (see
§ 229.31) as their agents to return checks to
depositary banks. A paying bank may rely on
the availability schedule of the returning
bank it uses in determining whether the
returned check would ‘‘normally’’ be returned
within the required time øunder this twoday/four-day test¿, unless the paying bank
has reason to believe that these schedules do
not reflect the actual time for return of a
check.
ø4. Forward collection test.
a. Under the second, ‘‘forward collection,’’
test, a paying bank returns a check
expeditiously if it returns a check by means
as swift as the means similarly situated banks
would use for the forward collection of a
check drawn on the depositary bank.
b. Generally, the paying bank would satisfy
the ‘‘forward collection’’ test if it uses a
transportation method and collection path for
return comparable to that used for forward
collection, provided that the returning bank
selected to process the return agrees to
handle the returned check under the
standards for expeditious return for returning
banks under § 229.31(a). This test allows
many paying banks a simple means of
expeditious return of checks and takes into
account the longer time for return that will
be required by banks that do not have ready
access to direct courier transportation.
c. The paying bank’s normal method of
sending a check for forward collection would
not be expeditious, however, if it is
materially slower than that of other banks of
similar size and with similar check handling
activity in its community.
d. Under the ‘‘forward collection’’ test, a
paying bank must handle, route, and
transport a returned check in a manner
designed to be at least as fast as a similarly
situated bank would collect a forward
collection check (1) of similar amount, (2)
drawn on the depositary bank, and (3)
received for deposit by a branch of the paying
bank or a similarly situated bank by noon on
the banking day following the banking day of
presentment of the returned check.
e. This test refers to similarly situated
banks to indicate a general community
standard. In the case of a paying bank (other
than a Federal Reserve Bank), a similarly
situated bank is a bank of similar asset size,
PO 00000
Frm 00090
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
in the same community, and with similar
check handling activity as the paying bank.
(See § 229.2(ee).) A paying bank has similar
check handling activity to other banks that
handle similar volumes of checks for
collection.
f. Under the forward collection test, banks
that use means of handling returned checks
that are less efficient than the means used by
similarly situated banks must improve their
procedures. On the other hand, a bank with
highly efficient means of collecting checks
drawn on a particular bank, such as a direct
presentment of checks to a bank in a remote
community, is not required to use that means
for returned checks, i.e. direct return, if
similarly situated banks do not present
checks directly to that depositary bank.¿
5. Examples.
fla. The depositary bank has agreed to
accept electronic returns directly from a
paying bank. If a check is presented to that
paying bank on Monday, the paying bank
must send the returned check such that the
depositary bank normally would receive the
returned check by 4 p.m. (local time of the
depositary bank) on Wednesday.
b. The depositary bank has not agreed to
accept electronic returns directly from the
paying bank, but has agreed to accept
electronic returns from Returning Bank A,
which holds itself as willing to accept
electronic returns directly or indirectly from
the paying bank and has agreed to handle
returns expeditiously under § 229.31(a). If a
check is presented to the paying bank on
Monday, the paying bank must send the
returned check such that the depositary bank
normally would receive the returned check
by 4:00 p.m. (local time of the depositary
bank) on Wednesday. The paying bank may
rely on Returning Bank A’s schedules for
sending returned checks in determining
whether the depositary bank normally would
receive the returned check by 4 p.m. on
Wednesday.
c. The depositary bank has not agreed to
accept electronic returns directly from the
paying bank, but has agreed to accept
electronic returns from Returning Bank A,
which holds itself as willing to accept
electronic returns directly or indirectly from
the paying bank and has agreed to handle
returns expeditiously under § 229.31(a).
Returning Bank A, however, does not have an
agreement with the paying bank to accept
returns; rather Returning Bank B has agreed
to accept returns from the paying bank and
to handle such returns expeditiously.
Returning Bank A has agreed to accept
returns from Returning Bank B. If a check is
presented to the paying bank on Monday, the
paying bank must send the returned check
such that the depositary bank normally
would receive the returned check by 4 p.m.
(local time of the depositary bank) on
Wednesday.
d. The depositary bank and paying bank
are members of the same clearinghouse,
through which both have agreed to accept
electronic returns. If a check is presented to
that paying bank on Monday, the paying
bank must send an electronic return such
that the depositary bank normally would
receive the returned check by 4 p.m. (local
time of the depositary bank) on Wednesday.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
e. In each example, the paying bank must
send the returned check such that the
depositary bank normally would receive the
check by 4 p.m. (local time of the depositary
bank) on Wednesday. The paying bank may
satisfy its obligation by sending either an
electronic return or a paper check by such
time. Additionally, if the paying bank sends
the returned check in a manner such that the
depositary bank normally would receive the
returned check by 4 p.m. on Wednesday, but
the depositary bank does not receive the
returned check by that time due to an
operational difficulty of the depositary bank
or returning bank, the paying bank has
satisfied its expeditious return
requirement.fi
øIf a check is presented to a paying bank
on Monday and the depositary bank and the
paying bank are participants in the same
clearinghouse and the depositary bank has
agreed to receive returns electronically
through the clearinghouse, the paying bank
should arrange to have the returned check
received by the depositary bank by
Wednesday. This would be the same day the
paying bank would deliver a forward
collection check to the depositary bank if the
paying bank received the deposit by noon on
Tuesday.¿
øb. i. If a check is presented to a paying
bank on Monday and the paying bank would
normally collect checks drawn on the
depositary bank by sending them to a
correspondent or a Federal Reserve Bank by
courier, the paying bank could send the
returned check to its correspondent or
Federal Reserve Bank, provided that the
correspondent has agreed to handle returned
checks expeditiously under § 229.31(a). (All
Federal Reserve Banks agree to handle
returned checks expeditiously.)
ii. The paying bank must deliver the
returned check to the correspondent or
Federal Reserve Bank by the correspondent’s
or Federal Reserve Bank’s appropriate cut-off
hour. The appropriate cut-off hour is the cutoff hour for returned checks that corresponds
to the cut-off hour for forward collection
checks drawn on the depositary bank that
would normally be used by the paying bank
or a similarly situated bank. A returned
check cut-off hour corresponds to a forward
collection cut-off hour if it provides for the
same or faster availability for checks destined
for the same depositary banks.
iii. In this example, delivery to the
correspondent or a Federal Reserve Bank by
the appropriate cut-off hour satisfies the
paying bank’s duty, even if use of the
correspondent or Federal Reserve Bank is not
the most expeditious means of returning the
check. Thus, a paying bank may send a local
returned check to a correspondent instead of
a Federal Reserve Bank, even if the
correspondent then sends the returned check
to a Federal Reserve Bank the following day
as a qualified returned check. Where the
paying bank delivers forward collection
checks by courier to the correspondent or the
Federal Reserve Bank, mailing returned
checks to the correspondent or Federal
Reserve Bank would not satisfy the forward
collection test.
iv. If a paying bank ordinarily mails its
forward collection checks to its
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
correspondent or Federal Reserve Bank in
order to avoid the costs of a courier delivery,
but similarly situated banks use a courier to
deliver forward collection checks to their
correspondent or Federal Reserve Bank, the
paying bank must send its returned checks by
courier to meet the forward collection test.
c. If a paying bank normally sends its
forward collection checks directly to the
depositary bank, which is located in another
community, but similarly situated banks
send forward collection checks drawn on the
depositary bank to a correspondent or a
Federal Reserve Bank, the paying bank would
not have to send returned checks directly to
the depositary bank, but could send them to
a correspondent or a Federal Reserve Bank.
d. The dollar amount of the returned check
has a bearing on how it must be returned. If
the paying bank and similarly situated banks
present large-dollar checks drawn on the
depositary bank directly to the depositary
bank, but use a Federal Reserve Bank or a
correspondent to collect small-dollar checks,
generally the paying bank would be required
to send its large-dollar returns directly to the
depositary bank (or through a returning bank,
if the checks are returned as quickly), but
could use a Federal Reserve Bank or a
correspondent for its small-dollar returns.¿
6. Choice of returning bank.
In meeting the requirements of øthe
forward collection test¿ fl§ 229.30(a)fi, the
paying bank is responsible for its own
actions, but not for those of the depositary
bank or returning banks. (This is analogous
to the responsibility of collecting banks
under U.C.C. 4–202(c).) For example, if the
paying bank starts the return of the check in
a timely manner but return is delayed by a
returning bank ø(including delay to create a
qualified returned check)¿, generally the
paying bank has met its flexpeditious
returnfi requirementøs¿. (See § 229.38.) If,
however, the paying bank selects a returning
bank that the paying bank should know is not
capable of meeting its return requirements,
the paying bank will not have met its
obligation of exercising ordinary care in
selecting intermediaries to return the check.
øThe paying bank is free to use a method of
return, other than its method of forward
collection, as long as the alternate method
results in delivery of the returned check to
the depositary bank as quickly as the forward
collection of a check drawn on the depositary
bank or, where the returning bank takes a day
to create a qualified returned check under
§ 229.31(a), one day later than the forward
collection time.¿ If a paying bank returns a
check on its banking day of receipt without
settling for the check, as permitted under
U.C.C. 4–302(a), and receives settlement for
the returned check from a returning bank, it
must promptly pay the amount of the check
to the collecting bank from which it received
the check.
ø7. Qualified returned checks. Although
paying banks may wish to prepare qualified
returned checks because they will be handled
at a lower cost by returning banks, the one
business day extension provided to returning
banks is not available to paying banks
because of the longer time that a paying bank
has to dispatch the check. Normally, paying
banks will be able to convert a check to a
PO 00000
Frm 00091
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16951
qualified returned check at any time after the
determination is made to return the check
until late in the day following presentment,
while a returning bank may receive returned
checks late on one day and be expected to
dispatch them early the next morning. A
check that is converted to a qualified
returned check must be encoded in
accordance with ANS X9.13 for original
checks or ANS X9.100–140 for substitute
checks.¿
ø8¿fl7fi. Routing of returned checks.
a. øIn effect, under either test, tøflTfihe
paying bank acts as an agent or subagent of
the depositary bank in selecting a means of
return. Under § 229.30(a), a paying bank is
authorized to route the returned checkfl,
including an electronic return,fi in a variety
of ways:
i. It may send the returned check directly
to the depositary bank by courier or other
means of deliveryø,¿ flor it may send the
electronic return directly to the depositary
bank if the depositary bank has agreed to
accept electronic returns from the paying
bank, therebyfi bypassing returning banks;
or
ii. It may send the returned check flor
electronic returnfi to any returning bank
agreeing to handle the returned check flor
electronic returnfi for expeditious return to
the depositary bank under § 229.31(a),
regardless of whether or not the returning
bank handled the check for forward
collection. flIn determining whether a
depositary bank has agreed to accept an
electronic return from a returning bank, a
paying bank may rely on a returning bank’s
published list of depositary banks to which
it delivers electronic returns.fi
b. If the paying bank elects to return the
check directly to the depositary bank, it is
not necessarily required to return the check
to the branch of first deposit. The check may
be returned to the depositary bank at any
flphysicalfi location permitted under
ø§ 229.32(a)¿ fl§ 229.32(b). If the paying
bank elects to send an electronic return
directly to the depositary bank, it must send
the electronic return to the electronic return
point designated by the depositary bankfi.
9. Midnight deadline.
a. Except for the extension permitted by
§ 229.30(c), discussed below, this section
does not relieve a paying bank from the
requirement for timely return (i.e., midnight
deadline) under U.C.C. 4–301 and 4–302,
which continue to apply. Under U.C.C.
4–302, a paying bank is ‘‘accountable’’ for the
amount of a demand item, other than a
documentary draft, if it does not pay or
return the item or send notice of dishonor by
its midnight deadline. Under U.C.C. 3–418(c)
and 4–215(a), late return constitutes payment
and would be final in favor of a holder in due
course or a person who has in good faith
changed his position in reliance on the
payment. Thus, retaining this requirement
gives the paying bank an additional incentive
to make a prompt return.
b. The expeditious return requirement
applies to a paying bank that determines not
to pay a check. This requirement applies to
a payable-through or a payable-at bank that
is defined as a paying bank (see
ø§ 229.2(z)¿fl§ 229.2(ii)fi) and that returns
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16952
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
a check. This requirement begins when the
payable-through or payable-at bank receives
the check during forward collection, not
when the payor returns the check to the
payable-through or payable-at bank.
Nevertheless, a check sent for payment or
collection to a payable-through or payable-at
bank is not considered to be drawn on that
bank for purposes of the midnight deadline
provision of U.C.C. 4–301. (See discussion of
ø§ 229.36(a)¿fl§ 229.30(a)(5)fi.)
c. The liability section of this subpart
(§ 229.38) provides that a paying bank is not
subject to both ‘‘accountability’’ for missing
the midnight deadline under the U.C.C. and
liability for missing the timeliness
requirements of this regulation. Also, a
paying bank is not responsible for failure to
make expeditious return to a party that has
breached a presentment warranty under
U.C.C. 4–208fl.fiø, notwithstanding that the
paying bank has returned the check. (See
Commentary to § 229.33(a).)¿
10. U.C.C. provisions affected. This
paragraph directly affects the following
provisions of the U.C.C., and may affect other
sections or provisions:
a. Section 4–301(d), in that instead of
returning a check through a clearinghouse or
to the presenting bank, a paying bank may
send a returned check to the depositary bank
or to a returning bank.
b. Section 4–301(a), in that time limits
specified in that section may be affected by
the additional requirement to make an
expeditious return and in that settlement for
returned checks is made under § 229.31(c),
not by revocation of settlement.
fl11. Payable-through and payable at
checks
a. For purposes of subpart C, the regulation
defines a payable-through and or payable-at
bank (which could be designated the
collectible-through or collectible-at bank) as
a paying bank. The requirements of
§ 229.30(a) are imposed on a payable-through
or payable-at bank and are based on the time
of receipt of the forward collection check by
the payable-through or payable-at bank. This
provision is intended to speed the return of
checks that are payable through or at a bank
to the depositary bank.fi
B. 229.30(b) øUnidentifiable Depositary
Bank¿flExceptions to Expeditious Return of
Checksfi
1. flThis paragraph sets forth the
circumstances under which a paying bank is
not required to return the check to the
depositary bank in accordance with
§ 229.30(a).fi
fl2. The depositary bank has not agreed to
accept electronic returns from the paying
bank.
a. In the circumstances where a depositary
bank has not agreed to accept electronic
returns from the paying bank under
§ 229.32(a), the paying bank should send a
paper return directly to the depositary bank
or send an electronic return to a returning
bank, which would then be required to send
a paper return to the depositary bank.
b. Example. The depositary bank has
agreed to accept electronic returns from
Returning Bank A. Returning Bank A does
not hold itself out as accepting electronic
returns from either the paying bank or other
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
returning banks. Under these facts, the
depositary bank has not agreed to accept
electronic returns from the paying bank
under § 229.32(a), and therefore the paying
bank need not send the returned check
expeditiously to the depositary bank. The
paying bank, however, must comply with any
deadlines under the Uniform Commercial
Code, Regulation J (12 CFR part 210), or
§ 229.30(c).fi
3. Depositary bank without accounts
a. Subpart B of this regulation applies only
to ‘‘checks’’ deposited in transaction
‘‘accounts.’’ Thus, a depositary bank with
only time or savings accounts need not
comply with the availability requirements of
subpart B. Collecting banks may not have an
electronic connection with these banks as
paying banks because no checks are drawn
on them. Consequently, the costs of using
expedited means to deliver returned checks
directly to such a depositary bank may not
be justified. Thus, the expeditious-return
requirement of § 229.30(a) does not apply to
checks being returned to banks that do not
hold accounts. The paying bank’s midnight
deadline in U.C.C. 4–301 and 4–302
øand¿fl,fi § 210.12 of Regulation J (12 CFR
210.12)fl, and the extension in § 229.30(c)fi
would continue to apply to these checks.
Returning banks also would be required to
act on such checks within their midnight
deadline. Further, in order to avoid
complicating the process of returning checks
generally, banks without accounts are
required to use the standard indorsement,
and their checks are returned by returning
banks and paid for by the depositary bank
under the same rules as checks deposited in
other banks, with the exception of the
expeditious-return requirements of
§§ 229.30(a) and 229.31(a).
b. The expeditious-return requirement
applies to a check deposited in a bank that
is not a depository institution. Federal
Reserve Banks, Federal Home Loan Banks,
private bankers, and possibly certain
industrial banks are not depository
institutions within the meaning of the EFA
Act, and therefore are not subject to the
expedited availability and disclosure
requirements of subpart B. These banks do,
however, maintain accounts as defined in
§ 229.2(a), and a paying bank returning a
check to one of these banks would be
required to return the check to the depositary
bank, in accordance with the expeditiousreturn requirement.
4. Unidentifiable depositary bank
a. For most checks presented
electronically, the depositary bank’s
indorsement will accompany the electronic
image and information related to the check,
either as an addenda record or within the
image of the check.fi In some cases, a paying
bank will be unable to identify the depositary
bank through the use of ordinary care and
good faith. The Board expects that these
cases will be unusual as skilled return
øclerks¿ flstaff generallyfi will readily
identify the depositary bank from the
depositary bank indorsement required under
§ 229.35 and appendix D. flFor example, a
paying bank would be unable to identify the
depositary bank if the depositary bank’s
indorsement is in neither an addenda record
PO 00000
Frm 00092
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
nor within the image of the check. A paying
bank, however, would not be ‘‘unable’’ to
identify the depositary bank merely because
the depositary bank’s indorsement is not
attached as an addenda record, and therefore
requires the paying bank to retrieve the
image.fi
flb.fi In cases where the paying bank is
unable to identify the depositary bank, the
paying bank may, in accordance with
§ 229.30(a), send the returned check to a
returning bank that agrees to handle the
returned check for expeditious return to the
depositary bank under § 229.31(a). The
returning bank may be better able to identify
the depositary bank.
ø2.¿flc.fi In the alternative, the paying
bank may send the check back up the path
used for forward collection of the check. The
presenting bank and prior collecting banks
normally will be able to trace the collection
path of the check through the use of their
internal records in conjunction with the
indorsements on the returned check. In these
limited cases, the paying bank may send such
a returned check to any bank that handled
the check for forward collection, even if that
bank does not agree to handle the returned
check for expeditious return to the depositary
bank under § 229.31(a). flThe return of a
check to a bank that handled the check for
forward collection is consistent with
§ 229.35(b), which requires a bank handling
a check to take up the check if it is has not
been paid.fi
fld. If the paying bank has an agreement
to send electronic returns to a bank that
handled the check for forward collection, the
paying bank may send an electronic return to
that bank.fi A paying bank returning a check
under this paragraph [to a bank that has not
agreed to handle the check expeditiously]
must advise that bank that it is unable to
identify the depositary bank. This advice
must be conspicuous, such as a stamp on
each check for which the depositary bank is
unknown if such checks are commingled
with other returned checks, or, if such checks
are sent in a separate cash letter, by one
notice on the cash letter. flIn the case of an
electronic return, the advice requirement
may be satisfied by the paying bank inserting
the routing number of the bank to which it
is sending the return where the paying bank
otherwise would have inserted the routing
number of the depositary bank.fi This
information will warn the bank that this
check will require special research and
handling in accordance with § 229.31(b). The
returned check may not be prepared øfor
automated¿ flas a qualifiedfi return. øThe
return of a check to a bank that handled the
check for forward collection is consistent
with § 229.35(b), which requires a bank
handling a check to take up the check it is
has not been paid.¿
ø3.¿fle.fi The sending of a check to a
bank that handled the check for forward
collection under this paragraph is not subject
to the requirements for expeditious return by
the paying bank. øOften, the paying bank will
not have courier or other expeditious means
of transportation to the collecting or
presenting bank.¿ flBecause the paying bank
is unable to identify the depositary bank, the
paying bank will not know whether the
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
depositary bank has agreed to accept an
electronic return from the paying bank under
§ 229.32(a). Moreover, returning the check
through the forward collection chain may
require handling by more banks, and thus
may take more time.fi Although the lack of
a requirement of expeditious return will
create risks for the depositary bank, in many
cases the inability to identify the depositary
bank will be due to the depositary bank’s, or
a collecting bank’s, failure to use the
indorsement required by § 229.35(a) and
appendix D. If the depositary bank failed to
use the proper indorsement, it should bear
the risks of less than expeditious return.
Similarly, where the inability to identify the
depositary bank is due to indorsements or
other information placed on the back of the
check by the depositary bank’s customer or
other prior indorser, the depositary bank
should bear the risk that it cannot charge a
returned check back to that customer. Where
the inability to identify the depositary bank
is due to subsequent indorsements of
collecting banks, these collecting banks may
be liable for a loss incurred by the depositary
bank due to less than expeditious return of
a check; those banks therefore have an
incentive to return checks sent to them under
this paragraph quickly.
ø4.¿flf.fi This paragraph does not relieve
a paying bank from the liability for the lack
of expeditious return in cases where the
paying bank is itself responsible for the
inability to identify the depositary bank, such
as when the paying bank’s customer has used
a check with printing or other material on the
back in the area reserved for the depositary
bank’s indorsement, making the indorsement
unreadable. (See § 229.38(d).)
ø5.¿flg.fi A paying bank’s return under
this paragraph is also subject to its midnight
deadline under U.C.C. 4–301, Regulation J (if
the check is returned through a Federal
Reserve Bank), and the exception provided in
§ 229.30(c). A paying bank also may send a
check to a prior collecting bank to make a
claim against that bank under § 229.35(b)
where the depositary bank is insolvent or in
other cases as provided in § 229.35(b).
Finally, a paying bank may make a claim
against a prior collecting bank based on a
breach of warranty under U.C.C. 4–208.
C. 229.30(c) Extension of Deadline
1. This paragraph permits extension of the
deadlines flin the U.C.C., Regulation J
(12 CFR part 210) and § 229.36(d)(3) of this
partfi for returning a check for which the
paying bank previously has settled (generally
midnight of the banking day following the
banking day on which the check is received
by the paying bank) and for returning a check
without settling for it (generally midnight of
the banking day on which the check is
received by the paying bank, or such other
time provided by § 210.9 of Regulation J
(12 CFR part 210) or
§ 229.36ø(f)(2)¿fl(d)(3)fi of this part)ø, but
not of the duty of expeditious return, in two
circumstances:¿flif the paying bank returns
the check using a means of delivery such that
the depositary bank would ordinarily receive
the return within the timeframe specified in
§ 229.30(a).fi
fl2. If a paying bank sends an electronic
return, the paying bank’s midnight (or other
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
applicable) deadline is extended to the time
it dispatches the electronic return so long as
the depositary bank would ordinarily receive
the electronic return by 4 p.m. (local time of
the depositary bank) on the second business
day following the banking day on which the
paying bank received the check. A paying
bank may rely on its returning bank’s
electronic return delivery schedules in
determining when the depositary bank would
ordinarily receive an electronic return.fi
øa¿fl3fi. A paying bank may have a
courier that leaves after midnight (or after
any other applicable deadline) to deliver its
forward-collection checks. This paragraph
removes the constraint of the midnight
deadline for returned checks if the returned
check øreaches the receiving bank on or
before the receiving bank’s next banking day
following the otherwise applicable deadline
by the earlier of the close of that banking day
or a cutoff hour of 2 p.m. or later set by the
receiving bank under U.C.C. 4–108¿flwould
ordinarily reach the depositary bank by
4 p.m. (local time of the depositary bank) on
the second business day following the
banking day on which the paying bank
received the check. A paying bank may rely
on its returning bank’s delivery schedules in
determining when the depositary bank would
ordinarily receive the returned checkfi.
øThe extension also applies if the check
reaches the bank to which it is sent later than
the time described in the previous sentence
if highly expeditious means of transportation
are used. For example, a West Coast paying
bank may use this further extension to ship
a returned check by air courier directly to an
East Coast returning bank even if the check
arrives after the returning bank’s cutoff hour.
This paragraph applies to the extension of all
midnight deadlines except Saturday
midnight deadlines (see paragraph C.1.b.
below).¿
øb. A paying bank may observe a banking
day, as defined in the applicable U.C.C., on
a Saturday, which is not a business day and
therefore not a banking day under Regulation
CC. In such a case, the U.C.C. deadline for
returning checks received and settled for on
Friday, or for returning checks received on
Saturday without settling for them, might
require the bank to return the checks by
midnight Saturday. However, the bank may
not have couriers leaving on Saturday to
carry returned checks, and even if it did, the
returning or depositary bank to which the
returned checks were sent might not be open
until Sunday night or Monday morning to
receive and process the checks. This
paragraph extends the midnight deadline if
the returned checks reach the returning bank
by a cut-off hour (usually on Sunday night
or Monday morning) that permits processing
during its next processing cycle or reach the
depositary bank by the cut-off hour on its
next banking day following the Saturday
midnight deadline. This paragraph applies
exclusively to the extension of Saturday
midnight deadlines.¿
ø2¿fl4fi. The time limits that are
extended øin each case¿ are the paying
bank’s midnight deadline for returning a
check for which it has already settled and the
paying bank’s deadline for returning a check
without settling for it in U.C.C. 4–301 and 4–
PO 00000
Frm 00093
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16953
302, §§ 210.9 and 210.12 of Regulation J (12
CFR 210.9 and 210.12), and
§ 229.36ø(f)(2)¿fl(d)(3)fi of this part. As
these extensions are designed to speed
ø(§ 229.30(c)(1)), or at least not slow
(§ 229.30(c)(2)),¿ the overall return of checks,
no modification or extension of the
expeditious return requirements in
§ 229.30(a) is required.
ø3øfl5fi. The paying bank satisfies its
midnight or other return deadline by
dispatching returned checks to another bank
by courier, including a courier under contract
with the paying bank, prior to expiration of
the deadline.
ø4¿fl6fi. This paragraph directly affects
U.C.C. 4–301 and 4–302 and §§ 210.9 and
210.12 of Regulation J (12 CFR 210.9 and
210.12) to the extent that this paragraph
applies by its terms, and may affect other
provisions.
D. 229.30(d) Identification of Returned Check
1. The reason for the return must be clearly
indicated. A check is identified as a returned
check if the front of that check indicates the
reason for return, even though it does not
specifically state that the check is a returned
check. øA reason such as ‘‘Refer to Maker’’ is
permissible in appropriate cases.¿ fl‘‘Refer
to Maker’’ is an instruction to the recipient
of the returned check and not a reason for
return. Therefore, ‘‘Refer to Maker’’ is
insufficient as a reason for return. ‘‘Refer to
Maker’’ may be used in addition to the reason
for return.fi If the returned check is a
substitute check, flthe requirement to
placefi the reason for return flinformation
such that it is retained on any subsequent
substitute check could be met by placing the
information (1) in the location on the front
of the substitute check that is specified by
ANS X9.100–140 or (2)fi ømust be placed¿
within the image of the original check that
appears on the front of the substitute check
so that the information is retained on any
subsequent substitute check. If the paying
bank places the returned check in a carrier
envelope, the carrier envelope should
indicate that it is a returned check but need
not repeat the reason for return stated on the
check if it in fact appears on the check.
øF. 229.30(f)¿flE. 229.30(e)fi Notice in Lieu
of Return
fl1. A notice in lieu of return may be used
by a bank handling a returned check that has
been lost or destroyed, including when the
original returned check has been charged
back as lost or destroyed as provided in
§ 229.35(b). Notice in lieu of return is
permitted only when a bank does not have
and cannot obtain possession of the check (or
must retain possession of the check for
protest) and does not have sufficient
information to create a substitute check. For
example, a bank may have an image of both
sides of the check, but the image may be
insufficient, or may not be in the proper
format, to create a substitute check. A bank
using a notice in lieu of return gives a
warranty under § 229.34(e)(1)(iv) that the
øoriginal¿ check has not been and will not
be returned.fi
ø1¿fl2fi. A check that is lost or otherwise
unavailable for return may be returned by
sending a legible copy of both sides of the
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16954
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
check or, if such a copy is not available to
the paying bank, a written notice of
nonpayment containing the information
specified in ø§ 229.33(b)¿fl§ 229.30(e)(2)fi.
The copy or written notice must clearly
indicate it is a notice in lieu of return øand
must be handled in the same manner as other
returned checks¿. flNotice by a legible
facsimile or electronic transmission of the
image of both sides of the check may satisfy
the requirements for a notice in lieu of
return. If no image of both sides of the check
is available, the notice may be sent by other
means, but notfi øNotice¿ by telephoneø,
telegraph,¿ or other øelectronic¿ floralfi
transmissionø,other than a legible facsimile
or similar image transmission of both sides
of the check, does not satisfy the
requirements for a notice in lieu of return¿.
The requirement for a writing and the
indication that the notice is a substitute for
the returned check is necessary so that the
returning and depositary banks are informed
that the notice carries value. øNotice in lieu
of return is permitted only when a bank does
not have and cannot obtain possession of the
check or must retain possession of the check
for protest. A check is not unavailable for
return if it is merely difficult to retrieve from
a filing system or from storage by a keeper
of checks in a truncation system. A notice in
lieu of return may be used by a bank
handling a returned check that has been lost
or destroyed, including when the original
returned check has been charged back as lost
or destroyed as provided in § 229.35(b). A
bank using a notice in lieu of return gives a
warranty under § 229.34(a)(4) that the
original check has not been and will not be
returned.¿
ø2¿fl3fi. The requirement of this
paragraph supersedes the requirement of
U.C.C. 4–301(a) as to the form and
information required of a notice of dishonor
or nonpayment. Reference in the regulation
and this commentary to a returned check
includes a notice in lieu of return unless the
context indicates otherwise.
ø3¿fl4fi. The notice in lieu of return is
subject to the provisions of § 229.30 and is
treated like a returned check for settlement
purposes. øIf the original check is over
$2,500, the notice of nonpayment under
§ 229.33 is still required, but may be satisfied
by the notice in lieu of return if the notice
in lieu meets the time and information
requirements of § 229.33.¿
ø4¿fl5fi. If not all of the information
required by ø§ 229.33(b)¿ fl§ 229.30(e)(2)fi
is available, the paying bank may make a
claim against any prior bank handling the
check as provided in § 229.35(b).
fl6. Content of notices
a. This paragraph provides that the notice
must contain, if available, specified items of
information that would enable a depositary
bank to identify the check to which the
notice relates.
b. If the paying bank cannot identify the
depositary bank from the check itself, the
paying bank should treat the notice in lieu
as if it were a returned check for which the
paying bank cannot identify the depositary
bank (see § 229.30(b)(2) and accompanying
commentary).
c. If a bank is uncertain as to the accuracy
of an item of information, it nevertheless
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
must identify the item of information, but a
bank may make this identification by setting
the item off with question marks, asterisks,
or other symbols designated for this purpose
by generally applicable industry standards.fi
øG. 229.30(g)¿flF. 229.30(f)fi Reliance on
Routing Number
1. Although § 229.35 and appendix D
require that the depositary bank indorsement
contain its nine-digit routing number, it is
possible that a returned check will bear the
routing number of the depositary bank in
fractional, nine-digit, or other form. This
paragraph permits a paying bank to rely on
the routing number of the depositary bank as
it appears on the check (in the depositary
bank’s indorsement) flor in the electronic
image or information included in the
electronic collection itemfi when it is
received by the paying bank.
2. If there are inconsistent routing
numbers, the paying bank may rely on any
routing number designating the depositary
bank. The paying bank is not required to
resolve the inconsistency prior to processing
the check. The paying bank remains subject
to the requirement to act in good faith and
use ordinary care under § 229.38(a).
XVII. Section 229.31 Returning Bank’s
Responsibility for Return of Checks
A. 229.31(a) Return of Checks
1. The standards for return of checks
established by this section are similar to
those for paying banks in § 229.30(a). This
section requires a returning bank to øreturn
a returned check expeditiously if it agrees to
handle the returned check for expeditious
return under this paragraph¿ flsend a
returned check expeditiously if the returning
bank has agreed to do sofi. In effect, the
returning bank is an agent or subagent of the
paying bank and a subagent of the depositary
bank for the purposes of returning the check.
flA returning bank may satisfy its
expeditious return requirement by returning
either an electronic return or returned check
within the timeframe. The exceptions to this
requirement are set out in § 229.31(b).fi
2. A returning bank agrees to øhandle a
returned check for expeditious
return¿flreturn checks expeditiouslyfi to
the depositary bank if it:
a. Publishes or distributes availability
schedules for the return of flelectronic
returns orfi returned checks and accepts the
flelectronic return orfi returned check for
return;
øb. Handles a returned check for return
that it did not handle for forward collection;¿
or
øc¿flbfi. Otherwise agrees to handle a
returned check for expeditious return.
fl3. A returning bank may agree to handle
only certain types of returns expeditiously.
For example, a returning bank may agree to
handle electronic returns expeditiously,
while not agreeing to handle returned checks
expeditiously.
4. If a returning bank has not agreed to
return checks expeditiously, the returning
bank has no expeditious return requirement
with respect to the check. Therefore, a paying
bank will not satisfy its expeditious return
requirement by sending a returned check to
PO 00000
Frm 00094
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
that returning bank that has not agreed to
return checks expeditiously.
5. The returning bank’s return of a check
under this paragraph is subject to the
midnight deadline under U.C.C. 4–202(b).
(See definition of returning bank in
§ 229.2(mm)).
6. In the case of electronic returns, a
returning bank agrees to handle the
electronic return expeditiously if the
returning bank has an agreement with the
paying bank for accepting electronic returns,
and handling such returns expeditiously, and
the returning bank accepts the electronic
return.fi
ø3¿fl7fi. øTwo-day/four-day test.¿ As in
the case of a paying bank, a returning bank’s
return of a returned check is expeditious if
it ømeets either of two tests. Under the ‘‘twoday/four-day’’ test, the check must be
returned so that it¿ flis sent in a manner
such that itfi would normally be received by
the depositary bank by 4 p.m. øeither¿
fl(local time of the depositary bank)fi two
øor four¿ business days after the check was
presented to the paying bankø, depending on
whether or not the paying bank is located in
the same check processing region as the
depositary bank¿. øThis is the same test as
the two-day/four-day test applicable to
paying banks. (See Commentary to
§ 229.30(a).)¿ While a returning bank will not
have first hand knowledge of the day on
which a check was presented to the paying
bank, returning banks may, by agreement,
allocate with paying banks liability for late
return based on the delays caused by each.
øIn effect, the two-day/four day test protects
all paying and returning banks that return
checks from claims that they failed to return
a check expeditiously, where the check is
returned within the specified time following
presentment to the paying bank, or a later
time as would result from unforeseen
delays.¿
ø4. Forward collection test.
a. The ‘‘forward collection’’ test is similar
to the forward collection test for paying
banks. Under this test, a returning bank must
handle a returned check in the same manner
that a similarly situated collecting bank
would handle a check of similar size drawn
on the depositary bank for forward
collection. A similarly situated bank is a
bank (other than a Federal Reserve Bank) that
is of similar asset size and check handling
activity in the same community. A bank has
similar check handling activity if it handles
a similar volume of checks for forward
collection as the forward collection volume
of the returning bank.
b. Under the forward collection test, a
returning bank must accept returned checks,
including both qualified and other returned
checks (‘‘raw returns’’), at approximately the
same times and process them according to
the same general schedules as checks
handled for forward collection. Thus, a
returning bank generally must process even
raw returns on an overnight basis, unless its
time limit is extended by one day to convert
a raw return to a qualified returned check.¿
ø5¿fl8fi. Cut-off hours. A returning bank
may establish earlier cut-off hours for receipt
of returned checks than for receipt of forward
collection checks, but the cut-off hour for
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
returned checks may not be earlier than 2
p.m. fl(local time of the returning bank).fi
The returning bank also may set different
sorting requirements for returned checks than
those applicable to other checks. Thus, a
returning bank may allow itself more
processing time for returns than for forward
collection checks. øAll returned checks
received by a cut-off hour for returned checks
must be processed and dispatched by the
returning bank by the time that it would
dispatch forward collection checks received
at a corresponding forward collection cut-off
hour that provides for the same or faster
availability for checks destined for the same
depositary banks.¿
ø6. Examples.
a. If a returning bank receives a returned
check by its cut-off hour for returned checks
on Monday and the depositary bank and the
returning bank are participants in the same
clearinghouse, the returning bank should
arrange to have the returned check received
by the depositary bank by Tuesday. This
would be the same day that it would deliver
a forward collection check drawn on the
depositary bank and received by the
returning bank at a corresponding forward
collection cut-off hour on Monday.
b. i. If a returning bank receives a returned
check, and the returning bank normally
would collect a forward collection check
drawn on the depositary bank by sending the
forward collection check to a correspondent
or a Federal Reserve Bank by courier, the
returning bank could send the returned check
in the same manner if the correspondent has
agreed to handle returned checks
expeditiously under § 229.31(a). The
returning bank would have to deliver the
check by the correspondent’s or Federal
Reserve Bank’s cut-off hour for returned
checks that corresponds to its cut-off hour for
forward collection checks drawn on the
depositary bank. A returning bank may take
a day to convert a check to a qualified
returned check. Where the forward collection
checks are delivered by courier, mailing the
returned checks would not meet the duty
established by this section for returning
banks.
ii. A returning bank must return a check to
the depositary bank by courier or other
means as fast as a courier, if similarly
situated returning banks use couriers to
deliver their forward collection checks to the
depositary bank.
iii. For some depositary banks, no
community practice exists as to delivery of
checks. For example, a credit union whose
customers use payable-through drafts
normally does not have checks presented to
it because the drafts are normally sent to the
payable-through bank for collection. In these
circumstances, the community standard is
established by taking into account the dollar
volume of the checks being sent to the
depositary bank and the location of the
depositary bank, and determining whether
similarly situated banks normally would
deliver forward collection checks to the
depositary bank, taking into account the
particular risks associated with returned
checks. Where the community standard does
not require courier delivery, other means of
delivery, including mail, are acceptable.¿
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
ø7¿fl9fi. Qualified returned checks.
a. The expeditious return requirement for
a returning bank in this regulation is more
stringent in many cases than the duty of a
collecting bank to exercise ordinary care
under U.C.C. 4–202 in returning a check. øA
returning bank is under a duty to act as
expeditiously in returning a check as it
would in the forward collection of a check.
Notwithstanding its duty of expeditious
return, its midnight deadline under U.C.C. 4–
202 and § 210.12(a) of Regulation J (12 CFR
210.12(a)), under the forward collection test,
a returning bank may take an extra day to
qualify a returned check.¿ A qualified
returned check will be handled by
subsequent returning banks more efficiently
than a raw return. øThis paragraph gives a
returning bank an extra business day beyond
the time that would otherwise be required to
return the returned check to convert a
returned check to a qualified returned
check.¿ The qualified returned check must
include the routing number of the depositary
bank, the amount of the check, and a return
identifier encoded on the check in magnetic
ink. A check that is converted to a qualified
returned check must be encoded in
accordance with ANS X9.13 for original
checks or ANS X9.100–140 for substitute
checks.
øb. If the returning bank is sending the
returned check directly to the depositary
bank, this extra day is not available because
preparing a qualified returned check will not
expedite handling by other banks.¿ If the
returning bank makes an encoding error in
creating a qualified returned check, it may be
liable under § 229.38 for losses caused by any
negligence or under § 229.34(c)(3) for breach
of an encoding warranty. øThe returning
bank would not lose the one-day extension
available to it for creating a qualified
returned check because of an encoding
error.¿
ø8¿fl10fi. Routing of returned check.
a. Under § 229.31(a), the returning bank is
authorized to route the returned check in a
variety of ways:
i. It may send flan electronic return if the
depositary bank has agreed to accept an
electronic return from the returning bank or
it may sendfi the returned check directly to
the depositary bank by courier or other
øexpeditious¿ means of delivery; øor¿
ii. flIt may send an electronic return to
any other returning bank that has agreed to
accept an electronic return from the returning
bank; or
iii.fi It may send the returned check to any
returning bank agreeing to handle the
returned check for expeditious return to the
depositary bank under this section regardless
of whether or not the returning bank handled
the check for forward collection.
b. If the returning bank elects to send the
returned check directly to the depositary
bank, it is not required to send the check to
the branch of the depositary bank that first
handled the check. The returned check may
be sent to the depositary bank at any location
permitted under § 229.32(b). flIf the
returning bank elects to send the electronic
return directly to the depositary bank, it must
send the electronic return to the electronic
return point designated by the depositary
bankfi.
PO 00000
Frm 00095
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16955
ø9¿fl11fi. Responsibilities of returning
bank. In meeting the requirements of this
section, the returning bank is responsible for
its own actions, but not those of the paying
bank, other returning banks, or the depositary
bank. (See U.C.C. 4–202(c) regarding the
responsibility of collecting banks.) For
example, if the paying bank has delayed the
start of the return process, but the returning
bank acts in a timely manner, the returning
bank may satisfy the requirements of this
section even if the delayed return results in
a loss to the depositary bank. (See § 229.38.)
A returning bank must handle a notice in lieu
of return øas¿ expeditiously øas a returned
check¿.
ø10¿fl12fi. U.C.C. sections affected. This
paragraph directly affects the following
provisions of the U.C.C., and may affect other
sections or provisions:
a. Section 4–202(b), in that time limits
required by that section may be affected by
the additional requirement to make an
expeditious return.
b. Section 4–214(a), in that settlement for
returned checks is made under § 229.31(c)
and not by charge-back of provisional credit,
and in that the time limits may be affected
by the additional requirement to make an
expeditious return.
B. 229.31(b) øUnidentifiable Depositary
Bank¿flExceptions to Expeditious Return of
Checksfi
1. This section is similar to § 229.30(b), but
applies to returning banks instead of paying
banks. øIn some cases a returning bank will
be unable to identify the depositary bank
with respect to a check.¿ flIn general, in
circumstances where the paying bank is not
subject to the expeditious return requirement
(see § 229.30(b)), the returning bank may not
receive the returned check in a timeframe
that enables it to return the check to the
depositary bank by the second business day
following the banking day on which the
check was presented to the paying bank.
Moreover, the same circumstances that make
expeditious return of a check difficult for a
paying bank also are likely to make
expeditious return of a check difficult for a
returning bank.fi
fl2. Depositary bank has not agreed to
accept electronic returns under § 229.32(a).
a. A returning bank is not subject to the
expeditious return requirement in § 229.31(a)
with respect to a check if the depositary bank
has not agreed to accept an electronic return
from the paying bank under § 229.32(a), in
which case the paying bank is not required
to return the check expeditiously under
§ 229.30(a). If a depositary bank has not
agreed to accept electronic returns, a
returning bank is unlikely to be able to return
a paper check to the depositary bank in an
expeditious manner.
3. Unidentifiable depositary banks
a.fi Returning banks agreeing to handle
checks for return to depositary banks under
§ 229.31(a) are expected to be expert in
identifying depositary bank indorsements. In
the limited cases where the returning bank
cannot identify the depositary bank, fliffi
the returning bank fldid not handle the
check for forward collection, itfi may send
the returned check to øa returning bank that
agrees to handle the returned check for
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16956
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
expeditious return under § 229.31(a), or it
may send the returned check to a¿flany
collectingfi bank that handled the returned
check for forward collectionfl.fi ø, even if
that bank does not agree to handle the check
expeditiously under section 229.31(a).
2.¿ Iffl, on the other hand,fi the returning
bank itself handled the check for forward
collection, it may send the returned check to
a collecting bank that was prior to it in the
forward-collection process, which will be
better able to identify the depositary bank. If
there are no prior collecting banks, the
returning bank must research the collection
of the check and identify the depositary
bank.
flb.fi As in the case of paying banks
under § 229.30(b), a returning bankø’s
sending of a check to a bank that handled the
check for forward collection under
§ 229.31(b)¿ flthat cannot identify the
depositary bankfi is not subject to the
expeditious return requirements of
§ 229.31(a).
ø3. The returning bank’s return of a check
under this paragraph is subject to the
midnight deadline under U.C.C. 4–202(b).
(See definition of returning bank in
§ 229.2(cc).)¿
ø4. Where a returning bank receives a
check that it does not agree to handle
expeditiously under § 229.31(a), such as a
check sent to it under § 229.30(b), but the
returning bank is able to identify the
depositary bank, the returning bank must
thereafter return the check expeditiously to
the depositary bank. The returning bank
returns a check expeditiously under this
paragraph if it returns the check by the same
means it would use to return a check drawn
on it to the depositary bank or by other
reasonably prompt means¿.
ø5¿flcfi. As in the case of a paying bank
returning a check under § 229.30(b)), a
returning bank returning a check under øthis
paragraph¿fl§ 229.30(b)(2)fi to a bank that
has not agreed to handle the check
expeditiously must advise that bank that it is
unable to identify the depositary bank. This
advice must be conspicuous, such as a stamp
on øeach check for which the depositary
bank is unknown if such checks are
commingled with other returned checks, or,
if such checks are sent in a separate cash
letter, by one¿ flthe check or afi notice on
the cash letter. øThe returned check may not
be prepared for automated return.¿ flIn the
case of an electronic return, the advice
requirement may be satisfied by the returning
bank inserting the routing number of the
bank to which it is sending the return where
the returning bank otherwise would have
inserted the routing number of the depositary
bank.fi
fl3. Depositary banks without accounts
a. Section 229.31(b)(3) is similar to
§ 229.30(b)(3) and relieves the returning bank
of its obligation to make expeditious return
to a depositary bank that does not maintain
any accounts. (See the commentary to
§ 229.30(b).fi
C. 229.31(c) Settlement
1. Under the U.C.C., a collecting bank
receives settlement for a check øwhen
it¿flby midnight of the banking day on
which the checkfi is presented to the paying
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
bank. The paying bank may recover the
settlement when the paying bank returns the
check to the presenting bank. Under this
regulation, however, the paying bank may
return the check directly to the depositary
bank or through returning banks that did not
handle the check for forward collection. On
these more efficient return paths, the paying
bank does not recover the settlement made to
the presenting bank. Thus, this paragraph
requires the returning bank to settle for a
returned check (either with the paying bank
or another returning bank) in the same way
that it would settle for a similar check for
forward collection. To achieve uniformity,
this paragraph applies even if the returning
bank handled the check for forward
collection.
2. Any returning bank, including one that
handled the check for forward collection,
may provide availability for returned checks
pursuant to an availability schedule as it
does for forward collection checks. These
settlements by returning banks, as well as
settlements between banks made during the
forward collection of a check, are considered
final when made subject to any deferment of
availability. (See
ø§ 229.36(d)¿fl§ 229.36(c)fi and
Commentary to § 229.35(b).)
3. A returning bank may vary the
settlement method it uses by agreement with
paying banks or other returning banks.
Special rules apply in the case of insolvency
of banks. (See § 229.39.) If payment cannot be
obtained from a depositary or returning bank
because of its insolvency or otherwise,
recovery can be had by returning, paying,
and collecting banks from prior banks on this
basis of the liability of prior banks under
§ 229.35(b).
4. This paragraph affects U.C.C. 4–214(a) in
that a paying or collecting bank does not
ordinarily have a right to charge back against
the bank from which it received the returned
check, although it is entitled to settlement if
it returns the returned check to that bank,
and may affect other sections or provisions.
Under ø§ 229.36(d)¿fl§ 229.36(c)fi, a bank
collecting a check remains liable to prior
collecting banks and the depositary bank’s
customer under the U.C.C.
D. 229.31(d) Charges
1. This paragraph permits any returning
bank, even one that handled the check for
forward collection, to impose a fee on the
paying bank or other returning bank for its
service in handling a returned check. Where
a claim is made under § 229.35(b), the bank
on which the claim is made is not authorized
by this paragraph to impose a charge for
taking up a check. This paragraph preempts
state laws to the extent that these laws
prevent returning banks from charging fees
for handling returned checks.
øF. 229.31(f)¿flE. 229.31(e)fi Notice in Lieu
of Return
1. This paragraph is similar to ø§ 229.30(f)¿
fl§ 229.30(e)fi and authorizes a returning
bank to originate a notice in lieu of return if
the returned check is unavailable for return.
Notice in lieu of return is permitted only
when a bank does not have and cannot obtain
possession of the check fl(fior must retain
possession of the check for protestfl) and
PO 00000
Frm 00096
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
does not have sufficient information to create
a substitute checkfi. øA check is not
unavailable for return if it is merely difficult
to retrieve from a filing system or from
storage by a keeper of checks in a truncation
system.¿ (See the Commentary to
ø§ 229.30(f)¿fl§ 229.30(e)fi.)
øG. 229.31(g)¿ flF. 229.31(f)fi Reliance on
Routing Number
1. This paragraph is similar to
ø§ 229.30(g)¿fl§ 229.30(f)fi and permits a
returning bank to rely on routing numbers
appearing on a returned check such as
routing numbers in the depositary bank’s
indorsementfl,fi øor¿ on qualified returned
checksfl, or in the electronic image or
information included in the electronic return
when it is received by the returning bankfi.
(See the Commentary to
ø§ 229.30(g)¿fl§ 229.30(f)fi.)
XVIII. Section 229.32 Depositary Bank’s
Responsibility for Returned Checks
flA. 229.32(a) Acceptance of Electronic
Returns
1. A paying bank and a returning bank
must satisfy the expeditious return
requirements under §§ 229.30(a) and
229.31(a) only if the depositary bank has
agreed to accept an electronic return from the
paying bank. This section sets forth the
circumstances under which a depositary
bank has agreed to accept an electronic
return from the paying bank for purposes of
subpart C, and therefore the circumstances
under which the paying bank and returning
banks have a duty to return the check
expeditiously.
2. There are three different ways a
depositary bank can agree to accept
electronic returns from the paying bank for
purposes of subpart C:
a. First, a depositary bank may have a
direct contractual relationship with the
paying bank under which it has agreed to
accept electronic returns directly from the
paying bank.
b. Second, a depositary bank may have a
direct contractual relationship with a
returning bank under which the depositary
bank accepts electronic returns directly from
the returning bank. In turn, that returning
bank must hold itself out as willing to accept
electronic returns directly or indirectly from
the paying bank and agrees to return checks
expeditiously. For example, the returning
bank may hold itself out as willing to enter
into a direct contractual relationship with the
paying bank to accept electronic returns or
returned checks for expeditious return to the
depositary bank. Alternatively, that returning
bank may hold itself out as willing to accept
electronic returns from other returning banks
that accept electronic returns from the paying
bank. A depositary bank is deemed to have
agreed to accept electronic returns under
§ 229.32(a)(1)(ii) if the returning bank holds
itself out as willing to accept electronic
returns directly or indirectly from the paying
bank, notwithstanding the fact that the
paying bank has no actual agreement with
the returning bank to send electronic returns.
c. Third, a depositary bank may have
otherwise agreed with the paying bank to
accept electronic returns. For example, the
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
depositary bank and paying bank may both
be members of the same clearing house,
under the rules of which the depositary bank
has agreed to accept electronic returns from
the paying bank.
d. The paying bank or returning bank must
deliver the electronic return to the electronic
location designated by the depositary bank.
Accordingly, regardless of the means by
which a depositary bank agrees to accept
electronic returns from the paying bank, the
depositary bank’s agreement with the paying
bank or returning bank must designate an
electronic return point.
3. A returning bank holds itself out as
willing to accept electronic returns from a
paying bank by publishing information about
its generally available electronic return
service, including how to enroll in the
returning bank’s electronic return service and
fees for the service. For example, a returning
bank may publish on its Web site electronic
return service set-up guides for a paying bank
to complete.
4. This section also sets forth when a
depositary bank receives an electronic return.
A depositary bank ‘‘receives’’ an electronic
return when that electronic return is
delivered to the electronic return point
designated by the bank or when the
electronic return is otherwise made available
for retrieval or review in accordance with an
agreement between the depositary bank and
the delivering paying bank or returning bank.
For example, if a depositary bank designates
an e-mail address as its electronic return
point, the depositary bank has received the
electronic return when it is delivered to that
e-mail address. In contrast, if the depositary
bank has an arrangement with a returning
bank whereby the returning bank sends the
electronic return to its storage device and
then provides the depositary bank with
access to the storage device for retrieving
electronic returns, the electronic return is
received by the depositary bank when the
returning bank makes the electronic return
available for the depositary bank to retrieve
or review from the storage device in
accordance with the agreement between the
returning bank and the depositary bank.fi
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
øA. 229.32(a)¿flB. 229.32(b)fi Acceptance
of flPaperfi Returned Checks
1. øThis regulation seeks to encourage
direct returns by paying and returning banks
and may result in a number of banks sending
checks to depositary banks with no
preexisting arrangements as to where the
returned checks should be delivered.¿ This
paragraph states where the depositary bank is
required to accept returned flpaperfi
checks øand written notices of nonpayment
under § 229.33¿. (These locations differ from
locations at which a depositary bank flmay
accept electronic returnsfiøor must accept
electronic notices¿.) It is derived from U.C.C.
3–111, which specifies that presentment for
payment may be made at the place specified
in the instrument or, if there is none, at the
place of business of the party to pay. In the
case of returned checks, the depositary bank
does not print the check and can only specify
the place of ‘‘payment’’ of the returned check
in its indorsement.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
2. The paragraph specifies four locations at
which the depositary bank must accept
returned flpaperfi checks:
a. The depositary bank must accept
returned flpaperfi checks at any location at
which it requests presentment of forward
collection checksfl,fi such as a processing
center. A depositary bank does not request
presentment of forward collection checks at
a branch of the bank merely by paying checks
presented over the counter.
b. i. If the depositary bank indorsement
states the name and address of the depositary
bank, it must accept returned flpaperfi
checks at the branch, head office, or other
location, such as a processing center,
indicated by the address. If the address is too
general to identify a particular location, then
the depositary bank must accept returned
checks at any branch or head office
consistent with the address. If, for example,
the address is ‘‘New York, New York,’’ each
branch in New York City must accept
returned flpaperfi checks. flAccordingly, a
depositary bank may limit the locations at
which it must accept returned paper checks
by specifying a branch or head office in its
indorsement.fi
ii. If no address appears in the depositary
bank’s indorsement, the depositary bank
must accept returned flpaperfi checks at
any branch or head office associated with the
depositary bank’s routing number. The
offices associated with the routing number of
a bank are found in American Bankers
Association Key to Routing Numbers,
published by an agent of the American
Bankers Association, which lists a city and
state address for each routing number.
øiii. The depositary bank must accept
returned checks at the address in its
indorsement and at an address associated
with its routing number in the indorsement
if the written address in the indorsement and
the address associated with the routing
number in the indorsement are not in the
same check processing region. Under
§§ 229.30(g) and 229.31(g), a paying or
returning bank may rely on the depositary
bank’s routing number in its indorsement in
handling returned checks and is not required
to send returned checks to an address in the
depositary bank’s indorsement that is not in
the same check processing region as the
address associated with the routing number
in the indorsement.¿
øiv¿fliiifi. If no routing number or
address appears in its indorsement, the
depositary bank must accept a returned
flpaperfi check at any branch or head office
of the bank. The indorsement requirement of
§ 229.35 and appendix D requires that the
indorsement contain a routing number, a
name, and a location. Consequently, this
provision, as well as paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of
this section, only applies where the
depositary bank has failed to comply with
the indorsement requirement.
3. For ease of processing, a depositary bank
may require that returning flbanksfi or
paying banks returning checks to it separate
returned checks from forward collection
checks being presented.
4. Under ø§ 229.33(d)¿fl§ 229.32(f)fi, a
depositary bank receiving a returned check
øor notice of nonpayment¿ must send notice
PO 00000
Frm 00097
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16957
to its customer by its midnight deadline or
within a longer reasonable time.
øB. 229.32(b)¿flC. 229.32(c)fi Payment
1. As discussed in the commentary to
§ 229.31(c), under this regulation a paying
flbankfi or returning bank does not obtain
credit for a returned check by charge-back
but by, in effect, øpresenting¿
fl‘‘presenting’’fi the returned check to the
depositary bank. This paragraph imposes an
obligation to ‘‘pay’’ a returned check that is
similar to the obligation to pay a forward
collection check by a paying bank, except
that the depositary bank may not return a
returned check for which it is the depositary
bank. Also, certain means of payment, such
as remittance drafts, may be used only with
the agreement of the øreturning¿ bank
fl‘‘presenting’’ the returned checkfi.
2. The depositary bank must pay for a
returned check by the close of the banking
day on which it received the returned check.
The day on which a returned check is
received is determined pursuant to U.C.C.
4–108, which permits the bank to establish
a cut-off hour, generally not earlier than 2
p.m., and treat checks received after that
hour as being received on the next banking
day. If the depositary bank is unable to make
payment to a returning flbankfi or paying
bank on the banking day that it receives the
returned check, because the returning
flbankfi or paying bank is closed for a
holiday or because the time when the
depositary bank received the check is after
the close of Fedwire, e.g., west coast banks
with late cut-off hours, payment may be
made on the next banking day of the bank
receiving payment.
3. Payment must be made so that the funds
are available for use by the bank returning
the check to the depositary bank on the day
the check is received by the depositary bank.
For example, a depositary bank meets this
requirement if it sends a wire transfer of
funds to the returning flbankfi or paying
bank on the day it receives the returned
check, even if the returning flbankfi or
paying bank has closed for the day. A wire
transfer should indicate the purpose of the
payment.
4. The depositary bank may use a net
settlement arrangement to settle for a
returned check. Banks with net settlement
agreements could net the appropriate credits
and debits for returned checks with the
accounting entries for forward collection
checks if they so desired. If, for purposes of
establishing additional controls or for other
reasons, the banks involved desired a
separate settlement for returned checks, a
separate net settlement agreement could be
established.
5. The bank sending the returned check to
the depositary bank may agree to accept
payment at a later date if, for example, it does
not believe that the amount of the returned
check or checks warrants the costs of sameday payment. Thus, a returning flbankfi or
paying bank may agree to accept payment
through an ACH credit or debit transfer that
settles the day after the returned check is
received instead of a wire transfer that settles
on the same day.
6. This paragraph and this subpart do not
affect the depositary bank’s right to recover
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16958
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
a provisional settlement with its nonbank
customer for a check that is returned. (See
also §§ 229.19(c)(2)(ii),
ø229.33(d)¿fl229.32(f)fi and 229.35(b).)
flXIX. Section 229.33
and collection items
A. 229.33(a) Checks under this subpart
øC. 229.32(c)øflD. 229.32(d)fi Misrouted
Returned Checks
1. This paragraph permits a bank receiving
a check on the basis that it is the depositary
bank to send the misrouted returned check to
the correct depositary bank, if it can identify
the correct depositary bank, either directly or
through a returning bank agreeing to handle
the check expeditiously under
ø§ 229.30(a)¿fl§ 229.31(a)fi. In these cases,
the bank receiving the check is acting as a
returning bank. Alternatively, the bank
receiving the misrouted returned check must
send the check back to the bank from which
it was received. In either case the bank to
which the returned check was misrouted
could receive settlement for the check. The
depositary bank would be required to pay for
the returned check under
ø§ 229.32(b)¿fl§ 229.32(c)fi, and any other
bank to which the check is sent under this
paragraph would be required to settle for the
check as a returning bank under § 229.31(c).
If the check was originally received ‘‘free,’’
that is, without a charge for the check, the
bank incorrectly receiving the check would
have to return the check, without a charge,
to the bank from which it came. The bank to
which the returned check was misrouted is
required to act promptly but is not required
to meet the expeditious return requirements
of § 229.31(a); however, it must act within its
midnight deadline. This paragraph does not
affect a bank’s duties under § 229.35(b).
øD. 229.32(d)¿flE. 229.32(e)fi Charges
1. This paragraph prohibits a depositary
bank from charging the equivalent of a
presentment fee for returned checks. A
returning bank, however, may charge a fee for
handling returned checks. If the returning
bank receives a mixed cash letter of returned
checks, which includes some checks for
which the returning bank also is the
depositary bank, the fee may be applied to all
the returned checks in the cash letter. In the
case of a sorted cash letter containing only
returned checks for which the returning bank
is the depositary bank, however, no fee may
be charged.
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
flF. 229.32(f) Notification to Customer
1. This paragraph requires a depositary
bank to notify its customer of nonpayment
upon receipt of a returned check. Notice also
must be given if a depositary bank receives
a notice of recovery under § 229.35(b). A
bank that chooses to provide the notice
required by § 229.32(f) in writing may send
the notice by e-mail or facsimile if the bank
sends the notice to the e-mail address or
facsimile number specified by the customer
for that purpose. The notice to the customer
required under this paragraph also may
satisfy the notice requirement of § 229.13(g)
if the depositary bank invokes the
reasonable-cause exception of § 229.13(e) due
to learning of nonpayment, provided the
notice meets all the requirements of
§ 229.13(g).fi
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
Electronic returns
1. If a depositary bank has agreed to accept
an electronic return, that electronic return is
subject to the provisions of this subpart as if
it were a returned check. For example, a
depositary bank that receives an electronic
return must notify its customer by midnight
of the banking day following the banking day
on which it received the electronic return, or
within a longer reasonable time. (See
§ 229.32(f)).
2. Similarly, if a bank has agreed to accept
an electronic collection item from another
bank (either under the same-day settlement
provisions of § 229.36(d) or otherwise), the
electronic collection item is subject to the
provisions of this subpart as it were a check.
For example, if a paying bank receives
presentment of an electronic collection item,
it is subject to the expeditious return
requirements of this subpart, provided the
depositary bank has agreed to accept
electronic returns from the paying bank
under § 229.32(a).fi
XX. Section 229.34 Warranties
flA. Transfer and presentment warranties
with respect to an electronic collection item
and electronic return.
1. Paragraph (a) sets forth the warranties
that a bank makes when transferring an
electronic collection item or electronic return
and receives settlement or other
consideration for it. Electronic collection
items and electronic returns are treated as
checks subject to the provisions of subpart C,
and therefore the warranties in § 229.34(a)
are in addition to any warranties a bank
makes under paragraphs (b), (c), or (d).
2. The first warranty in § 229.34(a) relates
to the requirements for substitute checks. A
bank that transfers an electronic collection
item or electronic return warrants that the
electronic image accurately represents all of
the information on the front and back of the
original check as of the time the original
check was truncated and that the electronic
information contains a record of all MICRline information required for a substitute
check under § 229.2(rr) of this part and the
amount of the check. This paragraph
provides a bank that creates a substitute
check from an electronic collection item or
electronic return with a warranty claim
against the bank that transferred the
electronic collection item or electronic return
to it or any prior transferor of the electronic
collection item or electronic return.
3. A bank that transfers an electronic
collection item or an electronic return also
warrants that no person will receive a
transfer, return of, or otherwise be charged
for, an electronic collection item, an
electronic return, the original check, a
substitute check, or a paper or electronic
representation of a substitute check such that
the person will be asked to make payment
based on a check it has already paid. A bank
that transfers an electronic collection item or
electronic return that is an electronic
representation of a substitute check also
makes the warranties and indemnity in
§§ 229.52 and 229.53.fi
PO 00000
Frm 00098
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
øC. 229.34(c)¿flB. 229.34(b)fi Warranty of
Settlement Amount, Encoding, and Offset
1. Paragraph ø(c)¿fl(b)fi(1) provides that
a bank that presents and receives settlement
for checks warrants to the paying bank that
the settlement it demands (e.g., as noted on
the cash letter) equals the total amount of the
checks it presents. This paragraph gives the
paying bank a warranty claim against the
presenting bank for the amount of any excess
settlement made on the basis of the amount
demanded, plus expenses. If the amount
demanded is understated, a paying bank
discharges its settlement obligation under
U.C.C. 4–301 by paying the amount
demanded, but remains liable for the amount
by which the demand is understated; the
presenting bank is nevertheless liable for
expenses in resolving the adjustment.
2. When checks or returned checks are
transferred to a collecting flbankfi,
returning flbankfi, or depositary bank, the
transferor bank is not required to demand
settlement, as is required upon presentment
to the paying bank. However, often the
checks or returned checks will be
accompanied by information (such as a cash
letter listing) that will indicate the total of the
checks or returned checks. Paragraph
ø(c)¿fl(b)fi(2) provides that if the transferor
bank includes information indicating the
total amount of checks or returned checks
transferred, it warrants that the information
is correct (i.e., equals the actual total of the
items).
3. Paragraph ø(c)¿fl(b)fi(3) provides that
a bank that presents or transfers a check or
returned check warrants the accuracy of øthe
magnetic ink encoding that was placed on
the item¿ flinformation encoded on the item
in magnetic ink or provided electronicallyfi
after issue, and that exists at the time of
presentment or transfer, to any bank that
subsequently handles the check or returned
check. Under U.C.C. 4–209(a), only the
encoder (or the encoder and the depositary
bank, if the encoder is a customer of the
depositary bank) warrants the encoding
accuracy, thus any claims on the warranty
must be directed to the encoder. Paragraph
ø(c)¿fl(b)fi(3) expands on the U.C.C. by
providing that all banks that transfer or
present a check or returned check make the
encoding warranty. In addition, under the
U.C.C., the encoder makes the warranty to
subsequent collecting banks and the paying
bank, while paragraph ø(c)¿fl(b)fi(3)
provides that the warranty is made to banks
in the return chain as well. Paragraph
ø(c)¿fl(b)fi(3) applies to all MICR-line
encoding on a substitute check fland, in the
case of an electronic collection item or
electronic return, to the electronic
information related to a check fi.
4. A paying bank that settles for an
overstated cash letter because of a
misencoded check may make a warranty
claim against the presenting bank under
paragraph ø(c)¿fl(b)fi(1) (which would
require the paying bank to show that the
check was part of the overstated cash letter)
or an encoding warranty claim under
paragraph ø(c)¿fl(b)fi(3) against the
presenting bank or any preceding bank that
handled the misencoded check.
5. Paragraph ø(c)¿fl(b)fi(4) provides that
a paying bank or a depositary bank may set
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
off excess settlement paid to another bank
against settlement owed to that bank for
checks presented or returned checks received
(for which it is the depositary bank)
subsequent to the excess settlement.
øD. 229.34(d)¿flC. 229.34(c)fi Transfer
and Presentment Warranties flWith Respect
to a Remotely Created Checkfi
1. A bank that transfers or presents a
remotely created check and receives a
settlement or other consideration warrants
that the person on whose account the check
is drawn authorized the issuance of the check
in the amount stated on the check and to the
payee stated on the check. The warranties are
given only by banks and only to subsequent
banks in the collection chain. The warranties
ultimately shift liability for the loss created
by an unauthorized remotely created check to
the depositary bank. The depositary bank
cannot assert the transfer and presentment
warranties against a depositor. However, a
depositary bank may, by agreement, allocate
liability for such an item to the depositor and
also may have a claim under other laws
against that person.
2. The transfer and presentment warranties
for remotely created checks supplement the
Federal Trade Commission’s Telemarketing
Sales Rule, which requires telemarketers that
submit checks for payment to obtain the
customer’s ‘‘express verifiable authorization’’
(the authorization may be either in writing or
tape recorded and must be made available
upon request to the customer’s bank). 16 CFR
310.3(a)(3). The transfer and presentment
warranties shift liability to the depositary
bank only when the remotely created check
is unauthorized, and would not apply when
the customer initially authorizes a check but
then experiences ‘‘buyer’s remorse’’ and
subsequently tries to revoke the authorization
by asserting a claim against the paying bank
under U.C.C. 4–401. If the depositary bank
suspects ‘‘buyer’s remorse,’’ it may obtain
from its customer the express verifiable
authorization of the check by the paying
bank’s customer, required under the Federal
Trade Commission’s Telemarketing Sales
Rule, and use that authorization as a defense
to the warranty claim.
3. The scope of the transfer and
presentment warranties for remotely created
checks differs from that of the corresponding
U.C.C. warranty provisions in two respects.
The U.C.C. warranties differ from the
ø§ 229.34(d)¿fl§ 229.34(c)fi warranties in
that øthey¿flthe U.C.C. warrantiesfi are
given by any person, including a nonbank
depositor, that transfers a remotely created
check and not just to a bank, as is the case
under ø§ 229.34(d)¿fl§ 229.34(c)fi. In
addition, the U.C.C. warranties state that the
person on whose account the item is drawn
authorized the issuance of the item in the
amount for which the item is drawn. The
ø§ 229.34(d)¿fl§ 229.34(c)fi warranties
specifically cover the amount as well as the
payee stated on the check. Neither the U.C.C.
warrantiesø,¿ nor the
ø§ 229.34(d)¿fl§ 229.34(c)fi warranties
apply to the date stated on the remotely
created check.
4. A bank making the
ø§ 229.34(d)¿fl§ 229.34(c)fi warranties may
defend a claim asserting violation of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
warranties by proving that the customer of
the paying bank is precluded by U.C.C. 4–406
from making a claim against the paying bank.
This may be the case, for example, if the
customer failed to discover the unauthorized
remotely created check in a timely manner.
5. The transfer and presentment warranties
for a remotely created check apply to a
remotely created check that has been
reconverted to a substitute checkfl, to an
electronic collection item derived from a
remotely created check, and to an electronic
image and information transferred as an
electronic collection item derived from a
remotely created check.fi
øA. 229.34(a)¿flD. 229.34(d)fi Warranty of
Returned Check
1. This paragraph includes warranties that
a returned check, including a notice in lieu
of return fland electronic returnfi, was
returned by the paying bank, or in the case
of a check payable by a bank and payable
through another bank, the bank by which the
check is payable, within the deadline under
the U.C.C. (subject to any claims or defenses
under the U.C.C., such as breach of a
presentment warranty)ø, Regulation J (12
CFR part 210),¿ or § 229.30(c); that the
paying or returning bank is authorized to
return the check; that the returned check has
not been materially altered; and that, in the
case of a notice in lieu of return, the
øoriginal¿ check has not been and will not
be returned for payment. (See the
Commentary to ø§ 229.30(f)¿
fl§ 229.30(e)fi.) fl‘‘Check’’ includes the
original check, a substitute check, an
electronic return, and notice in lieu of
return.fi The warranty does not include a
warranty that the bank complied with the
expeditious return requirements of
§§ 229.30(a) and 229.31(a). These warranties
do not apply to checks drawn on the United
States Treasury, to U.S. Postal Service money
orders, or to checks drawn on a state or a unit
of general local government that are not
payable through or at a bank. (See § 229.42.)
flE. 229.34(e) Electronic image and
information transferred as an electronic
collection item or electronic return
1. Paragraph (e) sets forth the warranties
that a bank makes when transferring an
electronic image and related information as
if it were an electronic collection item or
electronic return. These warranties are the
same warranties made for electronic
collection items and electronic returns
throughout § 229.34 and carry the same
conditions, such as the requirement for
receiving settlement or other consideration
where applicable. Applying the § 229.34
warranties to all images and related
information transferred as if they were
electronic collection items or electronic
returns protects a transferee bank in the event
it creates a substitute check from an
electronic image and related information that
does not represent an item that existed in
paper (i.e., an electronically created item).
2. As a practical matter, a bank receiving
an electronically created image and related
information generally cannot distinguish the
image and related information from an image
and related information that derived from a
paper check. In turn, the bank receiving the
PO 00000
Frm 00099
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16959
electronically created image and related
information may produce a paper item that
is indistinguishable from a substitute check
(although the item is not a substitute check
because the item never existed in paper).
Therefore, a bank that transfers the paper
item may be liable for a breach of the
substitute check warranties. The warranties
in § 229.34(e) enable a bank that receives a
nonconforming substitute check to pass back
liability to the bank from which it received
the electronic image and related information,
notwithstanding the fact that the image and
information did not derive from a paper
check.fi
øB. 229.34(b) Warranty of Notice of
Nonpayment
1. This paragraph provides for warranties
for notices of nonpayment. This warranty
does not include a warranty that the notice
is accurate and timely under § 229.33. The
requirements of § 229.33 that are not covered
by the warranty are subject to the liability
provisions of § 229.38. These warranties are
designed to give the depositary bank more
confidence in relying on notices of
nonpayment. This paragraph imposes
liability on a paying bank that gives notice
of nonpayment and then subsequently
returns the check. (See Commentary on
§ 229.33(a).)¿
øE. 229.34(d)¿flF. 229.34(f)fi Damages
1. This paragraph adopts for the warranties
in § 229.34 (a), (b), øand¿ (c)fl, (d) and (e)fi
the damages provided in U.C.C. 4–207(c) and
4A–506(b). (See definition of interest
compensation in
ø§ 229.2(oo)¿fl§ 229.2(bb)fi.)
øF. 229.34(e)¿flG. 229.34(g)fi Tender of
Defense
1. This paragraph adopts for this regulation
the vouching-in provisions of U.C.C. 3–119.
øG. 229.34(f)¿flH. 229.34(h)fi Notice of
Claim
1. This paragraph adopts the notice
provisions of U.C.C. sections 4–207(d) and 4–
208(e). The time limit set forth in this
paragraph applies to notices of claims for
warranty breaches only. As provided in
§ 229.38(g), all actions under this section
must be brought within one year after the
date of the occurrence of the violation
involved.
XXI. Section 229.35 Indorsements
A. 229.35(a) Indorsement Standards
1. This section and appendix D require
banks to use a standard form of indorsement
when indorsing checks during the forward
collection and return process. The standard
provides for indorsements by all collecting
and returning banks, plus a unique standard
for depositary bank indorsements. It is
designed to facilitate the identification of the
depositary bank and the prompt return of
checks. The regulation places a duty on
banks to ensure that their indorsements can
be interpreted by any person. The
indorsement standard specifies the
information each indorsement must contain
and its location and ink colorfl, if applied
to a paper checkfi.
2. Banks generally apply indorsements to
a paper check in one of two ways: (1) Banks
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16960
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
print or ‘‘spray’’ indorsements onto a check
when the check is processed through the
banks’ automated check sorters (regardless of
whether the checks are original checks or
substitute checks), and (2) reconverting banks
print or ‘‘overlay’’ previously applied
electronic indorsements and their own
indorsements and identifications onto a
substitute check at the time that the
substitute check is created. If a subsequent
substitute check is created in the course of
collection or return, that substitute check
will contain, in its image of the back of the
previous substitute check, reproductions of
indorsements that were sprayed or overlaid
onto the previous item. For purposes of the
indorsement standard set forth in appendix
D, a reproduction of a previously applied
sprayed or overlaid indorsement contained
within an image of a check does not
constitute ‘‘an indorsement that previously
was applied electronically.’’ To accommodate
these two indorsement scenarios, the
appendix includes two indorsement location
specifications: one standard applies to banks
spraying indorsements onto existing paper
original checks and substitute checks, and
another applies to reconverting banks
overlaying indorsements that previously
were applied electronically and their own
indorsements onto substitute checks at the
time the substitute checks are created.
3. A bank might use check processing
equipment that captures an image of a check
prior to spraying an indorsement onto that
flcheckfi øitem¿. If the bank truncates that
flcheckfi øitem¿, it should ensure that it
also applies an indorsement to the item
electronically flin accordance with ANS
X9.100–187, unless the parties otherwise
agreefi. A reconverting bank satisfies its
obligation to preserve all previously applied
indorsements by overlaying a bank’s
indorsement that previously was applied
electronically onto a substitute check that the
reconverting bank creates.
4. The location of an indorsement applied
to an original paper check in accordance with
appendix D may shift if that check is
truncated and later reconverted to a
substitute check. If an indorsement applied
to the original check in accordance with
appendix D is overwritten by a subsequent
indorsement applied to the substitute check
in accordance with appendix D, then one or
both of those indorsements could be
rendered illegible. As explained in
§ 229.38(d) and the commentary thereto, a
reconverting bank is liable for losses
associated with indorsements that are
rendered illegible as a result of check
substitution.
5. To ensure that indorsements can be
easily read and would remain legible after an
image of a check is captured, the standard
requires all indorsements applied to original
checks and substitute checks to be printed in
black ink øas of January 1, 2006¿.
6. The standard requires the depositary
bank’s indorsement to include (1) its ninedigit routing number set off by an arrow at
each end of the routing number and, if the
depositary bank is a reconverting bank with
respect to the check, an asterisk outside the
arrow at each end of the routing number to
identify the bank as a reconverting bank; (2)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
the indorsement date; and (3) if the
indorsement is applied physically, name or
location information. The standard also
permits but does not require the indorsement
to include other identifying information. The
standard requires a collecting bank’s or
returning bank’s indorsement to include only
(1) the bank’s nine digit routing number
(without arrows) and, if the collecting bank
or returning bank is a reconverting bank with
respect to the check, an asterisk at each end
of the number to identify the bank as a
reconverting bank, (2) the indorsement date,
and (3) an optional trace or sequence
number. flThe information required to be
included in the depositary bank’s
indorsement of an electronic collection item,
and the information that may be included, is
the same as set forth above. The formatting
of the information, however, should be in
accordance with ANS X9.100–187.fi
7. Depositary banks should not include
information that can be confused with
required information. For example, a ninedigit zip code could be confused with the
nine-digit routing number.
8. A depositary bank may want to include
an address in its indorsement in order to
limit the number of locations at which it
must receive returned checks. øIn instances
where this address is not consistent with the
routing number in the indorsement, the
depositary bank is required to receive
returned checks at a branch or head office
consistent with the routing number.¿ Banks
should note, however, that § 229.32 requires
a depositary bank to receive returned checks
at the location(s) at which it receives
forward-collection checksø.¿ flas well as the
other locations enumerated in § 229.32(b)
(see § 229.32(b) and accompanying
commentary). If a depositary bank includes
an e-mail address or other electronic address
for delivery of electronic returns, and has
agreed to accept electronic returns from the
paying bank or returning bank, the paying
bank or returning bank may send electronic
returns to such address.fi
9. In addition to indorsing a substitute
check in accordance with appendix D, a
reconverting bank must identify itself and the
truncating bank by applying its routing
number and the routing number of the
truncating bank to the front of the check in
accordance with appendix D and ANS
X9.100–140. Further, if the reconverting bank
is the paying bank, flor a bank that rejected
a check submitted for deposit,fi it also must
identify itself by applying its routing number
to the back of the check in accordance with
appendix D. In these instances, the
reconverting bank and truncating bank
routing numbers are for identification
purposes only and are not indorsements or
acceptances.
10. Under the U.C.C., a specific guarantee
of prior indorsement is not necessary. (See
U.C.C. 4–207(a) and 4–208(a).) Use of
guarantee language in indorsements, such as
‘‘P.E.G.’’ (‘‘prior endorsements guaranteed’’),
may result in reducing the type size used in
bank indorsements, thereby making them
more difficult to read. Use of this language
may make it more difficult for other banks to
identify the depositary bank. Subsequent
collecting bank indorsements may not
include this language.
PO 00000
Frm 00100
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
11. If the bank maintaining the account
into which a check is deposited agrees with
another bank (a correspondent, ATM
operator, or lock box operator) to have the
other bank accept returns øand notices of
nonpayment¿ for the bank of account, the
indorsement placed on the check as the
depositary bank indorsement may be the
indorsement of the bank that acts as
correspondent, ATM operator, or lock box
operator as provided in paragraph (d) of this
section.
12. The backs of ømany¿flsomefi checks
bear pre-printed information or blacked out
areas for various reasons. For example, some
checks are printed with a carbon band across
the back that allows the transfer of
information from the check to a ledger with
one writing. Also, contracts or loan
agreements are printed on certain checks.
Other checks that are mailed to recipients
may contain areas on the back that are
blacked out so that they may not be read
through the mailer. On the deposit side, the
payee of the check may place its indorsement
or information identifying the drawer of the
check in the area specified for the depositary
bank indorsement, thus making the
depositary bank indorsement unreadable.
13. The indorsement standard does not
prohibit the use of a carbon band or other
printed or written matter on the backs of
checks and does not require banks to avoid
placing their indorsements in these areas.
Nevertheless, checks will be handled more
efficiently if depositary banks design
indorsement stamps so that the nine-digit
routing number avoids the carbon band area.
Indorsing parties other than banks, e.g.,
corporations, will benefit from the faster
return of checks if they protect the
identifiability and legibility of the depositary
bank indorsement by staying clear of the area
reserved for the depositary bank
indorsement.
14. Section 229.38(d) allocates
responsibility for loss resulting from a delay
in return of a check due to indorsements that
are unreadable because of material on the
back of the check. The depositary bank is
responsible for a loss resulting from a delay
in return caused by the condition of the
check arising after its issuance until its
acceptance by the depositary bank that made
the depositary bank’s indorsement illegible.
The paying bank is responsible for loss
resulting from a delay in return caused by
indorsements that are not readable because of
other material on the back of the check at the
time that it was issued. Depositary and
paying banks may shift these risks to their
customers by agreement.
15. The standard does not require the
paying bank to indorse the check; however,
if a paying bank does indorse a check that is
returned, it should follow the indorsement
standard for collecting banks and returning
banks. The standard requires collecting and
returning banks to indorse the check for
tracing purposes. With respect to the
identification of a paying bank that is also a
reconverting bank, see the commentary to
§ 229.51(b)(2).
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
B. 229.35(b) Liability of Bank Handling
Check
1. When a check is sent for forward
collection, the collection process results in a
chain of indorsements extending from the
depositary bank through any subsequent
collecting banks to the paying bank. This
section extends the indorsement chain
through the paying bank to the returning
banks, and would permit each bank to
recover from any prior indorser if the
claimant bank does not receive payment for
the check from a subsequent bank in the
collection or return chain. For example, if a
returning bank returned a check to an
insolvent depositary bank, and did not
receive the full amount of the check from the
failed bank, the returning bank could obtain
the unrecovered amount of the check from
any bank prior to it in the collection and
return chain including the paying bank.
Because each bank in the collection and
return chain could recover from a prior bank,
any loss would fall on the first collecting
bank that received the check from the
depositary bank. To avoid circuity of actions,
the returning bank could recover directly
from the first collecting bank. Under the
U.C.C., the first collecting bank might
ultimately recover from the depositary bank’s
customer or from the other parties on the
check.
2. Where a check is returned through the
same banks used for the forward collection
of the check, priority during the forward
collection process controls over priority in
the return process for the purpose of
determining prior and subsequent banks
under this regulation.
3. Where a returning bank is insolvent and
fails to pay the paying bank or a prior
returning bank for a returned check,
§ 229.39(a) requires the receiver of the failed
bank to return the check to the bank that
transferred the check to the failed bank. That
bank then either could continue the return to
the depositary bank or recover based on this
paragraph. Where the paying bank is
insolvent, and fails to pay the collecting
bank, the collecting bank also could recover
from a prior collecting bank under this
paragraph, and the bank from which it
recovered could in turn recover from its prior
collecting bank until the loss settled on the
depositary bank (which could recover from
its customer).
4. A bank is not required to make a claim
against an insolvent bank before exercising
its right to recovery under this paragraph.
Recovery may be made by charge-back or by
other means. This right of recovery also is
permitted even where nonpayment of the
check is the result of the claiming bank’s
negligence such as failure to make
expeditious return, but the claiming bank
remains liable for its negligence under
§ 229.38.
5. This liability is imposed on a bank
handling a check for collection or return
regardless of whether the bank’s indorsement
appears on the check. Notice must be sent
under this paragraph to a prior bank from
which recovery is sought reasonably
promptly after a bank learns that it did not
receive payment from another bank, and
learns the identity of the prior bank. Written
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
notice reasonably identifying the check and
the basis for recovery is sufficient if the
check is not available. Receipt of notice by
the bank against which the claim is made is
not a precondition to recovery by charge-back
or other means; however, a bank may be
liable for negligence for failure to provide
timely notice. A paying or returning bank
also may recover from a prior collecting bank
as provided in §§ 229.30(b) and 229.31(b)
fl(in those cases where the paying bank or
returning bank is unable to identify the
depositary bank)fi. This provision is not a
substitute for a paying or returning bank
making expeditious return under §§ 229.30(a)
or 229.31ø(b)¿fl(a)fi. This paragraph does
not affect a paying bank’s accountability for
a check under U.C.C. 4–215(a) and 4–302.
Nor does this paragraph affect a collecting
bank’s accountability under U.C.C. 4–213
and 4–215(d). A collecting bank becomes
accountable upon receipt of final settlement
as provided in the foregoing U.C.C. sections.
The term final settlement in §§ 229.31(c),
ø229.32 (b)¿fl229.32(c)fi, and ø229.36
(d)¿fl229.36(c)fiis intended to be consistent
with the use of the term final settlement in
the U.C.C. (e.g., U.C.C. 4–213, 4–214, and
4–215). (See also § 229.2ø(oo)¿fl(bb)fi and
Commentary.)
6. This paragraph also provides that a bank
may have the rights of a holder based on the
handling of the check for collection or return.
A bank may become a holder or a holder in
due course regardless of whether prior banks
have complied with the indorsement
standard in § 229.35(a) and appendix D.
7. This paragraph affects the following
provisions of the U.C.C., and may affect other
provisions:
a. Section 4–214(a), in that the right to
recovery is not based on provisional
settlement, and recovery may be had from
any prior bank. Section 4–214(a) would
continue to permit a depositary bank to
recover a provisional settlement from its
customer. (See ø§ 229.33(d)¿fl§ 229.32(f)fi.)
b. Section 3–415 and related provisions
(such as section 3–503), in that such
provisions would not apply as between
banks, or as between the depositary bank and
its customer.
C. 229.35(c) Indorsement by Bank
1. This section protects the rights of a
customer depositing a check in a bank
without requiring the words ‘‘pay any bank,’’
as required by the U.C.C. (See U.C.C. 4–
201(b).) Use of this language in a depositary
bank’s indorsement will make it more
difficult for other banks to identify the
depositary bank. The indorsement standard
in appendix D prohibits such material in
subsequent collecting bank indorsements.
The existence of a bank indorsement
provides notice of the restrictive indorsement
without any additional words.
D. 229.35(d) Indorsement for Depositary
Bank
1. This section permits a depositary bank
to arrange with another bank to indorse
checks. This practice may occur when a
correspondent indorses for a respondent, or
when the bank servicing an ATM or lock box
indorses for the bank maintaining the
account in which the check is deposited—
PO 00000
Frm 00101
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16961
i.e., the depositary bank. If the indorsing
bank applies the depositary bank’s
indorsement, checks will be returned to the
depositary bank. If the indorsing bank does
not apply the depositary bank’s indorsement,
by agreement with the depositary bank it may
apply its own indorsement as the depositary
bank indorsement. In that case, the
depositary bank’s own indorsement on the
check (if any) should avoid the location
reserved for the depositary bank. The actual
depositary bank remains responsible for the
availability and other requirements of
øS¿flsfiubpart B, but the bank indorsing as
depositary bank is considered the depositary
bank for purposes of øS¿flsfiubpart C. The
check will be returnedø, and notice of
nonpayment will be given,¿ to the bank
indorsing as depositary bank.
2. Because the depositary bank for
øS¿flsfiubpart B purposes will desire
prompt notice of nonpayment, its
arrangement with the indorsing bank should
provide for prompt notice of nonpayment.
The bank indorsing as depositary bank may
require the depositary bank to agree to take
up the check if the check is not paid even
if the depositary bank’s indorsement does not
appear on the check and it did not handle the
check. The arrangement between the banks
may constitute an agreement varying the
effect of provisions of øS¿flsfiubpart C
under § 229.37.
XXII. Section 229.36 Presentment and
Issuance of Checks
øA. 229.36(a) Payable Through and Payable
at Checks
1. For purposes of Subpart C, the
regulation defines a payable-through or
payable-at bank (which could be designated
the collectible-through or collectible-at bank)
as a paying bank. The requirements of
§ 229.30(a) and the notice of nonpayment
requirements of § 229.33 are imposed on a
payable-through or payable-at bank and are
based on the time of receipt of the forward
collection check by the payable-through or
payable-at bank. This provision is intended
to speed the return of checks that are payable
through or at a bank to the depositary bank.¿
flA. 229.36(a) Receipt of Electronic
Collection Items
1. This paragraph sets forth the
circumstances under which a paying bank
has agreed to accept an electronic collection
item from the presenting bank for purposes
of subpart C. There are two different ways a
paying bank can agree to accept an electronic
collection item from the presenting bank for
purposes of subpart C:
a. First, a paying bank may have a direct
contractual relationship with the presenting
bank under which it has agreed to accept
electronic collection items directly from the
presenting bank.
b. Second, a paying bank may have
otherwise agreed with the presenting bank to
accept electronic collection items. For
example, the presenting bank and paying
bank may both be members of the same
clearing house, under the rules of which the
paying bank has agreed to accept electronic
collection items from the presenting bank.
2. The presenting bank must deliver the
electronic collection item to the electronic
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16962
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
location designated by the paying bank.
Accordingly, regardless of the means by
which a paying bank agrees to accept
electronic collection items from the
presenting bank, the paying bank’s agreement
with the presenting bank must designate an
electronic presentment point.
3. This paragraph also sets forth when a
paying bank receives an electronic collection
item. A bank ‘‘receives’’ an electronic
collection item when that item is delivered
to the electronic presentment point
designated by the bank or when the
electronic collection item is otherwise made
available for retrieval or review in
accordance with an agreement between the
paying bank and the presenting bank. For
example, if a paying bank designates an
Internet protocol (IP) address as its electronic
presentment point, the paying bank has
received the electronic collection item when
it is delivered to that address. In contrast, if
the paying bank has an arrangement with a
presenting bank whereby the presenting bank
sends the electronic collection item to its
storage device and then provides the paying
bank with access to the storage device for
retrieving electronic collection items, the
electronic collection item is received by the
paying bank when the presenting bank makes
the electronic collection item available for
the paying bank to retrieve or review from
storage device in accordance with the
agreement between the presenting bank and
the paying bank.fi
B. 229.36(b) øReceipt at Bank Office or
Processing Center¿flReceipt of paper
checks.fi
ø1. This paragraph seeks to facilitate
efficient presentment of checks to promote
early return øor notice of nonpayment¿ to the
depositary bank and clarifies the law as to
the effect of presentment by routing number.
This paragraph differs from § 229.32(a)
because presentment of checks differs from
delivery of returned checks.¿
ø2¿fl1fi. The paragraph specifies four
locations at which the paying bank must
accept presentment of flpaperfi checks.
Where the check is payable through a bank
and the check is sent to that bank, the
payable-through bank is the paying bank for
purposes of this subpart, regardless of
whether the paying bank must present the
check to another bank or to a nonbank payor
for payment.
a. Delivery of checks may be made, and
presentment is considered to occur, at a
location (including a processing center)
requested by the paying bank. øThis is the
way most checks are presented by banks
today.¿ This provision adopts the common
law rule of a number of legal decisions that
the processing center acts as the agent of the
paying bank to accept presentment and to
begin the time for processing of the check.
(See also U.C.C. 4–204(c).) If a bank
designates different locations for the
presentment of forward collection checks
bearing different routing numbers, for
purposes of this paragraph it requests
presentment of checks bearing a particular
routing number only at the location
designated for receipt of forward collection
checks bearing that routing number.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
ød¿flbfi. If the check specifies the name
and address of a branch or head office, or
other location (such as a processing center),
the check may be delivered by delivery to
that office or other location. If the address is
too general to identify a particular office,
delivery may be made at any office consistent
with the address. For example, if the address
is ‘‘San Francisco, California,’’ each office in
San Francisco must accept presentment. The
designation of an address on the check
generally is in the control of the paying bank.
øb¿flcfi. i. Delivery may be made at an
office of the bank associated with the routing
number on the check. The office associated
with the routing number of a bank is found
in American Bankers Association Key to
Routing Numbers, published by an agent of
the American Bankers Association, which
lists a city and state address for each routing
number. Checks generally are handled by
collecting banks on the basis of the nine-digit
routing number encoded in magnetic ink (or
on the basis of the fractional form routing
number if the magnetic ink characters are
obliterated) on the check, rather than the
printed name or address. flIn the case of a
substitute check derived from an electronic
collection item, delivery may be made at an
office of the bank associated with the routing
number in the electronic image of or
electronic information related to the check.fi
The definition of a paying bank in
ø§ 229.2(z)¿fl§ 229.2(ii)fi includes a bank
designated by routing number, whether or
not there is a name on the check, and
whether or not any name is consistent with
the routing number. Where a check is
payable by one bank, but payable through
another, the routing number is that of the
payable-through bank, not that of the payor
bank. As the payor bank has selected the
payable-through bank as the point through
which presentment is to be made, it is proper
to treat the payable-through bank as the
paying bank for purposes of this section.
ii. There is no requirement in the
regulation that the name and address on the
check agree with the address associated with
the routing number on the check. A bank
generally may control the use of its routing
number, just as it does the use of its name.
The address associated with the routing
number may be a processing center.
iii. In some cases, a paying bank may have
several offices in the city associated with the
routing number. In such case, it would not
be reasonable or efficient to require the
presenting bank to sort the checks by more
specific branch addresses that might be
printed on the checks, and to deliver the
checks to each branch. A collecting bank
normally would deliver all checks to one
location. In cases where checks are delivered
to a branch other than the branch on which
they may be drawn, computer and courier
communication among branches should
permit the paying bank to determine quickly
whether to pay the check.
øc¿fldfi. If the check specifies the name
of the paying bank but no address, the bank
must accept delivery at any office. Where
delivery is made by a person other than a
bank, or where the routing number is not
readable, delivery will be made based on the
name and address of the paying bank on the
PO 00000
Frm 00102
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
check. If there is no address, delivery may be
made at any office of the paying bank. This
provision is consistent with U.C.C. 3–111,
which states that presentment for payment
may be made at the place specified in the
instrument, or, if there is none, at the place
of business of the party to pay. Thus, there
is a trade-off for a paying bank between
specifying a particular address on a check to
limit locations of delivery, and simply stating
the name of the bank to encourage wider
currency for the check.
3. This paragraph may affect U.C.C. 3–111
to the extent that the U.C.C. requires
presentment to occur at a place specified in
the instrument.
C. ø[Reserved]
D. 229.36(d)¿fl229.36(c)fi Liability of Bank
During Forward Collection
1. This paragraph makes settlement
between banks during forward collection
final when made, subject to any deferment of
credit, just as settlements between banks
during the return of checks are final. In
addition, this paragraph clarifies that this
change does not affect the liability scheme
under U.C.C. 4–201 during forward
collection of a check. That U.C.C. section
provides that, unless a contrary intent clearly
appears, a bank is an agent or subagent of the
owner of a check, but that Article 4 of the
U.C.C. applies even though a bank may have
purchased an item and is the owner of it.
This paragraph preserves the liability of a
collecting bank to prior collecting banks and
the depositary bank’s customer for negligence
during the forward collection of a check
under the U.C.C., even though this paragraph
provides that settlement between banks
during forward collection is final rather than
provisional. Settlement by a paying bank is
not considered to be final payment for the
purposes of U.C.C. 4–215(a)(2) or (3), because
a paying bank has the right to recover
settlement from a returning or depositary
bank to which it returns a check under this
subpart. Other provisions of the U.C.C. not
superseded by this subpart, such as section
4–202, also continue to apply to the forward
collection of a check and may apply to the
return of a check. (See definition of returning
bank in ø§ 229.2(cc)¿fl§ 229.2(oo)fi.)
øE. 229.36(e) Issuance of Payable Through
Checks
1. If a bank arranges for checks payable by
it to be payable through another bank, it must
require its customers to use checks that
contain conspicuously on their face the
name, and location, and first four digits of
the nine-digit routing number of the bank by
which the check is payable and the legend
‘‘payable through’’ followed by the name of
the payable-through bank. The first four
digits of the nine-digit routing number and
the location of the bank by which the check
is payable must be associated with the same
check processing region. (This section does
not affect § 229.36(b).) The required
information is deemed conspicuous if it is
printed in a type size not smaller than sixpoint type and if it is contained in the title
plate, which is located in the lower left
quadrant of the check. The required
information may be conspicuous if it is
located elsewhere on the check.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
2. If a payable-through check does not meet
the requirements of this paragraph, the bank
by which the check is payable may be liable
to the depositary bank or others as provided
in § 229.38. For example, a bank by which a
payable-through check is payable could be
liable to a depositary bank that suffers a loss,
such as lost interest or liability under
Subpart B, that would not have occurred had
the check met the requirements of this
paragraph. Similarly, a bank may be liable
under § 229.38 if a check payable by it that
is not payable through another bank is
labeled as provided in this section. For
example, a bank that holds checking
accounts and processes checks at a central
location but has widely-dispersed branches
may be liable under this section if it labels
all of its checks as ‘‘payable through’’ a single
branch and includes the name, address, and
four-digit routing symbol of another branch.
These checks would not be payable through
another bank and should not be labeled as
payable-through checks. (All of a bank’s
offices within the United States are
considered part of the same bank; see
§ 229.2(e).) In this example, the bank by
which the checks are payable could be liable
to a depositary bank that suffers a loss, such
as lost interest or liability under Subpart B,
due to the mislabeled check. The bank by
which the check is payable may be liable for
additional damages if it fails to act in good
faith.¿
øF. 229.36(f)¿flD. 229.36(d)fi Same-Day
Settlement
1. This paragraph provides that, under
certain conditions, a paying bank must settle
with a presenting bank for a check on the
same day the check is presented in order to
avail itself of the ability to return the check
on its next banking day under U.C.C. 4–301
and 4–302. This paragraph does not apply to
checks presented for immediate payment
over the counter. Settling for a check under
this paragraph does not constitute final
payment of the check under the U.C.C. This
paragraph does not supersede or limit the
rules governing collection and return of
checks through Federal Reserve Banks that
are contained in Subpart A of Regulation J
(12 CFR part 210).
2. Presentment requirements.
a. Location and time.
i. For presented checks to qualify for
mandatory same-day settlement, information
accompanying the checks must indicate that
presentment is being made under this
paragraph—e.g. ‘‘these checks are being
presented for same-day settlement’’—and
must include a demand for payment of the
total amount of the checks together with
appropriate payment instructions in order to
enable the paying bank to discharge its
settlement responsibilities under this
paragraph. In addition, the check or checks
must be presented at a location designated by
the paying bank for receipt of checks for
same-day settlement by 8:00 a.m. local time
of that location. øThe designated
presentment location must be a location at
which the paying bank would be considered
to have received a check under § 229.36(b).
The paying bank may not designate a
location solely for presentment of checks
subject to settlement under this paragraph; by
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
designating a location for the purposes of
§ 229.36(f), the paying bank agrees to accept
checks at that location for purposes of
§ 229.36(b).¿
flii. Electronic presentment. A paying
bank may require that checks presented for
same-day settlement under this paragraph be
presented as electronic collection items to a
designated electronic presentment point. If a
paying bank so requires, the presenting bank
must present checks for same-day settlement
as electronic collection items, and may not
present paper checks to physical locations for
receiving same-day settlement under this
section. An electronic collection item
presented for same-day settlement is subject
to the provisions of this subpart as if it were
a check (See § 229.33). Therefore, references
to checks in this subpart include electronic
collection items presented under § 229.36(d).
iii. A paying bank may designate a
presentment location for paper checks, but
the designated presentment location must be
a location at which the paying bank would
be considered to have received a check under
§ 229.36(b). If the paying bank does not
designate any presentment location, it must
accept presentment for same-day settlement
at any location identified in § 229.36(b), i.e.,
at an address of the bank associated with the
routing number on the check, at any branch
or head office if the bank is identified on the
check by name without address, or at a
branch, head office, or other location
consistent with the name and address of the
bank on the check if the bank is identified
on the check by name and address. With the
exception of receiving electronic collection
items, the paying bank may not designate a
location solely for presentment of checks
subject to settlement under this paragraph; by
designating a location for the purposes of
§ 229.36(d), the paying bank agrees to accept
checks at that location for the purposes of
§ 229.36(b).fi
øii. The designated presentment location
also must be within the check processing
region consistent with the nine-digit routing
number encoded in magnetic ink on the
check. A paying bank that uses more than
one routing number associated with a single
check processing region may designate, for
purposes of this paragraph, one or more
locations in that check processing region at
which checks will be accepted, but the
paying bank must accept any checks with a
routing number associated with that check
processing region at each designated
location. A paying bank may designate a
presentment location for traveler’s checks
with an 8000-series routing number
anywhere in the country because these
traveler’s checks are not associated with any
check processing region. The paying bank,
however, must accept at that presentment
location any other checks for which it is
paying bank that have a routing number
consistent with the check processing region
of that location.¿
øiii If the paying bank does not designate
a presentment location, it must accept
presentment for same-day settlement at any
location identified in § 229.36(b), i.e., at an
address of the bank associated with the
routing number on the check, at any branch
or head office if the bank is identified on the
PO 00000
Frm 00103
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16963
check by name without address, or at a
branch, head office, or other location
consistent with the name and address of the
bank on the check if the bank is identified
on the check by name and address.¿ fliv.fi
A paying bank and a presenting bank may
agree that checks will be accepted for sameday settlement at an alternative location (e.g.,
at an intercept processor located in a
different check processing region) or that the
cut-off time for same-day settlement be
earlier or later than 8:00 a.m. local time.
øiv¿flvfi. In the case of a check payable
through a bank but payable by another bank,
this paragraph does not authorize direct
presentment to the bank by which the check
is payable. The requirements of same-day
settlement under this paragraph would apply
to a payable-through or payable-at bank to
which the check is sent for payment or
collection.
b. Reasonable delivery requirements. A
check is considered presented when it is
delivered to and payment is demanded at a
location specified in paragraph
ø(f)(1)¿fl(d)(1)fi. Ordinarily, a presenting
bank will find it necessary to contact the
paying bank to determine the appropriate
presentment location and any delivery
instructions. Further, because presentment
might not take place during the paying bank’s
banking day, a paying bank may establish
reasonable delivery requirements to
safeguard the checks presented, such as use
of a night depository. If a presenting bank
fails to follow reasonable delivery
requirements established by the paying bank,
it runs the risk that it will not have presented
the checks. However, if no reasonable
delivery requirements are established or if
the paying bank does not make provisions for
accepting delivery of checks during its nonbusiness hours, leaving the checks at the
presentment location constitutes effective
presentment.
c. Sorting of checks. A paying bank may
require that checks presented to it for sameday settlement be sorted separately from
other forward collection checks it receives as
a collecting bank or returned checks it
receives as a returning or depositary bank.
For example, if a bank provides
correspondent check collection services and
receives unsorted checks from a respondent
bank that include checks for which it is the
paying bank and that would otherwise meet
the requirements for same-day settlement
under this section, the collecting bank need
not make settlement in accordance with
paragraph ø(f)(2)¿fl(d)(3)fi. If the collecting
bank receives sorted checks from its
respondent bank, consisting only of checks
for which the collecting bank is the paying
bank and that meet the requirements for
same-day settlement under this paragraph,
the collecting bank may not charge a fee for
handling those checks and must make
settlement in accordance with this paragraph.
3. Settlement
a. If a bank presents a check in accordance
with the time and location requirements for
presentment under paragraph
ø(f)(1)¿fl(d)(1)fi, the paying bank either
must settle for the check on the business day
it receives the check without charging a
presentment fee or return the check prior to
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16964
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
the time for settlement. (This return deadline
is subject to extension under § 229.30(c).)
The settlement must be in the form of a credit
to an account designated by the presenting
bank at a Federal Reserve Bank (e.g., a
Fedwire transfer). The presenting bank may
agree with the paying bank to accept
settlement in another form (e.g., credit to an
account of the presenting bank at the paying
bank or debit to an account of the paying
bank at the presenting bank). The settlement
must occur by the close of Fedwire on the
business day the check is received by the
paying bank. Under the provisions of
§ 229.34(c), a settlement owed to a presenting
bank may be set off by adjustments for
previous settlements with the presenting
bank. (See also § 229.39(d).)
b. Checks that are presented after the 8 a.m.
(local time flof the paying bankfi)
presentment deadline for same-day
settlement and before the paying bank’s cutoff hour are treated as if they were presented
under other applicable law and settled for or
returned accordingly. However, for purposes
of settlement only, the presenting bank may
require the paying bank to treat such checks
as presented for same-day settlement on the
next business day in lieu of accepting
settlement by cash or other means on the
business day the checks are presented to the
paying bank. Checks presented after the
paying bank’s cut-off hour or on nonbusiness days, but otherwise in accordance
with this paragraph, are considered
presented for same-day settlement on the
next business day.
4. Closed Paying Bank
a. There may be certain business days that
are not banking days for the paying bank.
Some paying banks may continue to settle for
checks presented on these days (e.g., by
opening their back office operations or by
using an intercept processor). In other cases,
a paying bank may be unable to settle for
checks presented on a day it is closed.
If the paying bank closes on a business day
and checks are presented to the paying bank
in accordance with paragraph
ø(f)(1)¿fl(d)(1)fi, the paying bank is
accountable for the checks unless it settles
for or returns the checks by the close of
Fedwire on its next banking day. In addition,
checks presented on a business day on which
the paying bank is closed are considered
received on the paying bank’s next banking
day for purposes of the U.C.C. midnight
deadline (U.C.C. 4–301 and 4–302) and this
regulation’s expeditious return [and notice of
nonpayment] provisions.
b. If the paying bank is closed on a
business day voluntarily, the paying bank
must pay interest compensation, as defined
in ø§ 229.2(oo)¿fl§ 229.2(bb)fi, to the
presenting bank for the value of the float
associated with the check from the day of the
voluntary closing until the day of settlement.
Interest compensation is not required in the
case of an involuntary closing on a business
day, such as a closing required by state law.
In addition, if the paying bank is closed on
a business day due to emergency conditions,
settlement delays and interest compensation
may be excused under § 229.38(e) or U.C.C.
4–109(b).
5. Good faith. Under § 229.38(a), both
presenting banks and paying banks are held
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
to a standard of good faith, defined in
ø§ 229.2(nn)¿fl§ 229.2(z)fi to mean honesty
in fact and the observance of reasonable
commercial standards of fair dealing. For
example, designating a presentment location
or changing presentment locations for the
primary purpose of discouraging banks from
presenting checks for same-day settlement
might not be considered good faith on the
part of the paying bank. Similarly, presenting
a large volume of checks without prior notice
could be viewed as not meeting reasonable
commercial standards of fair dealing and
therefore may not constitute presentment in
good faith. In addition, if banks, in the
general course of business, regularly agree to
certain practices related to same-day
settlement, it might not be considered
consistent with reasonable commercial
standards of fair dealing, and therefore might
not be considered good faith, for a bank to
refuse to agree to those practices if agreeing
would not cause it harm.
6. U.C.C. sections affected. This paragraph
directly affects the following provisions of
the U.C.C. and may affect other sections or
provisions:
a. Section 4–204(b)(1), in that a presenting
bank may not send a check for same-day
settlement directly to the paying bank, if the
paying bank designates a different location in
accordance with paragraph
ø(f)(1)¿fl(d)(1)fi.
b. Section 4–213(a), in that the medium of
settlement for checks presented under this
paragraph is limited to a credit to an account
at a Federal Reserve Bank and that, for
checks presented after the deadline for sameday settlement and before the paying bank’s
cut-off hour, the presenting bank may require
settlement on the next business day in
accordance with this paragraph rather than
accept settlement on the business day of
presentment by cash.
c. Section 4–301(a), in that, to preserve the
ability to exercise deferred posting, the time
limit specified in that section for settlement
or return by a paying bank on the banking
day a check is received is superseded by the
requirement to settle for checks presented
under this paragraph by the close of Fedwire.
d. Section 4–302(a), in that, to avoid
accountability, the time limit specified in
that section for settlement or return by a
paying bank on the banking day a check is
received is superseded by the requirement to
settle for checks presented under this
paragraph by the close of Fedwire.
XXIII. Section 229.37 Variations by
Agreement
A. This section is similar to U.C.C. 4–103,
and permits consistent treatment of
agreements varying Article 4 or Subpart C,
given the substantial interrelationship of the
two documents. To achieve consistency, the
official comment to U.C.C. 4–103(a) (which
in turn follows U.C.C. 1–201(3)) should be
followed in construing this section. For
example, as stated in Official Comment 2 to
section 4–103, owners of items and other
interested parties are not affected by
agreements under this section unless they are
parties to the agreement or are bound by
adoption, ratification, estoppel, or the like. In
particular, agreements varying this subpart
PO 00000
Frm 00104
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
that delay the return of a check beyond the
times required by this subpart may result in
liability under § 229.38 to entities not party
to the agreement.
B. The Board has not followed U.C.C. 4–
103(b), which permits Federal Reserve
regulations and operating letters,
clearinghouse rules, and the like to apply to
parties that have not specifically assented.
Nevertheless, this section does not affect the
status of such agreements under the U.C.C.
C. The following are examples of situations
where variation by agreement is permissible,
subject to the limitations of this section:
fl1. A depositary bank may agree with a
paying bank or a returning bank to accept
electronic returns even when the item is
available for return. (See § 229.32(a).)fi
ø1¿fl2fi. A depositary bank may
authorize another bank to apply the other
bank’s indorsement to a check as the
depositary bank. (See § 229.35(d).)
ø2¿fl3fi. A depositary bank may
authorize returning banks to commingle
qualified returned checks with forward
collection checks. (See
ø§ 229.32(a)¿fl§ 229.32(b)fi.)
ø3¿fl4fi. A depositary bank may limit its
liability to its customer in connection with
the late return of a deposited check where the
lateness is caused by markings on the check
by the depositary bank’s customer or prior
indorser in the area of the depositary bank
indorsement. (See § 229.38(d).)
ø4¿fl5fi. A paying bank may require its
customer to assume the paying bank’s
liability for delayed or missent checks where
the delay or missending is caused by
markings placed on the check by the paying
bank’s customer that obscured a properly
placed indorsement of the depositary bank.
(See § 229.38(d).)
ø5¿fl6fi. A collecting or paying bank may
agree to accept forward collection checks
without the indorsement of a prior collecting
bank. (See § 229.35(a).)
ø6¿fl7fi. A bank may agree to accept
returned checks without the indorsement of
a prior bank. (See § 229.35(a).)
ø7. A presenting bank may agree with a
paying bank to present checks for same-day
settlement at a location that is not in the
check processing region consistent with the
routing number on the checks. (See
§ 229.36(f)(1)(i).)¿
8. A presenting bank may agree with a
paying bank to present checks for same-day
settlement by a deadline earlier or later than
8:00 a.m. (See
ø§ 229.36(f)(1)(ii)¿fl§ 229.36(d)(1)(ii)fi.)
9. A presenting bank and a paying bank
may agree that presentment takes place when
the paying bank receives an øelectronic
transmission of information describing the
check rather than upon delivery of the
physical check¿ flelectronic collection
itemfi. (See § 229.36ø(b)¿fl(a)fi.)
ø10. A depositary bank may agree with a
paying or returning bank to accept an image
or other notice in lieu of a returned check
even when the check is available for return
under this part. Except to the extent that
other parties interested in the check assent to
or are bound by the variation of the noticein-lieu provisions of this part, banks entering
into such an agreement may be responsible
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
under this part or other applicable law to
other interested parties for any losses caused
by the handling of a returned check under
the agreement. (See §§ 229.30(f), 229.31(f),
229.38(a).)¿
D. The Board expects to review the types
of variation by agreement that develop under
this section and will consider whether it is
necessary to limit certain variations.
XXIV. Section 229.38 Liability
A. 229.38(a) Standard of care; liability;
measure of damages
1. The standard of care established by this
section applies to any bank covered by the
requirements of øS¿flsfiubpart C of the
regulation. Thus, the standard of care applies
to a paying bank under §§ 229.30 øand
229.33¿, to a returning bank under § 229.31,
to a depositary bank under §§ 229.32 øand
229.33¿, to a bank erroneously receiving a
returned check øor written notice of
nonpayment¿ as depositary bank under
§ 229.32(d), and to a bank indorsing a check
under § 229.35. The standard of care is
similar to the standard imposed by U.C.C. 1–
203 and 4–103(a) and includes a duty to act
in good faith, as defined in
ø§ 229.2(nn)¿fl§ 229.2(z)fi of this
regulation.
2. A bank not meeting this standard of care
is liable to the depositary bank, the
depositary bank’s customer, the owner of the
check, or another party to the check. The
depositary bank’s customer is usually a
depositor of a check in the depositary bank
(but see § 229.35(d)). The measure of
damages provided in this section (loss
incurred up to amount of check, less amount
of loss party would have incurred even if
bank had exercised ordinary care) is based on
U.C.C. 4–103(e) (amount of the item reduced
by an amount that could not have been
realized by the exercise of ordinary care), as
limited by 4–202(c) (bank is liable only for
its own negligence and not for actions of
subsequent banks in chain of collection).
This subpart does not absolve a collecting
bank of liability to prior collecting banks
under U.C.C. 4–201.
3. Under this measure of damages, a
depositary bank or other person must show
that the damage incurred results from the
negligence proved. For example, the
depositary bank may not simply claim that
its customer will not accept a charge-back of
a returned check, but must prove that it
could not charge back when it received the
returned check and could have charged back
if no negligence had occurred, and must first
attempt to collect from its customer. (See
Marcoux v. Van Wyk, 572 F.2d 651 (8th Cir.
1978); Appliance Buyers Credit Corp. v.
Prospect Nat’l Bank, 708 F.2d 290 (7th Cir.
1983).) Generally, a paying or returning
bank’s liability would not be reduced
because the depositary bank did not place a
hold on its customer’s deposit before it
learned of nonpayment of the check.
4. This paragraph also states that it does
not affect a paying bank’s liability to its
customer. Under U.C.C. 4–402, for example,
a paying bank is liable to its customer for
wrongful dishonor, which is different from
failure to exercise ordinary care and has a
different measure of damages.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
B. 229.38(b) Paying Bank’s Failure To Make
Timely Return
1. Section 229.30(a) imposes requirements
on the paying bank for expeditious return of
a check and leaves in place the U.C.C.
deadlines (as they may be modified by
§ 229.30(c)), which may allow return at a
different time. This paragraph clarifies that
the paying bank could be liable for failure to
meet either standard, but not for failure to
meet both. The regulation intends to preserve
the paying bank’s accountability for missing
its midnight or other deadline under the
U.C.C., (e.g., sections 4–215 and 4–302),
provisions that are not incorporated in this
regulation, but may be useful in establishing
the time of final payment by the paying bank.
C. 229.38(c) Comparative Negligence
1. This paragraph establishes a ‘‘pure’’
comparative negligence standard for liability
under øS¿flsfiubpart C of this regulation.
This comparative negligence rule may have
particular application where a paying or
returning bank delays in returning a check
because of difficulty in identifying the
depositary bank. Some examples will
illustrate liability in such cases. In each
example, it is assumed that the returned
check is received by the depositary bank after
it has made funds available to its customer,
that it may no longer recover the funds from
its customer, and that the inability to recover
the funds from the customer is due to a delay
in returning the check contrary to the
standards established by §§ 229.30(a) or
229.31(a).
2. Examples.
a. If a depositary bank fails to use the
indorsement required by this regulation, and
this failure is caused by a failure to exercise
ordinary care, and if a paying or returning
bank is delayed in returning the check
because additional time is required to
identify the depositary bank or find its
routing number, the paying or returning
bank’s liability to the depositary bank would
be reduced or eliminated.
b. If the depositary bank uses the standard
indorsement, but that indorsement is
obscured by a subsequent collecting bank’s
indorsement, and a paying or returning bank
is delayed in returning the check because
additional time was required to identify the
depositary bank or find its routing number,
the paying or returning bank may not be
liable to the depositary bank because the
delay was not due to its negligence.
Nonetheless, the collecting bank may be
liable to the depositary bank to the extent
that its negligence in indorsing the check
caused the paying or returning bank’s delay.
c. If a depositary bank accepts a check that
has printing, a carbon band, or other material
on the back of the check that existed at the
time the check was issued, and the
depositary bank’s indorsement is obscured by
the printing, carbon band, or other material,
and a paying or returning bank is delayed in
returning the check because additional time
was required to identify the depositary bank,
the returning bank may not be liable to the
depositary bank because the delay was not
due to its negligence. Nonetheless, the paying
bank may be liable to the depositary bank to
the extent that the printing, carbon band, or
other material caused the delay.
PO 00000
Frm 00105
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16965
D. 229.38(d) Responsibility for Certain
Aspects of Checks
1. Responsibility for back of check. The
indorsement standard in § 229.35 is most
effective if the back of the check remains
clear of other matter that may obscure bank
indorsements. Because bank indorsements
are usually applied by automated equipment,
it is not possible to avoid pre-existing matter
on the back of the check. For example, bank
indorsements are not required to avoid a
carbon band or printed, stamped, or written
terms or notations on the back of the check.
Accordingly, this provision places
responsibility on the paying bank, depositary
bank, or reconverting bank, as appropriate,
for keeping the back of the check clear for
bank indorsements during forward collection
and return.
2. ANS X9.100–140 provides that an image
of an original check must be reduced in size
when placed on the first substitute check
associated with that original check. (The
image thereafter would be constant in size on
any subsequent substitute check that might
be created.) Because of this size reduction,
the location of an indorsement, particularly
a depositary bank indorsement, applied to an
original paper check likely will change when
the first reconverting bank creates a
substitute check that contains that
indorsement within the image of the original
paper check. If the indorsement was applied
to the original paper check in accordance
with appendix D’s location requirements for
indorsements applied to existing paper
checks, and if the size reduction of the image
causes the placement of the indorsement to
no longer be consistent with the appendix’s
requirements, then the reconverting bank
bears the liability for any loss that results
from the shift in the placement of the
indorsement. Such a loss could result either
because the original indorsement applied in
accordance with appendix D is rendered
illegible by a subsequent indorsement that
later is applied to the substitute check in
accordance with appendix D, or because the
subsequent bank cannot apply its
indorsement to the substitute check legibly in
accordance with appendix D as a result of the
shift in the previous indorsement.
Example.
In accordance with appendix D’s
specifications, a depositary bank sprays its
indorsement onto a business-sized original
check between 3.0 inches from the leading
edge of the check and 1.5 inches from the
trailing edge of the check. The check’s
conversion to electronic form and subsequent
reconversion to paper form causes the
location of the depositary bank indorsement,
now contained within the image of the
original check, to change such that it is less
than 3.0 inches from the leading edge of the
substitute check. In accordance with
appendix D’s specifications, a subsequent
collecting bank sprays its indorsement onto
the substitute check between the leading
edge of the check and 3.0 inches from the
leading edge of the check and the
indorsement happens to be on top of the
shifted depositary bank indorsement. If the
check is returned unpaid and the return is
not expeditious because of the illegibility of
the depositary bank indorsement, and the
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16966
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
depositary bank incurs a loss that it would
not have incurred had the return been
expeditious, the reconverting bank bears the
liability for that loss.
ø3. Responsibility for payable-through
checks.
a. This paragraph provides that the bank by
which a payable-through check is payable is
liable for damages under paragraph (a) of this
section to the extent that the check is not
returned through the payable-through bank
as quickly as would have been necessary to
meet the requirements of § 229.30(a)(1) (the
2-day/4-day test) had the bank by which it is
payable received the check as paying bank on
the day the payable-through bank received it.
The location of the bank by which a check
is payable for purposes of the 2-day/4-day
test may be determined from the location or
the first four digits of the routing number of
the bank by which the check is payable. This
information should be stated on the check.
(See § 229.36(e) and accompanying
Commentary.) Responsibility under
paragraph (d)(2) does not include
responsibility for the time required for the
forward collection of a check to the payablethrough bank.
b. Generally, liability under paragraph
(d)(2) will be limited in amount. Under
§ 229.33(a), a paying bank that returns a
check in the amount of $2,500 or more must
provide notice of nonpayment to the
depositary bank by 4:00 p.m. on the second
business day following the banking day on
which the check is presented to the paying
bank. Even if a payable-through check in the
amount of $2,500 or more is not returned
through the payable-through bank as quickly
as would have been required had the check
been received by the bank by which it is
payable, the depositary bank should not
suffer damages unless it has not received
timely notice of nonpayment. Thus,
ordinarily the bank by which a payablethrough check is payable would be liable
under paragraph (a) only for checks in
amounts up to $2,500, and the paying bank
would be responsible for notice of
nonpayment for checks in the amount of
$2,500 or more.¿
ø4¿fl3fi. Responsibility under
paragraphøs¿ (d)(1) øand (d)(2)¿ is treated as
negligence for comparative negligence
purposes, and the contribution to damages
under paragraphøs¿ (d)(1) øand (d)(2)¿ is
treated in the same way as the degree of
negligence under paragraph (c) of this
section.
E. 229.38(e) Timeliness of Action
1. This paragraph excuses certain delays. It
adopts the standard of U.C.C. 4–109(b).
F. 229.38(f) Exclusion
1. This paragraph provides that the civil
liability and class action provisions,
particularly the punitive damage provisions
of sections 611(a) and (b), and the bona fide
error provision of 611(c) of the EFA Act (12
U.S.C. 4010(a), (b), and (c)) do not apply to
regulatory provisions adopted to improve the
efficiency of the payments mechanism.
Allowing punitive damages for delays in the
return of checks where no actual damages are
incurred would only encourage litigation and
provide little or no benefit to the check
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
collection system. In view of the provisions
of paragraph (a), which incorporate
traditional bank collection standards based
on negligence, the provision on bona fide
error is not included in øS¿flsfiubpart C.
G. 229.38(g) Jurisdiction
1. The EFA Act confers subject matter
jurisdiction on courts of competent
jurisdiction and provides a time limit for
civil actions for violations of this subpart.
H. 229.38(h) Reliance on Board Rulings
1. This provision shields banks from civil
liability if they act in good faith in reliance
on any rule, regulation, or interpretation of
the Board, even if it were subsequently
determined to be invalid. Banks may rely on
the Commentary to this regulation, which is
issued as an official Board interpretation, as
well as on the regulation itself.
XXV. Section 229.39 Insolvency of Bank
A. Introduction
1. These provisions cover situations where
a bank becomes insolvent during collection
or return and are derived from U.C.C. 4–216.
They are intended to apply to all banks.
B. 229.39(a) Duty of Receiver
1. This paragraph requires a receiver of a
closed bank to return a check to the prior
bank if it does not pay for the check. This
permits the prior bank, as holder, to pursue
its claims against the closed bank or prior
indorsers on the check.
C. 229.39(b) Preference Against Paying or
Depositary Bank
1. This paragraph gives a bank a preferred
claim against a closed paying bank that
finally pays a check without settling for it or
a closed depositary bank that becomes
obligated to pay a returned check without
settling for it. If the bank with a preferred
claim under this paragraph recovers from a
prior bank or other party to the check, the
prior bank or other party to the check is
subrogated to the preferred claim.
D. 229.39(c) Preference Against Paying,
Collecting, or Depositary Bank
1. This paragraph gives a bank a preferred
claim against a closed collecting, paying, or
returning bank that receives settlement but
does not settle for a check. (See Commentary
to § 229.35(b) for discussion of prior and
subsequent banks.) As in the case of
§ 229.39(b), if the bank with a preferred claim
under this paragraph recovers from a prior
bank or other party to the check, the prior
bank or other party to the check is subrogated
to the preferred claim.
E. 229.39(d) Preference Against Presenting
Bank
1. This paragraph gives a paying bank a
preferred claim against a closed presenting
bank in the event that the presenting bank
breaches an amount or encoding warranty as
provided in § 229.34(c)(1) or (3) and does not
reimburse the paying bank for adjustments
for a settlement made by the paying bank in
excess of the value of the checks presented.
This preference is intended to have the effect
of a perfected security interest and is
intended to put the paying bank in the
position of a secured creditor for purposes of
PO 00000
Frm 00106
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the receivership provisions of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act and similar provisions
of state law.
F. 229.39(e) Finality of Settlement
1. This paragraph provides that insolvency
does not interfere with the finality of a
settlement, such as a settlement by a paying
bank that becomes final by expiration of the
midnight deadline.
XXVI. Section 229.40 Effect on Merger
Transaction
A. When banks merge, there is normally a
period of adjustment required before their
operations are consolidated. To allow for this
adjustment period, the regulation provides
that the merged banks may be treated as
separate banks for a period of up to one year
after the consummation of the transaction.
The term merger transaction is defined in
ø§ 229.2(t)¿fl§ 229.2(dd)fi. This rule affects
the status of the combined entity in a number
of areas in this subpart. For example:
1. The paying bank’s responsibility for
expeditious return (§ 229.30).
2. The returning bank’s responsibility for
expeditious return (§ 229.31).
ø3. Whether a returning bank is entitled to
an extra day to qualify a return that will be
delivered directly to a depositary bank that
has merged with the returning bank
(§ 229.31(a)).¿
ø4¿fl3fi. Where the depositary bank must
accept returned checks ø(§ 229.32(a))¿
fl§ 229.32(b)fi.
ø5. Where the depositary bank must accept
notice of nonpayment (§ 229.33(c)).¿
ø6¿fl4fi. Where a paying bank must
accept presentment of checks (§ 229.36(b)).
XXVII. Section 229.41 Relation to State Law
A. This section specifies that state law
relating to the collection of checks is
preempted only to the extent that it is
inconsistent with this regulation. Thus, this
regulation is not a complete replacement for
state laws relating to the collection or return
of checks.
XXVIII. Section 229.42 Exclusions
A. Checks drawn on the United States
Treasury, U.S. Postal Service money orders,
and checks drawn on states and units of
general local government that are presented
directly to the state or unit of general local
government and that are not payable through
or at a bank are excluded from the coverage
of the expeditious-returnø, notice-ofnonpayment,¿ and same-day settlement
requirements of subpart C of this part. Other
provisions of this subpart continue to apply
to the checks. This exclusion does not apply
to checks drawn by the U.S. government on
banks.
XXIX. Section 229.43 Checks Payable in
Guam, American Samoa, and the Northern
Mariana Islands
*
*
*
*
*
B. 229.43(b) Rules Applicable to Pacific
Island Checks
1. When a bank handles a Pacific island
check as if it were a check as defined in
§ 229.2(k), the bank is subject to certain
provisions of Regulation CC, as provided in
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
this section. Because the Pacific island bank
is not a bank as defined in § 229.2(e), it is not
a paying bank as defined in
ø§ 229.2(z)¿fl§ 229.2(ii)fi (unless otherwise
noted in this section). Pacific island banks
are not subject to the provisions of
Regulation CC.
2. A bank may agree to handle a Pacific
island check as a returned check under
§ 229.31 and may convert the returned
Pacific island check to a qualified returned
check. The returning bank is not, however,
subject to the expeditious-return
requirements of § 229.31. The returning bank
may receive the Pacific island check directly
from a Pacific island bank or from another
returning bank. As a Pacific island bank is
not a paying bank under Regulation CC,
§ 229.31(c) does not apply to a returning bank
settling with the Pacific island bank.
3. A depositary bank that handles a Pacific
island check is not subject to the provisions
of subpart B of Regulation CC, including the
availability, notice, and interest accrual
requirements, with respect to that check. If,
however, a bank accepts a Pacific island
check for deposit (or otherwise accepts the
check as transferee) and collects the Pacific
island check in the same manner as other
checks, the bank is subject to the provisions
of § 229.32, including the provisions
regarding time and manner of settlement for
returned checks in
ø§ 229.32(b)¿fl§ 229.32(c)fi, in the event
the Pacific island check is returned by a
returning bank. If the depositary bank
receives the returned Pacific island check
directly from the Pacific island bank,
however, the provisions of
ø§ 229.32(b)¿fl§ 229.32(c)fi do not apply,
because the Pacific island bank is not a
paying bank under Regulation CC. øThe
depositary bank is not subject to the notice
of nonpayment provisions in § 229.33 for
Pacific island checks.¿
4. Banks that handle Pacific island checks
in the same manner as other checks are
subject to the indorsement provisions of
§ 229.35. Section 229.35(c) eliminates the
need for the restrictive indorsement ‘‘pay any
bank.’’ For purposes of § 229.35(c), the Pacific
island bank is deemed to be a bank.
5. Pacific island checks will often be
intermingled with other checks in a single
cash letter. Therefore, a bank that handles
Pacific island checks in the same manner as
other checks is subject to the transfer
warranty provision in § 229.34(c)(2)
regarding accurate cash letter totals and the
encoding warranty in § 229.34(c)(3).
flSimilarly, a bank that handles Pacific
island checks in the same manner as other
checks may transfer electronic collection
items, electronic returns, or electronic images
and related electronic information as if they
were electronic collection items or electronic
returns derived from Pacific island checks.
Accordingly, a bank makes the warranties in
§§ 229.34(a) and (e) with respect to Pacific
island checks.fi A bank that acts as a
returning bank for a Pacific island check is
not subject to the warranties in
§ 229.34ø(a)¿fl(e)fi. Similarly, because the
Pacific island bank is not a ‘‘bank’’ or a
‘‘paying bank’’ under Regulation CC, § 229.34
ø(b), (c)(1), and (c)(4)¿ fl(b)(1), (b)(4), and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
(c)fi do not apply. For the same reason, the
provisions of § 229.36 governing paying bank
responsibilities such as place of receipt and
same-day settlement do not apply to checks
presented to a Pacific island bank, and the
liability provisions applicable to paying
banks in § 229.38 do not apply to Pacific
island banks. Section 229.36ø(d)¿ fl(c)fi,
regarding finality of settlement between
banks during forward collection, applies to
banks that handle Pacific island checks in the
same manner as other checks, as do the
liability provisions of § 229.38, to the extent
the banks are subject to the requirements of
Regulation CC as provided in this section,
and §§ 229.37 and 229.39 through 229.42.
XXX. § 229.51 General Provisions
Governing Substitute Checks
A. 229.51(a) Legal Equivalence
1. Section 229.51(a) states that a substitute
check for which a bank has provided the
substitute check warranties is the legal
equivalent of the original check for all
purposes and all persons if it meets the
accuracy and legend requirements. Where the
law (or a contract) requires production of the
original check, production of a legally
equivalent substitute check would satisfy
that requirement. A person that receives a
substitute check cannot be assessed costs
associated with the creation of the substitute
check, absent agreement to the contrary.
Examples.
a. A presenting bank presents a substitute
check that meets the legal equivalence
requirements to a paying bank. The paying
bank cannot refuse presentment of the
substitute check on the basis that it is a
substitute check, because the substitute
check is the legal equivalent of the original
check.
b. A depositor’s account agreement with a
bank provides that the depositor is entitled
to receive original cancelled checks back
with his or her periodic account statement.
The bank may honor that agreement by
providing original checks, substitute checks,
or a combination thereof. However, a bank
may not honor such an agreement by
providing something other than an original
check or a substitute check.
c. A mortgage company argues that a
consumer missed a monthly mortgage
payment that the consumer believes she
made. A legally equivalent substitute check
concerning that mortgage payment could be
used in the same manner as the original
check to prove the payment.
2. A person other than a bank that creates
a substitute check could transfer, present, or
return that check only by agreement unless
and until a bank provided the substitute
check warranties.
3. To be the legal equivalent of the original
check, a substitute check must accurately
represent all the information on the front and
back of the check as of the time the original
check was truncated. An accurate
representation of information that was
illegible on the original check would satisfy
this requirement. The payment instructions
placed on the check by, or as authorized by,
the drawer, such as the amount of the check,
the payee, and the drawer’s signature, must
be accurately represented, because that
PO 00000
Frm 00107
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16967
information is an essential element of a
negotiable instrument. Other information that
must be accurately represented includes (1)
the information identifying the drawer and
the paying bank that is preprinted on the
check, including the MICR line; and (2) other
information placed on the check prior to the
time an image of the check is captured, such
as any required identification written on the
front of the check and any indorsements
applied to the back of the check. A substitute
check need not capture other characteristics
of the check, such as watermarks,
microprinting, or other physical security
features that cannot survive the imaging
process or decorative images, in order to
meet the accuracy requirement. Conversely,
some security features that are latent on the
original check might become visible as a
result of the check imaging process. For
example, the original check might have a
faint representation of the word ‘‘void’’ that
will appear more clearly on a photocopied or
electronic image of the check. Provided the
inclusion of the clearer version of the word
on the image used to create a substitute check
did not obscure the required information
listed above, a substitute check that
contained such information could be the
legal equivalent of an original check under
§ 229.51(a). However, if a person suffered a
loss due to receipt of such a substitute check
instead of the original check, that person
could have an indemnity claim under
§ 229.53 and, in the case of a consumer, an
expedited recredit claim under § 229.54.
4. To be the legal equivalent of the original
check, a substitute check must bear the legal
equivalence legend described in
§ 229.51(a)(2). A bank may not vary the
language of the legal equivalence legend and
must place the legend on the substitute check
as specified by generally applicable industry
standards for substitute checks contained in
ANS X9.100–140.5. In some cases, the
original check used to create a substitute
check could be forged or otherwise
fraudulent. A substitute check created from
a fraudulent original check would have the
same status under Regulation CC and the
U.C.C. as the original fraudulent check. For
example, a substitute check of a fraudulent
original check would not be properly payable
under U.C.C. 4–401 and would be subject to
the transfer and presentment warranties in
U.C.C. 4–207 and 4–208.
5. In some cases, the original check used
to create a substitute check could be forged
or otherwise fraudulent. A substitute check
created from a fraudulent original check
would have the same status under Regulation
CC and the U.C.C. as the original fraudulent
check. For example, a substitute check of a
fraudulent original check would not be
properly payable under U.C.C. 4–401 and
would be subject to the transfer and
presentment warranties in U.C.C. 4–207 and
4–208.
B. 229.51(b) Reconverting-Bank Duties
1. As discussed in more detail in appendix
D and the commentary to section 229.35, a
reconverting bank must indorse (or, if it is a
paying bank with respect to the check,
identify itself on) the back of a substitute
check in a manner that preserves all
indorsements applied, whether physically or
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16968
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
electronically, by persons that previously
handled the check in any form for forward
collection or return. Indorsements applied
physically to the original check before an
image of the check was captured would be
preserved through the image of the back of
the original check that a substitute check
must contain. Indorsements applied
physically to the original check after an
image of the original check was captured
would be conveyed as electronic
indorsements (see paragraph 3 of the
commentary to section 229.35(a)). If
indorsements were applied electronically
after an image of the original check was
captured or were applied electronically after
a previous substitute check was converted to
electronic form, the reconverting bank must
apply those indorsements physically to the
substitute check. A reconverting bank is not
responsible for obtaining indorsements that
persons that previously handled the check
should have applied but did not apply.
2. A reconverting bank also must identify
itself as such on the front and back of the
substitute check and must preserve on the
back of the substitute check the
identifications of any previous reconverting
banks in accordance with appendix D. The
presence on the back of a substitute check of
indorsements that were applied by previous
reconverting banks and identified with
asterisks in accordance with appendix D
would satisfy the requirement that the
reconverting bank preserve the identification
of previous reconverting banks. As discussed
in more detail in the commentary to section
229.35, the reconverting-bank and truncatingbank routing numbers on the front of a
substitute check and, if the reconverting bank
is the paying bank flor a bank that rejected
a check submitted for depositfi, the
reconverting bank’s routing number on the
back of a substitute check are for
identification only and are not indorsements
or acceptances.
3. The reconverting bank must place the
routing number of the truncating bank
surrounded by brackets on the front of the
substitute check in accordance with
appendix D and ANS X9.100–140.
Example
A bank’s customer, which is a nonbank
business, receives checks for payment and by
agreement deposits substitute checks instead
of the original checks with its depositary
bank. The depositary bank is the reconverting
bank with respect to the substitute checks
and the truncating bank with respect to the
original checks. In accordance with appendix
D and with ANS X9.100–140, the bank must
therefore be identified on the front of the
substitute checks as a reconverting bank and
as the truncating bank, and on the back of the
substitute checks as the depositary bank and
a reconverting bank.
C. 229.51(c) Applicable Law
1. A substitute check that meets the
requirements for legal equivalence set forth
in this section is subject to any provision of
federal or state law that applies to original
checks, except to the extent such provision
is inconsistent with the Check 21 Act or
subpart D. A legally equivalent substitute
check is subject to all laws that are not
preempted by the Check 21 Act in the same
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
manner and to the same extent as is an
original check. Thus, any person could
satisfy a law that requires production of an
original check by producing a substitute
check that is derived from the relevant
original check and that meets the legal
equivalence requirements of § 229.51(a).
2. A law is not inconsistent with the Check
21 Act or subpart D merely because it allows
for the recovery of a greater amount of
damages.
Example.
A drawer that suffers a loss with respect to
a substitute check that was improperly
charged to its account and for which the
drawer has an indemnity claim but not a
warranty claim would be limited under the
Check 21 Act to recovery of the amount of
the substitute check plus interest and
expenses. However, if the drawer also
suffered damages that were proximately
caused because the bank wrongfully
dishonored subsequently presented checks as
a result of the improper substitute check
charge, the drawer could recover those losses
under U.C.C. 4–402.
XXXI. § 229.52 Substitute Check Warranties
A. 229.52(a) Warranty Content and Provision
1. The responsibility for providing the
substitute check warranties begins with the
reconverting bank. In the case of a substitute
check created by a bank, the reconverting
bank starts the flow of warranties when it
transfers, presents, or returns a substitute
check for which it receives consideration
flor when it rejects a check submitted for
deposit and returns to its customer a
substitute checkfi. A bank that receives a
substitute check created by a nonbank starts
the flow of warranties when it transfers,
presents, or returns for consideration either
the substitute check it received or an
electronic or paper representation of that
substitute check. flA bank that transfers and
receives consideration for an electronic
collection item or electronic return that is an
electronic representation of a substitute
check also makes the warranties.fi
fl2.fi To ensure that warranty protections
flow all the way through to the ultimate
recipient of a substitute check or paper or
electronic representation thereof, any
subsequent bank that transfers, presents, or
returns for consideration either the substitute
check or a paper or electronic representation
of the substitute check is responsible to
subsequent transferees for the warranties.
Any warranty recipient could bring a claim
for a breach of a substitute check warranty if
it received either the actual substitute check
or a paper or electronic representation of a
substitute check.
ø2.¿ fl3.fi The substitute check
warranties and indemnity are not given
under §§ 229.52 and 229.53 by a bank that
truncates the original check and by
agreement transfers the original check
electronically to a subsequent bank for
consideration. However, parties may, by
agreement, allocate liabilities associated with
the exchange of electronic check information.
Example.
A bank that receives check information
electronically and uses it to create substitute
checks is the reconverting bank and, when it
PO 00000
Frm 00108
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
transfers, presents, or returns that substitute
check, becomes the first warrantor. However,
that bank may protect itself by including in
its agreement with the sending bank
provisions that specify the sending bank’s
warranties and responsibilities to the
receiving bank, particularly with respect to
the accuracy of the check image and check
data transmitted under the agreement.
ø3¿fl4fi. A bank need not affirmatively
make the warranties because they attach
automatically when a bank transfers,
presents, or returns the substitute check (or
a representation thereof) for which it receives
consideration. Because a substitute check
transferred, presented, or returned for
consideration is warranted to be the legal
equivalent of the original check and thereby
subject to existing laws as if it were the
original check, all U.C.C. and other
Regulation CC warranties that apply to the
original check also apply to the substitute
check.
ø4¿fl5fi. The legal equivalence warranty
by definition must be linked to a particular
substitute check. When an original check is
truncated, the check may move from
electronic form to substitute check form and
then back again, such that there would be
multiple substitute checks associated with
one original check. When a check changes
form multiple times in the collection or
return process, the first reconverting bank
and subsequent banks that transfer, present,
or return the first substitute check (or a paper
or electronic representation of the first
substitute check) warrant the legal
equivalence of only the first substitute check.
If a bank receives an electronic
representation of a substitute check and uses
that representation to create a second
substitute check, the second reconverting
bank and subsequent transferees of the
second substitute check (or a representation
thereof) warrant the legal equivalence of both
the first and second substitute checks. A
reconverting bank would not be liable for a
warranty breach under § 229.52 if the legal
equivalence defect is the fault of a
subsequent bank that handled the substitute
check, either as a substitute check or in other
paper or electronic form.
ø5¿fl6fi. The warranty in
§ 229.52(a)ø(2)¿fl(1)(ii)fi, which addresses
multiple payment requests for the same
check, is not linked to a particular substitute
check but rather is given by each bank
handling the substitute check, an electronic
representation of a substitute check, or a
subsequent substitute check created from an
electronic representation of a substitute
check. All banks that transfer, present, or
return a substitute check (or a paper or
electronic representation thereof) therefore
provide the warranty regardless of whether
the ultimate demand for double payment is
based on the original check, the substitute
check, or some other electronic or paper
representation of the substitute or original
check, and regardless of the order in which
the duplicative payment requests occur. This
warranty is given by the banks that transfer,
present, or return a substitute check even if
the demand for duplicative payment results
from a fraudulent substitute check about
which the warranting bank had no
knowledge.
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
Example.
A nonbank depositor truncates a check and
in lieu thereof sends an electronic version of
that check to both Bank A and Bank B. Bank
A and Bank B each uses the check
information that it received electronically to
create a substitute check, which it presents
to Bank C for payment. Bank A and Bank B
each is a reconverting bank that made the
substitute check warranties when it
presented a substitute check to and received
payment from Bank C. Bank C could pursue
a warranty claim for the loss it suffered as a
result of the duplicative payment against
either Bank A or Bank B.
fl7. A bank that rejects a check for deposit
and instead of the original check provides its
customer with a substitute check makes the
warranties in § 229.52(a)(1). As noted in the
commentary to § 229. 2(uu), the Check 21 Act
contemplates that nonbank persons that
receive substitute checks (or representations
thereof) from a bank will receive warranties
and indemnities with respect to the checks.
A reconverting bank that provides a
substitute check to its depositor after it has
rejected the check for deposit may not have
received consideration for the substitute
check. In order to prevent banks from being
able to transfer a check the bank truncated
and then reconverted without providing
substitute check warranties, the regulation
provides that a bank that rejects a check for
deposit but provides its customer with a
substitute check makes the warranties set
forth in § 229.52(a)(1) regardless of whether
the bank received consideration.
Example.
A bank’s customer submits a check at an
ATM that captures an image of the check and
sends the image electronically to the bank.
After reviewing the item, the bank rejects the
item submitted for deposit. Instead of
providing the original check to its customer,
the bank provides a substitute check to its
customer. This bank is the reconverting bank
with respect to the substitute check and
makes the warranties described in
§ 229.52(a)(1) regardless of whether the bank
previously extended credit to its customer.
(See commentary to § 229.2(uu).)fi
B. 229.52(b) Warranty Recipients
1. A reconverting bank makes the
warranties to the person to which it transfers,
presents, or returns the substitute check for
consideration and to any subsequent
recipient that receives either the substitute
check or a paper or electronic representation
derived from the substitute check. These
subsequent recipients could include a
subsequent collecting or returning bank, the
depositary bank, the drawer, the drawee, the
payee, the depositor, and any indorser. The
paying bank would be included as a warranty
recipient, for example because it would be
the drawee of a check or a transferee of a
check that is payable through it.
2. The warranties flow with the substitute
check to persons that receive a substitute
check or a paper or electronic representation
of a substitute check. The warranties do not
flow to a person that receives only the
original check or a representation of an
original check that was not derived from a
substitute check. However, a person that
initially handled only the original check
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
could become a warranty recipient if that
person later receives a returned substitute
check or a paper or electronic representation
of a substitute check that was derived from
that original check.
fl3. A reconverting bank also makes the
warranties to a person to whom the bank
transfers a substitute check that the bank has
rejected for deposit regardless of whether the
bank received consideration.fi
XXXII. § 229.53 Substitute Check Indemnity
A. 229.53(a) Scope of Indemnity
1. Each bank that for consideration
transfers, presents, or returns a substitute
check or a paper or electronic representation
of a substitute check is responsible for
providing the substitute check indemnity.
flA bank that transfers and receives
consideration for an electronic collection
item or electronic return that is an electronic
representation of a substitute check also is
responsible for providing the indemnity.fi
fl2.fiThe indemnity covers losses due to
any subsequent recipient’s receipt of the
substitute check instead of the original check.
The indemnity therefore covers the loss
caused by receipt of the substitute check as
well as the loss that a bank incurs because
it pays an indemnity to another person. A
bank that pays an indemnity would in turn
have an indemnity claim regardless of
whether it received the substitute check or a
paper or electronic representation of the
substitute check The indemnity would not
apply to a person that handled only the
original check or a paper or electronic
version of the original check that was not
derived from a substitute check.
fl3. A reconverting bank also provides the
substitute check indemnity to a person to
whom the bank transfers a substitute check
that the bank has rejected for deposit
regardless of whether the bank providing the
indemnity has received consideration.fi
Examples.
a. A paying bank makes payment based on
a substitute check that was derived from a
fraudulent original cashier’s check. The
amount and other characteristics of the
original cashier’s check are such that, had the
original check been presented instead, the
paying bank would have inspected the
original check for security features. The
paying bank’s fraud detection procedures
were designed to detect the fraud in question
and allow the bank to return the fraudulent
check in a timely manner. However, the
security features that the bank would have
inspected were security features that did not
survive the imaging process (see the
commentary to § 229.51(a)). Under these
circumstances, the paying bank could assert
an indemnity claim against the bank that
presented the substitute check.
b. By contrast with the previous examples,
the indemnity would not apply if the
characteristics of the presented substitute
check were such that the bank’s security
policies and procedures would not have
detected the fraud even if the original had
been presented. For example, if the check
was under the threshold amount at which the
bank subjects an item to its fraud detection
procedures, the bank would not have
inspected the item for security features
PO 00000
Frm 00109
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16969
regardless of the form of the item and
accordingly would have suffered a loss even
if it had received the original check.
c. A paying bank makes an erroneous
payment based on an electronic
representation of a substitute check because
the electronic cash letter accompanying the
electronic item included the wrong amount
to be charged. The paying bank would not
have an indemnity claim associated with that
payment because its loss did not result from
receipt of an actual substitute check instead
of the original check. However, the paying
bank could protect itself from such losses
through its agreement with the bank that sent
the check to it electronically and may have
rights under other law.
d. A drawer has agreed with its bank that
the drawer will not receive paid checks with
periodic account statements. The drawer
requested a copy of a paid check in order to
prove payment and received a photocopy of
a substitute check. The photocopy that the
bank provided in response to this request
was illegible, such that the drawer could not
prove payment. Any loss that the drawer
suffered as a result of receiving the blurry
check image would not trigger an indemnity
claim because the loss was not caused by the
receipt of a substitute check. The drawer
may, however, still have a warranty claim if
he received a copy of a substitute check, and
may also have rights under the U.C.C.
B. 229.53(b) Indemnity Amount
1. If a recipient of a substitute check is
making an indemnity claim because a bank
has breached one of the substitute check
warranties, the recipient can recover any
losses proximately caused by that warranty
breach.
Examples.
a. A drawer discovers that its account has
been charged for two different substitute
checks that were provided to the drawer and
that were associated with the same original
check. As a result of this duplicative charge,
the paying bank dishonored several
subsequently-presented checks that it
otherwise would have paid and charged the
drawer returned check fees. The payees of
the returned checks also charged the drawer
returned check fees. The drawer would have
a warranty claim against any of the
warranting banks, including its bank, for
breach of the warranty described in
§ 229.52(a)ø(2)¿fl(1)(ii)fi. The drawer also
could assert an indemnity claim. Because
there is only one original check for any
payment transaction, if the collecting and
presenting bank had collected the original
check instead of using a substitute check the
bank would have been asked to make only
one payment. The drawer could assert its
warranty and indemnity claims against the
paying bank, because that is the bank with
which the drawer has a customer
relationship and the drawer has received an
indemnity from that bank. The drawer could
recover from the indemnifying bank the
amount of the erroneous charge, as well as
the amount of the returned check fees
charged by both the paying bank and the
payees of the returned checks. If the drawer’s
account were an interest-bearing account, the
drawer also could recover any interest lost on
the erroneously debited amount and the
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16970
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
erroneous returned check fees. The drawer
also could recover its expenditures for
representation in connection with the claim.
Finally, the drawer could recover any other
losses that were proximately caused by the
warranty breach.
b. In the example above, the paying bank
that received the duplicate substitute checks
also would have a warranty claim against the
previous transferor(s) of those substitute
checks and could seek an indemnity from
that bank (or either of those banks). The
indemnifying bank would be responsible for
compensating the paying bank for all the
losses proximately caused by the warranty
breach, including representation expenses
and other costs incurred by the paying bank
in settling the drawer’s claim.
2. If the recipient of the substitute check
does not have a substitute check warranty
claim with respect to the substitute check,
the amount of the loss the recipient may
recover under § 229.53 is limited to the
amount of the substitute check, plus interest
and expenses. However, the indemnified
person might be entitled to additional
damages under some other provision of law.
Examples.
a. A drawer received a substitute check
that met all the legal equivalence
requirements and for which the drawer was
only charged once, but the drawer believed
that the underlying original check was a
forgery. If the drawer suffered a loss because
it could not prove the forgery based on the
substitute check, for example because
proving the forgery required analysis of pen
pressure that could be determined only from
the original check, the drawer would have an
indemnity claim. However, the drawer would
not have a substitute check warranty claim
because the substitute check was the legal
equivalent of the original check and no
person was asked to pay the substitute check
more than once. In that case, the amount of
the drawer’s indemnity under § 229.53 would
be limited to the amount of the substitute
check, plus interest and expenses. However,
the drawer could attempt to recover
additional losses, if any, under other law.
b. As described more fully in the
commentary to § 229.53(a) regarding the
scope of the indemnity, a paying bank could
have an indemnity claim if it paid a legally
equivalent substitute check that was created
from a fraudulent cashier’s check that the
paying bank’s fraud detection procedures
would have caught and that the bank would
have returned by its midnight deadline had
it received the original check. However, if the
substitute check was not subject to a
warranty claim (because it met the legal
equivalence requirements and there was only
one payment request) the paying bank’s
indemnity would be limited to the amount of
the substitute check plus interest and
expenses.
3. The amount of an indemnity would be
reduced in proportion to the amount of any
amount loss attributable to the indemnified
person’s negligence or bad faith. This
comparative negligence standard is intended
to allocate liability in the same manner as the
comparative negligence provision of
§ 229.38(c).
4. An indemnifying bank may limit the
losses for which it is responsible under
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
§ 229.53 by producing the original check or
a sufficient copy. However, production of the
original check or a sufficient copy does not
absolve the indemnifying bank from liability
claims relating to a warranty the bank has
provided under § 229.52 or any other law,
including but not limited to subpart C of this
part or the U.C.C.
C. 229.53(c) Subrogation of Rights
1. A bank that pays an indemnity claim is
subrogated to the rights of the person it
indemnified, to the extent of the indemnity
it provided, so that it may attempt to recover
that amount from another person based on an
indemnity, warranty, or other claim. The
person that the bank indemnified must
comply with reasonable requests from the
indemnifying bank for assistance with
respect to the subrogated claim.
Example.
A paying bank indemnifies a drawer for a
substitute check that the drawer alleged was
a forgery that would have been detected had
the original check instead been presented.
The bank that provided the indemnity could
pursue its own indemnity claim against the
bank that presented the substitute check,
could attempt to recover from the forger, or
could pursue any claim that it might have
under other law. The bank also could request
from the drawer any information that the
drawer might possess regarding the possible
identity of the forger.
XXXIII. § 229.54 Expedited Recredit for
Consumers
A. 229.54(a) Circumstances Giving Rise to a
Claim
1. A consumer may make a claim for
expedited recredit under this section only for
a substitute check that he or she has received
and for which the bank charged his or her
deposit account. As a result, checks used to
access loans, such as credit card checks or
home equity line of credit checks, that are
reconverted to substitute checks would not
give rise to an expedited recredit claim,
unless such a check was returned unpaid and
the bank charged the consumer’s deposit
account for the amount of the returned check.
In addition, a consumer who received only
a statement that contained images of multiple
substitute checks per page would not be
entitled to make an expedited recredit claim,
although he or she could seek redress under
other provisions of law, such as § 229.52 or
U.C.C. 4–401. However, a consumer who
originally received only a statement
containing images of multiple substitute
checks per page but later received a
substitute check, such as in response to a
request for a copy of a check shown in the
statement, could bring a claim if the other
expedited recredit criteria were met.
Although a consumer must at some point
have received a substitute check to make an
expedited recredit claim, the consumer need
not be in possession of the substitute check
at the time he or she submits the claim.
2. A consumer must in good faith assert
that the bank improperly charged the
consumer’s account for the substitute check
or that the consumer has a warranty claim for
the substitute check (or both). The warranty
in question could be a substitute-check
PO 00000
Frm 00110
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
warranty described in § 229.52 or any other
warranty that a bank provides with respect to
a check under other law. A consumer could,
for example, have a warranty claim under
§ 229.34ø(b)¿fl(a) or (d)fi, which contains
returned-check warranties that are made to
the owner of the check.
*
*
*
*
*
XXXVIII. Appendix C—Model AvailabilityPolicy Disclosures, Clauses, and Notices; and
Model Substitute-Check-Policy Disclosure
and Notices
A. Introduction
1. Appendix C contains model disclosures,
clauses, and notices that may be used by
banks to meet their disclosure and notice
responsibilities under the regulation. Banks
using the models (except models C–
ø22¿fl18fi through C–ø25¿fl21fi)
properly will be deemed in compliance with
the regulation’s disclosure requirements.
2. Information that must be inserted by a
bank using the models is (italicized) within
parentheses in the text of the models.
Optional informationfl, and information the
inclusion of which is dependent on a bank’s
policies and practices,fi is enclosed in
brackets.
3. Banks may make certain changes to the
format or content of the models, including
deleting material that is inapplicable,
without losing the EFA Act’s protection from
liability for banks that use the forms
properly. For example, if a bank does not
have a cutoff hour prior to its closing time,
or if a bank does not take advantage of the
section 229.13 exceptions, it may delete the
references to those provisions. Changes to the
models may not be so extensive as to affect
the substance, clarity, or meaningful
sequence of the models. Acceptable changes
include, for example—
a. Using ‘‘customer’’ and ‘‘bank’’ instead of
pronouns
b. Changing the typeface or sizefl,
although a materially smaller size may not
meet the clear and conspicuous standard of
section 229.15(a)fi
c. Incorporating certain state-law plainEnglish requirements
fl4. a. Although banks are not required to
use a certain paper size for their disclosures
and notices, model funds-availability
disclosures C–1, C–2, C–3A, C–3B, C–4A,
and C–4B and notices C–9, C–10, C–11, C–
12A, and C–12B are designed to be provided
to customers on an 81⁄2 x 11 inch sheet of
paper. In addition, the following formatting
techniques ensure that the information is
readable:
i. A readable font style and font size
ii. Sufficient spacing between lines of the
text
iii. Adequate spacing between paragraphs,
as appropriate
iv. Sufficient white space and margins
above, below and to the sides of the text
v. Sufficient contrast between the text and
the background, such as black text on white
paper
b. While the regulation does not require
banks to use the above formatting techniques
in presenting the information in these
disclosures and notices, banks are
encouraged to consider these techniques
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
when deciding how to disclose information.
A bank that provides a disclosure or notice
electronically to a customer comports with
the models’ formatting techniques by
providing a disclosure or notice in a file
format, such as the .pdf file format, that
electronically represents an 81⁄2 x 11 inch
sheet of paper with black text and a white
background.fi
fl5fiø4¿. Shorter time periods for
availability may always be substituted for
time periods used in the models.
fl6fiø5¿. Banks may also add related
information. For example, a bank may
øindicate that although funds have been
made available to a customer and the
customer has withdrawn them, the customer
is still responsible for problems with the
deposit, such as checks that were deposited
being returned unpaid. Or a bank could¿
include a telephone number to be used if a
customer has an inquiry regarding a deposit.
fl7fiø6¿. Banks are cautioned against
using the models without reviewing their
own policies and practices, as well as state
and federal laws fland regulationsfi
regarding the time periods for availability of
specific types of checks. A bank using the
models will be in compliance with the EFA
Act and the regulation only if the bank’s
disclosures correspond to its availability
policy.
ø7. Banks that have used earlier versions
of the models (such as those models that gave
Social Security benefits and payroll
payments as examples of preauthorized
credits available the day after deposit, or that
did not address the cash-withdrawal
limitation) are protected from civil liability
under section 229.21(e). Banks are
encouraged, however, to use current versions
of the models when reordering or reprinting
supplies.¿
B. Model Availability-Policy and SubstituteCheck-Policy Disclosures, Models C–1
through C–5øA¿
1. Models C–1 Through C–5øA¿ Generally
a. Models C–1 through C–ø5A¿fl4Bfi are
models for the availability-policy disclosures
described in section 229.16 and flmodel C–
5 is a model for thefi substitute-check-policy
disclosure described in section 229.57. The
flfunds-availabilityfi models accommodate
a variety of availability policies, ranging from
next-day availability to holds to statutory
limits on all deposits. Modelflsfi C–3flA
and C–3Bfi reflectøs¿ the additional
disclosures discussed in section 229.16(b)
and (c) for banks that have a policy of
extending availability times on a case-by-case
basis. flAll of the funds-availability models
indicate that a bank’s policy may provide
that although funds have been made
available to a customer and the customer has
withdrawn them, the customer is still
responsible for problems with the deposit,
such as checks that were deposited being
returned unpaid. (See § 229.19(c)(2) of the
regulation.)fi
b. As already noted, there are several
places in the forms where information must
be inserted. This information includes the
bank’s cutoff times flandfiø,¿ limitations
relating to next-day availabilityø, and the
first four digits of routing numbers for local
banks¿. In disclosing when funds will be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
available for withdrawal, fl a bank that
makes funds available on the business day
the deposit was received may describe the
funds as being available ‘‘the same business
day.’’ A bank that makes funds available on
a business day after the business day of
receiptfi øthe bank¿ must insert øthe¿ fla
cardinal number (1, 2, etc.),fi ordinal
number (such as first, second, etc.)fl, or the
word ‘‘next’’ to describefi øof¿ the business
day after deposit that the funds will become
available.
c. Models C–1 through C–ø5A generally do
not reflect any optional provisions of the
regulation, or those that apply only to certain
banks¿ fl4B reflect some information the
inclusion of which depends on a bank’s
policies and practices, such as placing a hold
on funds already on deposit when it cashes
a check for a customer or makes funds
immediately available to a customer (see
§ 229.19(e) of the regulation), and requiring
special deposit slips as a condition for nextday availability for deposits of certain types
of checks (see § 229.10(c)(2)). This
information in the model availability-policy
disclosures is placed within brackets to
indicate that whether a bank should include
the text in its availability-policy disclosure is
dependent on the bank’s funds-availability
policies and practices. Additionally, certain
other provisions of the regulation that apply
only to certain banks are reflectedfi
øInstead, disclosures for these provisions are
included¿ in modeløs C–6 through C–11A¿
flclauses C–6, C–7, and C–8fi. A bank using
one of the model availability-policy
disclosures should also consider whether it
must incorporate one or more of ømodels C–
6 through C–11A.¿ flthese model clauses. A
bank for which one or more of these clauses
is applicable would append the clause(s) to
the end of its availability-policy
disclosure.fi
d. While section 229.10(b) of the regulation
requires next-day availability for electronic
payments, Treasury regulations (31 CFR 210)
and ACH association rules require that
preauthorized credits (direct deposits) be
made available on the day the bank receives
the funds. Models C–1 through øC–5¿ flC–
4Bfi reflect these rules. Wire transfers ø,
however,¿ fland cash depositsfi are not
governed by Treasury or ACH rules, but
banks generally make funds from øwire
transfers¿ flthese types of depositsfi
available on the day received or on the
business day following receipt. Banks should
ensure that their disclosures reflect the
availability given in most cases for øwire
transfers.¿ flthese types of deposits. A bank
that makes the proceeds of cash deposits or
wire transfers available for withdrawal on the
banking day they are received may specify in
its disclosure that these types of deposits are
available ‘‘the same business day’’
notwithstanding that the funds were not
available at the opening of business on that
day. Models C–1 through C–3B indicate that
funds from these types of deposits will be
available on the day received. A bank that
uses one of these models should modify its
disclosure to indicate that funds from cash
deposits and wire transfers will be available
on the next day if that reflects the bank’s
practice. In contrast, models C–4A and C–4B
PO 00000
Frm 00111
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16971
indicate that funds from cash deposits and
wire transfers will be available on the
business day following receipt. A bank that
uses one of these models but that makes
funds from cash deposits and wire transfers
available the same day they are received—
i.e., a bank that places holds to statutory
limits only on check deposits—may modify
the forms accordingly to reflect the bank’s
practice.fi
2. Model C–1, Next-Day Availability. A
bank may use this model when its policy is
to make funds from all flcheckfi deposits
available øon the first¿ flby the nextfi
business day after a deposit is made. This
model may also be used by banks that
provide øimmediate availability¿ flsameday for check depositsfi by substituting the
øword ‘‘immediately’’¿ flphrase ‘‘the same
business day’’fi in place of øon the first
business day after the day we receive your
deposit.’’¿ fl‘‘the next business day.’’fi
3. Model C–2, Next-Day Availability and
Section 229.13. Exceptions. A bank may use
this model when its policy is to make funds
from all flcheckfi deposits available to its
customers øon the first¿ flby the nextfi
business day after the deposit is made, and
to reserve the right to invoke the newaccount and other exceptions in section
229.13. In disclosing that a longer delay may
apply, a bank may disclose when funds will
generally be available based on when the
funds would be available if the deposit were
of flchecks other than next-day-availability
checksfi øa nonlocal check¿.
4. Modelflsfi C–3flAfi, Next-Day
Availability, Case-by-Case Holds to Statutory
Limits flon Check Deposits Without CashWithdrawal Limitationfi, and Section 229.13
Exceptionsfl; and C–3B, Next-Day
Availability, Case-by-Case Holds to Statutory
Limits on Check Deposits With CashWithdrawal Limitation, and Section 229.13
Exceptionsfi
a. A bank may use øthis model¿ flthese
modelsfi when its policy, in most cases, is
to make funds from all types of deposits
available flbyfi the day after the deposit is
made, but to delay availability on some
flcheckfi deposits on a case-by-case basis
up to the maximum time periods allowed
under the regulation. A bank using øthis
model¿ flthese modelsfi also reserves the
right to invoke the exceptions listed in
section 229.13. øA bank using this model
also reserves the right to invoke the
exceptions listed in section 229.13.¿ In
disclosing that a longer delay may apply, a
bank may disclose when funds will generally
be available based on when the funds would
be available if the deposit were of flchecks
other than next-day-availability checksfi øa
nonlocal check¿.
flb. Model availability-policy disclosure
C–3A may be used by a bank that, when it
delays availability of a check deposit on a
case-by-case basis, does not impose the cashwithdrawal limitation permitted by section
229.12(b), whereas model availability-policy
disclosure C–3B may be used by a bank that
does impose this limitation when it delays
availability on a case-by-case basis.
c. Models C–3A and C–3B include in
brackets language related to check cashing,
immediate availability, and holds on other
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16972
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
funds. A bank that bases its disclosure on
model C–3A or C–3B would include this
bracketed text in its disclosure only if the
text corresponds to the bank’s policy and
practice. A bank that has such a policy, and
that therefore includes this text in its
disclosure, would include the text in the
location indicated by the model. A bank that
bases its availability-policy disclosure on
model disclosure C–3A or C–3B and whose
availability policy necessitates incorporation
of one or more of the appendix’s model
clauses (C–9, C–11, or C–11A) would append
those model clauses to the end of the second
page of model C–3A or C–3B.fi
5. Modelflsfi C–4flAfi, Holds to
Statutory Limits on All Deposits flWithout
Cash-Withdrawal Limitation; and C–4B,
Holds to Statutory Limits on All Deposits
With Cash-Withdrawal Limitationfi
fla.fi A bank may use øthis model¿
flthese modelsfi when its policy is to
øimpose delays to the full extent¿ fldelay
availability asfi allowed under section
229.12 and to reserve the right to invoke the
section 229.13 exceptions. In disclosing that
a longer delay may apply, a bank may
disclose when funds will generally be
available based on when the funds would be
available if the deposit were of flchecks
other than next-day-availabilityfi øa
nonlocal check¿.
flb. Model availability-policy disclosure
C–4A may be used by a bank that delays
availability as allowed under section 229.12
but does not impose the cash-withdrawal
limitation permitted by section 229.12(b),
whereas model availability-policy disclosure
C–4B may be used by a bank that delays
availability as allowed under section 229.12
and does impose the cash-withdrawal
limitation permitted by section 229.12(b).
c. Models C–4A and C–4B include in
brackets language related to check cashing,
immediate availability, and holds on other
funds. A bank that bases its disclosure on
model C–4A or C–4B would include this
bracketed text in its disclosure only if the
text corresponds to the bank’s policy and
practice. A bank that has such a policy and
that therefore includes this text in its
disclosure would include the text in the
location indicated by the model. A bank that
bases its availability-policy disclosure on
model disclosure C–4A or C–4B and whose
availability policy necessitates incorporation
of one or more of the appendix’s model
clauses (C–9, C–11, or C–11A) would append
those model clauses to the end of the second
page of model C–4A or C–4B.fi øModel C–
4 uses a chart to show the bank’s availability
policy for local and nonlocal checks, and
model C–5 uses a narrative description.
6. Model C–5A bank may use this form
when its policy is to impose delays to the full
extent allowed by section 229.12 and to
reserve the right to invoke the section 229.13
exceptions. In disclosing that a longer delay
may apply, a bank may disclose when funds
will generally be available based on when the
funds would be available if the deposit were
of a nonlocal check.¿
7. Model C–5øA¿fl, Substitute-CheckPolicy Disclosurefi A bank may use this
form when it is providing the disclosure to
its consumers required by section 229.57
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
explaining that a substitute check is the legal
equivalent of an original check and the
circumstances under which the consumer
may make a claim for expedited recredit.
C. Model Clauses, Models C–6 through C–
ø11A¿fl8fi
1. Models C–6 through C-ø11A¿fl8fi.
Generally. Certain clauses like those in the
models must be incorporated into a bank’s
availability-policy disclosure under certain
circumstances. The commentary to each
clause indicates when a clause similar to the
model clause is required. flA bank for which
one or more of these clauses is applicable
would append the clause(s) to the end of its
availability-policy disclosure.fi
ø2. Model C–6, Holds on Other Funds
(Check Cashing)
A bank that reserves the right to place a
hold on funds already on deposit when it
cashes a check for a customer, as addressed
in section 229.19(e), must incorporate this
type of clause in its availability-policy
disclosure.
3. Model C–7, Holds on Other Funds (Other
Account)
A bank that reserves the right to place a
hold on funds in an account of the customer
other than the account into which the deposit
is made, as addressed in section 229.19(e),
must incorporate this type of clause in its
availability-policy disclosure.
4. Model C–8, Appendix B Availability
(Nonlocal Checks)
A bank in a check-processing region where
the availability schedules for certain nonlocal
checks have been reduced, as described in
appendix B of Regulation CC, must
incorporate this type of clause in its
availability-policy disclosure. Banks using
model C–5 may insert this clause at the
conclusion of the discussion titled ‘‘Nonlocal
Checks.’’
5.¿ fl2.fi Model C–ø9¿fl6fi, Automated
Teller Machine Deposits (Extended Holds). A
bank that reserves the right to delay
availability of deposits at nonproprietary
ATMs until the flfourthfiøfifth¿ business
day following the date of deposit, as
permitted by section 229.12(flbfiøf¿), must
incorporate this type of clause in its
availability-policy disclosure. A bank must
choose among the alternative language based
on how it chooses to differentiate between
proprietary and nonproprietary ATMs, as
required under section 229.16(b)(5).
ø6. Model C–10, Cash-Withdrawal
Limitation
A bank that imposes cash-withdrawal
limitations under section 229.12 must
incorporate this type of clause in its
availability-policy disclosure. Banks
reserving the right to impose the cashwithdrawal limitation and using model C–3
should disclose that funds may not be
available until the sixth (rather than fifth)
business day in the first paragraph under the
heading ‘‘Longer Delays May Apply.’’¿
fl3fiø7¿. Model C–ø11¿fl7fi, Credit
Union Interest-Payment Policy. A credit
union subject to the notice requirement of
section 229.14(b)(2) must incorporate this
type of clause in its availability-policy
disclosure. This model clause is only an
example of a hypothetical policy. Credit
unions may follow any policy for accrual
PO 00000
Frm 00112
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
provided the method of accruing interest is
the same for cash and check deposits.
fl4fiø8¿. Model C–ø11A¿fl8fi,
Availability of Funds Deposited at Other
Locations. A clause similar to model C–
ø11A¿fl8fi should be used if a bank bases
the availability of funds on the location
where the funds are deposited ø(for example,
at a contractual or other branch located in a
different check-processing region). Similarly,
a clause similar to model C–ø11A¿fl8fi
should be used if a bank distinguishes
between local and nonlocal checks (for
example, a bank using model availabilitypolicy disclosure C–4flAfi and C–
ø5¿fl4Bfi), and accepts deposits in more
than one check-processing region¿.
D. Model Notices, Models C–ø12¿fl9fi
through C–ø25¿fl21fi
1. Model Notices C–ø12¿fl9fi through C–
ø25¿fl21fi Generally. Models C–ø12¿fl9fi
through C–ø25¿fl21fi provide models for
the various notices required by the
regulation. A bank that cashes a check and
places a hold on funds in an account of the
customer (see section 229.19(e)) should
modify the model hold notice accordingly.
For example, the bank could replace the
word ‘‘deposit’’ with the word ‘‘transaction’’
and could add the phrase ‘‘or cashed’’ after
the word ‘‘deposited.’’
2. Model C–ø12¿fl9fi, Exceptionø–¿ flor
Reasonable-Causefi Hold Notice.
fla. i.fi This model satisfies the written
notice required under section 229.13(g) when
a bank places a hold based on a section
229.13 exceptionfl, including the
reasonable-cause exception. The model
notice includes a location, indicated by
‘‘(reason for hold),’’ in which the bank must
insert the reason for placing the hold. The
bulleted list below contains examples of
reasons a bank may place a hold that could
be inserted into the notice:
(1) A check you deposited was previously
returned unpaid.
(2) You have overdrawn your account
repeatedly in the last six months.
(3) The checks you deposited on this day
exceeded $5,000.
(4) There is an emergency, such as a failure
of computer or communications equipment.
(5) We believe a check you deposited will
not be paid, because (e.g., a reason from
paragraph b).
ii.fiIf a hold is being placed on more than
one check in a deposit, each check need not
be described, but if different reasons apply,
each reason must be indicated. A bank may
use the actual date when funds will be
available for withdrawal rather than the
number of the business day following the day
of deposit. A bank ømust incorporate in the
notice¿flmay usefi the material set out in
brackets if it imposes overdraft or returnedcheck fees after invoking the reasonablecause exception under section 229.13(e).
ø3. Model C–13,¿flb.fi Reasonable-Cause
Hold Notice. øThis¿fli. Modelfi notice
flC–9 alsofi satisfies the written notice
required under section 229.13(g) when a
bank invokes the reasonable-cause exception
under section 229.13(e). The ønotice
provides the bank with a list of¿ flmodel
notice includes a location, indicated by
‘‘(reason for hold),’’ in which the bank would
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
insert thefi specific reasonøs that may be
given¿ for invoking the exception. øIf a hold
is being placed on more than one check in
a deposit, each check must be described
separately, and if different reasons apply,
each reason must be indicated. A bank may
disclose its reason for doubting collectibility
by checking the appropriate reason on the
model. If the ‘‘Other’’ category is checked, the
reason must be given.¿ flThe list below
provides examples of reasons that a bank
could insert into the notice as its reason for
doubting collectability:
(1) We received notice that the check is
being returned unpaid.
(2) We have confidential information that
indicates that the check may not be paid.
(3) The check is drawn on an account with
repeated overdrafts.
(4) We are unable to verify a signature on
the back of the check.
(5) Some information on the check is not
consistent with other information on the
check.
(6) There are apparent alterations on the
check.
(7) The routing number of the paying bank
is not a current routing number.
(8) The check is postdated.
(9) The check has a stale date, that is, it
was written too long ago and is expired.
(10) We have been notified that the check
has been lost or damaged in collection.
ii. The above list is not intended to be
comprehensive; another reason that does not
appear in the list may be inserted in place
of (‘‘reason for hold’’) provided the reason
satisfies the conditions for invoking the
reasonable cause exception.
iii. If a hold is being placed on more than
one check in a deposit, each check should be
described separately, and if different reasons
apply, each reason should be indicated.fi A
bank may use the actual date when funds
will be available for withdrawal rather than
the number of the business day following the
day of deposit. A bank ømust incorporate in
the notice¿flmay usefi the material set out
in brackets if it imposes overdraft or
returned-check fees after invoking the
reasonable-cause exception under section
229.13(e).
ø4¿fl3fi. Model C–ø14¿fl10fi, OneTime Notice for Large-Deposit and
Redeposited-Check Exception Holds. This
model satisfies the notice requirements of
section 229.13(g)(2) concerning nonconsumer
accounts.
ø5¿fl4fi. Model C–ø15¿fl11fi, OneTime Notice for Repeated-Overdraft
Exception Hold. This model satisfies the
notice requirements of section 229.13(g)(3).
ø6¿fl5fi. Modelflsfi C–ø16¿fl12Afi,
Case-by-Case Hold Notice flWithout CashWithdrawal Limitation; and C–
ø16B¿fl12Bfi, Case-by-Case Hold Notice
With Cash-Withdrawal Limitation.fi øThis
model¿ flThese modelsfi satisfies the
notice required under section 229.16(c)(2)
when a bank with a case-by-case hold policy
imposes a hold on a deposit. flModel caseby-case hold notice C–12A may be used by
a bank that imposes a case-by-case hold, but
does not have a policy of imposing the cashwithdrawal limitation permitted by section
229.12(b), whereas model notice C–12B may
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
be used by a bank that imposes such a hold
and does have such a policy.
Section 229.16(c)(2)fi øThis notice¿ does
not require a statement of the specific reason
for the hold, as is the case when a section
229.13 exception hold is placed. A bank may
specify the actual date when funds will be
available for withdrawal rather than the
number of the business day following the day
of deposit when funds will be available. A
bank must incorporate in the notice the
material set out in brackets if it imposes
overdraft fees after invoking a case-by-case
hold.
ø7¿fl6fi. Model C–ø17¿fl13fi, Notice at
Locations Where Employees Accept
Consumer Depositsfl;fiø,¿ and Model C–
ø18¿fl14fi, Notice at Locations Where
Employees Accept Consumer Deposits (Caseby-Case Holds)
fla.fi These models satisfy the notice
requirement of section 229.18(b). Model C–
ø17¿fl13fi reflects an availability policy of
holds to statutory limits on all deposits, and
model C–ø18¿fl14fi reflects a case-by-case
availability policy.
flb. i. Model C–13 indicates that funds
from cash deposits and wire transfers will be
available on the business day following
receipt. A bank that uses this model but that
makes funds from these types of deposits
available the same day they are received—
i.e., a bank that places holds to statutory
limits only on check deposits—may modify
the form accordingly to reflect the bank’s
practice. In contrast, model C–14 indicates
that funds from cash deposits and wire
transfers will be available on the day
received. A bank that uses this model should
modify its disclosure to indicate that funds
from these types of deposits will be available
on the next day if that reflects the bank’s
practice. A bank should ensure that its notice
reflects the availability given in most cases
for these types of deposits.
ii. A bank that imposes cash-withdrawal
limitations under section 229.12(b) should
indicate that funds will generally be available
by the third, rather than second, business day
after the day of deposit, by replacing
‘‘(number)’’ in the lower-right-hand box of the
tables in the models with ‘‘third’’ (rather than
second).fi
ø8¿fl7fi. Model C–ø19¿fl15fi, Notice at
Automated Teller Machinesfl.fi This model
satisfies the ATM notice requirement of
section 229.18(c)(1).
ø9¿fl8fi. Model C–ø20¿fl16fi, Notice at
Automated Teller Machines (Delayed
Receipt)fl.fi This model satisfies the ATM
notice requirement of section 229.18(c)(2)
when receipt of deposits at off-premises
ATMs is delayed under section 229.19(a)(4).
It is based on collection of deposits once a
week. If collections occur more or less
frequently, the description of when deposits
are received must be adjusted accordingly.
ø10¿fl9fi. Model C–ø21¿fl22fi, DepositSlip Noticefl.fi This model satisfies the
notice requirements of section 229.18(a) for
deposit slips.
ø11¿fl10fi. Models C–ø22¿fl18fi
Through C–ø25¿fl21fi Generallyfl.fi
Models C–ø22¿fl18fi through C–
ø25¿fl21fi provide models for the various
notices required when a consumer who
PO 00000
Frm 00113
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16973
receives substitute checks makes an
expedited recredit claim under section
229.54 for a loss related to a substitute check.
The Check 21 Act does not provide banks
that use these models with a safe harbor.
However, the Board has published these
models to aid banks’ efforts to comply with
section 229.54(e).
ø12¿fl11fi. Model C–ø22¿fl18fi, ValidClaim Refund Noticefl.fi A bank may use
this model when crediting the entire amount
or the remaining amount of a consumer’s
expedited-recredit claim after determining
that the consumer’s claim is valid. This
notice could be used when the bank provides
the consumer a full recredit based on a validclaim determination within ten days of the
receipt of the consumer’s claim or when the
bank recredits the remaining amount of a
consumer’s expedited-recredit claim by the
45th calendar day after receiving the
consumer’s claim, as required under section
229.54(e)(1).
ø13¿fl12fi. Model C–ø23¿fl19fi,
Provisional-Refund Noticefl.fi A bank may
use this model when providing a full or
partial expedited recredit to a consumer
pending further investigation of the
consumer’s claim, as required under section
229.54(e)(1).
ø14¿fl13fi. Model C–ø24¿fl20fi, Denial
Noticefl.fi A bank may use this model
when denying a claim for an expedited
recredit under section 229.54(e)(2).
ø15¿fl14fi. Model C–ø25¿fl21fi,
Reversal Noticefl.fi A bank may use this
model when reversing an expedited recredit
that was credited to a consumer’s account
under section 229.54(e)(3).
37. Revise Appendix F to Part 229 to
read as follows:
flAppendix F to Part 229—Official
Board Interpretations; Preemption
Determinations
Uniform Commercial Code, Section 4–213(5)
1. State provision that may supersede
Regulation CC
Section 4–213(5) of the Uniform
Commercial Code (‘‘U.C.C.’’) provides that
money deposited in a bank is available for
withdrawal as of right at the opening of
business of the banking day after deposit.
Although the language ‘‘deposited in a bank’’
is unclear, arguably it is broader than the
language ‘‘made in person to an employee of
the depositary bank,’’ which conditions the
next-day availability of cash under
Regulation CC (§ 229.10(a)(1)). Under
Regulation CC, deposits of cash that are not
made in person to an employee of the
depositary bank must be made available by
the second business day after the banking
day of deposit (§ 229.10(a)(2)). Therefore, this
provision of the U.C.C. may call for the
availability of certain cash deposits in a
shorter time than provided in Regulation CC.
To the extent that section 4–213(5) of the
U.C.C. requires certain cash deposits in a
shorter time than provided in Regulation CC,
that section supersedes Regulation CC.
2. State provision superseded by
Regulation CC
Section 4–213(5) of the U.C.C., however, is
subject to Section 4–103(1), which provides,
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
16974
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
in part, that ‘‘the effect of the provisions of
this Article may be varied by agreement
* * *.’’ The Regulation CC funds availability
requirements may not be varied by
agreement. Therefore, a depositary bank may
agree to extend availability beyond the
requirement of section 4–213(5), but may not
agree with its customer under section 4–
103(1) of the Code to extend availability
beyond the time periods provided in
§ 229.10(a) of Regulation CC.
Other preemption determinations
California
California has three separate sets of
regulations establishing maximum
availability schedules, all adopted pursuant
to California Financial Code section 866.5
(which requires the banking commissioners
to promulgate regulations establishing a
reasonable period of time within which a
depository institution must make deposited
funds available to customers) and California
Commercial Code section 4–213(4)(a), that
were in effect on or before September 1,
1989. The regulations applicable to
commercial banks and branches of foreign
banks (collectively, banks) located in
California (Cal. Admin. Code tit. 10,
§§ 10.190401–10.190402) were promulgated
by the superintendent of banks. The
regulations applicable to savings banks and
savings and loan associations (collectively,
savings institutions) (Cal. Admin. Code tit.
10, §§ 106.200–106.202) were promulgated
by the savings and loan commissioner. The
regulations applicable to industrial loan
companies (Cal. Admin. Code tit. 10,
§ 40.101) were promulgated by the
Commissioner of Corporations. California
Financial Code section 867 also establishes
availability periods for funds deposited by
cashier’s check, certified check, teller’s
check, or depository check under certain
circumstances. Finally, California Financial
Code section 866.2 establishes disclosure
requirements.
1. Funds availability periods
A. Banks and savings institutions.
The regulations applicable to California
banks and savings institutions provide that a
depositary bank shall make funds deposited
into a deposit account available for
withdrawal as provided in Regulation CC,
subject to the following:
Cashier’s checks, teller’s checks, certified
checks, or depository checks. Section 867 of
the California Financial Code requires
depository institutions to make funds
deposited by cashier’s check, teller’s check,
certified check, or depository check available
for withdrawal on the second business day
following deposit, if certain conditions are
met. The Regulation CC next-day availability
requirement for cashier’s checks and teller’s
checks applies only to those checks issued to
a customer of the bank or acquired from the
bank for remittance purposes. To the extent
that the state’s second-day availability
requirement applies to cashier’s and teller’s
checks issued to a non-customer of the bank
for other than remittance purposes, the state
two-day requirement provides for holds of
the same number of days as the federal
schedules and therefore supersedes the
federal schedules if the California regulations
do not allow the funds to be made available
later in the day than does Regulation CC.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
Checks drawn on in-state bank with a
different four-digit routing symbol. California
regulations require banks (not including
savings institutions) to provide fourth
business day availability of funds deposited
into a bank with a four-digit routing symbol
of 1210 (‘‘1210 bank’’) by a check drawn on
an in-state bank with a four-digit routing
symbol of 1220 (‘‘1220 bank’’). Similarly, a
1220 bank that receives a check drawn on a
1210, in-state bank may make the funds
available for withdrawal by the fourth
business day after the day of deposit.
Regulation CC, however, provides that
checks must be made available for
withdrawal by the second business day after
the banking day of deposit. Because
California’s regulations permit depositary
banks to make funds available within a
longer period of time than the federal
schedules, California’s regulations are
superseded by the EFA Act and subpart B of
Regulation CC.
Paying bank. The California regulation
uses the term paying bank when describing
the institution on which these checks are
drawn, but does not define paying bank or
bank. Regulation CC’s definitions of paying
bank and bank include savings institutions
and credit unions as well as commercial
banks and branches of foreign banks.
However, because the California regulation
makes separate provisions for checks drawn
on savings institutions and credit unions, the
Board concludes that the term paying bank,
as used in the California regulation, includes
only commercial banks and foreign bank
branches.
Exceptions to the availability schedules.
Under the state preemption standards of
Regulation CC (see § 229.20(c) and
accompanying Commentary), for deposits
subject to the state availability schedules, a
state exception may be used to extend the
state availability schedule up to the federal
availability schedule. Once the deposit is
held up to the federal availability schedule
limit under a state exception, the depositary
bank may further extend the hold under any
federal exception that can be applied to the
deposit. If no state exceptions exist, then no
exceptions holds may be placed on deposits
covered by state schedules. Thus, to the
extent that California law provides for
exceptions to the California schedules that
supersede Regulation CC, those exceptions
may be applied in order to extend the state
availability schedules up to the federal
availability schedules or such later time as is
permitted by a federal exception.
B. Industrial loan companies.
Section 229.2(e)(1)(i) of Regulation CC, the
term bank includes an insured bank as
defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813). That Act
defines bank to include any State bank (12
U.S.C. 1813(a)(1)(A)) and, in turn, defines
State bank to include an industrial bank or
similar depository institution that receives
deposits and is incorporated under the laws
of any state (12 U.S.C. 1813(a)(2)). The
California regulations applicable to industrial
loan companies set forth a funds availability
schedule that does not incorporate the
periods set forth in Regulation CC.
Accordingly, the following preemption
PO 00000
Frm 00114
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
determination sets forth the provisions of
state law that supersede federal law and
those that are preempted by it.
Check of $100 or less. California
regulations require industrial loan companies
to give next-day availability to a check of
$100 or less. Therefore, the California
provision supersedes the Regulation CC
provision if on a single banking day multiple
checks, each under $100, are deposited.
U.S. Treasury, state and local government
checks. California regulations require
industrial loan companies to give next-day
availability to items drawn by the State of
California or any of its departments, agencies,
or political subdivisions. Regulation CC
conditions next-day availability on receipt of
the deposit at a staffed teller station or use
of a special deposit slip. Therefore, California
law supersedes the federal law in that the
state law does not condition next-day
availability on receipt at a staffed teller
station or use of a special deposit slip.
On-us checks. California regulations
require industrial loan companies to provide
second business day availability to checks
drawn on the depositary bank. Regulation CC
requires next-day availability for checks
deposited in a branch of the depositary bank
and drawn on the same or another branch of
the same bank. Thus, generally, the
Regulation CC rule for availability of on-us
checks preempts the California regulations.
To the extent, however, that an on-us check
is deposited at an off-premises ATM or
another facility of the depositary bank that is
not considered a branch under federal law,
the state regulation supersedes the
Regulation CC availability requirements.
Cashier’s checks, teller’s checks, certified
checks, or depository checks. Section 867 of
the California Financial Code requires
depository institutions to make funds
deposited by cashier’s check, teller’s check,
certified check, or depository check available
for withdrawal on the second business day
following deposit, if certain conditions are
met. The Regulation CC next-day availability
requirement for cashier’s checks and teller’s
checks applies only to those checks issued to
a customer of the bank or acquired from the
bank for remittance purposes. To the extent
that the state second-day availability
requirement applies to cashier’s and teller’s
checks issued to a non-customer of the bank
for other than remittance purposes, the state
two-day requirement provides for holds of
the same number of days as the federal
schedules and therefore supersedes the
federal local and nonlocal schedules if the
California regulations do not allow the funds
to be made available later in the day than
does Regulation CC.
In-state and out-of-state checks. California
regulations require industrial loan companies
to make funds deposited by a check drawn
on a depository institution in California
available no later than the sixth business day
after deposit. Industrial loan companies are
required to make funds deposited by a check
drawn on a depository institution outside of
California available no later than the twelfth
business day after deposit. Regulation CC,
however, generally requires depositary banks
to make funds deposited by a check drawn
on any depository bank available no later
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
than the second business day after deposit.
Accordingly, California’s regulation
permitting longer holds by industrial loan
companies is preempted by Regulation CC.
Exceptions to the availability schedules.
California regulations provide exceptions to
the state availability schedules applicable to
industrial loan companies for large deposits,
new accounts, repeated overdrafters,
doubtful collectibility, foreign items, and
emergency conditions. In all cases where the
federal availability schedule preempts the
state schedule, only the federal exceptions
will apply. For deposits that are covered by
the state’s availability schedule (e.g.,
cashier’s or teller’s checks that are not
deposited with a special deposit slip or at a
staff teller station and on-us checks deposited
at an off-premises ATM or another facility of
the depositary bank that is not considered a
branch under federal law), the state
exceptions may be used to extend the state
availability schedule up to the federal
availability schedule. Once the deposit is
held up to the federal availability limit under
a state exception, the depositary bank may
further extend the hold under any federal
exception that can be applied to the deposit.
Any time a depositary bank invokes an
exception to extend a hold beyond the time
periods otherwise permitted by law, it must
give notice of the extended hold to its
customer in accordance with § 229.13(g) of
Regulation CC.
2. Disclosures
California law (Cal. Fin. Code § 866.2)
requires depository institutions to provide
written disclosures of their general
availability policies to potential customers
prior to opening any deposit account. The
law also requires that preprinted deposit
slips and ATM deposit envelopes contain a
conspicuous summary of the general policy.
Finally, the law requires depository
institutions to provide specific notice of the
time the customer may withdraw funds
deposited by check or similar instrument into
a deposit account if the funds are not
available for immediate withdrawal.
Section 229.20(c)(2) of Regulation CC
provides that inconsistency may exist when
a state law provides for disclosures
concerning funds availability relating to
accounts. California Financial Code § 866.2
requires disclosures that differ from those
required by Regulation CC and, therefore, is
preempted to the extent that it applies to
accounts as defined in Regulation CC. Thus,
the state law continues to apply to savings
accounts and other accounts not governed by
Regulation CC disclosure requirements.
The Department of Savings and Loan
regulations provide that for those nontransaction accounts covered by state law but
not by federal law, disclosures in accordance
with Regulation CC will be deemed to
comply with the state law disclosure
requirements. To the extent that the
Department of Savings and Loan regulations
permit reliance on Regulation CC disclosures
for transaction accounts and to the extent the
state regulations survive the preemption of
California Financial Code § 866.2, they are
not preempted by, nor do they supersede, the
federal law. The state law continues to apply
to savings accounts and other non-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
transaction accounts not governed by
Regulation CC disclosure requirements.
3. Other general provisions
Accounts. The California funds availability
laws and regulations apply to accounts as
defined by Regulation CC as well as savings
accounts, as defined in the Board’s
Regulation D (12 CFR 204.2(d)), negotiable
order of withdrawal draft accounts, share
draft accounts and other share accounts
(other than time accounts). (California
Financial Code section 886(b)) The funds
availability schedules in Regulation CC apply
only to accounts as defined in Regulation CC,
which generally consist of transaction
accounts. The California funds availability
regulations continue to apply to deposits in
savings and other accounts (such as accounts
in which the account-holder is another bank)
that are not accounts under Regulation CC.
Under § 229.19(e) of Regulation CC (Holds on
other funds), however, the federal availability
schedules may apply to savings, time, and
other accounts not defined as accounts under
Regulation CC in certain circumstances.
Business day/banking day. The definitions
of business day and banking day in the
California regulations are preempted by the
Regulation CC definition of those terms.
Thus, for determining whether the
permissible hold under the California
schedules supersedes the Regulation CC
schedule, deposits are considered made on
the specified number of business days
following the banking day of deposit.
Availability at start of day. The California
regulations do not specify when during the
day funds must be made available for
withdrawal. Section 229.19(b) of Regulation
CC provides that funds must be made
available at the start of the business day. In
those cases where federal and state law
provide for holds for the same number of
days, to the extent that the California
regulations allow funds to be made available
later in the day than does Regulation CC, the
federal law would preempt state law.
Checks. The California law applies to any
Item (California Financial Code section 866.5
and California Commercial Code section
4213(4)(a)). The California Commercial Code
defines item to mean any instrument for the
payment of money even though it is not
negotiable * * * (Cal. Com. Code section
4104(g)). This term is broader in scope than
the definition of check in the Act and
Regulation CC. All of the regulations,
however, define the term item to include
checks, negotiable orders of withdrawal,
share drafts, warrants, and money orders. As
limited by the state regulations, the state law
applies only to instruments that are also
checks as defined in § 229.2(k) of Regulation
CC.
Illinois
Section 4–213(5) of the U.C.C. as adopted
in Illinois (Illinois Revised Statutes Chapter
26, paragraph 4–213(5), enacted July 26,
1988) provides that funds from deposits must
be available in accordance with the
provisions of the federal Expedited Funds
Availability Act (Title VI of the Competitive
Equality Banking Act of 1987) and the
regulations promulgated by the Federal
Reserve Board for the implementation of that
Act. Therefore, Section 4–213(5) of the
PO 00000
Frm 00115
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16975
Illinois law does not supersede Regulation
CC; and, because this provision of Illinois
law does not permit funds to be made
available for withdrawal in a longer period of
time than required under the Act and
Regulation, it is not preempted by Regulation
CC.
Maine
Maine’s funds availability (Title 9–B
MRSA section 241(5), adopted in 1985)
requires Maine financial institutions to make
funds deposited in a transaction account,
savings account, or time account available for
withdrawal within a reasonable period. The
Maine statute gives the Superintendent of
Banking for the State of Maine the authority
to promulgate rules setting forth time
limitations and disclosure requirements
governing funds availability. Under the
Superintendent of Banking’s regulations,
effective July 1, 1987 (Regulation 18(IV)), and
adopted amendments to this regulation,
effective September 1, 1988, funds deposited
to any deposit account in a Maine financial
institution must be made available for
withdrawal in accordance with the Act and
Regulation CC (Regulation 18–IV(A)(1), 02–
029–118 Me. Code. R. § IV). The state
regulation provides that an institution’s
funds availability policies for accounts
subject to Regulation CC be disclosed in a
manner consistent with the Regulation CC
requirements. Funds availability policies for
accounts not subject to Regulation CC must
be disclosed in accordance with the state
regulation (Regulation 18–IV(A)(2)).
Funds availability and disclosures. The
Maine regulation incorporates the Regulation
CC availability and disclosure requirements
with respect to deposits to accounts covered
by Regulation CC. Because the state
requirements are consistent with the federal
requirements, the Maine regulation is not
preempted by, nor does it supersede, the
federal law.
Accounts. The Maine funds availability
law and regulations apply to accounts as
defined by Regulation CC as well as savings
accounts, as defined in the Board’s
Regulation D (12 CFR 204.2(d)). The funds
availability schedules in Regulation CC apply
only to accounts as defined in Regulation CC,
which generally consist of transaction
accounts. The Maine funds availability law
and regulations continue to apply to deposits
in all accounts, including those that are not
accounts under Regulation CC. Under
§ 229.19(e) of Regulation CC (Holds on other
funds), however, the federal availability
schedules may apply to savings, time, and
other accounts not defined as accounts under
Regulation CC in certain circumstances.
Massachusetts
In 1988, Massachusetts amended its statute
governing funds availability (Mass. Gen. L.
ch. 167D, section 35).
1. Funds availability periods
Massachusetts requires banking
institutions to make funds available for
withdrawal in accordance with the EFA Act
and Regulation CC. Massachusetts defines
local originating depository institution (local
paying bank in Regulation CC terminology)
as a depository institution located in
Massachusetts (as distinguished from a
depository institution located in the same
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
16976
Federal Register / Vol. 76, No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 / Proposed Rules
erowe on DSK5CLS3C1PROD with PROPOSALS2
check-processing region—the terminology
the EFA Act uses). Regulation CC no longer
distinguishes between ‘‘local’’ and ‘‘nonlocal’’
originating depository institutions, and
therefore, the term ‘‘local originating
depository institution’’ is no longer relevant
for purposes of funds availability. Because
the Massachusetts statute incorporates the
Regulation CC availability requirements, the
state requirements are consistent with the
federal requirements, and the Massachusetts
statute is not preempted by, nor does it
supersede, the federal law.
2. Disclosures
The Massachusetts regulation incorporates
the Regulation CC disclosure requirements
with respect to both accounts covered by
Regulation CC and savings and other
accounts not governed by the federal
regulation. Because the state requirements
are consistent with the federal requirements,
the Massachusetts regulation is not
preempted by, nor does it supersede, the
federal law. The Massachusetts disclosure
rules would continue to apply to accounts
not governed by the Regulation CC disclosure
requirements.
3. Other general provisions
Accounts. The Massachusetts statute
governs the availability of funds deposited in
‘‘any demand deposit, negotiable order of
withdrawal account, savings deposit, share
account or other asset account.’’ Regulation
CC applies only to accounts as defined in
§ 229.2(a). Regulation CC does not affect the
Massachusetts statute to the extent that the
state law applies to deposits in savings and
other accounts (including transaction
accounts where the account holder is a bank,
foreign bank, or the U.S. Treasury) that are
not accounts under Regulation CC. Under
§ 229.19(e) of Regulation CC, Holds on other
funds, the federal availability schedules may
apply to savings, time, and other accounts
VerDate Mar<15>2010
15:17 Mar 24, 2011
Jkt 223001
not defined as accounts under Regulation CC,
in certain circumstances.
New York
In 1983, the New York State Banking
Department, pursuant to section 14–d of the
New York Banking law, issued regulations
requiring that funds deposited in an account
be made available for withdrawal within
specified time periods, and provided certain
exceptions to those availability schedules.
Part 34 of the New York State Banking
Department’s General Regulations
established time frames within which
commercial banks, trust companies, and
branches of foreign banks (collectively,
banks); and savings banks, savings and loan
associations, and credit unions (collectively,
savings institutions) must make funds
deposited in customer accounts available for
withdrawal.
1. Funds availability periods
The Banking Department amended part 34,
effective September 1, 1988, generally to
exclude accounts covered by Regulation CC
from the scope of the state regulation, except
for deposits drawn on non-local, but in-state,
banks. The New York schedule for banks and
savings institutions permits maximum holds
on funds deposited by checks drawn on a
nonlocal, but in state, bank or savings
institution ranging from no later than the
fourth business day (in the case of banks) to
no later than the fifth business day (in the
case of savings institutions). Because
Regulation CC requires funds to be made
available no later than the second business
day (unless an exception applies, as
discussed below), Regulation CC preempts
the New York schedule for funds availability.
Exceptions to the availability schedules.
New York law provides exceptions to the
state availability schedules for large deposits,
new accounts, repeated overdrafters,
doubtful collectibility, foreign items, and
emergency conditions (part 34.5, renumbered
PO 00000
Frm 00116
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
from 34.4). In all cases where the federal
availability schedule preempts the state
schedule, only the federal exceptions will
apply. Because the federal availability
schedule preempts the state schedule for all
cases, the New York exceptions do not apply.
2. Disclosures
The revised New York regulation does not
contain funds availability disclosure
requirements applicable to accounts subject
to Regulation CC.
3. Other provisions
Accounts. The New York statute governs
the availability of funds deposited in savings
accounts and time deposits, as well as
accounts as defined in § 229.2(a) of
Regulation CC. Regulation CC applies only to
accounts as defined in § 229.2(a). Regulation
CC does not affect the New York statute to
the extent that the state law applies to
deposits in savings accounts and time
deposits, which are not accounts under
Regulation CC. Under § 229.19(e) of
Regulation CC, Holds on other funds, the
federal availability schedules may apply to
savings, time, and other accounts not defined
as accounts under Regulation CC, in certain
circumstances.
Items. The New York law and regulation
apply to items deposited to accounts. Part
34.3(e) defines item as a check, negotiable
order of withdrawal or money order
deposited into an account. The Board
interprets the definition of item in New York
law to be consistent with the definition of
check in Regulation CC (§ 229.2(k)).
By order of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System, March 3, 2011.
Robert deV Frierson,
Deputy Secretary of the Board.
[FR Doc. 2011–5449 Filed 3–24–11; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6210–01–P
E:\FR\FM\25MRP2.SGM
25MRP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 76, Number 58 (Friday, March 25, 2011)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 16862-16976]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2011-5449]
[[Page 16861]]
Vol. 76
Friday,
No. 58
March 25, 2011
Part II
Federal Reserve System
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
12 CFR Part 229
Availability of Funds and Collection of Checks; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 76 , No. 58 / Friday, March 25, 2011 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 16862]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM
12 CFR Part 229
[Regulation CC; Docket No. R-1409]
RIN No. 7100-AD68
Availability of Funds and Collection of Checks
AGENCY: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
ACTION: Proposed rule, request for comment.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Board of Governors (Board) is proposing amendments to
facilitate the banking industry's ongoing transition to fully-
electronic interbank check collection and return, including proposed
amendments to condition a depositary bank's right of expeditious return
on the depositary bank agreeing to accept returned checks
electronically either directly or indirectly from the paying bank. The
Board also is proposing amendments to the funds availability schedule
provisions to reflect the fact that there are no longer any nonlocal
checks. The Board proposes to revise the model forms that banks may use
in disclosing their funds-availability policies to their customers and
to update the preemption determinations. Finally, the Board is
requesting comment on whether it should consider future changes to the
regulation to improve the check collection system, such as decreasing
the time afforded to a paying bank to decide whether to pay a check in
order to reduce the risk to a depositary bank of having to make funds
available for withdrawal before learning whether a deposited check has
been returned unpaid.
DATES: Comments on the proposed rule must be received not later than
June 3, 2011.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. R-1409 and
RIN No. 7100-AD68, by any of the following methods:
Agency Web Site: https://www.federalreserve.gov. Follow the
instructions for submitting comments at https://www.federalreserve.gov/generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.cfm.
Federal eRulemaking Portal: https://www.regulations.gov.
Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
E-mail: regs.comments@federalreserve.gov. Include docket
number in the subject line of the message.
FAX: 202/452-3819 or 202/452-3102.
Mail: Jennifer J. Johnson, Secretary, Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System, 20th Street and Constitution Avenue,
NW., Washington, DC 20551.
All public comments are available from the Board's Web site at
https://www.federalreserve.gov/generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.cfm as
submitted, except as necessary for technical reasons. Accordingly, your
comments will not be edited to remove any identifying or contact
information. Public comments may also be viewed electronically or in
paper in Room MP-500 of the Board's Martin Building (20th and C
Streets, NW.) between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. on weekdays.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Dena L. Milligan, Attorney, (202/452-
3900), Legal Division; or Joseph P. Baressi, Financial Services Project
Leader (202/452-3959), Division of Reserve Bank Operations and Payment
Systems; for users of Telecommunication Devices for the Deaf (TDD)
only, contact 202/263-4869.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Regulation CC (12 CFR part 229) implements the Expedited Funds
Availability Act (EFA Act) and the Check Clearing for the 21st Century
Act (Check 21 Act).\1\ The Board implemented the EFA Act in subparts A,
B, and C of Regulation CC. The EFA Act was enacted to provide
depositors of checks with prompt funds availability and to foster
improvements in the check collection and return processes. Subpart A of
Regulation CC contains general information, such as definitions of
terms. Subpart B of Regulation CC specifies availability schedules
within which banks must make funds available for withdrawal. Subpart B
also includes rules regarding exceptions to the schedules, disclosure
of funds availability policies, and payment of interest. These
provisions implement specific requirements set forth in the EFA Act.
The provisions of subpart C were adopted by the Board pursuant to the
authority granted to it in Sec. Sec. 609(b) and (c) of the EFA Act.\2\
Section 609(b) directs the Board to consider requiring that depository
institutions and Federal Reserve Banks take certain steps to improve
the check-processing system, such by taking steps necessary to automate
the check-return process (Sec. 609(b)(4)).\3\ Section 609(c) grants
the Board authority to regulate any aspect of the payment system and
any related function of the payment system with respect to checks.\4\
Subpart C includes rules to speed the collection and return of checks,
such as rules covering the expeditious return responsibilities of
paying and returning banks, authorization of direct returns,
notification of nonpayment of large-dollar returns, check indorsement
standards, and same-day settlement of checks presented to the paying
bank.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Expedited Funds Availability Act, 12 U.S.C. 4001 et seq.;
Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act, 12 U.S.C. 5001 et seq.
\2\ 12 U.S.C. 4008 (b) and (c).
\3\ Section 609(b)(4) states that ``[i]n order to improve the
check processing system, the Board shall consider (among other
proposals) requiring, by regulation, that * * * the Federal Reserve
banks and depository institutions take such actions as are necessary
to automate the process of returning unpaid checks.'' 12 U.S.C.
4008(b)(4).
\4\ Section 609(c)(1) states that ``[i]n order to carry out the
provisions of this title, the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System shall have the responsibility to regulate--(A) any
aspect of the payment system, including the receipt, payment,
collection, or clearing of checks.'' 12 U.S.C. 4008(c)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subpart C's provisions presume that banks generally handle checks
in paper form. Since the provisions were adopted in 1988, however,
banks have largely migrated to an electronic interbank check collection
and return system.\5\ This migration was facilitated by the Check 21
Act,\6\ which became effective in October 2004 and is implemented in
subparts A and D of Regulation CC. The Check 21 Act permits banks to
use a properly prepared substitute check in place of the original
check, which enables banks to take the original check out of the
collection and return process and to handle check images for much of
the check collection and return process without having to retain the
original check. The Check 21 Act has been a catalyst for rapid growth
in banks' electronic handling of checks over the last 5 years. For
example, at year-end 2005, the Reserve Banks received about 4 percent
of checks deposited with them for collection in electronic form and
presented approximately 28 percent of their checks in electronic
form.\7\ In December 2010, the Reserve Banks received about 99.7
percent of checks deposited for forward collection electronically, and
presented about 98.4 percent of checks electronically. In addition, at
the end of 2005 virtually all returned checks handled by the Reserve
Banks were sent to and from the Reserve Banks in paper form. By
December 2010, the Reserve Banks received 97.1 percent of returned
checks
[[Page 16863]]
electronically, and delivered about 76.7 percent of returned checks to
depositary banks electronically.\8\ Based on information from banking
industry sources, the Board believes that these trends with respect to
checks handled by the Reserve Banks are representative of trends
nationwide.\9\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\5\ Certain provisions, such as the same-day settlement
provisions in Sec. 229.36(f), were adopted at later times.
\6\ Public Law 108-100, 117 Stat. 1177 (codified at 12 U.S.C.
5001-5018) (2003).
\7\ Prior to the Check 21 Act, the Reserve Banks presented about
20 to 25 percent of their check volume electronically, primarily
under MICR-presentment programs.
\8\ The proportion of returned checks the Reserve Banks
delivered electronically to the depositary bank increased from 28
percent in June 2009 to 76.7 percent in December 2010. The
proportion of depositary banks to which the Reserve Banks deliver
returns electronically, while lower, has also increased, from 8
percent in June 2009 to 52 percent in December 2010.
\9\ The Electronic Check Clearing House Organization (ECCHO)
collects data from various check-clearing intermediaries, including
the Reserve Banks, to estimate the percent of interbank checks that
are presented electronically. See https://www.eccho.org/check_ps.php.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Overview of the Proposal
I. Amendments To Encourage Electronic Check Clearing and Check Return
As a general matter, the Board believes that electronic check-
clearing and check-return methods improve the efficiency of the check
system. Electronic methods are faster and more resilient, and, at the
same time, they are less costly and less error prone. Despite the
increasing number of checks presented and returned electronically, some
banks continue to demand paper returned checks or present paper checks
for same-day settlement under Sec. 229.36(f) of Regulation CC. The
full benefits and cost savings of the electronic methods, however,
cannot be realized so long as some banks continue to employ paper-
processing methods. Accordingly, under its authority provided in Sec.
609(c) of the EFA Act, the Board is proposing amendments to subpart C
of Regulation CC to provide incentives for depositary banks to receive,
and paying banks to send, returned checks electronically. The Board
also is proposing amendments to the same-day settlement provisions to
promote electronic presentment of checks. Further, based on experience
since the Check 21 Act became effective, the Board is proposing minor
amendments to subpart D of Regulation CC with respect to substitute
checks.
A. Expeditious-Return Rule
1. Current Rule
Regulation CC currently provides that if a paying bank determines
not to pay a check, it must return the check in an expeditious manner,
as provided under either the ``two-day/four-day test'' (Sec.
229.30(a)(1)), or the ``forward-collection test'' ((Sec.
229.30(a)(2)).\10\ To meet the two-day/four-day test, a paying bank
must send a returned local check in a manner such that the check would
normally be received by the depositary bank not later than 4 p.m. local
time of the depositary bank on the second business day following the
banking day on which the check was presented to the paying bank. For
nonlocal checks, a paying bank must send a returned check in a manner
such that the check would normally be received by the depositary bank
not later than 4 p.m. local time of the depositary bank on the fourth
business day following the banking day on which the check was presented
to the paying bank. Because there now is only one Federal Reserve Bank
check-processing region, there are no longer any nonlocal checks, and
the four-day test applies to a null set of checks.\11\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ Section 229.31(a) sets forth similar tests for returning
banks.
\11\ A local check is a check drawn on a paying bank located in
the same check-processing region as the depositary bank. 12 CFR
229.2(r). A nonlocal check is a check drawn on a paying bank located
in a different check-processing region as the depositary bank. 12
CFR 229.2(v).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The forward-collection test is satisfied if a paying bank sends the
returned check in a manner that a similarly situated bank would send a
check (i) of similar amount as the returned check, (ii) drawn on the
depositary bank, and (iii) deposited for forward collection in the
similarly situated bank by noon on the banking day following the
banking day on which the check was presented to the paying bank.\12\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\12\ The forward-collection test is satisfied if the paying bank
``returns a check by means as swift as the means similarly situated
banks would use for the forward collection of a check drawn on the
depositary bank.'' See commentary to Sec. 229.30(a)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
When these tests were adopted in the late 1980s, the expeditious-
return standard presumed that banks could use the same modes of
transportation for returned checks that they used for forward-
collection checks. Delivering returned checks in the same time and
manner as forward checks would satisfy the regulation's expeditious-
return requirements. Today, by contrast, forward-check collection is
almost entirely electronic, and the dedicated air and ground
transportation for paper checks has largely been discontinued. Some
depositary banks, however, continue to require that returned checks be
delivered to them in paper form, making it difficult for paying banks
and returning banks to meet the expeditious-return requirement.
Accordingly, the full benefits and cost savings of electronic check-
return methods cannot be realized if paying banks and returning banks
must incur substantial expense to deliver returned checks to the banks
that continue to require that paper checks be returned. Moreover, as
technology has improved, the Board understands that the initial
implementation and ongoing costs incurred by a depositary bank to
receive returned items electronically have decreased substantially. For
example, the Reserve Banks now provide electronic copies of returned
checks in .pdf files to small depositary banks, which can use the .pdf
file to print substitute checks on their own premises if necessary.
Compared to alternative means of receiving electronic returns, this
approach involves only minimal upfront costs to a depositary bank, such
as the purchase of a printer capable of double-sided printing and
magnetic-ink toner cartridges.\13\ After printing the electronic
copies, the depositary bank can process them in the same way it
processes paper checks that are physically delivered to it.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\ Prior to developing the capability of providing the
electronic .pdf copies, it may have been necessary for a depositary
bank, or its processor, to develop systems capable of automated
processing of incoming electronic data files (e.g., X9.100-187
files) representing returned checks and to integrate these systems
with the bank's other existing systems, such as the bank's demand-
deposit-account systems that maintain the bank's customer balances.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Proposed Expeditious Return Requirement
The Board believes that a fully-electronic check-return system
benefits the nation's payment system, as well as consumers and
businesses. Additionally, the Board believes that electronic check
return substantially reduces risks to the check system and that the
costs to a bank to receive returned checks electronically have markedly
declined. Therefore, the Board believes that it is appropriate for the
risk of non-expeditious return to rest with a depositary bank that
chooses not to accept electronic returns. Accordingly, to encourage
depositary banks to agree to receive returned checks electronically,
and to avoid imposing increased cost on paying banks to return checks
expeditiously to depositary banks that do not accept electronic
returns, the Board proposes to amend Regulation CC to provide that a
depositary bank would not be entitled to expeditious return unless it
agrees to receive electronic returns directly or indirectly from the
paying bank returning the check.\14\ The Board proposes to define a new
term,
[[Page 16864]]
``electronic return,'' and to establish requirements for an item to
qualify as an electronic return.\15\ Under the proposal, an electronic
return would be treated as if it were a check for purposes of subpart C
of the regulation (See Sec. 229.33 in the section-by-section
analysis).\16\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\14\ The paying bank initiating the return would still be
subject to the midnight deadline for all returned checks. See
Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) Sec. 4-302.
\15\ See proposed Sec. 229.2(v) (definition of ``electronic
return'') in the section-by-section analysis.
\16\ See proposed Sec. 229.34 in the section-by-section
analysis for warranties made with respect to electronic returns.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sections 229.30(a) and 229.31(a), respectively, would continue to
set forth the general expeditious return rule for paying banks and
returning banks. Proposed Sec. Sec. 229.30(b) and 229.31(b) would set
forth the exceptions to the expeditious return requirements, one of
which would be a new exception: There is no expeditious return
requirement if the depositary bank has not agreed to accept the
returned check electronically as described in proposed Sec. 229.32(a).
Under proposed Sec. 229.32(a), a depositary bank may agree to receive
an ``electronic return'' from the paying bank so as to be entitled to
expeditious return: (1) Directly from the paying bank; (2) directly
from a returning bank that holds itself out as willing to accept
electronic returns directly or indirectly from the paying bank and has
agreed to return checks expeditiously under Sec. 229.31(a); or (3) as
otherwise agreed with the paying bank, such as through a network
provided by a clearing house or other third party.
The Board proposes to delete the forward-collection test for
expeditious return from Sec. Sec. 229.30(a) and 229.31(a). This test
was originally included because paying banks and returning banks were
in some cases (such as that of a remote depositary bank) not able to
meet the two-day/four-day test, and the forward-collection test
provided that in these cases paying banks and returning banks
nonetheless satisfied the expeditious return requirement so long as the
returned check was delivered to the depositary bank in the same time
and manner that a forward-collection check would be delivered to the
bank (in its role as paying bank). Given that under the Board's
proposal, however, a paying bank or returning bank must satisfy the
expeditious return requirement only if the depositary bank agrees to
receive electronic returns, a paying bank or returning bank should
always be able to satisfy the two-day test with respect to a depositary
bank to which the test applies. Specifically, geographic remoteness of
a depositary bank from the paying bank should not preclude an
electronic return from reaching the depositary bank within two business
days of a check's presentment to the paying bank. Accordingly, the
Board believes that the forward-collection test is not necessary in
light of the Board's proposal.
Additionally, because there are no longer nonlocal checks (see the
discussion below in section III), the four-day test for expeditious
return of a nonlocal check no longer applies to any checks, and the
Board proposes to eliminate that test as well. Under the Board's
proposed rule, the two-day test for expeditious return will be the only
test in Sec. Sec. 229.30(a) and 229.31(a). Therefore, a paying bank or
returning bank would have to send the returned check expeditiously such
that the depositary bank would normally receive the check no later than
4 p.m. (local time of the depositary bank) on the second business day
following the banking day on which the check was presented to the
paying bank.
3. Alternate Approaches Considered
The Board requests comment on alternate approaches to revising the
expeditious return rule to encourage electronic returns. One possible
alternate approach would require a bank that holds itself out as a
returning bank to accept an electronic return from any other bank that
similarly holds itself out as a returning bank. This approach would
ensure that even if the paying bank and depositary bank had electronic
return agreements with different returning banks, the electronic return
could reach the depositary bank. This approach, however, may be costly
for returning banks to implement, because they would have to establish
electronic return connections and agreements with every other returning
bank. A second alternative would require an electronic return to be
returned through the forward-collection chain (essentially reverting to
the pre-Regulation CC rule). Some depositary banks, however, have
arrangements under which returned checks are delivered to a different
location than that from which the depositary bank sends its checks for
forward collection.\17\ The second alternative might impose barriers to
these arrangements. Both of these alternatives therefore appeared to be
more operationally complex and costly than the proposed approach.
Nonetheless, the Board requests comment on the desirability of these
and other alternatives to the Board's proposal.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\17\ For example, a depositary bank may collect checks through a
correspondent bank or processor, but have returned checks delivered
directly to the depositary bank itself. Conversely, a depositary
bank may arrange with another bank to apply the other bank's
indorsement as the depositary-bank indorsement, such that depositary
bank's returned checks are handled by the other bank. See Sec.
229.35(d).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Notice of Nonpayment Requirement
Under current Sec. 229.33(a), if a paying bank determines not to
pay a check in the amount of $2,500 or more, it must provide notice of
nonpayment such that the notice is received by the depositary bank by 4
p.m. (local time) on the second business day following the banking day
on which the check was presented to the paying bank. Return of the
check itself satisfies the notice of nonpayment requirement if the
return meets the timeframe requirement for a notice of nonpayment. The
current two-day timeframe for notice of nonpayment is the same as the
two-day timeframe for expeditious return set forth in proposed
Sec. Sec. 229.30(a) and 229.31(a). Accordingly, because a depositary
bank should receive the returned check within the current notice-of-
nonpayment timeframe, the Board proposes to delete the notice of
nonpayment provision as unnecessary.
Under the Board's proposal, a depositary bank that does not agree
to receive electronic returns from the paying bank, as specified in
Sec. 229.32(a), will not receive expeditious return or a notice of
nonpayment. The Board, however, believes that the proposed changes give
depositary banks a strong incentive to make arrangements to receive
returns electronically. The Board requests comment on whether the
notice-of-nonpayment requirement should be retained for banks that do
not agree to accept electronic returns in a nearly all-electronic
environment.
C. Same-Day Settlement Rule
Section 229.36(f) requires a paying bank to provide same-day
settlement for checks presented in accordance with reasonable delivery
requirements established by the paying bank and presented at a location
designated by the paying bank and by 8 a.m. (local time of the paying
bank) on a business day. Prior to the Regulation CC same-day settlement
rule, which became effective in 1994, private-sector collecting banks
sometimes (1) did not obtain settlement from the paying bank until the
day after presentment or (2) were charged ``presentment fees'' by the
paying bank, which the paying bank would deduct from the amount it paid
in settlement of the checks presented to it.\18\ By contrast, under
Sec. Sec. 13(1) and 16(13) of the Federal Reserve Act and Sec.
210.9(b)(1) of Regulation J (12 CFR
[[Page 16865]]
part 210), the Reserve Banks obtain same-day settlement at par for
checks presented to a paying bank before its cut-off hour, which is
generally 2:00 p.m. or later.\19\ To reduce the competitive disparity
between the Reserve Banks and other collecting banks, and to more
equitably balance the bargaining power between collecting and paying
banks, the same-day settlement rule (1) required a paying bank to
provide same-day settlement to a private-sector collecting bank,
provided that presentment was made by 8 a.m. in accordance with
reasonable delivery requirements established by the paying bank and (2)
prohibited the paying bank from deducting fees from the amount of its
settlement for checks presented in accordance with the terms of the
rule.\20\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\18\ 57 FR 46956 (Oct. 14, 1992).
\19\ Times are stated as local time of the paying bank.
\20\ In April 1988 the Board requested comment on a proposal
requiring paying banks to settle on the day of presentment for
checks presented by any bank prior to 2 p.m., i.e., the same
timeframe as is applicable to the Reserve Banks. (53 FR 11911 (Apr.
11, 1988)) The overwhelming majority of commenters, however,
objected to the proposed 2 p.m. deadline because they believed that
it would severely disrupt corporate cash management and controlled
disbursement services, as well as paying banks' operations. See 57
FR 46956, 46957 (Oct. 14, 1992).
Further, in March 1998, the Board requested comment on the
effect of the same-day settlement rule, and on whether remaining
legal discrepancies between the Reserve Banks and private-sector
collecting banks, such as the 8 a.m. versus 2 p.m. presentment time
for same-day settlement, should be further reduced (63 FR 12700,
Mar. 16, 1998). Most commenters did not believe that the six-hour
difference in presentment deadlines or other remaining legal
disparities were a significant impediment to the ability of private-
sector collecting banks to compete with the Reserve Banks. See 63 FR
68701, 68703 (Dec. 14, 1998). The Board concluded that the costs
associated with reducing the remaining legal disparities would
outweigh any payments system efficiency gains, and therefore decided
not to propose any specific regulatory changes.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As noted above, the Check 21 Act facilitated substantial changes in
the manner in which checks are collected in the United States. In
December 2010, the Reserve Banks received about 99.7 percent of check-
collection volume electronically, and presented about 98.4 percent of
their volume electronically. Many paying banks that receive check
presentments electronically have indicated that they prefer to receive
all of their interbank check presentments electronically, so that they
can streamline their back-office operations and eliminate the costs
associated with processing paper-check presentments. Some collecting
banks, however, continue to present paper checks to these paying banks
under the Regulation CC same-day settlement rule.
To encourage the banking industry's ongoing transition to fully-
electronic interbank check clearing, the Board proposes to allow a
paying bank to require checks presented for same-day settlement to be
presented electronically as ``electronic collection items.'' A paying
bank, however, must have agreed to receive electronic collection items
from the presenting bank under proposed Sec. 229.36(a). Similar to
electronic returns, the Board proposes to define a new term,
``electronic collection item,'' and to establish substantive
requirements for an item to qualify as an electronic collection item.
Under the proposal, the timeframes, deadlines, and settlement methods
for same-day settlement presentments of electronic collection items
would be the same as those currently in effect for same-day settlement
presentments of paper checks. The proposed definition of an electronic
collection item and the ways by which a paying bank agrees to accept
electronic presentment items from a presenting bank are discussed more
below in the section-by-section analysis of proposed Sec. Sec.
229.2(s) and 229.36(a), respectively.
The proposed rule would not preclude interbank presentment of
checks in paper form; settlement for such presentments would be subject
to the UCC, Sec. 229.36(d) if the paying bank has not specified that
checks presented for same-day settlement be presented as electronic
collection items, or Regulation J.\21\ The Board requests comment on
the proposed modification to the same-day settlement rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\21\ See UCC 4-213 and 4-301.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
II. Electronic Items Not Derived From Checks
The Board is aware of industry practices in which an electronic
image of a ``check'' is created, but a check never existed in paper
(``electronically-created items''). For example, payees collect payment
by means of electronically-created items (i.e., items that never
existed in paper form) that resemble images of remotely created checks.
Similarly, the drawer's bank (the paying bank) might supply a smart-
phone application through which the drawer is able to execute a
``handwritten'' signature on the phone's screen, and through which the
signature is attached to an electronic ``check'' that the drawer sends
via the Internet to the payee, for the payee's subsequent electronic
deposit with its bank.
An electronically-created item is not derived from an original
paper check, and therefore it cannot be used to create a substitute
check that meets the requirements of the Check 21 Act and Regulation
CC.\22\ As a practical matter, a bank (including perhaps the depositary
bank) receiving an electronically-created item cannot distinguish the
item from any other image of a check that it receives electronically.
The bank, nonetheless, may transfer the image as if it were an
electronic collection item or electronic return, or produce a paper
item that is indistinguishable from a substitute check (although not a
valid substitute check because the item never existed in paper). A bank
that transfers an image as if it were an electronic collection item or
electronic return may be liable under the proposed new warranties (see
proposed Sec. 229.34) related to electronic collection items and
electronic returns, or may be liable for breach of the Check 21 Act's
warranty that a substitute check accurately represents all of the
information from the original check as of the time the original check
was truncated. In order to protect a bank that receives an
electronically-created item from another bank from potential liability,
the Board proposes that any bank transferring an electronically-created
image and related information as either an electronic collection item
or an electronic return would make any warranty the bank would make if
the electronically-created item were in fact an electronic collection
item or an electronic return (in other words, as if the item were
derived from a paper check). As discussed in the section-by-section
analysis of proposed Sec. 229.34, the proposal would apply the same
warranties to electronic collection items and electronic returns that
would apply had those items been handled as paper checks (including
remotely created checks) or substitute checks.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\22\ Under the terms of the Check 21 Act, a substitute check is
a paper reproduction of an original check that contains an image of
the front and back of the original check. Regulation CC defines
original check as ``the first paper check issued with respect to a
particular payment transaction.'' In the case of an electronically
created item, there is no original check of which a substitute check
can be a reproduction.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As a result of these proposed new warranties, a bank receiving a
warranty claim related to an electronic collection item, electronic
return, or a nonconforming substitute check could pass back its
liability for the item to the bank from which it had received the
electronically-created image and information. Although in some
instances the first bank to make the warranty also may not know whether
an image and information came from a paper instrument, the Board
believes that that bank is in the best position to
[[Page 16866]]
know and to protect itself contractually against the risk that it did
not.
As noted above, a bank often cannot distinguish between electronic
items derived from paper checks and electronically-created items.
Therefore, under the proposal, banks might treat electronically-created
items as if they were electronic collection items or electronic
returns. The Board requests comment on whether, in addition to the
proposed warranties discussed above, it should in the future consider
making an electronically-created item subject to subpart C of
Regulation CC as if it were a check. Such a change would result, for
example, in the paying bank to which the item is presented being
subject to the regulation's expeditious-return requirement. The Board
emphasizes that the proposed warranties, as well as making
electronically-created items subject to subpart C as if they were
checks, would not necessarily affect any future determinations by the
Board or the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection as to whether such
electronically-created items are electronic fund transfers subject to
Regulation E (12 CFR part 205).
The Board proposes that the existing warranties related to remotely
created checks be extended to electronically-created items that
resemble images of remotely created checks. As a general matter, the
Board is not aware of reliable data regarding the prevalence of
remotely created checks and similar electronically-created items.\23\
The Board requests comment on the frequency of use of these types of
checks and items, the rate at which they are returned unpaid, and the
extent to which payees have valid reasons to obtain payment by means of
these items, as opposed to using an ACH debit transaction or other
means.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\23\ Banks cannot readily differentiate remotely created checks
and electronically-created items that resemble remotely created
checks from regular checks, which makes data regarding these items
difficult to obtain.
In March 2008, the Reserve Banks published an estimate, based on
visual inspection of a sample of about 35,000 checks, that about one
percent of all checks in 2007 were remotely created. See page 33 of
the Reserve Banks' 2007 Check Sample Study: https://www.frbservices.org/files/communications/pdf/research/2007_check_sample_study.pdf. The study's definition of the item in question
was somewhat different than Regulation CC's definition of a remotely
created check.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
III. Amendments Related to the Elimination of Nonlocal Checks
In response to the continued nationwide decline in check usage and
banks' rapidly increasing use of electronic check-clearing methods
since the Check 21 Act, as well as to meet the cost recovery
requirements of the Monetary Control Act of 1980, the Federal Reserve
Banks have ceased check-processing operations at all of their check-
processing offices except one.\24\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\24\ In 2003, the Reserve Banks had 45 check-processing offices.
Cleveland became the sole remaining Reserve Bank check-processing
office on February 27, 2010. Historically, appendix A to Regulation
CC identified each Federal Reserve Bank check-processing office and
listed under each office the first four digits of the routing
numbers of the depository institutions served by that office.
Appendix A thereby helped depositary banks determine whether a
deposited check's paying bank was local or nonlocal. In conjunction
with the Reserve Banks' cessation of check-processing activities at
each office, the Board published conforming amendments to appendix A
so that the appendix accurately reflected which institutions were
served by each remaining office. With Cleveland now the sole office,
all paying banks' routing symbols are listed under it.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The EFA Act's and Regulation CC's funds-availability schedule
differentiates between ``local checks'' and ``nonlocal checks,'' which
are defined in terms of which ``check-processing region'' the paying
bank is located in relative to the depositary bank.\25\ The EFA Act and
Regulation CC define a ``check-processing region'' in terms of the
geographical area served by a Federal Reserve Bank check-processing
center.\26\ The Reserve Banks' office closures have had the effect of
reducing to one the number of check-processing regions. Accordingly,
there are no more ``nonlocal checks,'' because all paying banks and
depositary banks are located in the same check-processing region.\27\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\25\ 12 CFR 229.2(r) and 229.2(v). A ``local check'' is one that
is payable by a bank located in the same check-processing region as
the depositary bank. By contrast, a ``nonlocal check'' is one that
is payable by a bank located in a different check-processing region
than the depositary bank.
\26\ Section 602(9) of EFA Act defines check processing region
as ``the geographical area served by a Federal Reserve bank check
processing center or such larger area as the Board may prescribe by
regulations.'' Section 229.2(m) defines check processing region as
``the geographical area served by an office of a Federal Reserve
Bank for purposes of its check-processing activities.''
\27\ A deposit of a ``local check'' receives two-day funds
availability under the regulation, whereas nonlocal checks received
five-day availability. The elimination of nonlocal checks therefore
has improved funds availability for banks' customers.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Because there are no more nonlocal checks, certain provisions in
the regulation can be substantially simplified. Specifically, the Board
proposes to delete the definitions in subpart A that relate to
distinguishing local from nonlocal checks (specifically, the
definitions of ``check-processing region,'' ``local check,'' ``local
paying bank,'' ``nonlocal check,'' and ``nonlocal paying bank''), as
well as the related portions of appendix A to the regulation. The Board
also proposes to streamline the funds-availability and disclosure
provisions in subpart B and to update the model funds-availability
forms set forth in appendix C to the regulation.\28\ The Board proposes
that a bank basing its disclosures on the models currently in the
appendix would continue to receive a safe harbor for doing so up to 12
months after a final rule becomes effective, provided that the
disclosures accurately reflect the bank's policies and practices.
Finally, the Board proposes to update the preemption determinations,
with respect to states' funds-availability laws, that are set forth in
appendix F to the regulation.\29\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\28\ The proposed updates to the model forms in appendix C are
based on consumer testing of the forms, and are discussed in more
detail in the section-by-section analysis below. A detailed report
regarding the consumer testing is available on the Board's public
Web site, https://www.federalreserve.gov, along with this proposed
rule.
\29\ See Regulation CC Sec. 229.20 and EFA Act Sec. 608. A
state's funds-availability law must have been in effect on or before
September 1, 1989, to not be preempted by the regulation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
IV. Dodd-Frank Act Amendments
A. EFA Act Dollar Amounts
Section 1086 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer
Protection Act of 2010 (Dodd-Frank Act) amends the EFA Act by
increasing from $100 to $200 the amount of deposited funds that banks
must make available for withdrawal by opening of business on the next
day.\30\ The effective date of this provision of the act is the
``designated transfer date,'' which the Secretary of the Treasury has
determined to be July 21, 2011.\31\ This provision of the EFA Act is
implemented in Sec. 229.10(c)(1)(vii). Additionally, the model
disclosure forms set forth in current appendix C reflect the
requirement that a bank must make $100 of the deposit available on the
next business day. When the Dodd-Frank Act's increase to $200 becomes
effective, banks should ensure that their disclosures reflect the new
funds-availability schedule and that customers are notified of the
changes in policy in accordance with Sec. 229.18(e). Specifically,
effective July 21, 2011, a bank basing its funds-availability
disclosure on current model C-3, C-4, or C-5 must ensure that its
disclosure indicates that the first $200 (rather than $100) of a check
deposit will be
[[Page 16867]]
available on the next business day after the day of deposit.\32\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\30\ See Sec. 1086(e) of the Dodd-Frank Act, Public Law 111-
203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).
\31\ See Sec. 1062 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The designated
transfer date is subject to an extension to up to 18 months after
the Dodd-Frank Act's date of enactment.
\32\ Per Sec. 229.18(e), a bank must provide a change-in-terms
notice to existing consumer customers by August 21, 2011.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 1086 amends the EFA Act to require the Board, jointly with
the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (Bureau), to update the
dollar amounts to reflect inflation every five years after December 31,
2011.\33\ These amounts include the amount of funds a depositary bank
must make available from a deposit of a check not subject to next-day
availability (Sec. 229.10(c)(1)(vii)), by cash or similar means (Sec.
229.12(b)), and under the new-account and large-deposit exceptions
(Sec. Sec. 229.13(a) and (b)). These amounts also include the EFA
Act's damage limitations (Sec. 229.21(a)). To facilitate future
amendments to the regulation in this regard, the proposed amendments
minimize the number of references to specific dollar amounts. For
example, in the future, the $100 (which increases to $200 as of the
transfer date) mentioned above would be considered ``the minimum amount
of a deposit that must be made available on the next day.'' The Board
plans to seek comment on proposed methods of indexing the amounts to
inflation jointly with the Bureau at a later date.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\33\ The amounts are indexed to the Consumer Price Index for
Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers (CPI-W), as published by the
Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS), rounded to the nearest multiple of
$25. See Sec. 1086(f) of the Dodd-Frank Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Rule-Writing Authority
Section 1086 also amends the Board's rule-writing authority under
the EFA Act by making certain rule-writing authorities joint with the
Bureau. Specifically, as of the transfer date, the Board's authority to
implement the EFA Act's provisions (EFA Act Sec. 609(a)), reduce hold
periods (EFA Act Sec. 603(d)(1)), establish exceptions to the funds-
availability schedule (EFA Act Sec. 604(f)), and publish model
disclosure provisions (EFA Act Sec. 605(f)(1)) will become joint with
the Bureau. Accordingly, after the transfer date, any rules promulgated
pursuant to these authorities will be done so jointly with the Bureau.
C. Administrative Enforcement
The Dodd-Frank Act eliminates the Office of Thrift Supervision as
of July 21, 2011, the ``transfer date'' provided in Sec. 311 of the
Dodd-Frank Act, and transfers enforcement authority for insured savings
associations under Sec. 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act to the
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.\34\ Accordingly, as of the
transfer date, compliance with part 229 will be enforced by the Office
of the Comptroller of the Currency in the case of savings associations
with deposits insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The
administrative enforcement provisions are contained in Sec. 229.3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\34\ The transfer date is subject to an extension of up to 18
months after the Dodd-Frank Act's date of enactment. See Sec. 311
of the Dodd-Frank Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
V. Other Proposed Amendments
The Board proposes other amendments to the provisions of Regulation
CC and its commentary. These proposed changes are discussed in the
section-by-section analysis below.
Section-by-Section Analysis
Paragraph citations in this section-by-section analysis are as
proposed to be renumbered, unless otherwise explicitly stated. Sections
not discussed below are either unchanged or have only technical or
conforming amendments. The Board requests comment on all aspects of the
proposed rule.
I. Subpart A
A. Section 229.1--Authority and Purpose, Organization
The Board proposes to add to Sec. 229.1(b) descriptions of the
appendices to the regulation, as well as amendments to conform Sec.
229.1(b) to amendments proposed in this notice.
B. Section 229.2--Definitions
The definitions of terms in Sec. 229.2 were incorporated into the
regulation at different times and are not currently in alphabetical
order. The Board proposes that the paragraphs in this section be
renumbered so that defined terms are in alphabetical order. Similarly,
the Board proposes to renumber the paragraphs in the commentary to
reflect the proposed renumbering.
1. Section 229.2(b)--Automated Clearinghouse (ACH) Credit Transfer
Because the regulation uses the term ACH only within other
definitions, the Board proposes to delete the definition of the term
``automated clearinghouse'' and replace it with a new defined term,
``automated clearinghouse (ACH) credit transfer.'' This phrase is used
in the definition of electronic payment (Sec. 229.2(t)) and in the
commentary to Sec. 229.10(b), which requires a bank to make funds
received for deposit by an electronic payment available for withdrawal
the next day. The Board intends no change to the regulation's substance
by this proposed clarifying definitional change.
2. Section 229.2(c)--Automated Teller Machine or ATM
The Board proposes to clarify that an automated teller machine
(ATM) includes only those devices at which a person may make deposits
by cash or paper check. For example, a remote deposit capture device
would not be considered an ATM because a bank's customer would be
depositing an image of the check, not the paper check, into the
account. The Board proposes conforming amendments to the commentary of
this section. Additionally, the Board proposes to provide an example of
the ``other account transactions'' that may be performed at an
automated teller machine (ATM); specifically, making cash withdrawals
from an account.
3. Section 229.2(r)--Depositary Bank
The Board proposes to clarify that a bank that rejects a check
submitted for deposit is not a depositary bank. The rationale for this
proposed change is discussed in more detail below in this section-by-
section analysis under Sec. 229.52.
4. Section 229.2(s)--Electronic Collection Item
The Board proposes in new Sec. 229.2(s) to define the new term
``electronic collection item'' as an electronic image of and
information related to a check that a bank sends for forward collection
and that a paying bank has agreed to receive under Sec. 229.36(a), and
that is sufficient to create a substitute check.\35\ Under the proposed
definition, the image and information must conform to American National
Standard Specifications for Electronic Exchange of Check and Image
Data--X9.100-187, in conjunction with its Universal Companion Document,
(hereinafter collectively referred to as ANS X9.100-187), unless the
parties otherwise agree.\36\ If an electronic collection item satisfies
the requirements set forth in proposed Sec. 229.2(s), then, as stated
in proposed Sec. 229.33, the provisions of subpart C would apply to
the electronic collection item as if it were a check. (See proposed
commentary to
[[Page 16868]]
Sec. 229.2(s)).\37\ Some electronic presentment agreements, however,
may not require an image of the check. Electronic items presented under
these agreements would not be electronic collection items because they
are not sufficient to create a substitute check, nor would they be
treated as checks for purposes of subpart C. The proposed commentary
also explains that an electronic collection item that contains an image
of the front and back of a substitute check (as opposed to an original
check) would be an electronic representation of a substitute check, as
that phrase is defined in proposed Sec. 229.2(hh) (current Sec.
229.2(xx)). Not all electronic representations of substitute checks,
however, would qualify as an electronic collection item, because, to be
an electronic collection item, an electronic representation of a
substitute check must contain sufficient information to create a
substitute check.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\35\ The agreement to receive an electronic collection item
could be in the form of a Federal Reserve Bank operating circular or
a clearinghouse rule.
\36\ X9.100-187 is available from https://www.x9.org. The UCD for
X9.100-187 is available at https://www.checkimagecentral.org/pdf/UCD_X9_100-187-2008_Version_1.2.pdf.
\37\ For example, a paying bank receiving presentment of an
electronic collection item would be subject to the regulation's
expeditious-return requirement, provided the depositary bank has
agreed to accept electronic returns from the paying bank under Sec.
229.32(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Board believes that ANS X9.100-187 is the most prevalent
industry standard for electronic images and information that will
enable the receiving bank to create a substitute check. The Board
recognizes, however, that certain banks may use a different standard
and that, as is the case with many technology standards, the standard
likely will evolve. To the extent that banks use a different standard,
the proposed definition of electronic collection item would permit
parties to agree to a standard other than ANS X9.100-187 and still have
the item qualify as an electronic collection item that is treated as a
check for purposes of subpart C, provided that the item is sufficient
to create a substitute check. The Board requests comment on the
proposed standard for an electronic collection item and whether any
other standard should be specified in the regulation.
5. Section 229.2(u)--Electronic Presentment Point
The Board proposes in new Sec. 229.2(u) to define electronic
presentment point as the electronic location that the paying bank has
designated for receiving electronic collection items. This point may be
either an e-mail address or other electronic address. The Board
requests comment on whether this definition provides enough
specificity.
6. Section 229.2(v)--Electronic Return
The Board proposes in new Sec. 229.2(v) to define the new term
``electronic return'' as an electronic image of and information related
to a check that a paying bank has determined not to pay and that a
depositary bank has agreed to receive under Sec. 229.32(a), and that
is sufficient to create a substitute check. The image and information
must conform to ANS X9.100-187, unless the parties otherwise agree. The
proposed commentary explains that if an electronic return satisfies the
requirements set forth in Sec. 229.2(v), then the provisions of
subpart C apply to the electronic return as if it were a check (See
proposed Sec. 229.33).\38\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\38\ Like an electronic collection item, an electronic return
may be an electronic representation of a substitute check, but not
all electronic representations of substitute checks would qualify as
an electronic return.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The proposed commentary to Sec. 229.2(v) explains that a
depositary bank's agreement with a returning bank to accept .pdf files
that are sufficient to create substitute checks would be one example of
banks varying by agreement the regulation's requirement that an
electronic return conform with ANS X9.100-187. By agreeing with a
returning bank to accept an electronic return in the form of a .pdf
file, a depositary bank would thereby be entitled to expeditious
return. The Board requests comment on the proposed standard for an
electronic return and whether any other standard should be specified in
the regulation.
7. Section 229.2(w)--Electronic Return Point
The Board proposes in new Sec. 229.2(w) to define electronic
return point as the electronic location that the depositary bank has
designated for receiving electronic returns. The proposed commentary
notes that an electronic return point may be an e-mail address or other
electronic address that a depositary bank has designated as the place
to which electronic returns must be delivered. The Board requests
comment on whether this definition provides enough specificity.
8. Section 229.2(hh)--Paper or Electronic Representation of a
Substitute Check
The Board proposes to modify the commentary to the definition of
this term to note that an electronic representation of a substitute
check may also be an electronic collection item or electronic return if
the electronic representation contains sufficient information for
creating a substitute check and conforms to ANS X9.100-187, or another
format to which the parties agreed.
9. Section 229.2(pp)--Routing Number
The Board proposes to add to the definition a new subparagraph
providing that the term also includes the bank-identification number
contained in the electronic image of or information related to a check.
Further, the Board also proposes to move the two introductory
paragraphs in appendix A, which provide general information about
routing numbers, to the commentary to the definition of routing number.
10. Deleted Terms
Check-processing region, local check, local paying bank, nonlocal
check, and nonlocal paying bank. Because there is now only one
nationwide check-processing region, there are no longer any nonlocal
checks, and the definitions in the regulation implementing the
distinctions between local and nonlocal checks are no longer necessary.
Accordingly, the Board proposes to delete from the regulation the
definitions of ``check-processing region (current Sec. 229.2(m)),
``local check'' (current Sec. 229.2(r)), ``local paying bank''
(current Sec. 229.2(s)), and ``nonlocal paying bank'' (current Sec.
229.2(w)), and the commentary thereto.
Similarly situated bank. The only place the current regulation uses
this term is in the forward-collection test for expeditious return.
Because the Board proposes to delete that test from the regulation (as
discussed below in this section-by-section analysis under Sec. Sec.
229.30(a) and 229.31(a)), the regulation's definition of similarly
situated bank is no longer necessary and the Board proposes to delete
current Sec. 229.2(ee).
II. Subpart B
Throughout subpart B and the commentary thereto, the Board proposes
to eliminate all references to ``check-processing regions,'' ``local
checks,'' ``local paying banks,'' ``nonlocal checks,'' and ``nonlocal
paying banks.''
A. Section 229.10(c)--Next-Day Availability of Certain Check Deposits
1. Section 229.10(c)(1)(vi)
Given that there is only one nationwide check-processing region,
the Board proposes in Sec. 229.10(c)(1)(vi) to delete the phrase ``if
both branches are located in the same state or check-processing
region.'' As a result, the subparagraph would require a depositary bank
to provide next-day availability for a check deposited in a
[[Page 16869]]
branch of the depositary bank and drawn on the same or another branch
of the same bank.
2. Section 229.10(c)(1)(vii)
Section 1086(e) of the Dodd-Frank Act increases from $100 to $200
the minimum amount of funds deposited by check or checks on a given
business day that a bank must make available by opening of business on
the next business day pursuant to Sec. 603(a)(2)(D) of the EFA Act.
That provision of the EFA Act is implemented in Sec. 229.10(c)(1)(vii)
of Regulation CC, and the increase is expected to take effect on July
21, 2011, regardless of whether the Board and the Bureau have amended
Regulation CC. Accordingly, the Board proposes to amend the commentary
to Sec. 229.10(c)(1)(vii) to facilitate future amendments to the
minimum amount of a deposited check a bank must make available on the
business day following the banking day of deposit. Specifically, the
Board proposes to replace references to ``$100'' with references to
``the minimum amount.'' The Board proposes to make this amendment
throughout the commentary, as well as in the model forms.
3. Section 229.10(c)(2)
The Board proposes to delete current Sec. 229.10(c)(2), which
states that a depositary bank shall make funds available by the second
business day after the banking day on which a check is deposited in the
case of a check deposit that meets the requirements of Sec. Sec.
229.10(c)(1)(ii), (iii), (iv), or (v), except the check is not
deposited in person.\39\ In the absence of nonlocal checks, the checks
described Sec. 229.10(c)(2) are subject to the same rule as the
general rule set forth in proposed Sec. 229.12. Section 229.10(c)(2)
is therefore no longer necessary.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\39\ These checks include U.S. Postal Service money orders,
checks drawn on Federal Reserve Banks or Federal Home Loan Banks,
checks drawn by state or local governments, or cashier's checks,
certified checks, or teller's checks.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Section 229.12--Availability Schedule
1. Proposed Sec. 229.12(a)--In General
The Board proposes to delete current Sec. 229.12(a). It specifies
the effective date (September 1, 1990) for Sec. 229.12 and is no
longer necessary.
The Board proposes that new Sec. 229.12(a) set forth the general
funds-availability rule for deposits of checks: Unless subject to one
of the enumerated exceptions, funds from a check deposit must be made
available for withdrawal by the second business day following the
banking day of deposit. Proposed new Sec. 229.12(a) is derived from
current Sec. 229.12(b), which sets forth local check availability. In
the absence of a distinction between local checks and nonlocal checks,
current Sec. 229.12(b)(1), (2), (3), and (4) are subsumed within this
general rule, and the Board proposes to delete them.\40\ Similarly,
current Sec. 229.12(c) applies to nonlocal checks, which is now a null
set, and the Board proposes to delete Sec. 229.12(c) and commentary
thereto.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\40\ Current Sec. 229.12(b) states which checks are subject to
second-day availability. These checks include local checks and
checks that meet the requirements of Sec. Sec. 229.10(c)(1)(ii),
(iii), (iv), or (v), except the check is not deposited in person.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Section 229.12(b)--Withdrawal by Cash or Similar Means
Section 229.12(b) implements the EFA Act's permissive adjustment to
the funds-availability rules for withdrawals by cash or similar means.
In part, a bank may delay availability for withdrawal by cash or
similar means by one business day, provided that the bank makes $400 of
the deposited funds available for withdrawal not later than 5 p.m. on
the business days on which the funds must be made available under the
funds-available schedule. Like other amounts specified in the EFA Act,
this $400 will be adjusted every five years for inflation. In order to
facilitate future adjustments to the amount, the Board proposes to
amend the commentary to Sec. 229.12(b) by replacing references to
``$400'' with references to ``the cash withdrawal amount.'' The Board
proposes to make similar amendments throughout the commentary and model
forms.
3. Section 229.12(d)--Deposits at Nonproprietary ATMs
As indicated in the EFA Act's legislative history, Congress adopted
the five-day maximum hold on nonproprietary ATM deposits to match the
five-day maximum hold on a nonlocal check deposit, because the
depositary bank did not know the composition of a nonproprietary ATM
deposit (that is, whether the deposit consisted of cash, local checks,
nonlocal checks, etc.).\41\ In the absence of nonlocal checks, however,
there is no longer any class of check that is subject to a maximum
five-day hold.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\41\ The EFA Act conference report states that ``nonproprietary
ATMs today do not distinguish among check deposits or between check
and cash deposits'' (H.R. Rep. No. 261, 100th Cong., 1st Sess. 179
(1987)).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
EFA Act Sec. 603(d)(1) states that ``The Board shall, by
regulation, reduce the time periods established under subsections (b),
(c), and (e) to as short a time as possible and equal to the period of
time achievable under the improved check clearing system for a
receiving depository institution to reasonably expect to learn of the
nonpayment of most items for each category of checks.'' The statute's
legislative history recommends a quantitative benchmark for the Board
to use to determine whether to reduce these hold periods: a receiving
bank could reasonably expect to learn of the return of two-thirds of
the checks in a given category before a bank must make the deposited
funds available for withdrawal at the opening of business.\42\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\42\ Conference Report on H.R. 27 (H. Rept. 100-261), 100th
Congress, 1st session, 179 (1987), pp. H6906-7.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As mentioned above